You are on page 1of 255

CNA-

ARE YOU READY?

CNA– Q ATAR.COM
WELCOME AND TABLE OF CONTENTS
Welcome to College of the North Atlantic – Qatar
The CNA-Q Story Here’s why CNA-Q
CNA-Q was created to meet the ambitious and visionary goals of the Qatar National Vision works for you:
2030. College of the North Atlantic – Qatar is a partnership between the State of Qatar and Find your place in Qatar’s
College of the North Atlantic in Canada. economy. CNA-Q programs
train you specifically for top
We officially opened in September 2002. CNA-Q fills the State’s need for graduates who industries in Qatar.
have hands-on training in their field of study. As the second largest post-secondary school
in Qatar, CNA-Q now has more than 2500 full time students and has graduated over 5000 Be a leader in
students. your field
Our programs are often the
CNA in Qatar first – and only – of their kind
College of the North Atlantic (CNA) was chosen by the State of Qatar from top colleges offered in Qatar.
around the world to fulfill Qatar’s need for a technical college. With 40+ years of success
and a long list of program offerings, CNA created what is now Qatar’s premier technical Transfer your credits
college – CNA-Q. CNA-Q programs are tailored to Qatar’s top industries. Our institution Apply to universities in
complements degree-granting universities in Education City and elsewhere in Qatar. When Canada, USA and the UK,
you join CNA-Q, you are joining a community of over 20,000 students enrolled every year at and elsewhere through
CNA campuses in Canada and Qatar. 60+ pathways.

Our Mission For further details


College of the North Atlantic – Qatar is committed to being a high-quality, student- please contact the
centered, public post-secondary applied learning institution. This commitment will Registrar’s Office.
be reflected through world-class facilities, accessible and responsive programs, and a info@cna–qatar.edu.ca
contribution to technological development through partnerships with industry. The College
will prepare individuals to be self-sufficient contributors to sustainable social and economic
With 17 campuses in Canada
development of local communities and the State of Qatar, to fulfill QNV 2030. and one in Qatar, CNA delivers
full and part-time programs to
Our Vision
College of the North Atlantic – Qatar will be recognized as a world-class educational
institution. It will reflect quality and innovation in its programs, its services to students, and
20,000
students every year
its response to current and future needs of individuals, business, industry, the State, and
the region. Its role in human resource development will ensure that people are prepared to
contribute to a diverse economy and globalization.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


WELCOME AND TABLE OF CONTENTS

Message from the President


Thank you for your interest in CNA-Q.

CNA-Q offers the best in applied learning education – programs that are internationally accredited, job-focussed
and relevant to the needs of the workforce in Qatar. Our programs are delivered through hands-on learning, using
the best educational technology and training systems, and led by instructors who have real world experience and a
commitment to educating the next generation.

The CNA-Q campus is a welcoming ‘second home’ that is built around the needs of our students. We have the latest
technology to support learning, including labs that match the real working environment. There are Help Centres
where instructors support students one-on-one, and a Learning Commons and Library where advice and resources
are always available. The College is proud to have a strong Student Affairs team that ensures a well-rounded campus
life – from fitness, team sports, to many clubs and events to match your own interests.

From the minute you walk through our doors, sit down in a classroom or visit our website, we want you to feel
welcomed and supported in your educational experience and in meeting your goals.

As you browse through the Academic Calendar you will see that there are more than 30 programs to choose from
that can lead to exciting careers in Business Studies, Engineering Technology, Health Sciences, and Information
Technology. Our programs are designed to take you right to the workforce or on to further studies.

Enjoy!

Dr. Ken MacLeod


President, College of the North Atlantic – Qatar

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


WELCOME AND TABLE OF CONTENTS
ĺżĐĴŤēŮŨĚŤĔĸij
ůIJűŦĬēįųŭŐūŵġĩėĜĔŨūŴİĥĜŗŵĸŪšŬĊĖĚŨĔĜĚŝĠŹťŐŮĩŬŴȕĴʼnŜŽŘŽʼnŭťňǜēţĔũļĚżťŠŽŘŪšŨĔũĝűǘŪŠĴšļĉȕŪšĖǙŲĸŴ
ƻ Ǚűĉ
ƻ
ĴʼnŜŽŘŽʼnŭťňǜēţĔũļĚżťŠŽŘŢťėŝĝĹŨĆĔŭĖŽŘĆİėťŤŢŤıŴěĔĩřŁŤē

ƻ
ĔŲŬēĔũŠȕĚřżŌŵŤēěĔĤĔżĝĨēŹťŐĶŠĴĜȕĔżŤŴįęİũĝőŨĦŨēĴĖŪŻİŝĝĖŧŵŝĜŴȕŽŭŝĝŤēŪżťőĝŤēŏēŵŬĉŦŅŘĉĴŘŵĜĴʼnŜŽŘŽʼnŭťňǜēţĔũļĚżťŠ
!"#$%$ĚżŭňŵŤēĴʼnŜĚŻċijŗēİűēŞżŝĩĜŒŨŹļĔũĝŻźIJŤēĴŨǜēŵűŴȕĴʼnŜŽŘĚżŨĔŭŤēŴęİŻİĥŤēŦũőŤēśŵĸěĔĤĔżĝĨēŽėťĜ

ĚĖĴĥĜŴęĴėĬŪŲŻİŤŮżũťőŨęįĔżŝĖŢŤıŴȕĘŻijİĝŤēĚũōŬĉŴěēİőũŤēŦŅŘĉŢŤıŽŘŮżŨİĭĝĹŨȕŽŝżėʼnĝŤēŪżťőĝŤēţǙĬŮŨĔŭĥŨēĴĖŪŻİŝĜŪĝŻ
ĴʼnŜŽŘŧįĔŝŤēŦżĥŤēŪżťőĝĖŮżŨĶĝťŨŴŽŝżŝĩŤēŽťũőŤēŒŜēŵŤē

ƻ
ĔũĖŪżťőĝŤēŪŐİŤěĔżŭŝĝŤēğİĨĉĔŭŻİťŘĔŭĖǙňěĔĤĔżĝĨēĚżėťĝŤĔŁżŁĬŒńŴźIJŤēŪżťőĝťŤ³ţĶŭũŤē´ĚĖĔġũĖŵűĴʼnŜŽŘŽʼnŭťňǜēţĔũļĚżťŠŧĴĨ
ȕźįĴŘŦšĽĖĚėťʼnťŤŪŐİŤēŮżũťőũŤēĔŲżŘŧİŝŻŽĝŤēĚřťĝĭũŤēęİŐĔĹũŤēĶŠēĴŨŢŤIJŠşĔŭűŴȕĚżŝżŝĩŤēŦũőŤēĚđżĖŽŠĔĩĜŽĝŤēěēĴėĝĭũŤēŢŤıŽŘ
ƻ
įijēŵũŤēŴęijŵĽũŤēşĔŭűĔũĐēįĴŘŵĝĜĢżĨȕĚėĝšũŤēŴŧĔőŤēŪżťőĝŤēĶŠĴŨŹŤčĚŘĔńǞĔĖ

ƻ
ĢżĨŮŨēİĤĚżŭŔĚĖĴĥĝĖĕǙʼnŤēŹŅĩŻūēŮũŅŻźIJŤēŞŻĴřŤēŵűŴȕĕǙʼnŤēūŴČĽŤźŵŜŞŻĴŘįŵĤŵĖĴĭřĜĴʼnŜŽŘŽʼnŭťňǜēţĔũļĚżťŠ
ĚŀĔĭŤēĘŤĔʼnŤēěĔŨĔũĝűēĘĸĔŭĜŽĝŤēěĔżŤĔőřŤēŴźįēŵŭŤēŮŨİŻİőŤēŹŤčĚżńĔŻĴŤēśĴřŤēŴȕĚżŬİėŤēĚŜĔżťŤē

ŢťőĥŬūēĔŭŤŴĔĩŬȕĞŬĴĝŬǘēŹťŐĔŭőŜŵŨęijĔŻĶĖŢŨĔżŜŴēȕĚżĸēijİŤēţŵŁřŤēŽŘĺťĥĜŴȕĴʼnŜŽŘŽʼnŭťňǜēţĔũļĚżťŠŽŘŢŤŵĬįĚōĩŤŮŨ
ŢŘēİűēŞżŝĩĜŽŘŴȕĚżũżťőĝŤēŢĝťĨijŽŘŪŐİŤĔĖŹŅĩĜūēŴĘżĨĴĝŤĔĖĴőĽĜ

ƻ
ȕĚėĸĔĩũŤēŽŘęĴżġŨŚĐĔŌŴŹŤēźįČĜūēŮšũŻŽĝŤēŴȕĔŲŭżĖŮŨijĔżĝĬǙŤĔĥŨĔŬĴĖ%$ŮŨĴġŠēşĔŭűūĉŶĴĜūēŢŭšũŻȕŽũŻįĔŠǘēŪŻŵŝĝŤēţǙĬŮŨ
ĴŁĩŤēǘţĔġũŤēŦżėĸŹťŐŢŤıŦŠŴȕŽĹřŭĝŤēģǙőŤēŴȕŗĔőĸǘēŴȕěĔšėĽŤēĴŻŵʼnĜŴȕĚżĐĔĖĴŲšŤēĚĸİŭŲŤēĔżĤŵŤŵŭšĜŴ
ĚżũŻįĔŠǘēŢĜĔĸēijįĚőĖĔĝŨŴĉŦũőŤēśŵĸţŵĬİŤęĴļĔėŨşIJĬĊĝŤĔŭĥŨēĴĖŪżũŁĜŪĜ

ƻ
ŪšĜİŐĔĹũŤįēİőĝĸēŹťŐĔũĐēįŦżĥĹĝŤēĘĝšŨȕěĔŨŵťőũŤēŮŨİŻĶũŤēĚŘĴőũĖĚėŔijŪšŻİŤūĔŠēıēĔũżŘĔŭőŨŦŀēŵĝŤēŪšŭŨēŵĤĴŬ

ƻ
ĔėŻĴŜĚżťšŤēŧĴĨŽŘŪŠēĴŬūĉŦŨĊŬ

İŻŵťŠĔŨŮżŠijŵĝŠİŤē
ĴʼnŜŽŘŽʼnŭťňǜēţĔũļĚżťŠĺżĐij

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Table of Contents
WELCOME AND TABLE OF CONTENTS

Introduction to the School of Engineering School of Information


Academic Calendar.................................01 Technology and Industrial Technology ............................155
Student’s Academic Trades ......................................83 Information Systems – Software (IS-S)
Schedule of Events.................................02 Chemical Laboratory Technician (Two Year Diploma)................................156
List of CNA-Q Programs.........................05 (Two Year Diploma)..................................85 Information Systems – Web Developer
Memorandums of Understanding for Chemical Processing Technician (IS-WD) (Three Year Diploma)................159
Program Articulation and (Two Year Diploma).................................87 Information Systems – Hardware (IS-H)
Transfer Credit.........................................07 Chemical Processing Technology (Two Year Diploma.................................162
(Three Year Diploma)...............................90 Information Systems – Network and
Registrar’s Office ...................09 Electrical Power Systems Technician Systems Administration (IS-NaSA) (Three
Admissions.............................................10 (Two Year Diploma)..................................94 Year Diploma)........................................165
Definition of Academic Terms ........... ... 13 Electrical Engineering Technology
Classification of Students ..................... 14 (Three Year Diploma)...............................97 Technician Certificate
Discontinued Statuses.......................... 15 Mechanical Technician (Industrial Program (TCP) .......................169
Academic Regulations .......................... 16 Maintenance) (Two Year Diploma)..........101 Technician Certificate - Electrical..........170
Academic Status .................................. 20 Mechanical Engineering Technology Technician Certificate – Mechanical......173
Attendance Policy and Procedure ......... 32 (Industrial Maintenance) Technician Certificate -
Awards and Scholarships...................... 33 (Three Year Diploma) ............................104 Instrumentation.....................................176
Other Academic Recognition ................ 35 Process Automation Technician - (Two Year Technician Certificate -
Tuition and Fees ................................... 35 Diploma ................................................108 Process Operations...............................179
Corporate Services .............................. 39 Process Automation Engineering
Technology - (Three Year Diploma).........111 Course Descriptions ............183
Learner Services .................... 41 Telecommunications and Network AC1100 – AC2530.................................183
Technician (Two Year Diploma)...............115 AC2600 – BL2330.................................185
Student Affairs .......................45 Telecommunications and Network BL2340 – CE3430.................................187
Engineering Technology CE3510 – CH2760.................................189
Academic Preparatory (Three Year Diploma)..............................118 CH2770 – CM1241.................................191
Studies.....................................49 CM1250 – CP3231.................................193
School of Health Sciences....123 CP3271 – CR3101..................................195
School of Business Studies... 51 Advanced Care Paramedicine CR3160 – DH1140 .................................197
(Three Year Diploma).............................125 DH1200 – DH2260 ................................199
Banking (One Year Certificate) ...............53 Dental Hygiene (Three Year Diploma.....129 DH2261– DP2360 .................................201
Banking (Two Year Diploma) ...................55 Occupational Health and Safety DP2460 – EM1180 ............................... 203
Business Administration – Accounting (Two Year Diploma)................................134 EM1190– EN2480 .................................205
(Two Year Diploma)..................................58 Environmental Health EP1110 – ET1230 ..................................207
Business Management – Accounting (Three Year Diploma).............................137 ET1235 – FL1090 ..................................209
(Three Year Diploma) ..............................61 Medical Radiography FM2160 – HD1301.................................211
Business Administration – Human (Three Year Diploma).............................140 HD2100 – HL1900 ................................213
Resource Management (Two Year Health and Wellness Promotion HL1910 – HM2100 ................................215
Diploma)..................................................66 (One Year Post Diploma)........................144 HN2110 – IN1175 ................................. 217
Business Management –Human Resource Pharmacy Technician IN1180 – ME1125 ..................................219
Management (Three Year Diploma) ........69 (Two Year Diploma)................................146 ME1130 – MN1260 ...............................221
Business Administration – Marketing Respiratory Therapy MN1340 – MR2350 ..............................223
(Two Year Diploma...................................73 (Three Year Diploma).............................150 MR2400 – MX2170 ..............................225
Business Management –Marketing Health Education: Diabetes MX2171 – OJ1030 ................................227
(Three Year Diploma)……….....………….76 (One Year Advanced Diploma).............. 154 OJ1040 – PA1415 ..................................229
Office Administration..............................80 PA1430 – PE2160 .................................231
PE2170 – PO1110 .................................233
PO1120 – PR3245 .................................235
PR3260 – PT1130 .................................237
PT1135 – RT1150 ..................................239
RT1610 – RT3020 ..................................241
RT3401 – SD1170 .................................243
SD1171 – SE2420 .................................245
SE2450 – WT1720 ................................247

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Introduction to the Academic Calendar

WELCOME AND TABLE OF CONTENTS


This Academic Calendar is intended to assist readers to understand the academic and administrative structure, policies, and procedures,
and to provide information about current course offerings at College of the North Atlantic – Qatar (“the College”).

Various academic and administrative departments have submitted the material contained in this publication. All general information
and course references have been checked for accuracy, but there may be inconsistencies or errors. If you become aware of any, please
bring them to the attention of the College Registrar. The College reserves the right to make changes in the information contained in this
publication without prior notice.

Students are responsible for familiarizing themselves with the specific information, rules, and regulations of the College, as well as
the specific requirements of each diploma, certificate or other recognition sought. While advice and counselling are available, it is the
responsibility of each student to ensure that courses in which he/she is registered are appropriate to the requirements of the student’s
chosen program.

If there is an inconsistency between the general academic regulations and policies published in this Calendar, and such regulations and
policies as established by resolution of the Board of Governors or the College’s administration, the version of such material as established by
the Board of Governors or the College’s administration will prevail.

By the act of registration, each student becomes bound by the policies and regulations of College of the North Atlantic – Qatar.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar disclaims all responsibility and liability for loss or damage suffered or incurred by any student or other
party as a result of delays in or termination of its services, courses, or classes by reason of force majeure, fire, floods, riots, war, damage to
College property, financial exigency, or other events beyond the reasonable control of the College.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar disclaims any and all liability for damages arising as a result of errors, interruptions or disruptions to
operations or connected with its operations or its campuses, arising out of computer failure or non-compliance of its computing systems.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 1


Academic Schedule of Events – Fall 2016
WELCOME AND TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note: The dates listed below are accurate at the time of publication; however, as the academic year unfolds, some dates may be changed to
accommodate College or State requirements. All changes to this schedule are posted on the Registrar’s Office page of the College Intranet,
and it will be communicated to students via SMS and/or email.

FALL SEMESTER 2016

Monday, August 29 Start of Fall Term/Faculty Return Date

Monday, September 05 Deferred Exams and Supplementary Exams


8:00am and 1:00pm

Tuesday, September 06 – Student Registration and Orientation for Credit programs


Thursday, September 08 8:00am – 2:30pm

Wednesday, September 07 Deadline for: Supplementary and Deferred grades submission to Registrar’s Office at
8:00am.

Wednesday, September 07 Deadline for: Appeal Application Submission to Registrar’s Office at 3:00pm

Sunday, September 11 – Eid Al Adha (5 Statutory Holidays)


Thursday, September 15 College Closed

Sunday, September 18 First day of classes for Credit programs


First day of Appeal Hearings 8:00am – 3:00pm

Monday, September 19 Last day to Register (late registrants, waitlisted students and appeal accepted stu-
dents) for all Programs

Thursday, September 29 Spring incomplete grades due to Registrar’s Office at 3:00pm

Sunday, October 02 Last day to add courses for Credit Programs

Sunday, October 30 – Midterm Evaluations for all Programs


Tuesday, November 01

Sunday, November 06 Mid Term Grade Submission Deadline:


Grades due by 12:00pm to the Registrar’s Office

Tuesday, November 08 Mid term Grade Reports available to all Students 8:00am

Sunday, November 13 Last day to drop courses without academic prejudice for all students

Wednesday, December 07 Last day of Classes – Fall Semester

Thursday, December 08 – Final Exams for Fall Semester for Credit programs
Wednesday, December 14 8:00am and 1:00pm

Thursday, December 15 Final Grade Submission Deadline:


Grades due by 12:00pm to the Registrar’s Office

Thursday, December 15 Last working day for the Fall Semester

Sunday, December 18 Qatar National Day

Wednesday, December 21 Grade Reports Available to Students


Application for Supplementary Exams Announced (SMS)

Thursday, December 22 End of Fall Term

2 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 17-2016


Academic Schedule of Events – Winter 2017

WELCOME AND TABLE OF CONTENTS


WINTER SEMESTER 2017

Sunday, January 01 Start of Winter Term/Faculty Return Date

Monday, January 02 Supplementary Exams and Deferred Exams


8:00am and 1:00pm

Tuesday, January 03 – Student Registration and Orientation for Credit programs


Thursday, January 05 8:00am – 2:30pm

Wednesday, January 04 Deadline for: Supplementary and Deferred grades submission to Registrar’s Office at
8:00am

Wednesday, January 04 Deadline for: Appeal Application Submission to Registrar’s Office at 3:00pm

Sunday, January 08 First day of classes for Credit programs


First day of Appeal Hearings 8:00am – 3:00pm

Monday, January 09 Last day to Register for all Programs


(late registrants, waitlisted and appeal accepted students)

Sunday, January 22 Last day for adding courses for registered students for Credit Programs

Sunday, January 22 Last day to submit grades for Fall incompletes

Tuesday, February 14 Statutory Holiday for National Sports Day - College Closed

Sunday, February 19 – Midterm Evaluations for all programs


Tuesday February 21 8:00am – 3:00pm

Thursday, February 23 Mid Term Grade Submission Deadline:


Grades due by 12:00pm to the Registrar’s Office

Thursday, March 02 Mid Term Grade Reports Available to Students (8:00am)

Sunday, March 5 Last day for dropping courses without academic prejudice – Credit programs

Wednesday, March 15 Deadline for: Application to Graduate due to Registrar’s Office at 3:00pm

Wednesday, April 05 Last day of classes for Winter Semester

Thursday, April 06 – Final exams for Winter Semester for Credit Program
Wednesday, April 12 8:00am and 1:00pm

Thursday, April 13 Final Grade Submission Deadline:


Grades due by 12:00pm to the Registrar’s Office

Thursday, April 13 Last Working Day before the Winter Semester Break

Sunday, April 16 – Semester Break (5 Annual Leave Days)


Thursday, April 20

Tuesday, April 18 Grade Reports available to students (8:00am)


Application for Supplementary Exams announced (SMS)

Thursday April 20 End of Winter Term

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 17-2016 3


Academic Schedule of Events – Spring 2017
WELCOME AND TABLE OF CONTENTS

INTERSESSION SEMESTER 2017

Sunday, April 23 Start of Spring Term/Faculty Return Date

Monday, April 24 Supplementary Exams and Deferred Exams


8:00am and 1:00pm

Monday, April 24 Appeal Application Submission to Registrar’s Office at 3:00pm

Monday, April 24 – Student Registration and Orientation for Credit Program


Tuesday, April 25 8:00am – 2:30pm

Wednesday, April 26 First day of classes for Credit programs


First day of Appeal Hearings, 8:00am – 3:00pm

Wednesday, April 26 Supplementary and Deferred grades submission to Registrar’s Office at 8:00am

Thursday, April 27 Last day to Register for all Programs


(late registrants, waitlisted students and appeal accepted students)

Wednesday, May 03 Last day for adding courses for registered students for Credit Programs

Wednesday, May 17 Last day for dropping courses without academic prejudice for Credit programs

Monday, May 22 Graduation 2017

Thursday, May 25 – Ramadan and Eid Days


Thursday June 29

Tuesday, June 13 Last day of Classes for Spring – All Programs

Wednesday June 14 – Final Exams for Credit Programs (8:00am and 1:00pm, no evening exams due to Ramadan)
Tuesday, June 20

Wednesday, June 21 Final Grade Submission Deadline:


Grades due by 12:00pm to the Registrar’s Office

Sunday , June 25 – Eid Al Fitr (5 Stat Holidays)/College Closed


Thursday June 29

Sunday, July 02 – Faculty Annual Leave (plus 5 Stat Holidays for Eid)
Thursday, August 24

Tuesday, July 04 Grade Reports available to Students (8:00am)


Application for Supplementary Exams announced (SMS)

4 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 17-2016


List of CNA–Q Programs

WELCOME AND TABLE OF CONTENTS


* Total program length varies depending on language proficiency, academic preparatory courses required for entry, and academic performance
throughout the program of study. Not all programs listed are available each semester. Please check with the Registrar’s Office to confirm
availablity of academic programs.

TOTAL NUMBER
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES CREDENTIAL DURATION
OF CREDITS

Banking 41 minimum Certificate 1 year

Banking 86 minimum Diploma 2 years

Business Administration 49 Certificate 1 year

Business Administration – Accounting 93 minimum Diploma 2 years

Business Administration – Human Resource


95 minimum Diploma 2 years
Management

Business Administration – Marketing 96 minimum Diploma 2 years

Business Management – Accounting 142 minimum Diploma 3 years

Business Management – Human Resource


138 minimum Diploma 3 years
Management

Business Management – Marketing 138 minimum Diploma 3 years

Office Administration 45 Certificate 1 year

Office Administration (Executive) 85 minimum Diploma 2 years

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND TOTAL NUMBER


CREDENTIAL DURATION
INDUSTRIAL TRADES OF CREDITS

Chemical Laboratory Technician 84 Diploma 2 years

Chemical Processing Technician 92 Diploma 2 years

Electrical Power Systems Technician 91 Diploma 2 years

Mechanical Technician (Industrial Maintenance) 92 Diploma 2 years

Process Automation Technician 91 Diploma 2 years

Telecommunications and Network Technician 93 Diploma 2 years

Chemical Processing Technology 141 Diploma 3 years

Electrical Engineering Technology 136 Diploma 3 years

Mechanical Engineering Technology Diploma 3 years


139
(Industrial Maintenance)

Process Automation Engineering Technology 142 Diploma 3 years

Telecommunications and Network Engineering Diploma 3 years


143
Technology

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 5


List of CNA-Q Programs
WELCOME AND TABLE OF CONTENTS

* Total program length varies depending on language proficiency, academic preparatory courses required for entry, and academic
performance throughout the program of study. Not all programs listed are available each semester. Please check with the Registrar’s
Office to confirm availablity of academic programs.

TOTAL NUMBER
SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES CREDENTIAL DURATION
OF CREDITS

Advanced Care Paramedicine 133 Diploma 3 years

Dental Hygiene 134 Diploma 3 years

Occupational Health and Safety 97 Diploma 2 years

Environmental Health 140 Diploma 3 years

Medical Radiography 147 Diploma 3 years

Pharmacy Technician 89 Diploma 2 years

Primary Care Paramedicine 83 Diploma 2 years

Health and Wellness Promotion 47 Post Diploma 1 year

Respiratory Therapy 134 Diploma 3 years

Health Education: Diabetes 35 Advanced 1 year


Diploma

TOTAL NUMBER
SCHOOL OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY CREDENTIAL DURATION
OF CREDITS

Information Systems – Hardware 85 Diploma 2 years

Information Systems – Software 87 Diploma 2 years

Information Systems – Web Developer 127 Diploma 3 years

Information Systems – Network and 126 minimum Diploma 3 years


Systems Administration

TECHNICAN CERTIFICATE PROGRAM TOTAL NUMBER


(TCP) CREDENTIAL DURATION
OF CREDITS

Technician Certificate - Electrical 49 Certificate 2 years including


Worksite Practicum

Technician Certificate - Instrumentation 49 Certificate 2 years including


Worksite Practicum

Technician Certificate - Mechanical 51 Certificate 2 years including


Worksite Practicum

Technician Certificate - Process Operations 48 Certificate 2 years including


Worksite Practicum

6 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Memorandums of Understanding for Program

WELCOME AND TABLE OF CONTENTS


Articulation and Transfer Credit
College of the North Atlantic–Qatar has pathway programs with a number of universities in Canada, the United States and the United Kingdom.
These pathways allow graduates of many CNA-Q programs to be awarded credit towards baccalaureate degrees provided they meet the
entrance and specific credit requirements of these institutions.

Students who are interested in pursuing degrees after graduating from CNA-Q are encouraged to consult the CNA-Q Career Counselling
Centre or the Registrar’s Office for assistance and advice. They should consult websites or most recent calendars of post-secondary
institutions they wish to attend, and they should have a clear understanding of the course, language, and academic preparation
requirements for admission to other colleges and universities.

A current list of post-secondary institutions offering admission and transfer credit to CNA-Q graduates who meet the entrance
requirements is available from the Registrar’s Office or the Career Counseling and Resource Centre.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 7


WELCOME AND TABLE OF CONTENTS

8 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


REGISTRAR’S OFFICE
Registrar’s Office
The Registrar’s Office administers the College’s policies and procedures covering admission, academic regulations, academic status
of students, tuition and fees, and awards and scholarships. This section of the Academic Calendar provides important information
about these functions.

The Registrar’s Office is open from Sunday through Thursday from 7:30am to 3:00pm.
The following people at the Registrar’s Office can assist you: Admissions Officer 4495-2011
Sponsor Coordinator 4495-2010
Associate Registrar 4495-2025
Registrar 4495-2013
Registrar’s Assistant 4495-2008
For general enquiries 4495-2003, 4495-2005 or
4495-2225

Admissions Regulations
It is the policy of College of the North Atlantic – Qatar to maintain and adhere to the State of Qatar admission requirements. Students
are admitted based on the condition that they meet the minimum educational qualifications prescribed.

Admissions priority is given to qualified applicants who hold Qatari National citizenship. Applications from Qatari Nationals will be
processed on a rolling admissions basis, throughout the year.

Qualified international applicants will be considered for admission to the College, only as space permits. For updates regarding the
availability of seats, international applicants are encouraged to check with the Registrar’s Office, both in person and on-line.

Admission to the College is competitive, based on the results of the College’s mandatory placement assessment examinations and
high school grades.

Application Deadlines
The following deadlines will be in effect for the 2016 – 2017 year for international applicants:

Application Submission Dates Start: September 25, 2016 End: November 06, 2016
WINTER 2017
(January – April) Testing Completed December 04, 2016

Application Submission Dates Start: January 22, 2017 End: March 05, 2017
INTERSESSION 2017
(May – June)
Testing Completed April 02, 2017

FALL 2017 Application Submission Dates Start: May 07, 2017 End: July 09, 2017
(September –December)
Testing Completed August 13, 2017

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 9


Admissions
REGISTRAR’S OFFICE

Entry Into Full-Time Programs


Candidates applying for full-time status must satisfy the following requirements:
• Meet the educational and other requirements for entry into the particular program, or meet the mature student requirements
(see page 11).
• Have reached the legal school-leaving age on the date of commencement of the course program.
• Apply online or in writing on the approved application form and provide a photocopy of their State of Qatar National ID Card and
passport, with picture and ID details. Applicants must submit the 100 QR application fee.
• Show evidence of physical qualification in accordance with the requirements of the program selected, where applicable.
• Provide an official copy of high school transcript (in the case of high school graduates). Applicants must present an official transcript
from the last high school or post-secondary institution attended.
• Applicants for diploma programs are required to take the Oxford Online Placement Test (OOPT) and Academic Math Placement (AMP)
tests. Students who present a valid IELTS Academic Test Report Form received within two years with an overall band 5.0 with no
individual skill band below 4.5 are exempt from taking the OOPT test. For students with valid scores on other internationally-recognized
English tests such as TOEFL, contact the Registrar’s Office. Applicants for TCP are required to take the OOPT and General Math
Placement (GMP) tests.
• Provide further documentation, or report for an interview or testing when required.

Senior High School Graduation


Senior high school graduation means the successful completion of required credit courses as specified by the Ministry of Education and
Higher Education in Qatar. Ministry validation of secondary grades is required for all students applying from non-state and private schools.

International Applicant Definition


At CNA-Q, an international applicant is defined as a student from outside OR inside Qatar, who is not a Qatari National.

It is mandatory that international applicants who are interested to enroll at CNA-Q as part of our rolling admissions program, hold Qatari
National citizenship.

Waitlist Policy
Qualified applicants, who hold Qatari National citizenship, are accepted on eligibility per placement and are not put on waitlist when there
are an adequate number of available seats per academic program.

Waitlists will be maintained for each academic program for international students as space permits. Candidates will be placed on a waitlist
provided all entrance requirements are satisfied and all necessary documentation has been received.

International applicants are required to meet entrance requirements, which include submitting high school transcripts and completing onsite
entrance examinations, in English and Mathematics to demonstrate their proficiency in each discipline.

Note: Current senior high school international students who have yet to receive their final grades are permitted to write the entrance
examinations but will be put on the waitlist only after receiving these examination results and validation.

Candidates are admitted to an academic program until capacity is reached or the waitlist has been exhausted.

10 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Admissions

REGISTRAR’S OFFICE
Application Process
Applications will be processed provided that:
• The application is completed correctly with all required documentation attached
• All educational and other requirements are met
• Applicants must submit the 100 QR application fee

Applications will be acknowledged in writing upon receipt in the Registrar’s Office.

Applicants enrolled in their final year of high school will be waitlisted conditionally pending receipt of final exam results.

When accepted, applicants will be notified in writing.

If applicants would like to defer their acceptance to a subsequent semester they need to notify the Admissions Office.

Mature Student Requirements


Qatari applicants who do not meet the educational prerequisites for the program they wish to enter may be considered for admission
on an individual basis provided all the following conditions are met:
• Applicants are at least 19 years of age at the time of application
• Applicants have been out of school for at least one year
• Applicants present a certified copy of grades for the highest educational level attained
• Applicants complete College of the North Atlantic – Qatar’s mandatory placement assessment examinations
in English and Mathematics.

Note: The mature applicant policy applies to Qatari applicants only.

Admissions for Students Experiencing Disabilities


Applicants experiencing disabilities will be individually assessed to determine admissibility. The assessment will include:
a) Reviewing the applicant’s qualifications
b) Reviewing the recommendation of the sponsoring or supporting group (if applicable)
c) Summarizing the applicant’s strengths and abilities
d) Determining the need for support staff required to facilitate the integration of the applicant
e) Identifying necessary resources/equipment required to facilitate the training

There is no guarantee that the admission will be offered to students experiencing disabilities, unless CNA-Q is able to
support the students.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 11


Admissions
REGISTRAR’S OFFICE

General Studies at CNA-Q


General Studies at CNA-Q describes an academic plan for a student who has not made a final decision about admission to a particular
technical program, but wishes to register in specific courses for the purpose of upgrading academic preparation or exploring certain career
pathways.

Such applications are evaluated on an individual basis and include consultation among the Registrar’s Office, program administrators and
the applicant. The goal is to provide access to full-time programs by permitting part-time studies for a limited period of time. The major
credit programs offered at CNA-Q (Business Studies, Engineering Technology, Health Sciences, and Information Technology), are accessible
to General Studies applicants. The following regulations apply to General Studies applicants:
1. Applicants must complete the CNA-Q Application for Admission and submit the 100 QR application fee.
2. Applicants for diploma programs are required to take the Oxford Online Placement Test (OOPT) and Academic Math Placement (AMP)
tests. Students who present a valid IELTS Academic Test Report Form received within two years with an overall band 5.0 with no
individual skill band below 4.5 are exempt from taking the OOPT test. For students with valid scores on other internationally-recognized
English tests such as TOEFL, contact the Registrar’s Office. Applicants for TCP are required to take the OOPT and General Math
Placement (GMP) tests.
3. Applicants must possess a valid residency permit for the State of Qatar.
4. Applicants must present an official transcript from the last high school or post-secondary institution attended.
5. Applicants will participate in an interview with a program representative, who will make a recommendation to the Registrar.

Students who register in a General Studies program are subject to the following conditions:
1. The maximum number of credits that can be attained in this program is 15.
2. Course registration cannot exceed 15 hours per semester.
3. Prior Learning Assessment and Recognition (PLAR) evidence, if available, should be submitted to the College for evaluation. Consult the
Registrar’s Office for information about PLAR.

Entry for Part-Time Students


Students who apply for part-time status in any program must meet all the requirements outlined for full-time status and will be considered
only if a vacancy exists after full-time students have been accommodated.

12 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Definition of Academic Terms

REGISTRAR’S OFFICE
Academic Year Post Diploma Program 1. College Parchment
The period from September to July A diploma to be issued upon successful When a course or program is
consisting of three semesters; two 15- completion of a minimum two-semester developed by the College, either
week semesters and two 7 to -13 week program that requires either previous in partnership with or on behalf
intersession semesters. graduation from a recognized two- or three of another institution, agency or
year post-secondary diploma or degree, industry, a college parchment will be
Access Program or a combination of other post-secondary issued. This parchment may contain
Developmental programs in English as work and industry experience acceptable the phrase “designed in partnership
a Foreign Language that students may to the College as an entrance requirement. with...” as an additional description
enter prior to full admission into regular of the course/program.
certificate/diploma programs. Advanced Diploma
An approved program of study consisting 2. Joint Parchment
Credit Course of in-depth training for graduates of a When a course or program is
An approved and recognized body of diploma program or equivalent. developed and/or delivered in
content, knowledge and skills assigned a Advanced Diploma Programs will normally: partnership with another educational
credit value. 1. be prescribed over a minimum of institution, a joint certificate formally
one semester; recognizing both institutions may
Credits (CR) 2. be comprised of a minimum of 20 be awarded. This parchment would
The weighted value of a course based credits. recognize both institutions and
on the depth and breadth of the learning may contain the signatures of
objectives. A certain number of credits Certificate Program duly authorized officers of both
are required to complete a Certificate/ An approved program of study consisting institutions.
Diploma/ Advanced Diploma/ Post of a prescribed combination of courses
Diploma. that must address all of the following: Certificates for the
• Occupational skill development Technical Preparatory
Billing Hours • Academic or general study Program and Continuing
Billing hours are used to calculate • Self-interest or personal growth Professional Development
tuition and applicable fees, as well as • Certificate in Skill Development
to determine if a student is full time or part Certificate programs will normally: awarded upon completion of a
time. • Be prescribed over a two-semester program that is normally one
period year in duration, but not less
Diploma Program • Be comprised of a minimum of 40 than one academic semester, for
An approved program of study consisting credits which learning is measured and
of a prescribed combination of courses • Consist of a maximum of seven evaluated.
that must address all of the following: courses per semester • Certificate of Achievement
• Occupational skill development awarded upon successful
• Academic or general study Workplace Development completion of a program of less
• Self-interest or personal growth Programs than one academic semester or
These programs/courses are customized upon completion of an academic
Diploma programs will normally: to suit the needs of clients. The College course for which learning is
• Be prescribed over a minimum of a may enter partnerships for the purpose measured and evaluated.
four-semester period of developing and/ or delivering courses • Certificate of Participation
• Be comprised of a minimum of 80 or programs. Such partnerships will be awarded upon attending and
credits formally recognized on parchments in one participating in a program.
• Consist of a maximum of seven of the following ways:
courses per semester

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 13


Classification of Students
REGISTRAR’S OFFICE

Certificate and Semester Structure and Credit Hours


Diploma Students Semester Credit Number of credits per week in a given
A certificate or diploma student is an CNA-Q operates under a semester semester.
individual who has completed the formal structure where two semesters are offered
admission procedures and has been between September and April. There Fiscal Year
admitted to a program at CNA-Q. A are also two seven week semesters that The Fiscal Year for the College is from
certificate or diploma student may be full- includes class/learning time as well as January 1 to December 31.
time or part-time. administrative and evaluation time. These
are named Intersession 1 (Spring) and Student ID Numbers
Visiting Students Intersession 2 (Summer). Intersession 1 Individual student ID numbers will be
A visiting student is an individual permitted begins in April/May and Intersession 2 assigned to applicants for all college
to take courses at CNA-Q for transfer begins in July. programs, whether full-time or part-time.
of credit toward a degree/diploma/ The individual student number will be used
certificate at another post-secondary Fall/Winter Semesters in all correspondence and/or transactions
institution. Visiting students include A 15-week period that includes class/ with the College (e.g. registration, exams,
exchange students. learning time as well as administrative and requests for transcripts). Student numbers
evaluation time. must appear on all documents to be added
Non-Diploma/Certificate Fall Semester – Begins in August/ to the students’ files, and for registration,
Students September exams, requests for transcripts, etc.
A non-diploma/certificate student is an Winter Semester –Begins in January
individual who has been given permission Credential Awarded
to take a course or courses for credit, but Intersession/Spring & The CNA-Q credentials awarded to
has not yet been admitted to a diploma/ Summer Semester students are certificates, diplomas,
certificate program at CNA-Q. Two seven week semesters that advanced diplomas and post–diplomas.
include class/learning time as well as
Full-Time Student administrative and evaluation time. Transcript
Students who are registered in 15 or more These are named Intersession 1 (Spring) Transcript is the official footprint of a
credit hours per week. and Intersession 2 (Summer). Intersession student’s detailed academic history
1 begins in April/ May and Intersession 2 provided to the student and at the
Part-Time Student begins in July. student’s request to third parties. The
Students who are registered in less than transcript shows title, class, term, credit
15 credit hours per week. Course Load and Credits taken, credit received as well as result
The maximum course load per student is for each course in which a student was
dependent upon their academic program. registered past the add/drop deadline.
Students who wish to take an overload The transcript also depicts awards and
(additional credits) need the permission of honours, warnings, and dismissals. An
the Dean/Chair in order to do so. official transcript must bear the College
seal and be signed by the Registrar.
Maximum course load per program:
Business – 30 credit hours
Engineering – 27 credit hours
Health Science – 30 credit hours
IT – 28 credit hours

14 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Discontinued Status

REGISTRAR’S OFFICE
Student Initiated Independent Studies Pre-requisites
(Voluntary Withdrawal) When required courses are not available A course that a student must
Students who are in good standing in a particular semester, a student may pass before enrolling in a more
and who voluntarily withdraw due to make an application to the Chair/Dean advanced course. Equivalent skills
extenuating circumstances (confirmed to register for such courses through or prior experience that a student
by the counsellor or Chair/Dean) will independent study. Access to courses possesses may also be accepted as a
be required to reapply to return to their through independent study may be prerequisite for a course.
program. These students will be admitted permitted when resources are available
into the first available seat. and with the permission of the Chair/ Co-requisites
Dean. Strategies to ensure adherence to A course that a student must enroll
College Initiated course requirements may be documented in at the same time as enrolling in the
When a student is registered in a semester in contract format to be signed by the desired course.
and does not attend any classes, and does student, the course instructor and the
not inform the college, the Chair/Dean Chair/Dean. All applications must be
processes the withdrawal of the student. processed within two weeks from the
If these students wish to return, they must commencement of the term.
re-apply to return to the program.

Modes of Instruction
The following types of instruction are used
at CNA-Q:
1. Lecture (LEC)
2. Laboratory (LAB)
3. Clinical
4. Work Term
5. Independent Studies

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 15


Academic Regulations
REGISTRAR’S OFFICE

CNA–Q Learner CNA–Q Learner Language Proficiency


Records Policy Records Procedure for Admissions
It is the policy of the College to treat Faculty and administrative officers with Direct entry students are exempt from
all learner records in a confidential and a demonstrated need to know will be Language Studies courses by obtaining
respectful manner with an established and permitted to examine the academic the required score on the Oxford Online
approved set of directions which govern records of learners (excluding health and Placement Test (OOPT) or by presenting
all aspects of storage and disclosure. It personal counselling records) and will a valid IELTS Academic Test Report Form
is also the policy of the College that the only have access to the minimum amount received within two years with an overall
official file for all learner records will be of information necessary in order to band 5.0 with no individual skill band below
located in the Registrar’s Office. This carry out their duties. Designated faculty 4.5. Students with valid test scores from
policy and its accompanying procedure and administrative officers are those other internationally recognized English
is to be interpreted in accordance with individuals who have been determined to language proficiency tests may submit
the Newfoundland & Labrador Access to have legitimate educational interest and their results for consideration to the
Information and Protection of Privacy Act, if the information requested is necessary Registrar’s Office.
S.N. (2005) c. A1.1, as amended. In the for that officer to perform a task that is
event of a discrepancy between this policy related to their assigned job functions or CNA–Q Learner Program
and the Act, the Act shall prevail. related to their performance of a contract Completion Timeframes
with the College. All faculty and staff Learners who do not complete their
CNA–Q Access to must respect the confidentiality of the diploma program in the prescribed time
Information Procedure information. frame from first registration, may complete
The College has had a long practice of the program by following the regulations in
not releasing learner information to any Access to these records by other effect at the time of first registration, and
person without the consent of the learner. individuals requires the learner’s express provided the program is completed not
The College will not release personal written consent. more than three years beyond the regular
information, including information date of completion. The regular date of
about attendance, marks or program to Credentials completion will be calculated from the first
anyone (including spouse, parents or It is the policy of the College that upon semester a learner is taking a complete
children) without written consent. Please successful completion of a program of credit course load and is not taking any
contact the Registrar’s Office to obtain studies, learners will be awarded one of academic preparatory courses. A learner
the required Consent Form. Telephone five parchments: who does not complete a program within
permission will not be accepted. Learners 1. Certificate in (program title) these prescribed time limits may be
may be asked for identification before the 2. Diploma in (program title) required to complete additional courses
College will release information to them. 3. Post Diploma in (program title) or to repeat certain courses before
4. Certificate of Participation or being deemed eligible to complete the
The College does have a duty to release Achievement in (program/course title) credential.
learner records to those with a Sponsor 5. Advanced Diploma in (program title)
(including information on grades, academic A reassessment of English language
warnings and dismissals, attendance etc.) Qualifications for a Certificate, proficiency will be required if the learner
in accordance with the Sponsor–Student Diploma, Advanced Diploma has been away from CNA–Q for more than
Agreement. or Post Diploma one academic year. Learners who return
To qualify for a certificate, diploma, or post to complete a Technology Diploma will
diploma, students must: not receive credit for courses that were
• Meet all the requirements as completed more than five years prior to
prescribed in the program of studies the date of readmission, unless otherwise
• Obtain a mark of not less than 50% in approved by their School. Learners
every course in the program unless enrolled in accredited Heath Sciences
otherwise specified program will be permitted a maximum
• Attain a minimum grade point average of one additional year to complete their
of 2.0 program of studies.
• Obtain 25% or more of their credits
from the College.

16 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Academic Regulations

REGISTRAR’S OFFICE
Transferring between Policy On Admissions Fraud Plagiarism
Programs or Plans It is the learner’s responsibility to ensure Plagiarism is the unacknowledged
Programs are structured such that that all application information and all inclusion of material derived from the
students can transfer to another program supporting documentation is truthful, published or unpublished work of another
among the different schools or can complete and correct. College of the person (such as from the internet or from
transfer between plans within the same North Atlantic – Qatar reserves the right another person) whether intentional or
program. to verify any information provided as part unintentional.
of an application. It is an act of serious
Students wishing to change their program academic misconduct to provide any Inappropriate Proxy
or plan must discuss their request with false or misleading information on an Inappropriate Proxy is defined as when a
their Chair/Dean and Sponsor (for application. By submitting a completed person attends an exam or any academic
sponsored students) and if their Chair/ application form and the supporting activity or obligation in replacement of the
Dean approves, the request must be documentation, a learner declares that the student.
submitted to the Registrar’s Office. information supplied on the application
form itself or otherwise in connection Right of Appeal
Public Liability Insurance with an application is complete and Any applicant whose application is
Policy For Students correct. If it is proven, or if the College canceled or rejected within the scope of
All registered CNA-Q students are covered has reasonable grounds to conclude, that this policy will have the right to appeal the
by CNA-Q’s Public Liability Insurance any information in an application, or in any decision.
Policy for Students. The policy covers of the material submitted in support of
students against bodily injury and/or an application, is determined to be false Recognition of CNA-Q
death arising from Insured’s operation as or misleading, or written by a third party, Certificates and Diplomas
an Educational Institution while within the the application may be invalidated at the College of the North Atlantic–Qatar
CNA-Q premises or while participating in absolute and sole discretion of CNA-Q. has pathway programs with a number
events/field trips or other recreational This could result in immediate rejection of of universities in Canada, the United
activities conducted under the auspices of the application, or, in the revocation of an States and the United Kingdom. These
CNA-Q, on the CNA-Q premises at offer of admission, or, in the termination of pathways allow graduates of many CNA-Q
Duhail, Qatar. registration at the College. programs to be awarded credit towards
baccalaureate degrees provided they
Academic Dishonesty Admissions Fraud meet the entrance and specific credit
There are many forms of academic Definitions and Procedures: requirements of these institutions.
dishonesty. Plagiarism, cheating, taking
credit for work that is not his/her own, Fraud A current list of post-secondary
and helping another student take credit Fraud occurs when a person or persons institutions offering admission and transfer
for work that is not his/her own are all conspire to deceive another person credit to CNA-Q graduates who meet
forms of academic dishonesty. Academic or group of persons into believing that the entrance requirements is available
dishonesty falls under the Student Code of a claim made by that person or group from the Registrar’s Office or the Career
Conduct with the penalties listed under the is genuine when in fact it is false. This Counseling and Resource Centre.
Student Code of Discipline. could include false information given on
an application regarding qualifications
The College of the North Atlantic – Qatar or experience, or the provision of a fake
has an Academic Dishonesty procedure certificate or reference to support an
that lists four penalties that can be used: application, or the deliberate omission
1st Incident: Written reprimand by of relevant information, e.g. the non-
instructor and no credit for inclusion of information regarding previous
the work completed qualifications, or some other act of
2nd Incident: Written reprimand and deception.
suspension from course
3 Incident: Suspension from program for
rd

one semester
4th Incident: Suspension from program for
one year

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 17


Academic Regulations
REGISTRAR’S OFFICE

Advanced Standing Course Exemption Status Block Transfer Advanced


Students may receive advanced standing Exemption status is granted if the course Standing
for up to 75% of the content of the program has a minimum of 70% equivalency in the The College will recognize coursework
to which they have been admitted on the course material required. When exemption completed in other programs/courses that
basis of successful completion of this status is awarded, no mark is reported on fulfill the requirements for a designated
content in the same or similar programs the transcript and the GPA is not affected. percentage of the program to which the
at another college and as assessed by the The College will consider exemptions for student is now applying. When students are
College. courses if the student received a passing granted a block transfer, their academic
grade. grades will be calculated beginning at the
Applicants who wish to be considered point of entry to the program.
for advanced standing should submit an The College will accept any credit
application with the following documents: course from a recognized public post- Credit System
• Proof of high school completion secondary institution as an exemption A credit is a weighted value of a course
• Official transcript(s) for a general elective, even if that course based on the depth and breadth of the
• Calendar description of the courses is not offered at the College. In some learning objectives. For the purpose of
claimed for credit programs, electives must be chosen from assigning credit values, the measurement
a designated group of courses, in which of learning objectives is usually
The deadline for receipt of applications case a general elective cannot be used as accomplished by equating the value with
by the Registrar is four weeks following a substitute. the period of time scheduled to deliver
registration date. Students seeking the content in the conventional lecture
advanced standing will not be excused Credit for Prior Learning methodology, as follows:
from any course until written authority has It is the policy of the College that
been received from the Registrar’s Office. students will be given every opportunity Learning objectives scheduled for
to receive credit for past learning delivery in a one-hour period per week per
Transfer of Credit Status experience through a comprehensive semester constitutes a one credit value;
When transfer of credit is awarded, the systematic process of evaluation referred therefore, a course that is scheduled
College will accept the passing grade to as Prior Learning Assessment and for three hours per week per semester
awarded by the institution and this mark Recognition (PLAR). represents a three credit value.
will be used in the calculation of the GPA.
Transfer of credit is awarded only if the Credits awarded for PLAR will be 1 lecture/week = 1 credit
course level and course content are the recorded on the student transcript as 1 lab (2 – 4 hrs/week) = 1 credit
same. an exemption or a mark. The maximum 1 lab (5 – 7 hrs/week) = 2 credits
number of credits that can be awarded 1 lab (8 – 10 hrs/week) = 3 credits
through the PLAR process is 75% of
the number required to complete the The range of credits per course is 1 – 16.
certificate/diploma. The maximum number of credits per
course is 24.

18 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Academic Regulations

REGISTRAR’S OFFICE
Grade Point Average (GPA) Weighted Average
Marking System A student’s weighted average can be Candidates must have attained a passing
The percentage mark in any course is defined as the sum of a course grade grade in ALL courses being considered
converted to a grade point according to multiplied by the course value (credit), in establishing weighted average. Marks
the following: divided by the sum of the course values (all obtained in supplementary exams will
80% and above A credits). be considered in the calculation of the
70% – 75% B weighted average.
60% – 65% C It can be calculated as follows:
50% – 55% D 1. Take the final grades achieved in In cases where the student repeats a
Below 50% E all courses and multiply them by the course, the best earned grade will stand for
credit values for each particular course. calculation of the weighted average.
The GPA is obtained by multiplying the For example:
credit value of each course in the program • Course grade of 80% multiplied by When a course is repeated or a
by the grade point obtained in that course. credit value of course 4 equals 320 supplementary examination is written, the
The sum of all the products is then divided • Course grade of 70% multiplied by highest mark attained will be used in the
by the total number of credits. Your grade credit value of 3 equals 210 calculation of the GPA.
point average (GPA) is calculated by • Course grade of 60% multiplied by
dividing the total amount of grade points credit value of 2 equals 120 When students complete more than the
earned by the total amount of credit hours 2. Calculate the sum of course grades minimum number of electives, they are
attempted. Your grade point average and course credit values. For able to select which electives will be used
may range from 0.0 to a 4.0. If you need example, the sum of course grades in the calculation of the GPA by making an
assistance, please contact the Registrar’s is 320+210+120=650. The application at the Registrar’s Office.
Office. sum of the course credit values is
4+3+2=9. Without such application, the Registrar
3. Divide the sum of course grades will select for calculation purposes the
by the total number of credits. For required number of electives as recorded
example, 650÷9=72.22. chronologically on the transcript.

Courses that are not included in the Academic Advising


requirements for graduation will not be Students are expected to read the
included in the calculation of the weighted academic calendar carefully and are
average. encouraged to take responsibility for their
academic goals. Students are expected
to make themselves familiar with CNA-Q’s
academic regulations. Academic advising
is available through the Chairs, Leads and
Instructional Coordinators.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 19


Academic Status
REGISTRAR’S OFFICE

Clear Standing
Students are in Clear Standing when they have passed all required credit courses, English for Specific Academic Purposes (ESAP) and
Academic Preparatory courses and have attained a GPA of at least 2.0.

ACADEMIC
STANDING CRITERIA
ACTION
• Regular student
• Attempted 15 credit hours in current semester OR has been actively enrolled in the last three consecutive semes-
Clear Standing – ters including the current term.
Regular Level • Passed 100% of courses taken, both credit and zero credit courses and should not have an IP grade.
• Achieved a cumulative GPA of 2.00 or more
• Cleared all past course deficiencies in current academic program

• Regular student
• Attempted less than 15 credit hours in current semester and has not been actively enrolled in three consecutive
Clear Standing –
semesters
All Levels
• Passed 100% of courses taken, both credit and zero credit courses
• Achieved a cumulative GPA of 2.00 or more
• Cleared all past course deficiencies in current academic program

• Preparatory student
Clear Standing –
• Passed 100% of courses taken
Zero Credit
• Cleared all past course deficiencies in current academic program

Conditional Status
Students are classified as in Conditional Standing when:
• They have a cumulative grade point average between 1.00 and 1.99 in any semester
• They must clear course deficiencies in order to graduate (e.g. students who must successfully complete a failed course through
supplementary examinations or repetition)
OR
• They fail an ESAP or Academic Preparatory course

Students who are registered in credit courses and/or ESAP or Academic Preparatory courses and who fail one or more courses will receive
conditional standing regardless of cumulative grade point average.

Students are expected to attempt courses from previous semesters (if available) before registering for any new course and must consult with
a faculty advisor and/or counsellor upon or before registration.

20 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Academic Status

REGISTRAR’S OFFICE
ACADEMIC
CRITERIA
STANDING ACTION
(as per transcript)

• Regular student
• Attempted 15 credit hours in current semester OR has been actively enrolled in the last three consecu-
Conditional Standing –
tive semesters
Regular Level
• Passed 100% of courses taken, both credit and non credit courses
• Achieved a cumulative GPA between 1.00 and 1.99 and has no past deficiencies in current program

• Regular student
• Attempted less than 15 credit hours in current semester AND has not been actively enrolled in three
Conditional Standing –
consecutive semesters
GPA
• Passed 100% of courses taken; both credit and zero credit courses
• Achieved a cumulative GPA less than 2.00

Conditional Standing – • Student has met the criteria for a clear standing in the current term but has not cleared past deficien-
Existing Condition cies in current program

Conditional Standing – • Received an official grade of AB (Deferred Examination), IN (Incomplete) or NS (Grade not submitted) in
Deferred at least one credit or zero credit course

• Regular student
• Failed at least one credit course
Conditional Standing – • Received a failing grade that is within the eligible limit of 10 marks of the passing grade i.e. if passing
Supplementary grade is 50% and student has achieved a grade of 40 or 45% and if the passing grade is 60 % and the
student achieved a grade of 50 or 55%.
• The course is eligible for a supplementary examination

Conditional Standing –
• Received an official grade of In Progress in at least one credit or zero credit course
Courses in Progress

Conditional Standing – • Preparatory student


Zero Credit • Failed at least one zero credit course for the first time

Regular student who:


• Attempted 15 credit hours in current term OR has been actively enrolled in the last three consecutive
semesters
• Passed 100% of credit hours taken
• Failed one or more zero course such as WT1480 or OJ1530 and is not a prep course.
• Passed more than or equal to 40% of credit hours
• No prior dismissals
• Prior warning on prep courses
Conditional Standing – OR
Fail • Regular student attempted less than 15 credit hours in the current term and has not been actively
enrolled in at least 3 consecutive semesters.
• Failed one or more credit courses
• Received an official grade that is not within eligible limits or the course is not eligible for a
supplementary examination
• No AB,NS or IN grade for current term
• No IP grade for current term
• Passed more than or equal to 40% of credit hours
• No prior dismissals

• Regular student
• Attempted 15 credit hours in current term OR has been actively enrolled in the last three consecutive
semesters
• Failed one or more than one credit course
Conditional Standing – • Received an official grade that is not within eligible limits or the course is not eligible for a supplement-
Not Eligible ary examination
• Credits passed should be more than or equal to 40%
• Achieved a cumulative GPA greater than or equal to 1.00
• No AB,NS or IN grade for current term
• No IP grade for current semester.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 21


Academic Standing for School of Industrial Trades
REGISTRAR’S OFFICE

The table below outlines the criteria that a student must meet to satisfy the Technician Certificate Program.

ACADEMIC
STANDING
CRITERIA
ACTION
(as per transcript)

Clear Standing • Passed 100% of courses taken


• Cleared all past course deficiencies in current academic program

Conditional • Passed 100% courses taken


Standing – • Course deficiencies have not been cleared for current program
Existing Condition

Conditional • Received an official grade of AB (Deferred Examination), IN (Incomplete) or NS (Grade not submitted) in at least one
Standing – Deferred course

Conditional • Failed one or more courses taken


Standing – Eligible • Received an official grade that is within eligible limits and the course is eligible for a supplementary examination
for Supplementary

Conditional • Received an official grade of IP (In Progress) in at least one course


Standing – In Progress

Conditional Standing • Failed one or more courses taken


• Received an official grade that is not within eligible limits OR the course is not eligible for a supplementary
examination

22 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


REGISTRAR’S OFFICE
Priority Order Transcripts
When applying a Conditional Standing, Students will, upon submission of Letter of Permission credits are
the following standing actions have authorized request, have the right to considered non-resident credits.
priority order – Deferred, Eligible for receive transcripts of their own academic Within the parameters of the Residency
Supplementary and In Progress. A student record. Transcripts or grade reports will Requirement 75% of credits is the
with an official grade of AB (deferred not be released to third parties without maximum number of non-resident credits
examination), NS (not submitted) or IN the prior approval of the student. In cases a student may apply toward a diploma
(incomplete) will be assigned a standing of where students have outstanding accounts program at CNA-Q.
Conditional – Deferred regardless of other with the College, CNA-Q will not release
grades received. Conditional – Eligible for official transcripts or other confirmations Tuition and other fees for courses taken on
Supplementary is next in priority followed of enrolment or other documentation. Letter of Permission are paid directly by
by Conditional – In Progress. the student to the visiting post-secondary
Withdrawal Grades Recorded institution. CNA-Q students who are on
Honour Standing on Student Record Probation or Academic Dismissal, or who
• Student must be in Clear Standing All grades are recorded on the student’s owe outstanding fees to CNA-Q, are not
• Student must have a term GPA of 4.00 official transcript. Course withdrawals eligible to take courses on a Letter of
(not a cumulative GPA) are recorded on the transcript according Permission.
• Student must be enrolled in four or to annual add/drop dates posted in the
more credit courses for the 15-week CNA-Q calendar. The registration procedures are
term (Fall and Winter) coordinated through the Registrar’s Office.
• Student must be enrolled in one or Transcript Legend The following documentation may be
more credit courses for 7-week term AB Deferred grade required in order to obtain consent:
(Intersession) CF Credit forwarded-internal 1. A course description from the relevant
• If the student is enrolled in a work DR Dropped course course calendar (year in which student
term in the Intersession, then the F Failing grade in course would like to take the course).
work term is considered as a credit NP No paper, Failure 2. A course syllabus/outline detailing
course even though the work term has TC Transfer credit – external weekly course content, form of
no credit value AU Audit of course evaluation (e.g. tests/essays) and
• If the student is enrolled in 4 or more CO Completed course mark breakdown Credit for a course
credit courses and one preparatory EN Exemption from course completed on a Letter of Permission will
courses in a term, the preparatory IN Incomplete grade not be awarded without confirming the
courses must have a grade of at least P Passing grade in course successful completion of the course
80% since GPA of 4.00 equates to a WH Mark withheld with a minimum grade of 60% or a “C”
grade of 80%. PR Proceed grade or better for block transfers and
• If the student is enrolled in a clinical DF Dropped, Failure a passing grade as determined by the
course of 35 hours per week for a IP In Progress home/sending institution for direct
15-week or 7-week semester, this is COM Competent transfer equivalencies.
considered to meet the enrollment NS Grade not submitted
requirement for eligibility in the RPT Repeat Residency Requirement
Honour Society The Residency Requirement defines
Letter of Permission the number of credits a student must
Student Records Students in good standing (not on complete in order to obtain a credential
Actions of the Academic Appeals probation) without outstanding tuition from CNA-Q. The College requires that 25%
Committee are permanently recorded on or fees at CNA-Q may take courses as of courses must be completed at CNA-Q.
student academic records and transcripts. part of their degree program at another The Registrar’s Office creates a number of
Warning letters are not noted on the post-secondary institution on a Letter of different types of letters for students for
transcript. Permission provided: a variety of purposes. These letters and
1. Students remain within their residency their descriptions are noted in the table on
requirements for completion of their the following page. Students must make a
CNA-Q diploma or certificate; and formal request for any one of these letters
2. Students receive authorized consent at the Registrar’s Office and should expect
to take specific courses towards their a 2 – 3 day turnaround, based on the type
CNA-Q diploma. of letter.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 23


REGISTRAR’S OFFICE

Registrar’s Office Letters

Division Type of Letter Description Availability of the letter

This letter is issued to all prospective Upon processing the application


Letter of students who apply to CNA-Q. The letter this letter will be emailed to the
Acknowledgement informs the applicant that a placement test email address noted in the applica-
will be scheduled. tion.

This letter is also provided to help


Upon processing the application
Letter with prospective students check their application
this letter will be emailed to the
Self Service status online. The letter contains a system
email address noted in the applica-
Information generated Student ID and password for
tion.
initial access.

This is letter follows the Letter of


Acknowledgement after the prospective Upon processing the placement
student is successful in the placement test. test scores this letter will be
Letter of Waitlist
The letter will indicate that the student is emailed to the email address
placed on the waitlist and they will be noti- noted in the application.
Admissions fied in writing.

This letter follows the Letter of


Acknowledgement after the prospective
Upon processing the placement
student is successful in the placement test.
Letter of test scores this letter will be
The letter will indicate that the students
Conditional Waitlist emailed to the email address
is placed on a conditional waitlist and will
noted in the application.
request to provide the validation letter or
the high school transcripts.

This letter is issued when an application


is rejected due to the noted condition(s): Upon processing the placement
1. Applicants who did not meet the place- test scores and/or receiving the
Letter Denying ment tests levels required by the pro- decision from the Ministry of Edu-
Admission gram. cation and Higher Education, this
2. Applicants whose validation was denied letter will be emailed to the email
by the Ministry of Education and Higher address noted in the Application.
Education.

This letter is issued to Qatari Applicants


when applicants did not meet the Place-
ment test level required by the program.
Upon processing the placement
Letter of Offer to test scores this letter will be
Admissions The Applicant will be requested if he/she
Access Program emailed to the email address
would like to apply for the Access Program
noted in the application.
which are Foundation English and Math
courses which may help achieve the re-
quired level to their desired program.

24 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


REGISTRAR’S OFFICE
Registrar’s Office Letters

Division Type of Letter Description Availability of the letter

Enrollment This letter confirms student enrollment in the current se-


Verification mester and the student demographic details such as name,
(Registration nationality, Student ID and Qatari National ID are also
Letter) included.
This letter is issued upon
This letter is issued when a more detailed letter is required student request. Students
Front Desk than the standard enrollment verification letter. Includes will need to fill a Student Re-
Enrollment one or more of the following based on student’s request: quest form which is available
Verification 1. Start and end dates of the term enrolled at the Registrar’s Office.
Letter – 2. Length or duration of the program enrolled
Detailed 3. Expected graduating semester
4. Full Name
5. Passport details

This letter is issued to students who


Academic
receive an Academic Warning related to their
Warning Letter This letter is issued by the
academic standing at the end of term.
Registrar and students will
This letter is issued to students who receive an Academic be notified via text message.
Academic
Dismissal related to their academic standing at the end of
Dismissal Letter
term.
Records Honour standing letters
for the completed term are
issued on the 20th day of the
This letter is issued to students who receive an honour
Honour Stand- first month of the following
standing in a semester. Please see the criteria for honour
ing Letter semester. Students will be
standing in the academic status section on page 23.
notified by email when these
letters are available from the
Registrar’s Office.

This letter is issued to students who require their cur-


Academic rent academic status. This letter includes the student’s
Status Letter demographic details and the level of completion they have
attained in the program they have been enrolled in.
Graduation letters will not be
TPP Certifica- This letter is issued to TPP students only. This indicates issued to prospective gradu-
tion Completion the certificate level completed by the student in the TPP ates during the graduation
Letter program. preparation period that be-
Graduation
This letter is issued to graduating and graduated students. gins three weeks before the
Graduation The letter indicates student details, academic program graduation date. However
Letter graduated, GPA, year of graduation and the English lan- alumni can request a gradua-
guage proficiency test outcome. tion letter during this time.

English
This letter is issued to students that require confirmation
Proficiency
that the language of instruction at the College is English.
Letter

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 25


REGISTRAR’S OFFICE

Registrar’s Office Letters

Division Type of Letter Description Availability of the letter

These letters are issued by the


Students who win awards and scholarships are Registrar after the award recipients
Award and
notified by letters indicating the awards they won, are selected in the Fall semester.
Scholarship
the monetary value (if any) and other details at the Students will be notified by text-
Letters
Rewarding Excellence Awards Ceremony. message when these letters are
Graduation available.

This letter is issued to a graduating student who


has completed all academic requirements of the
Graduation
program. The letter indicates student’s details,
Audit Letter
graduating program, conferral date and the
completion of the graduation exit requirement.

A Letter of Permission is issued to students who


The letter will be sent directly to the
plan to take a course at an outside institution and
Institution from which the course
Letter of apply their credits to a credential at CNA-Q. Letters
Registrar will be taken. The student is respon-
Permission of Permission are available only to students in clear
sible to register at and pay for the
standing at the College and who have no outstand-
course(s) at the Institution directly.
ing financial obligations to the College.

Academic Dismissal Academic Warning Re-Admission of Academically


Students will be academically dismissed Students on Academic Warning will be Dismissed Students
if their cumulative grade point average allowed to continue under the following 1. Students who are academically
is less than 1.0 and/or they have not provisions: dismissed from the College must apply
passed a minimum of 40% of the credits 1. They are referred to a college for re-admission, and their names will
they attempted in a semester. All counsellor or/and will participate in a be placed at the end of any existing
students in credit programs are subject review of their career/academic goals, waitlist.
to the academic dismissal rules. Please developing learning strategies that will 2. Applications from academically
consult the Registrar’s Office for full lead to success. dismissed students to return to the
details regarding rules and their 2. An appropriate course load will College will be received at any time
interpretation. The College may waive the be developed by the student in but students will not be accepted to
academic dismissal policy on a one-time consultation with the academic return on a full-time basis until at least
forgiveness basis with a recommendation advisor/counsellor. The maximum one semester period from the date of
from the Academic Policy Appeals course load will not exceed 20 dismissal has elapsed.
Committee in concurrence with the hours per semester for a student on 3. Students who have been academically
following: Students who are registered Academic Warning. dismissed from a program on two or
as full time and for the first time fail to more occasions will not be eligible
achieve a cumulative grade point Academic Dismissal for for re-admission to that program for a
average of 1.0 and/or have not passed a Non–Credit and Language period of two years from the date of
minimum of 40% of the credits attempted Preparatory Courses dismissal.
in the semester will be given a standing of Students in non-credit academic or
Academic Warning and will be permitted to language preparatory courses who fail Students will be permitted to register only
register for the next semester. the same course three times will be for those courses for which prerequisites
academically dismissed for one semester. have been met.
Students who have been placed on A student who returns to the College
Academic Warning and fail a second time and fails the same preparatory course Students are reminded that for guidance
to either achieve a cumulative grade for a fourth time will be academically and information on proper scholarly
point average of 1.0 and/or a minimum dismissed a second time and will be behaviour, they should seek advice from
of 40% of the credits attempted in any eligible to return to the College after a counsellors, instructors, faculty advisors, or
subsequent semester will be dismissed. period of one year. the Registrar’s Office.

It is the policy of this College that all


students will register for full-time programs
at the beginning of each semester
including the Intersession.

26 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


REGISTRAR’S OFFICE
Student Appeals Student Appeals
(Academic) (Non-Academic)
Academic appeals fall into three categories: Non-academic student appeals may apply
1. Academic dismissal to a variety of issues such as vandalism,
2. Attendance dismissal theft, disturbance and harassment
3. Academic dishonesty both within and outside the classroom.
Penalties for infractions are dependent
All registered students of the College have on the seriousness of the offence. In
the right to appeal decisions or rulings that cases of minor infractions, all staff are
affect them and that pertain to academic encouraged to resolve student disputes
matters. Students wishing to appeal an informally. Minor offences may lead to a
academic decision must complete an verbal reprimand that may be followed
appeal application (available from the up in writing through the completion of
Registrar’s Office) with information and a disturbance incident report. Repeated
documentation supporting their appeal. incidents may lead to additional and/or
The deadline for submitting an appeal is more severe penalties such as restricted
the last day of registration in the semester privileges or dismissal with notation on
following the academic decision being a student’s permanent record. Serious
appealed. offences (e.g. drugs, alcohol, threats,
violence) will lead to an immediate
The Academic Appeals Committee is suspension and a possible report to police.
comprised of the Registrar and the Dean of
Student Affairs, who act as co-chairs, Normally, instructors, faculty advisors and
plus a student representative, one faculty Deans/Chairs/Instructional Coordinators,
representative from a department other in full adherence to current policies and
than the department of the student who regulations, will expend every effort to
is presenting the appeal, and one Dean’s resolve student disputes thereby avoiding
representative from a department other the formal appeal process.
than the department of the student who
is presenting the appeal. The student has The Registrar will set up the committee
a right to have an advocate at the meeting to examine the evidence ensuring that
with them, such as a counsellor, parent, all appropriate parties to the complaint
friend, etc. are given an opportunity to appear
before the Committee. The decision of
Appeals will be heard on the first day of the Committee will be final and must be
classes in the subsequent semester. This conveyed in writing to the student with
will allow students who are successful in a copy to the Vice President, Academic
their appeal to register and start classes within five working days from the receipt of
as early as possible. The decision of the the appeal.
Appeals Committee is final. Students will
be notified of the Committee’s decision
in writing. For additional information or
advice concerning appeals, please consult
your counsellor or the Registrar’s Office.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 27


REGISTRAR’S OFFICE

Registration Change of Registration Work Term


Date of Registration Adding Courses Work term is an opportunity for students
Students will register in person or on-line The last date for adding courses is two to apply knowledge and skills obtained in
on the date and at the time and place weeks from the first day of classes in a the classroom by working at a company to
prescribed and publicized by the College. 15-week semester and one week from gain hands-on experience.
the first day of classes in a 7-to 13 week
Late Registration Intersession/semester. In extenuating Before Going to Work Term
All students should register by the circumstances during the 15-week To be eligible to register for your work term
registration date listed for each semester. semester, the two-week period for adding course, you must successfully complete all
With permission, late registration may courses may be extended. academic courses, have a minimum GPA of
sometimes be accepted. However, any 2.0, and register for your work term course
students who are permitted to register late Dropping Courses in person or online.
must receive permission from their Dean Courses may be dropped without
and are not guaranteed course availability. academic prejudice up to the end of Finding a Work Term
eight weeks from the first day of classes Students are responsible for finding their
Admission to Classes for a 15-week semester or the end of own work term. All work term companies
Students will not be admitted to a class the second week in a 7-to 13-week and placements must be approved by
until they have satisfied the regulations Intersession semester. If a course of 6 or 7 CNA-Q.
regarding entrance and complied with weeks in duration is offered in a 15-week
general college regulations. The number semester, the drop date for that particular Work Term is an academic and mandatory
of courses constituting a normal semester course will be the end of the second week. course that is taken at the end of a
workload for a student is determined by Students must complete the appropriate student’s program in Business Studies
their program requirements. registration change form and all changes and Information Technology. If a student
must be approved by the instructors has met the work term prerequisites and
Extended Course Loads concerned, the program administration, requirements, he/she may complete the
Students who wish to register for extra and the sponsors, where applicable. course anytime throughout the academic
courses must make application to the year.
appropriate Dean/Chair.
The work term course is assessed and
Repeating a Course students receive a grade when they have
With the permission of the Dean/Chair, completed the course.
students may repeat any course for which
a passing grade has previously been The work term duration for students
awarded. The original passing grade will from the School of Business Studies is 6
remain on the transcript and a second weeks. The duration for students from the
entry will be recorded with the new grade. School of Information Technology
is 8 weeks.
The highest mark attained will be used
in the calculation of the GPA. Space Sponsored students complete their
limitations and other considerations will work term at their sponsor’s worksite.
determine approval. Non-sponsored students are placed at a
company best suited to their program.

Students must attend a mandatory work


term orientation where they are given
additional information about the work term
course. The Work Term Coordinator will
contact eligible students and inform them
of the date and time of the orientation.

28 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Student Tuition Structure for Work Term

REGISTRAR’S OFFICE
School of Business Studies

COURSE TITLE WORKTERM DURATION TOTAL COST

Business Administration Certificate 2 weeks 692 QR

Office Administration Certificate 2 weeks 692 QR

Office Administration Executive 6 weeks 2,025 QR

Business Management
6 weeks 2,025 QR
(Accounting, Marketing, Human Resource)

Business Administration
6 weeks 2,025 QR
(Accounting, Marketing, Human Resource)

Banking Certificate 4 weeks 1,358 QR

Banking Diploma 8 weeks 2,692 QR

School of Information Technology

COURSE TITLE WORKTERM DURATION TOTAL COST

Information Systems – Hardware 8 weeks 2,692 QR

Information Systems – Software 8 weeks 2,692 QR

Examinations and Tests


Dates for midterms, finals, and This regulation does not apply to:
supplementary examinations will be set in 1. Courses with no final semester
advance. No more than two midterms and examinations.
final examinations will be scheduled for a 2. Laboratory examinations.
student in a given 24-hour period. 3. Self-directed and modular courses.
4. Courses with block teaching.
Student evaluations will be conducted 5. Assignments given prior to this period
on a continuous basis. The method of that are due in the two weeks prior to
evaluation will be recommended in the examinations.
official course description. Grades are 6. Courses offered in Intersession (e.g.
rounded in units of five. 5- to 7-week), for which the time frame
will be one week prior to the start of
Instructors will not be permitted to give examinations.
quizzes worth more than 10% of the total
final mark in the two-week period prior
to the start of semester examinations. As
well, no previously unassigned work may
be assigned in the last two weeks of the
semester.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 29


REGISTRAR’S OFFICE

Supplementary Examinations Supplementary and Deferred


Supplementary Examinations provide 4. Students must apply in writing for Grade Changes
an opportunity for students in diploma supplementary examinations as soon Supplementary and deferred grade
programs to improve their standing in as possible after final grades are changes are processed only after a
courses they have taken in the current available. The deadline to apply for a student is enrolled in classes. If the revised
semester. Supplementary examinations supplementary examination is 3:00pm mark changes to a passing grade, then
apply to a course in which the final exam is on the last work day preceding the date the change of grade is processed and
worth more than 30% of the total course of the supplementary exam. The actual the Academic Standing is updated with a
evaluation scheme. If the passing grade in exam date will be published during the transcript note.
such a course is 50% and the student has semester.
achieved a failing grade of 40% or 45%; or if 5. If the mark obtained in the If the revised mark is less than or equal
the passing grade in such a course is 60% supplementary exam is lower than the to the original mark, then the grade is not
and the student has achieved a failing grade original mark obtained on the regular changed, but the Academic Standing is
of 50% or 55%, she/he is eligible to write a final examination, the original mark will updated with a transcript note.
supplementary examination. There are no remain.
supplementary examinations in Academic 6. Where circumstances warrant, If a student has a potential dismissal status
Preparatory and English Language supplementary exams may be written and if the student fails or did not attempt
Preparatory courses. off campus. the Supplementary Exam, the student will
be dismissed.
For upgrading purposes, in their last The Registrar’s Office should be
semester of studies, students may be given contacted for information and permission Soon after the last date to register, all
an opportunity to write a supplementary regarding Supplementary grade changes will be processed and the
examination for a course in which they Examinations. Academic Standings and transcript notes
have attained a passing mark of 50% will be updated.
or 55% taken any time throughout their Deferred Exams
program. Students who are prevented by illness, Once the grade changes are processed, all
bereavement, or other acceptable other Academic Standings (for those who
The grade attained in a supplementary cause, from writing a final examination, did not attempt the Supplementary Exams)
examination will replace only the grade where one is scheduled, may apply will be updated based on their grades on
attained in the final examination for the for permission to write a deferred their transcript.
course in question and will be combined examination.
with marks previously attained for term Incomplete
work. The deferred examination is the final Subject to the approval of the appropriate
examination for the individual concerned. program administrator, an incomplete
The following guidelines apply for writing a Where possible, deferred exams should grade may be assigned when the
supplementary examination: be completed by the last day of exams/ mandatory components of the course
1. Student grade reports will state: classes for that semester, or as soon as are not completed. Incompletes must be
Conditional: Eligibile for Supplementary feasible thereafter. A request for deferred cleared by the end of the third week after
if a student meets the conditions for a examinations must be submitted to the the beginning of the subsequent semester.
supplementary examination. Registrar’s Office as soon as possible If incompletes are not cleared by this date,
2. Students are eligible to write only after the date on which the regular students will receive a failing grade.
one supplementary examination per examination was scheduled. The request
semester. for a deferred exam will be assessed by
3. Supplementary examinations will the appropriate program administrator
be written as close to the first day in consultation with faculty members.
of registration for credit programs in a Students should note that permission to
subsequent semester as can be write deferred examinations is a privilege,
scheduled. The actual date will be not a right, granted solely on the basis of
published during the semester. extenuating circumstances.

30 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


REGISTRAR’S OFFICE
Reassessment of Grades Academic Documentation
Students who feel that they may not Transcripts, diplomas, and certificates being appealed. Appeals will be heard on
have been accurately assessed on any will be withheld from a student who is in the first week of classes.
assignment, examination, term paper, or possession of college property such as
laboratory or shop exercise should, books, equipment or supplies, or who has The Appeals Committee is comprised
in the first instance, discuss the matter other obligations to the College. of the Registrar and the Dean of Student
with the instructor teaching that course. Affairs, who act as co-chairs, plus a student
This should be done within three Grade Reports representative, one faculty representative
instructional days of the receipt of the Grade reports will be issued at the end from a department other than the
assessment. If this does not result in a of each 15-week semester and after department of the student who is
satisfactory resolution, students may Intersession/Spring session. Midterm presenting the appeal, and one Dean’s
request that the matter be reviewed by grade reports will be issued for representative from a department other
the appropriate program administrator. If each 15-week semester. than the department of the student who is
this action is taken, it must be done within presenting the appeal.
five instructional days of receipt of the Transcripts/Records of
assessment. Unsatisfactory resolution Achievement Student Appeals
of the dispute at this stage may enable a) Official transcripts/records of (Non-Academic)
students to request a review of the achievement may Normally, instructors, faculty advisors, and
grade(s) by the Appeals Committee. Such be obtained at any time from the program coordinators, in full adherence
an appeal should be made within ten days Registrar’s Office. to current policies and regulations, will
of receipt of the assessment. b) A transcript depicts the student’s expend every effort to resolve student
complete academic record including disputes thereby avoiding the formal
Re-Read of Final Examinations awards and honours, warnings, appeal process.
Students may apply to have a final suspensions, and dismissals. Questions
examination paper re-read. An application or concerns about an official transcript The Appeals Committee is comprised
for re-read must be made in writing to should be directed to the Registrar. of the Registrar and the Dean of Student
the Registrar’s Office within one month Affairs, who act as co-chairs, plus a
following the release of the marks. Academic Misconduct student representative, one faculty
Students are reminded that for guidance representative from a department other
The mark obtained in a re-read, whether and information on proper scholarly than the department of the student who
higher or lower than the original mark, behaviour, they should seek advice from is presenting the appeal, and one Dean’s
stands as the official mark in the course the counsellors, instructors, faculty representative from a department other
and is used in all calculations of the advisors, or the Registrar’s Office. than the department of the student who is
student’s academic record. presenting the appeal.
Academic Warning
Aegrotat Standing An Academic Warning is issued to a The Registrar will set up the Committee
Students who, through illness or other student who is registered as full time to examine the evidence ensuring that
exceptional circumstances, have been and for the first time fails to achieve a all appropriate parties to the complaint
absent from a scheduled final examination, cumulative grade point average of 1.0 and/ are given an opportunity to appear
or who have been unable to complete all or has not passed a minimum of 40% of before the Committee. The decision of
of the required work in a course, may, on the credits attempted in that semester. the Committee will be final and must be
the recommendation of the counsellor, However such a student is permitted to conveyed in writing to the student with
in consultation with the Program register for the next semester. a copy to the Vice President, Academic
Administrator and faculty, be given credit within five working days from the receipt of
for the course. Student Appeals (Academic) the appeal.
All registered students of the College have
Application for Aegrotat Standing with the right to appeal decisions or rulings that
full details duly authenticated must be affect them and that pertain to academic
made to the Registrar’s Office within two matters. Students wishing to appeal an
weeks after the last day of examinations academic decision must complete an
indicating each course for which the appeal application (available from the
application is being made. Registrar’s Office) with information and
documentation supporting their appeal.
The deadline for submitting an appeal
is the last day of registration in the
semester following the academic decision

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 31


Attendance Policy and Procedure
REGISTRAR’S OFFICE

Attendance Purpose and Scope General Guidelines


Students are expected to attend all The purpose of an attendance policy for 1. Students’ attendance is recorded by
classes and laboratories/workshops students is to ensure they attend classes instructors daily. It is recorded as:
associated with courses, and attendance on a regular basis, as regular attendance • Present (and can include Tardy and
will be recorded by the instructor. Students increases learning opportunities and Left Early)
who miss classes or labs/workshops prepares them for the expectations • Absent – excused
are required to provide documentation around punctuality and attendance in the • Absent – medically excused entered
upon their return to class. If the absence workplace. by the Attendance Officer in the
is due to illness, a medical note signed Registrar’s office.
by a doctor and displaying an original Advising students via SMS messaging • Absent – unexcused
doctor and hospital/clinic stamp must who are not meeting the attendance 2. Students absent for medical reasons
be presented to the Registrar’s Office expectations provides feedback that must submit medical documents to
for validation and acceptance not more their behaviour is not acceptable and the Registrar’s Office no later than
than two days after the student returns to defines the consequences if the behaviour two working (class) days after the
class. If the absence is for other reasons, continues. student returns to class.
documentation should be presented to 3. Registrar’s Office accepts or declines
the instructor when the student returns Policy medical certificates and records them
to class. Absences other than those 1. Students have a right to know, in the student information system.
supported by validated medical reports are at the beginning of the course, 4. For the purpose of attendance
excused at the discretion of the instructor. the requirements regarding class taking, each semester (Fall, Winter,
attendance and punctuality in courses Intersession) will be considered a
Students who exhibit chronic absenteeism in which they are registered. separate block.
may be referred to a counsellor. 2. Students are responsible for attending
class and exercising punctuality. Attendance Guidelines
Students who are absent 10% or more
during the semester and who are
failing 25% or more of the course hours
attempted in a semester will be dismissed
for one semester (upon the Dean’s
approval).

Exceptions and Attendance


Probation
1. Students in their first semester who
are absent 10% or more during the
semester are subject to being placed
on attendance probation for one
semester.
2. Probation status is for one semester
and one time only and students will
not be eligible for probation again in
subsequent semesters.

32 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Awards and Scholarships

REGISTRAR’S OFFICE
CNA-Q Language Studies College of the North Atlantic
The College offers opportunities to Entrance Scholarship – Qatar Highest Achiever of
students in many programs to receive Qatari Nationals seeking acceptance into School Scholarship
a number of scholarships, prizes and undersubscribed programs at College of Quantity: One for the highest achiever in
awards. Scholarships are monetary the North Atlantic – Qatar may qualify for each of the following program
awards presented in recognition of the CNA-Q Language Studies Scholarship. areas: Business Studies,
specific academic achievements. Some Under this program, qualified applicants Engineering Technology, Health
scholarships do not require an application will pay one-half the tuition for a 15-week Sciences and Information
and are determined solely on students’ semester (5,000 QR) and the College will Technology.
weighted averages. Other scholarships pay the balance (5,000 QR) for the first Value: Cash award of 20,000 QR paid
require an application and are year of studies, provided that the student in two installments in Fall and
determined on academic performance passes the level of English taken in the first Winter semesters (10,000 each).
coupled with other specific criteria such semester. The student has to maintain the
as financial need, contribution to college level required for the second
life, faculty recommendations, etc. Full The following criteria apply: payment.
information about scholarships and 1. Applicants must meet the high school
awards is available at the Registrar’s admission requirements or the mature College of the North Atlantic
Office. applicant requirements to any of the EFL Award
College’s undersubscribed programs. Quantity: Two – one male and one female
Criteria for Awards and 2. Applicants must achieve a level of Criteria: Nominated by faculty for
Scholarships FL1030, FL1040, FL1050, FL1060, or outstanding performance in
1. Awards administered by the College FL1070 on the CNA-Q Academic English English as a Foreign Language
are decided upon through the Placement Test. Award: Plaque and recognition
recommendations of the Awards 3. Applicants must have been unable to certificate
Committee. procure sponsorship to attend CNA-Q.
2. Application forms for awards 4. Applicant will complete an application Merit Award
administered by the College are for the scholarship as soon as possible Awarded to the highest academic achiever,
available at the Registrar’s Office. after acceptance into the College. one female and one male, in Business
Unless otherwise stated, applications Incomplete applications will not Studies, Office Administration, Engineering
are not required in order to be be processed. Technology, Health Sciences and
considered for medals, scholarships, or Information Technology programs.
prizes. College of the North Atlantic Quantity: Ten
3. No scholarship will be awarded to a – Qatar Highest Achiever Award: Crystal and recognition
candidate who holds an award of equal Scholarship certificate
or greater value, unless specifically Awarded to the highest academic achiever Value: 5,000 QR
required by the terms of the award. at the College of the North Atlantic –
Certain conditions apply. Qatar. The continuation of this award for CNA-Q Memorial Scholarship
4. To be eligible for any award, a student the academic year is contingent upon This scholarship is available to
must be registered as a full-time student academic performance after each term. international students enrolled in full-time
in a recognized college program. Quantity: One from each program area studies in the Telecommunications and
5. The eligibility criteria for awarding a Value: Cash award of 20,000 QR Network Engineering Technology diploma
scholarship is: paid in two installments in Fall program at College of the North Atlantic –
• Candidates should be in clear and Winter semesters (10,000 Qatar. Candidates must have completed at
academic standing with a minimum QR each). The student has to least three semesters in their program of
2.5 GPA. maintain the level required for study, and be in good academic standing
• At least 80% of the credits the second payment. with a GPA of at least 2.5.
accumulated at Award: Crystal and recognition Quantity: One
the point of consideration for awards certificate Award: Cash award of 10,000 QR and
must have been obtained at the recognition certificate
College.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 33


CNA–Q - ORYX GTL Awards
REGISTRAR’S OFFICE

ORYX GTL supports and encourages our CNA-Q – ORYX GTL AWARD CNA-Q – ORYX GTL Award
students in the achievement of both their Academic Excellence and Academic Excellence and
professional and personal goals. This Achievement in Health and Achievement in Sports
strategy recognizes the importance of Wellness This award is presented in the Fall
developing Qatar’s human capital and This award is presented in the Fall Semester on the basis of a student’s
supports the Qatar National Vision 2030. Semester on the basis of a student’s academic achievement, and outstanding
In support of this initiative ORYX GTL is academic achievement and outstanding sportspersonship in the College or
providing 4 awards: contributions and professional skills in the community.
College and/or work term placement and Quantity: One
CNA-Q – ORYX GTL AWARD community. Award: TBA
Academic Excellence Quantity: One
and Achievement in Award: TBA
Entrepreneurship
This award is presented in the Fall CNA-Q – ORYX GTL AWARD
Semester on the basis of a student’s Academic Excellence and
academic achievement and demonstration Achievement in Leadership
of outstanding entrepreneurship skills in This award is presented in the Fall
the College or community. Semester on the basis of a student’s
Quantity: One academic achievement and outstanding
Award: TBA leadership skills in the College or
community.
Quantity: One
Award: TBA

Student Affairs Awards


Student Affairs Leadership Student Affairs Female Student Affairs Art/
Achievement Award Achievement Award Photography Achievement
Quantity: Two Quantity: Two Award
Criteria: Demonstrated outstanding Criteria: Female student with Quantity: Two
leadership at CNA-Q while demonstrated engagement Criteria: Demonstrated talent in art
maintaining a minimum 3.0 in Student Affairs activities and/or photography while
GPA. and leadership opportunities maintaining a minimum of
Value: TBA while maintaining a minimum 3.0 GPA.
of 3.0 GPA. Value: TBA
Student Representative Value: TBA
Council Award
Quantity: Three Student Affairs Sports
Criteria: Financial challenges at Achievement Award
CNA-Q while maintaining a Quantity: Two
minimum of 3.0 GPA. Criteria: Demonstrated sports
Value: 10,000 QR, disbursed in achievement and
two payments of 5,000 QR. sportsmanlike attitude while
Student must maintain a 3.0 maintaining a minimum of 3.0
GPA in order to collect the GPA.
second disbursement. Value: TBA

34 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Other Academic Recognition

REGISTRAR’S OFFICE
Honour Standing and Honour President’s Award for Recognition
Society Criteria Academic Excellence Awards and scholarships administered
If a registered student meets the Honour The College has established a President’s by the College will be recorded on the
Standing Criteria for three consecutive Award of Excellence to be awarded at recipient’s academic transcript.
terms, they will become a member of the annual Graduation Ceremony to one
the Honour Society. This award will be graduate in each program who attains
recognized at the Rewarding Excellence the highest academic standing in their
Ceremony. program. The student will also receive a
certificate.

Tuition and Fees


Regulations Governing
Payment of Fees and Charges Student Services Fee 2,000 QR per course to a maximum of
Student Fees Fee: 150 QR 6,000 QR
a) All student fees must be paid prior to or This is an annual fee and is payable at the Annual tuition is paid in two equal
at the time of registration. There is no time of registration. installments. The first installment (10,000
provision for paying by installment or QR) is due at the time of registration for
for deferred payment. Materials and Supplies Fee the Fall Semester. The second installment
b) Should the College cancel a program, Fee: 150 QR (10,000 QR) is due at the time of
all fees will be refunded. registration for the Winter semester.
c) Students who have a fee balance owing This fee is payable by all full-time students If the student is full time during Fall and/
from a previous semester are required at the beginning of each semester for an or Winter semesters and his/her fees are
to pay the total outstanding sum, plus annual total of 300 QR. paid in full, no payment will be required for
the fees for the upcoming semester courses in the Intersession semester.
before being permitted to register. Work Term Fee
The work term fee of 5,000 QR is charged Tuition for Sponsored Students
Tuition and Fees for for a 15-week work term if the work term is Per year: 30,000 QR
Full-Time Students the only course a student is enrolled in for (15,000 QR per semester)
Students who are enrolled in a minimum the Fall or Winter semester. Different work
of fifteen (15) hours per week in Fall and term fees are paid for different programs. Sponsored students do not pay tuition fees
Winter semesters are considered full-time Consult the Work Term Coordinator at the at the time of registration. The College
students. Registrar’s Office for clarification. verifies their sponsorship at the time of
registration and collects the tuition fee
Application Processing Fee See page 29 for Work Term Fee Schedule. from the sponsor.
Fee: 100 QR (non-refundable)
If the student is full time during the Fall If the student is full time during Fall and/
The application fee is paid by the applicant and/or Winter semesters (enrolled in a or Winter Semesters and his/her fees were
at the time the application is submitted to minimum of 15 hours per week) and his/ paid in full, no payment will be charged for
CNA-Q. her fees are paid in full, no payment will courses in the Intersession semester.
be required for the work term during the
Entrance Placement Testing Intersession with the exception of the TCP
Fee: 200 QR (non-refundable) program.

The Oxford Online Placement test (OOPT), If the student has been enrolled on a
Academic Math Placement (AMP), General part-time basis during the Fall and Winter
English Placement (GEP) and General Math semesters, then he/she will pay the
Placement (GMP) fee is paid when the work term fee of 5,000 QR at the time of
applicant writes the test. registration for the Intersession/Summer
semester.
Applications received from sponsors are
processed upon receipt. Fees are charged Tuition for Non-Sponsored Students
to the sponsor’s account. Per year: 20,000 QR
(10,000 QR per semester)
Tuition for the Intersession semester:

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 35


REGISTRAR’S OFFICE

Tuition and Fees for Receipts Textbooks Refunds


Part-Time Students Receipts are issued for all financial Refunds will be given for returned
Students who are enrolled in less than transactions with the College. Students textbooks under the following conditions:
fifteen (15) hours per week are considered should ensure that they obtain and a) Books are returned within three weeks
part-time students. save these receipts for use in resolving after the first day of classes
financial conflicts. In the absence of such b) Books are unmarked and in saleable
Application Processing Fee documentation, the College financial condition
Fee: 100 QR (non-refundable) records will provide the basis c) Original receipts are presented when
for decisions. the refund is requested
Entrance and Placement
Assessment Testing Refunds Consult the Registrar for clarification of
Fee: 200 QR (non-refundable) Students are responsible for initiating fees, charges, and refunds.
their own refunds and are required to
The entrance and placement assessment complete the Student Revenue Refund Financial Appeals
fee is paid when the applicant writes the Form. Forms are available from the Appeals of a financial assessment should
mandatory English and Mathematics Registrar’s Office. All tuition refunds will be made in writing to the Controller.
placement tests. The fee is non- be issued by cheque from the Finance
refundable. Department. All refund amounts will be Receipts are issued for any financial
applied against outstanding accounts transactions with the College. Students
Applications received from sponsors are before any money is returned to the should ensure that they obtain and
processed upon submission. Fees are student. save these receipts for use in resolving
charged to the sponsor’s account. any financial conflicts. In the absence
Refunds – 15-Week Semester of such documentation, the College
Student Services Fee A student who withdraws or drops a financial records will provide the basis for
Fee: 150 QR course or courses within the first two decisions.
This is an annual fee and is payable at the weeks of any 15-week semester will
time of registration. receive a full refund. If the withdrawal/
dropping takes place within three to
Materials and Supplies six weeks of registration in a 15-week
Fee: 25 QR per course semester, the refund will be prorated and
the student will be liable for the number
Tuition of weeks enrolled. After the sixth week
Non-sponsored students: of classes, no refund will be awarded for
2,000 QR tuition per course course drops or withdrawals.
Sponsored students:
3,000 QR tuition per course Refunds – 7- to 13-Week Semester
A student who withdraws in the first
Intersession Semester Fees week of Intersession will receive a full
Sponsored students: refund. If the withdrawal/dropping takes
3000 QR per academic course place within two to three weeks in a 7- to
(maximum of three courses) 13-week semester, the refund will be
prorated and the student will be liable for
7500 QR (EFL course) the number of weeks enrolled. After the
third week of classes, no refund will be
Non-sponsored students: awarded.
2,000 QR per academic course
(maximum of three courses) Please refer to page 38 for further details
on Refund.
5,000 QR (EFL course)

36 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


REGISTRAR’S OFFICE
Graduating from CNA-Q Conferral Dates and Parchment Replacement
Students must meet the following criteria Graduation Application To replace a lost parchment, a Declaration
to be eligible to graduate: Deadlines: from a Notary Public* and/or the student
• Completed all courses pertaining to Fall Graduation - Diploma is conferred to verify that the parchment has been
their program plan on January 15. The last day to submit an lost, stolen or destroyed is required.
• Should have a clear academic standing Application to Graduate to the Registrar’s Replacement parchments will be produced
• Should have a minimum GPA of 2.00 Office to graduate in Fall is October 15. for the Diploma/Certificate Conferral Date
• Should have cleared all outstanding only.
fees Winter Graduation - Diploma is
• Should meet their English Proficiency conferred on the Spring Convocation *A Notary Public is a public official who can
Requirement for their program (Health date. The last day to submit an Application authenticate documents with a notarial
Sciences only) to Graduate to the Registrar’s Office to seal. Many lawyers are also Notaries.
• Should have returned all College graduate in Winter is February 15. Please contact a local law office in your
equipment and books area for more information. If a student is
Intersession Graduation - unable to receive a Declaration from a
It is the student’s responsibility to ensure Intersession I (Spring): Notary Public, the College will provide an
that all diploma/certificate and program Diploma is conferred on July 15. attested copy of the Diploma/Certificate
requirements have been met. Submission The last day to submit an Application only.
of the “Application to Graduate” form to Graduate to the Registrar’s Office to
by the required deadlines ensures that graduate in Spring is March 15.
the Graduation and Awards Officer has
the opportunity to review the student’s Intersession II (Summer):
program requirements and complete Diploma is conferred on September 15.
an audit. Students should be aware that The last day to submit an Application
courses not required for their program to Graduate to the Registrar’s Office to
will not be used to calculate their final graduate in Summer is March 15.
Cumulative GPA.
There are no ceremonies for the Fall or
Students may graduate after completing Winter conferral dates, but graduates from
their program requirements. There is only these periods are invited to attend the
one official Graduation Ceremony which is Graduation Ceremony in the Spring.
held in the Spring.
Diploma Conferral Dates:
Applying to Graduate January 15 - Completion in Fall,
Graduation & Conferral Dates Spring Convocation Date - Completion
Diploma and Certificate students may in Winter
graduate after completing their program July 15 - Completion in Intersession I
requirements in the Fall, Winter or (Spring)
Intersession semesters. Only one official September 15 - Completion in
Graduation Ceremony will be held, in the Intersession II (Summer)
Spring. All students who had diplomas
and certificates conferred the previous If a student is graduating from more than
Fall or Winter, and those who are eligible one program, an Application to Graduate
to graduate in the first Intersession will Form must be submitted to the Registrar’s
be listed in the official Spring Graduation Office for each certificate or diploma.
Programme.

Students must submit an Application to


Graduate by the published deadline to be
considered for graduation.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 37


Refund Schedule
REGISTRAR’S OFFICE

Follow the charts below to help you to identify the percentage of refund you are eligible to receive based on the date of withdrawal.
Legend: 100% 80% 73.33% 66.67% 60% 0%

Credit Programs CREDIT PROGRAMS CREDIT PROGRAMS


Fall Refund September 2016 Winter Refund January 2017 Spring Refund April 2017
Sun Mon Tues Wed Thur Fri Sat Sun Mon Tues Wed Thur Fri Sat Sun Mon Tues Wed Thur Fri Sat

1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

18 19 20 21 22 23 24 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

25 26 27 28 29 30 28 30 31 28 29 30 23 24 25 26 27 28 29

30

October 2016 February 2017 May 2017


Sun Mon Tues Wed Thur Fri Sat Sun Mon Tues Wed Thur Fri Sat Sun Mon Tues Wed Thur Fri Sat

1 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 21 22 23 24 25 26 27

23 24 25 26 27 28 29 26 30 31 28 29 30 28 29 30 31 29 30

30 31 30 31 30 31

Follow the charts below to help you to identify the percentage of charges to Sponsor based on the date of withdrawal.
0% Charged to Sponsor 20% Charged to Sponsor 26.67 % charged to Sponsor 33.33% charged to Sponsor
40% charged to Sponsor 100% charged to Sponsor this day onwards

Fall 2016 Sponsor Charges - TCP Program Winter 2017 Sponsor Charges - TCP Program Spring 2017 Sponsor Charges - TCP Program
September January March
Sun Mon Tues Wed Thur Fri Sat Sun Mon Tues Wed Thur Fri Sat Sun Mon Tues Wed Thur Fri Sat

1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

18 19 20 21 22 23 24 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

25 26 27 28 29 30 29 30 31 26 27 28 29 30 31

October February April

Sun Mon Tues Wed Thur Fri Sat Sun Mon Tues Wed Thur Fri Sat Sun Mon Tues Wed Thur Fri Sat

1 1 2 3 4 1

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

23 24 25 26 27 28 29 26 27 28 23 24 25 26 27 28 29

30 31 30

May

Sun Mon Tues Wed Thur Fri Sat

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 20

21 22 23 24 25 26 27

28 29 30

38 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


CNA-Qatar Corporate Services

REGISTRAR’S OFFICE
Relevant, Value-Added, A snapshot of CNA-Qatar Corporate
Innovative Training and Services technical and professional
Development Solutions for development solutions includes:
Today and 2030 • American Heart Association ACLS,
CNA-Q Corporate Services delivers BLS, EFA and PALS
relevant, value-added and innovative • Anti-Money Laundering
training and development solutions in • AUMA Customer Service Training
Qatar for industry, government, businesses • AutoCAD and Autodesk
and organizations, driving results today • Banking Graduates Orientation
that support the State of Qatar’s National • Canadian Red Cross CPR
Vision 2030. Communications
• Compressor Training Courses
Whether customized or off-the-shelf, • Corporate Governance: Strategies for
face-to-face or blended learning, one- Internal Audit
day or several weeks or months, the • CPD Courses for Health Care
CNA-Qatar Corporate Services team Professionals
works in partnership with every client to • Crisis Management and Emergency
develop and deliver solutions tailored to Response
their unique technical and professional • Fundamentals of Diabetes Education
workforce development and performance • Project Management
management needs. • IT Projects Cost Analysis
• Presentation Skills
Our client solutions include needs • Electrical Safety
assessments, program development • Emergency Medical Technician - Basic
and delivery, logistics and project • English Language Training for Business,
management, account management, Every Day English
evaluation and quality assurance. • Excel for Business
Existing and customized courses and • Finance for Non-Finance Managers
programs leverage CNA-Q’s 13 years as • Leadership
the State of Qatar’s premier technical • Pumps, Operations and Maintenance
college including state-of-the-art facilities, • Reading and Interpretation of
internationally-recognized instructors, Instrument Drawings
innovative teaching and learning • Shutdown and Turnaround
approaches, and internationally accredited Management for Technicians and
curriculum from: Operators
• Business Studies • Thermography
• Engineering Technology and Trades
• English Language Training and For your specific training and development
Academics solution, call +974 4495 2111.
• Health Sciences
• Information Technology Email corporate.training@cna-qatar.edu.qa
or
visit www.cna-qatar.com/corporatetraining.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 39


REGISTRAR’S OFFICE

40 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


LEARNER SERVICES
Learner Services
The Office of the Associate Vice President-Academic (Academic) at CNA-Q advances the mission and vision of the College through its
leadership of four essential departments that support the delivery of academic programs while promoting student success and ensuring
enrichment and engagement for all.

The Registrar’s Office, Student Affairs, Library Services, and International Education each play a special role to ensure the CNA-Q student
experience is enhanced and enriched to maximize personal growth and professional development. Academic supports, special interest
clubs, sports and wellness programs, campus life activities, and international education opportunities all contribute to the engagement of
students in academic and extra-curricular pursuits.

See special sections in this calendar for full information about the Registrar’s Office and Student Affairs. The following pages provide details
about Library Services and International Education.

The following people in these departments can assist you: International Education Coordinator 4495-2396
Library Manager 4495-2045

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 41


Learner Services
Library IT Help Desk IELTS Help Centre
LEARNER SERVICES

The library is managed by professional The Student IT Help Desk is an extension The IELTS Help Centre prepares students
staff and provides research and of the IT Operations department with a full- to write the IELTS Exam. Instructors work
supplementary resources for all programs time support specialist available to assist with students to determine their level in all
taught at the College. The collection students with questions they have about four skills. Sessions familiarize students
includes a comprehensive selection their password, e-mail and connecting to with the format of the exam and how each
of print and electronic reference and Wi-Fi. skill is tested. Students improve their
circulating books, newspapers, magazines Located in Building 3 test taking skills and can write a practice
and journals (in both print and electronic exam under stimulated test conditions.
formats), DVDs, and audiovisual materials. Digital Media Centre The IELTS Help Centre is open daily in the
Individual and group study rooms with The Digital Media Centre provides a space Learning Commons. Make an appointment
flat screen monitors, student computers, for students to work on video and multi- or drop in. 44952688.
and laptops (for use in the Library) are media projects with specialized software, Located in Building 3, Room 1.63
available. The Library provides general and cameras, green screen, and other digital
specialized tours, workshops, and one-on- equipment. Independent Learning Centre
one sessions for both faculty and students. Located in Building 3 The Independent Learning Centre assists
Located in Building 14 students with their English studies by
Advanced Writing Centre providing extra help for those who need it.
Learning Commons The Advanced Writing Centre assists all Students can get help with their English
The Learning Commons supports student program students at CNA-Q with any of courses. They can also have their English
learning objectives and achievements their writing needs. Make an appointment level reviewed and a learning plan
across the curriculum in an integrated, or drop in. developed. We want to help students
collaborative environment. The Learning Located in Building 3 improve their English and their test taking
Commons provides open and closed group skills.
study space, student computers, an IT Math Help Centre Located in Building 3
lab (and an electronic and print research The Math Help Centre contributes to
and reading library collection). Services in the success of our students by providing
the Learning Commons include remedial extra help for those who need it. Make an
help in the areas of mathematics and appointment or drop in.
communication skills. These centres Located in Building 3
also have a wide array of career resource
materials, including computer interactive
career education programs.
Located in Building 3

Career Counselling and


Resource Centre (CCRC)
The Career Counselling and Resource
Centre aims to assist students with
their career planning process. It holds a
wide array of career resource materials,
including computer interactive career
education programs.
Located in Building 3

42 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Learner Services

LEARNER SERVICES
International Education Accounting Help Centre
The International Education Office at CNA-Q provides opportunities for The Accounting Help Centre provides
CNA-Q administers and coordinates the students to learn, grow, enjoy new cultural support to business students who need
process of integrating an international, experiences, meet interesting people assistance with Accounting, Finance and
intercultural, or global dimension into and enhance their understanding of Economics. The Centre is staffed by
the student experience at CNA-Q. This themselves and the world. International faculty and student tutors from 9:30 – 2:30
international focus prepares graduates trips can be a life-changing adventure. Sunday to Thursday and weekends and/or
for the globally competitive and The benefits of an international education evenings prior to final exams.
interdependent work force of the State of experience include: Located in Building 12 Room 218.
Qatar. This goal can be achieved through: • Expanding cultural awareness
• Promoting international programs • Strengthening language skills Science Help Centre
with a focus on cultural awareness. • Building confidence The Science Help Centre is designed to
• Coordinating full semester • Increasing intellectual knowledge in assist students by providing extra help
exchanges. a field of study and in the global work in the areas of Biology, Chemistry and
• Engaging in credit course work at environment, and social development in Physics. Make an appointment or drop in.
partner institutions abroad. a cultural context. Located in Building 5, Room 1.13
• Participating in instructor-led short-
term study abroad programs. For more information, visit the Bookstore
• Participating in work site visits and International Education Office at 6.1.09, Textbooks are available at the College
internships abroad. call 4495-2396. Bookstore and should be visited after
consultation with your instructor.

Prayer Room Location


Prayer rooms are available to students and
visitors throughout the College.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 43


LEARNER SERVICES

44 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


STUDENT AFFAIRS
Student Affairs
The goal of the Department of Student Affairs is to ensure student success through a vibrant campus life. With this in mind, the professional
staff within the department work to establish and sustain an environment in which students can learn, develop holistically and thrive. Several
units make up the Department of Student Affairs, including Counselling, Careers, Student Life, Sport and Recreation, and Alumni.

The following people at the Student Affairs Office can assist you: Dean of Student Affairs 4495-2016
Dean’s Assistant 4495-2015
Career Centre Coordinator 4495-2432
Recreation Manager 4495-2458
Student Life Coordinator 4495-2445
Lead Counselor 4495-2028
Alumni Coordinator 4495-2562

Student Life
The Student Life Division of Student Affairs is comprised of three Student Development Officers and a Student Life Coordinator. Our
objective is to enhance student development, promote student success, and support a vibrant student life. We promote diversity on campus
through the development, coordination and delivery of a wide range of activities, events and student interest clubs. Students can avail of
professional development opportunities to enhance their leadership skills. The division works closely with the Students’ Representative
Council, which is a group of dedicated students who represent the interests of the student population of College of the North Atlantic –
Qatar.

Students are encouraged to contact the Student Life Division at the campus to find out more about the many activities and clubs available,
and how to get involved. More detailed information regarding the initiatives supported by Student Affairs can be found in the Student
Handbook.

Counselling and Personal Development


There is a team of Counsellors at CNA-Q who provide personal, academic and social counselling. Assigned to all program areas, the
Counsellors also coordinate additional services such as peer tutoring, student success workshops and awareness campaigns, all intended to
enhance academic success and general quality of life. All meetings with the Counsellor are voluntary and confidential.

Sport and Recreation


The College offers students many opportunities to participate in a wide variety of athletic and recreational activities. The offering of activities
is continuously growing and evolving in order to respond to current interests. There are team and individual sports and fitness programs,
intramural and extramural competitions and several recreation events held throughout the year. The facilities include a students’ lounge
called the Falcon’s Nest, separate male and female gymnasiums, fitness rooms, swimming pools, tennis courts and an outdoor football
pitch. Health and wellness is integrated into the programs as a means of helping and facilitating students in achieving their optimal health
and well-being.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 45


Student Affairs
STUDENT AFFAIRS

Counselling and Personal


Development Sometimes Counsellors work These third party people may include, but
There is a team of Counsellors at CNA-Q collaboratively in a team and may have to are not limited to:
who provide personal, academic and share information and consult with other • Parents and other family members;
social counselling. Assigned to all team members in order to provide the best • Instructors or College staff members;
program areas, the Counsellors also care for you. The team may consist of • Your employer or sponsor;
coordinate additional services such other Counsellors, both current and future, • Friends and other students;
as peer tutoring, student success employed by CNA-Q. •· Insurance companies
workshops and awareness campaigns, • Health care providers
all intended to enhance academic No information will be released from
success and general quality of life. your counselling record without your In such cases where you wish to share
All meetings with the Counsellor are consent. There are limits to your right information with a third party, you will be
voluntary and confidential. for confidentiality. Your Counsellor will provided with a Consent for Release of
discuss these limitations with you. Information Form to authorize consent.
CNA-Q Access to Student Additionally, you are free to withdraw
Counselling Records At times, other people may request consent at any time for the collection, use,
The College recognizes that the information from your Counselling records. or disclosure of your personal information
information you provide during a To disclose this confidential information, by providing notice to your Counsellor in
counselling session is private and we are your express consent, written or verbal, is writing.
committed to keeping that information required. Your Counsellor will discuss any
confidential. As such, counselling records disclosures with you prior to the sharing of
are excluded from other student academic information.
record requests and the names and
identities of students visiting Counsellors
are not revealed without written consent.

Only CNA-Q Counsellors will have access


to your counselling records as deemed
necessary to provide support. Counsellors
adhere to a strict code of conduct and
professional ethics to protect your
personal information. This is outlined in
CNA’s Learner Records Procedure (see
page 16) and Canadian Counselling and
Psychotherapy Association’s Standards
of Practice, which states, “Counsellors
must take all necessary steps to guarantee
that client confidentiality is respected and
maintained by others with whom they work
and consult” (CCPA, 11).

46 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


STUDENT AFFAIRS
Alumni Career Counselling and Code of Conduct
CNA-Q alumni are graduates of the College. Resource Centre CNA-Q recognizes that students are
The Alumni Association is an organization The Career Counselling and Resources responsibile for their behavior and overall
of CNA-Q alumni members which is run Centre (CCRC), located in the Learning conduct while on campus. If a student
by an Executive Committee that makes Commons (Building 3), aims to assist does not follow the policies, procedures
important decisions under the supervision students with their career planning and and regulations the College may take
of the Alumni Officer. The association development. To achieve this goal, the action. Minor issues may be resolved
creates opportunities for alumni to be Centre provides a multitude of services directly by College staff, with penalties
further connected with CNA-Q, honour and which include but are not limited to: ranging from reduction of marks to
showcase our alumni to employers and the 1. Assisting students to make career suspension. Serious violations will be
general Qatar community, and establish and choices that are congruent with their dealt with through formal disciplinary
promote fellowship amongst alumni, friends interests, aptitudes, values procedures. Copies of the Student Code
and former students of CNA-Q. and personality. of Conduct and the Student Code of
2. Delivering presentations/workshops Discipline can be found on the My CNA-Q
By becoming a member of CNA-Q’s Alumni on topics such as résumé/cover website.
Association, you will have an active voice letter writing, job search skills and job
in matters which pertain to you (e.g., interview preparation. Appeal Process
input into events, programs and initiatives 3. Assisting students to apply to All registered students of the College can
designed for and by our alumni). international universities for further appeal a decision or ruling that affects
education and advising students which them. Issues may relate to academics,
In addition, you will be notified of a variety universities CNA-Q has established attendance, discipline and students
of events, opportunities and benefits which formal articulation (i.e. transfer) rights and responsibilities. The College
are open to graduates of CNA-Q. Some agreements with. believes that student concerns should be
examples of these include: 4. Arranging for part-time, on-campus addressed in a timely manner. Students
• Job opportunities in Qatar employment opportunities for current wishing to appeal or grieve a decision
• Alumni-related College events (e.g. students. should consult their Student Counsellor,
Annual Alumni Dinner) 5. Informing students/alumni of Departmental Dean or Program Chair for
• General College events employment opportunities available in advice on how to proceed.
• Foreign university visits to Doha, Qatar and the wider Gulf region.
the campus Student Parking
• Discounts at various retail and Harassment Policy There are several parking lots adjacent
food outlets It is College policy that all registered to all buildings at CNA-Q. Some are
• Professional development workshops students have the right to pursue their shared by faculty and students while
• Networking opportunities studies and related activities free from others are designated specifically for
personal harassment from other students, students. Failure to park in designated
faculty or staff on the campus. As part of a areas, or parking in special spaces (such
proactive approach to this issue, Student as handicapped parking stalls), may result
Affairs delivers an ongoing campus- in suspension from the College or other
wide Respect Campaign focusing on the penalties as described in the Student
importance of respect for self and others. Rights and Responsibilities Policy.
More on this policy can be found in the
Student Handbook.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 47


STUDENT AFFAIRS

48 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


ACADEMIC PREPATORY STUDIES
Academic Preparatory Studies
Academic Preparatory Studies courses ensure student success in educational programs that meet international certification requirements.
It also ensures that students will gain Canadian credentials offered at the College, upon completion of their program. These courses
are designed to provide secondary school graduates with English language, mathematics and science skills required to succeed in their
program of choice.

1. Provides academic bridging for students who do not meet entrance requirements. Academic bridging is based on students’ needs and
the College’s program requirements.
2. Provides English language proficiency training for students destined for College programs.
3. Provides opportunity for students enrolled in higher levels of preparatory studies to take academic preparatory and/or program courses
concurrently.

Academic preparatory courses are offered in the following disciplines: Biology


Chemistry
Foundation English
English for Academic Purposes
Mathematics
Physics

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 49


Academic Prepatory Studies
ACADEMIC PREPATORY STUDIES

Entrance Requirements English Placement Academic Dismissal


Students wishing to register at the College Academic program students take the Students may attempt a CNA-Q
are required to achieve a designated score Academic English Placement (AEP) test. preparatory course three times. In
on the College entrance examinations in Applicants who meet the English language accordance with College policy, after three
English and mathematics. entrance requirements may be directly unsuccessful attempts, a student will
admitted to their program of choice, receive academic dismissal for a period of
CNA-Q Testing Centre subject to availability. Those requiring one semester.
The CNA-Q Testing Centre conducts all English language training will be placed
Academic and General English/Math in Language Studies courses. Students A student who returns to the College and
placement and exit testing for CNA-Q who present a valid IELTS Academic Test fails the same preparatory course for a
students. It also offers international Report Form received within two years fourth time will be academically dismissed
exams such as IELTS for CNA-Q and the with an overall band 5.0 with no individual for a second time and will be eligible to
community through its IELTS Test Centre. skill band below 4.5 are exempt from return after a period of one year.
taking the AEP.
Guidelines for OOPT at the
end of FL1090 Math Placement
All students exiting FL1090 are required Academic program students take the
to obtain an overall score of 71 or greater Academic Math Placement (AMP) and
on the Oxford Online Placement Test TCP program and other non-academic
(OOPT), as administered and validated by program students take the General Math
the CNA-Q Testing Centre. Students in Placement (GMP). Students are placed in
FL1090 are provided preparation for the mathematics courses according to their
OOPT test within their course instruction results on the AMP or GMP.
and take the OOPT test as part of the
requirements of the FL1090 course.

For further information on these tests, test


times, and fees, please call 4495-2126
or visit Building 3, Floor 2, Room 2.73
between 7:30am and 3:00pm, Sunday
to Thursday, and between 9:00am and
3:00pm on Saturdays.

50 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES
School of Business Studies
The School of Business Studies prepares students to enter the world of work, equipping them for employment with any organization,
company or government agency. Our programs provide students with the knowledge, skills, and experience to compete in today’s
workplace, in a variety of business disciplines, including office administration, general management, business strategy and planning,
banking and finance, accounting, marketing and human resources. Our highly qualified faculty have prepared more than 1200
graduates to work in businesses, government agencies or as entrepreneurs.

Students in Business Studies have the option of completing programs in Office Administration, Banking, Business Administration and
Business Management. Students pursuing careers as administrative professionals can undertake a certificate in Office Administration
or a diploma in Office Administration (Executive). Students who would like to specialize in accounting, human resource management,
or marketing may obtain a two-year diploma in Business Administration or a three-year diploma in Business Management.

Accreditation
The Office Administration (Executive), Business Administration and Business Management programs at the College have been
accredited by the Accreditation Council for Business Schools and Programs (ACBSP). Founded in 1988 in the United States, ACBSP
awards accreditation to business schools based on the mission of the institution and of the business program, with an emphasis on
quality in teaching and learning outcomes. ACBSP is recognized by the Council for Higher Education Accreditation (CHEA). CNA–Q
holds this accreditation until 2026.

Students in these programs can be assured of the quality of the education they receive. Accreditation means that these programs
have been evaluated against an international standard of excellence and that the programs maintain relevant and current program
content taught by well-qualified faculty.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 51


SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES

Program Options Baccalaureate Degree Options


One Year Certificate* For those wishing to pursue a
• Banking baccalaureate degree, university transfer
• Business Administration agreements are in place that make it
• Office Administration possible for College diploma graduates to
attend universities in other countries. A
Two Year Diploma* variety of options are available.
• Banking
• Business Administration – Accounting A current list of post-secondary
• Business Administration – institutions offering admission and transfer
Human Resource Management credit to CNA-Q graduates who meet
• Business Administration – Marketing the entrance requirements is available
• Office Administration (Executive) from the Registrar’s Office or the Career
Counselling and Resource Centre.
Three Year Diploma*
• Business Management – Accounting
• Business Management –
Human Resource Management
• Business Management – Marketing

* Total program length varies depending


on language proficiency, academic
preparatory courses required for entry,
and academic performance throughout
the program of study.

COURSE LEVEL 1 (YEAR 1) LEVEL 2 (YEAR 2) LEVEL 3 (YEAR 3)

Business Administration Business Administration Business Management


Accounting
Certificate Diploma Diploma

Banking
Banking Banking Diploma N/A
Certificate

Human Resource Business Administration Business Administration Business Management


Management Certificate Diploma Diploma

Business Administration Business Administration Business Management


Marketing
Certificate Diploma Diploma

Office Office Administration Office Administration


N/A
Administration Certificate (Executive) Diploma

52 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Banking (One Year Certificate)

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES


Program Objectives
The Certificate in Banking is designed Upon successful completion of the 2. Obtaining the required score on the
to give students a background in the program, graduates will be able to: Academic English Placement (AEP)
technical and service skills required 1. Demonstrate a general understanding and Academic Math Placement
in today’s banking environment. To be of the fundamental business principles (AMP). Students who present a
competitive, banks require employees and practices essential to efficient and valid IELTS Academic Test
with good problem-solving abilities, who effective job performance in a banking Report Form received within two
can work in a team environment, adapt to work environment at an entry level. years with an overall band 5.0 with
changing environments and 2. Apply foundation knowledge and no individual skill band below 4.5 are
be prepared for life-long learning. skills in various key areas of banking, exempt from taking the AEP. For score
particularly in the areas of retail requirements on other internationally-
The certificate program has been developed banking, customer service and recognized tests such as TOEFL,
to provide students with the fundamental relationship building. contact the Registrar’s Office.
skills and abilities that will prepare 3. Utilize essential knowledge and
graduates for entry level employment competencies for employment at the Language Proficiency
opportunities within the banking sector. entry level in the Qatar banking Requirements
Ongoing development of practical and sector. Students entering the Banking Certificate
consumer-centric skills will allow them 4. Demonstrate application of the must meet English language proficiency
to develop a diverse set of technical and Conference Board of Canada requirements by obtaining one of the
people skills. The model simulated branch employability skills. following:
1. An overall score of 71 or greater on the
(laboratory) provides many “hands-on”
Oxford Online Placement
opportunities to apply banking principles Career Opportunities Test, as administered and validated
and experiences. Graduates of the program may obtain by the CNA-Q Testing Centre.
employment with a bank and occupy 2. Present a valid Academic IELTS
By the end of the one-year Banking an entry-level position in a variety of exam with an overall band of 5.0 with
Certificate program, graduates will areas such as retail banking and back- no individual band score
have acquired business and banking office operations. The following job titles (reading, writing, speaking, and
knowledge at the basic level, as well as represent examples of the positions listening) below 4.5.
a set of fundamental competencies and graduates may be assigned to, depending 3. Successfully complete FL1090, pass/
skills allowing them to be productive in on the bank’s recruitment needs at the fail language development
an actual bank setting in an entry level time: course where the final examination
capacity in the areas of retail banking and • Tellers is the OOPT. A score of 71 or greater
back-office operations departments. The • Cashiers is required on the OOPT.
program provides them with the foundation • Customer Service Representatives
necessary to be able to participate in • Customer Service Agents Note: Applicants who do not meet the
further learning and training, as may • Branch and back office clerical staff entrance requirements and are 19 years
be deemed necessary by their future The actual job title may vary depending on of age or older, may be considered on an
employers, and required for their banking the bank’s organizational chart. individual basis under the Mature Student
career advancement. Clause. See the Academic Calendar
Entrance Requirements (Admissions Section - Mature Student
1. High school graduation certificate with Requirements, page 11).
the following:

Average Minimum
60%

English Language Minimum


(Grade 12 level) 60%

Academic Minimum
Mathematics 60%
(Grade 12 level)

Three additional courses


at the Grade 12 level

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 53


Banking Certificate
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES

Level 1 (Year 1)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

FN1140 Introduction to Finance 3 3 1

CM1240 Business Communications I 4 4 0

MC1240 Computer Applications I 3 2 2

Elective (Minimum 3 credits) – – –

BK1100 Banking Operations I 4 4 0

EP1160 Introduction to Business Functions 3 3 1

AC1260 Financial Accounting I 5 4 3

CM1241 Business Communications II 4 4 0

BK1101 Banking Operations II 4 4 0

MR1120 Relationship Banking 4 3 2

BK1110 Banking Operations III 4 2 6

OJ1030 Banking Work Exposure I 6 weeks (126 hours)

After the successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with a Banking Certificate.
Students may complete a second year to achieve a Banking Diploma.

54 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Banking (Two Year Diploma) ing (Two Year Diploma)

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES


Program Language Proficiency
The Diploma in Banking is designed to give 4. Integrate effective banking industry Requirements
students a background in the technical quality management principles and Students entering the Banking Diploma
and service skills required in today’s practices while developing and must meet English language proficiency
banking environment. To be competitive, maintaining professional banking requirements by obtaining one of the
following:
banks require employees with good relationships with clients.
1. An overall score of 71 or greater on the
problem-solving abilities, who can work 5. Demonstrate application of the Oxford Online Placement
in a team environment, adapt to changing Conference Board of Canada Test, as administered and validated by
environment, and be prepared for life-long employability skills. the CNA-Q Testing Centre.
learning. 2. Present a valid Academic IELTS exam
Career Opportunities with an overall band of 5.0 with no
The program will provide students with Graduates of the program may obtain individual band score (reading,
ongoing development of practical and employment with a bank and occupy an writing, speaking, and listening) below
consumer-centric skills that will allow them entry-level position in a variety of areas 4.5.
to develop and enhance a diverse set of such as retail banking, operations, credit 3. Successfully complete FL1090, a
technical and people skills resulting from department, etc. The following job titles pass/fail language development
many “hands-on” opportunities throughout represent examples of the positions course where the final examination
their program by way of exposure to graduates may be assigned to, depending on is the OOPT. A score of 71 or greater
real-life applications of banking principles the bank’s recruitment needs at the time: is required on the OOPT.
and experiences. The program will enable • Management trainee, Assistant
students to advance their careers with Relationship Manager, Loan Officer Note: Applicants who do not meet the
broader knowledge specific to the banking • Junior positions such as: Teller, Cashier, entrance requirements and are 19 years
industry. The model simulated branch Customer Service Representative, of age or older, may be considered on an
(laboratory) will provide the students branch and back office clerical staff individual basis under the Mature Student
with an in depth knowledge and practical The actual job title may vary depending Clause. See the Academic Calendar
experiences which will advance throughout on the bank’s organizational chart. (Admissions Section - Mature Student
the program. Requirements, page 11).
Entrance Requirements
By the end of the two-year Banking Program, 1. High school graduation certificate with Further Studies
graduates will have acquired a solid basis the following: A current list of post-secondary
of business and banking knowledge, as well institutions offering admission and transfer
as a comprehensive set of competencies credit to CNA-Q graduates who meet
Average Minimum
and skills allowing them to be productive in the entrance requirements is available
60%
a variety of banking positions and enabling from the Registrar’s Office or the Career
graduates to progress within their careers. Counselling and Resource Centre.
English Language Minimum
This program will provide graduates with the
(Grade 12 level) 60%
competencies and experiences necessary
to be successful in their banking careers.
Academic Minimum
Mathematics 60%
Objectives (Grade 12 level)
Upon successful completion of the program,
graduates will be able to:
Three additional courses
1. Apply banking practices and business
at the Grade 12 level
principles essential to efficient and
effective job performance at a senior/ 2. Obtaining the required score on the
supervisory level. Academic English Placement (AEP) and
2. Examine and critique the key Academic Math Placement (AMP).
fundamentals of bank operations Students who present a valid IELTS
from a strategic level such as capital Academic Test Report Form received
adequacy, risk, profitability and reserve within two years with an overall band
requirements. 5.0 with no individual skill band below
3. Demonstrate competencies in various 4.5 are exempt from taking the AEP. For
key areas of banking, particularly in score requirements on other
the areas of retail banking, commercial internationally-recognized tests such as
banking, financial planning, and TOEFL, contact the Registrar’s Office.
investment management.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 55


Banking Diploma ing (Two Year Diploma)
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES

Level 1 (Year 1)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

FN1140 Introduction to Finance 3 3 1

CM1240 Business Communications I 4 4 0

MC1240 Computer Applications I 3 2 2

Elective (Minimum 3 credits) – – –

BK1100 Banking Operations I 4 4 0

EP1160 Introduction to Business Functions 3 3 1

AC1260 Financial Accounting I 5 4 3

CM1241 Business Communications II 4 4 0

BK1101 Banking Operations II 4 4 0

MR1120 Relationship Banking 4 3 2

BK1110 Banking Operations III 4 2 6

OJ1030 Banking Work Exposure I 6 weeks (126 hours)

After the successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with a Banking Certificate.

56 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Banking Diploma ing (Two Year Diploma)

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES


Level 2 (Year 2)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

FN2120 Investments for Banking 4 4 1

EC1650 Money Banking and Monetary Policy 4 4 0

AC2260 Financial Accounting II 5 4 3

BK2200 Consumer Lending 4 4 1

CM2200 Oral Communications 2 2 0

FN2130 Financial Planning and Investment Management 4 4 1

EC1660 Economics for Bankers 4 4 1

BK2401 Anti-Money Laundering 3 3 0

BK2360 Bank Financial Management 4 4 1

BK2210 Commercial Lending 5 5 1

Elective (Minimum 3 credits) - - -

LW1240 Qatar Business Law 3 3 0

OJ1040 Banking Work Exposure II 6 weeks (126 hours)

After the successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with a Banking Diploma.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 17-2016 57


Business Administration – Accounting (Two Year Diploma)
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES

Program Entrance Requirements Further Studies


The Business Administration (Accounting) 1. High school graduation certificate with A current list of post-secondary
program has been developed to provide the following: institutions offering admission and transfer
the student with the knowledge and skills credit to CNA-Q graduates who meet
required in the field of general financial the entrance requirements is available
Average Minimum
accounting. The graduate will be able from the Registrar’s Office or the Career
60%
to provide complex information and Counselling and Resource Centre.
comprehensive reports to management.
English Language Minimum
Throughout the program the student will
(Grade 12 level) 60%
develop a learning portfolio and career and
educational plans.
Academic Minimum
Mathematics 60%
Objectives (Grade 12 level)
Upon successful completion of the
program, graduates will be able to:
Three additional courses
1. Prepare and analyze financial
at the Grade 12 level
statements for internal and external
decision making. 2. Obtaining the required score on the
2. Use current technology to analyze Academic English Placement (AEP)
results and generate appropriate and Academic Math Placement (AMP).
reports. Students who present a valid IELTS
3. Develop financial and budgetary plans Academic Test Report Form received
based on varying business objectives, within two years with an overall band
changing business environments, and 5.0 with no individual skill band
underlying business assumptions. below 4.5 are exempt from taking
4. Demonstrate accounting skills needed the AEP. For score requirements on
to secure employment in an entry- other internationally-recognized tests
level accounting position. such as TOEFL, contact the Registrar’s
5. Demonstrate application of the Office.
Conference Board of Canada
employability skills. Language Proficiency
Requirements
Career Opportunities Students entering the Business
Graduates may obtain employment in Administration – Accounting must meet
a variety of businesses, organizations English language proficiency requirements
and government departments. The by obtaining one of the following:
1. An overall score of 71 or greater on
following is a brief list of the positions
the Oxford Online Placement Test,
that graduates may occupy after successful as administered and validated by the
completion of the program: CNA-Q Testing Centre.
• Accountant 2. Present a valid Academic IELTS exam
• Comptroller with an overall band of 5.0 with no
• Auditor individual band score (reading, writing,
• Business analyst speaking, and listening) below 4.5.
• Taxation officer 3. Successfully complete FL1090, a
• Financial officer pass/fail language development
• Administrative manager course where the final examination is
• Payroll officer the OOPT. A score of 71 or greater is
required on the OOPT.

Note: Applicants who do not meet the


entrance requirements and are 19 years
of age or older, may be considered on an
individual basis under the Mature Student
Clause. See the Academic Calendar
(Admissions Section - Mature Student
Requirements, page 11).

58 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Business Administration – Accounting

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES


Level1 (Year 1)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

AC1260 Financial Accounting I 5 4 3

CM1240 Business Communications I 4 4 0

HN1230 Human Resource Management I 3 3 1

FN1140 Introduction to Finance 3 3 1

MC1240 Computer Applications I 3 2 2

MR1100 Marketing I 4 4 0

AC2260 Financial Accounting II 5 4 3

CM1241 Business Communications II 4 4 0

HN1240 Human Resource Management II 3 3 1

LW1240 Qatar Business Law 3 3 0

MR2100 Marketing II 4 4 0

AC2230 Computerized Accounting I 3 2 3

CM2200 Oral Communications 2 2 0

MC1242 Computer Applications II 3 2 3

OJ1100 Work Exposure (Certificate only) – 2 weeks (75 – 80 hours)

After the successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with a Business Administration Certificate.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 59


Business Administration – Accounting
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES

Level 2 (Year 2)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

AC2220 Intermediate Financial Accounting I 5 3 5

AC2250 Managerial Accounting I 4 3 2

AC2231 Computerized Accounting II 3 2 2

EC1110 Microeconomics 4 4 0

MA1670 Statistics 4 4 1

CM2300 Report Writing 2 2 0

AC2370 Principles of Taxation 4 4 1

AC3220 Intermediate Financial Accounting II 5 3 5

AC3250 Managerial Accounting II 4 3 2

AC2360 Principles of Internal Auditing 3 2 2

EP2150 Entrepreneurship 3 3 0

Elective (Minimum 3 credits) – – –

OJ1580 Work Exposure – Accounting – 6 weeks (210 – 240 hours)

After the successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with a Business Administration – Accounting
Diploma.

60 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Business Management – Accounting (Three Year Diploma)

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES


Program Career Opportunities Entrance Requirements
The three-year program leading to Graduates may obtain employment in 1. High school graduation certificate with
a Diploma in Business Management a variety of businesses, organizations the following:
(Accounting) has been developed to and government departments. The
achieve competencies required in the following is a brief list of the positions
Average Minimum
field of general financial accounting. that graduates may occupy after successful
60%
Management now requires personnel with completion of the program:
skills to provide complex information and • Accountant
English Language Minimum
to produce comprehensive reports. • Comptroller
(Grade 12 level) 60%
Upon completion of this program, • Auditor
students will be capable of performing • Business analyst
Academic Minimum
many accounting functions in small and • Taxation officer
Mathematics 60%
large businesses and at various levels of • Financial officer
(Grade 12 level)
government. • Administrative manager
• Payroll officer
Three additional courses
Objectives at the Grade 12 level
Upon successful completion of the
program, graduates will be able to: 2. Obtaining the required score on the
1. Prepare and analyze financial Academic English Placement (AEP)
statements for internal and external and Academic Math Placement (AMP).
decision making. Students who present a valid IELTS
2. Use current technology to analyze Academic Test Report Form received
results and generate appropriate within two years with an overall band
reports. 5.0 with no individual skill band below
3. Develop financial budgetary plans 4.5 are exempt from taking the AEP.
based on varying business objectives, For score requirements on other
changing business environments, and internationally-recognized tests such
underlying business assumptions. as TOEFL, contact the Registrar’s
4. Demonstrate accounting skills needed Office.
to secure employment in an entry-
level accounting position.
5. Integrate business concepts for
effective business planning and
strategic management.
6. Demonstrate application of the
Conference Board of Canada
employability skills.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 61


Business Management – Accounting (Three Year Diploma)
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES

Language Proficiency Further Studies


Requirements A current list of post-secondary
Students entering the Business institutions offering admission and transfer
Management – Accounting Program credit to CNA-Q graduates who meet
must meet English language proficiency the entrance requirements is available
requirements by obtaining one of the from the Registrar’s Office or the Career
following: Counselling and Resource Centre.
1. An overall score of 71 or greater on
the Oxford Online Placement Test,
as administered and validated by the
CNA-Q Testing Centre.
2. Present a valid Academic IELTS
exam with an overall band of 5.0 with
no individual band score (reading,
writing, speaking, and listening) below
4.5.
3. Successfully complete FL1090, a
pass/fail language development
course where the final examination is
the OOPT. A score of 71 or greater is
required on the OOPT.

Note: Applicants who do not meet the


entrance requirements and are 19 years
of age or older, may be considered on an
individual basis under the Mature Student
Clause. See the Academic Calendar
(Admissions Section - Mature Student
Requirements, page 11).

62 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Business Management – Accounting

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES


Level1 (Year) 1

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

AC1260 Financial Accounting I 5 4 3

CM1240 Business Communications I 4 4 0

HN1230 Human Resource Management I 3 3 1

FN1140 Introduction to Finance 3 3 1

MC1240 Computer Applications I 3 2 2

MR1100 Marketing I 4 4 0

AC2260 Financial Accounting II 5 4 3

CM1241 Business Communications II 4 4 0

HN1240 Human Resource Management II 3 3 1

LW1240 Qatar Business Law 3 3 0

MR2100 Marketing II 4 4 0

AC2230 Computerized Accounting I 3 2 3

CM2200 Oral Communications 2 2 0

MC1242 Computer Applications II 3 2 3

OJ1100 Work Exposure (Certificate only) – 2 weeks (75 – 80 hours)

After the successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with a Business Administration Certificate.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 63


Business Management – Accounting
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES

Level 2 (Year 2)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

AC2220 Intermediate Financial Accounting I 5 3 5

AC2250 Managerial Accounting I 4 3 2

AC2231 Computerized Accounting II 3 2 2

EC1110 Microeconomics 4 4 0

MA1670 Statistics 4 4 1

CM2300 Report Writing 2 2 0

AC2370 Principles of Taxation 4 4 1

AC3220 Intermediate Financial Accounting II 5 3 5

AC3250 Managerial Accounting II 4 3 2

AC2360 Principles of Internal Auditing 3 2 2

EP2150 Entrepreneurship 3 3 0

Elective (Minimum 3 credits) - - -

OJ1580 Work Exposure – Accounting – 6 weeks (210 – 240 hours)

After the successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with a Business Administration – Accounting
Diploma.

64 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Business Management – Accounting

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES


Level 3 (Year 3)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

AC2340 Principles of Auditing 4 3 3

EP2250 Small Business Development 4 3 2

FN2110 Business Finance 4 3 2

MN2600 Strategic Management 3 2 2

PS2340 Organizational Behaviour 4 4 0

2 Option courses 2 Option Courses

AC3251 Managerial Accounting III 4 3 2

EC1210 Macroeconomics 4 4 0

EP2200 Business Planning 4 2 5

MA3700 Production and Operations Management 4 4 1

Elective (Minimum 3 credits) – – –

Options will be selected from the following list after consultation with the students and/or local industry.

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

AC2530 Oil and Gas Production Accounting 4 3 2

MN1520 Supervisory Leadership 4 4 0

BK1100 Banking Operations I 4 4 0

Note all courses may not be available every semester. The Business Management – Accounting program has one elective in the second year; 1
elective in the third year, and 2 options (which must be taken from this list: BK1100, MN1520 and AC2530)

After the successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with a Business Management – Accounting
Diploma.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 65


Business Administration – Human Resource Management (Two Year Diploma)
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES

Program Entrance Requirements


The Business Administration (Human 1. High school graduation certificate with Note: Applicants who do not meet the
Resource Management) program has been the following: entrance requirements and are 19 years
designed to provide students with insight of age or older, may be considered on an
into the theory and practice of effective individual basis under the Mature Student
Average Minimum
Human Resource Management. In today’s Clause. See the Academic Calendar
60%
competitive business environment, (Admissions Section - Mature Student
managers recognize the importance of Requirements, page 11).
English Language Minimum
their human resources to the success
(Grade 12 level) 60%
of their organization. The program is Further Studies
designed to provide students with an A current list of post-secondary
Academic Minimum
opportunity to pursue a career in Human institutions offering admission and transfer
Mathematics 60%
Resource Management, Industrial/ credit to CNA-Q graduates who meet
(Grade 12 level)
Labour Relations, Supervision and General the entrance requirements is available
Management. from the Registrar’s Office or the Career
Three additional courses
Counselling and Resource Centre.
at the Grade 12 level
Objectives
Upon successful completion of the 2. Obtaining the required score on the
program, graduates will be able to: Academic English Placement (AEP)
1. Examine and critique the key and Academic Math Placement (AMP).
fundamentals of strategic human Students who present a valid IELTS
resource management and the
Academic Test Report Form received
employment related legislation
(regulations and acts). within two years with an overall band
2. Propose and apply various human 5.0 with no individual skill band below
resource practices to effectively 4.5 are exempt from taking the AEP.
manage an organization’s human For score requirements on other
resources.
internationally-recognized tests such as
3. Demonstrate effective research,
negotiation, conflict resolution, TOEFL, contact the Registrar’s Office.
and leadership skills for use in the
business environment. Language Proficiency
4. Demonstrate application of the
Conference Board of Canada
Requirements
Students entering the Business
employability skills.
Administration – Human Resource
Management must meet English language
proficiency requirements by obtaining one
of the following:
1. An overall score of 71 or greater on
the Oxford Online Placement Test,
as administered and validated by the
CNA-Q Testing Centre.
2. Present a valid Academic IELTS
exam with an overall band of 5.0 with
no individual band score (reading,
writing, speaking, and listening) below
4.5.
3. Successfully complete FL1090, a
pass/fail language development
course where the final examination is
the OOPT. A score of 71 or greater is
required on the OOPT.

66 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Business Administration – Human Resource Management

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES


Level1 (Year 1)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

AC1260 Financial Accounting I 5 4 3

CM1240 Business Communications I 4 4 0

HN1230 Human Resource Management I 3 3 1

FN1140 Introduction to Finance 3 3 1

MC1240 Computer Applications I 3 2 2

MR1100 Marketing I 4 4 0

AC2260 Financial Accounting II 5 4 3

CM1241 Business Communications II 4 4 0

HN1240 Human Resource Management II 3 3 1

LW1240 Qatar Business Law 3 3 0

MR2100 Marketing II 4 4 0

AC2230 Computerized Accounting I 3 2 3

CM2200 Oral Communications 2 2 0

MC1242 Computer Applications II 3 2 3

OJ1100 Work Exposure (Certificate only) – 2 weeks (75 – 80 hours)

After the successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with a Business Administration Certificate.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 67


Business Administration – Human Resource Management
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES

Level 2 (Year 2)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

CM2300 Report Writing 2 2 0

EC1110 Microeconomics 4 4 0

OF1400 Managing an Office 3 3 1

HN2130 Recruitment and Selection 3 3 1

HN2150 Training and Development 3 3 1

MA1670 Statistics 4 4 1

MR2300 Business Research 4 3 2

AC2600 Managerial Accounting for HRM 4 3 2

SE1130 Workplace Safety for Human Resources 3 3 0

Elective (Minimum 3 credits) – – –

HN2230 Employee Relations 3 3 1

PS2340 Organizational Behaviour 4 4 0

Elective (Minimum 3 credits) – – –

EP2150 Entrepreneurship 3 3 0

OJ1550 Work Exposure (HRM) – 6 weeks (210 – 240 hours)

After the successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with a Business Administration – Human
Resource Management Diploma.

68 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Business Management –Human Resource Management (Three Year Diploma)

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES


Program Career Opportunities Language Proficiency
The Business Management (Human Graduates of the program may obtain Requirements
Resource Management) program has employment in a variety of areas, such Students entering the Business
been designed to provide students with as private business, government, Management – Human Resource
insight into the theory and practice of industry, consulting agencies, Management Program must
effective Human Resource Management. institutions and associations. The meet English language proficiency
The program seeks to provide the student following is a brief list of the positions that requirements by obtaining one of the
with a broad understanding of fundamental graduates may occupy after successful following:
business principles and practices essential completion of the program: 1. An overall score of 71 or greater on
to effective and efficient management. The • Recruitment/selection officer the Oxford Online Placement Test,
Business Management (Human Resource • Personnel officer as administered and validated by the
Management) program is designed to • Training and development officer CNA-Q Testing Centre.
provide students with an opportunity • Compensation/benefits specialist 2. Present a valid Academic IELTS
to pursue a career in Human Resource • Employee assistance coordinator exam with an overall band of 5.0 with
Management, Industrial/Labour Relations, • Labour relations officer no individual band score (reading,
Supervision and General Management. • Professional development officer writing, speaking, and listening) below
• Human resource officer 4.5.
Objectives • Personnel manager 3. Successfully complete FL1090, a
Upon successful completion of the • Manager of human resources pass/fail language development
program, graduates will be able to: • Classification officer course where the final examination is
1. Examine and critique the key • Other business-related occupation the OOPT. A score of 71 or greater is
fundamentals of strategic human required on the OOPT.
resource management and the Entrance Requirements
employment related legislation 1. High school graduation certificate with Note: Applicants who do not meet the
(regulations and acts). the following: entrance requirements and are 19 years
2. Propose and apply various human of age or older, may be considered on an
resource practices to effectively Average Minimum individual basis under the Mature Student
manage an organization’s human 60% Clause. See the Academic Calendar
resources. (Admissions Section - Mature Student
English Language Minimum
3. Demonstrate effective research, Requirements, page 11).
(Grade 12 level) 60%
negotiation, conflict resolution,
and leadership skills for use in the Academic Minimum Further Studies
business environment. Mathematics 60% A current list of post-secondary
4. Integrate business concepts for (Grade 12 level) institutions offering admission and transfer
effective business planning and credit to CNA-Q graduates who meet
strategic management. Three additional courses the entrance requirements is available
5. Demonstrate application of the at the Grade 12 level from the Registrar’s Office or the Career
Conference Board of Canada 2. Obtaining the required score on the Counselling and Resource Centre.
employability skills. Academic English Placement (AEP)
and Academic Math Placement
(AMP). Students who present a
valid IELTS Academic Test Report
Form received within two years with
an overall band 5.0 with no individual
skill band below 4.5 are exempt from
taking the AEP. For score
requirements on other internationally-
recognized tests such as TOEFL,
contact the Registrar’s Office.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 69


Business Management – Human Resource Management
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES

Level 1 (Year 1)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

AC1260 Financial Accounting I 5 4 3

CM1240 Business Communications I 4 4 0

HN1230 Human Resource Management I 3 3 1

FN1140 Introduction to Finance 3 3 1

MC1240 Computer Applications I 3 2 2

MR1100 Marketing I 4 4 0

AC2260 Financial Accounting II 5 4 3

CM1241 Business Communications II 4 4 0

HN1240 Human Resource Management II 3 3 1

LW1240 Qatar Business Law 3 3 0

MR2100 Marketing II 4 4 0

AC2230 Computerized Accounting I 3 2 3

CM2200 Oral Communications 2 2 0

MC1242 Computer Applications II 3 2 3

OJ1100 Work Exposure (Certificate only) – 2 weeks (75 – 80 hours)

After the successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with a Business Administration Certificate.

70 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Business Management – Human Resource Management

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES


Level 2 (Year 2)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

CM2300 Report Writing 2 2 0

EC1110 Microeconomics 4 4 0

OF1400 Managing an Office 3 3 1

HN2130 Recruitment and Selection 3 3 1

HN2150 Training and Development 3 3 1

MA1670 Statistics 4 4 1

MR2300 Business Research 4 3 2

AC2600 Managerial Accounting for HRM 4 3 2

SE1130 Workplace Safety for Human Resources 3 3 0

Elective (Minimum 3 credits) – – –

HN2230 Employee Relations 3 3 1

PS2340 Organizational Behaviour 4 4 0

Elective (Minimum 3 credits) – – –

EP2150 Entrepreneurship 3 3 0

OJ1550 Work Exposure (HRM) – 6 weeks (210 – 240 hours)

After the successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with a Business Administration – Human
Resource Management Diploma.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 71


Business Management – Human Resource Management
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES

Level 3 (Year 3)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

EP2250 Small Business Development 4 3 2

FN2110 Business Finance 4 3 2

HN2140 Attendance and Disability Management 3 3 1

HN2200 Strategic Compensation and Benefits 3 3 1

MN2600 Strategic Management 3 2 2

Elective (Minimum 3 credits) – – –

EP2200 Business Planning 4 2 5

HN2310 Alternate Dispute Resolution 4 4 0

HN2210 Human Resource Planning 3 3 1

Current Topics in Human Resource Management


HN3110 3 3 1
and Industrial Relations

MN3100 Business Ethics 3 3 1

MN3200 Performance Management 3 3 1

Elective (Minimum 3 credits) – – –

After the successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with a Business Management – Human
Resource Management Diploma.

72 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Business Administration – Marketing (Two Year Diploma)

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES


Program Entrance Requirements Language Proficiency
The two-year program leading to a Diploma 1. High school graduation certificate with Requirements
in Business Administration (Marketing) the following: Students entering the Business
is designed to give students a broad Administration – Marketing Program
background in business management Average Minimum must meet English language proficiency
60% requirements by obtaining one of the
with emphasis on the area of marketing.
following:
Graduates find employment in marketing, English Language Minimum 1. An overall score of 71 or greater on
sales, retailing, administration, advertising, (Grade 12 level) 60% the Oxford Online Placement Test,
and general management. as administered and validated by the
Academic Minimum CNA-Q Testing Centre.
Mathematics 60% 2. Present a valid Academic IELTS
(Grade 12 level) exam with an overall band of 5.0 with
Objectives no individual band score (reading,
Upon successful completion of the Three additional courses writing, speaking, and listening) below
program, graduates will be able to: at the Grade 12 level 4.5.
1. Analyze the marketing environment 2. Obtaining the required score on the 3. Successfully complete FL1090, a
and develop, implement, and monitor Academic English Placement (AEP) and pass/fail language development
course where the final examination is
a comprehensive marketing strategy. Academic Math Placement (AMP).
the OOPT. A score of 71 or greater is
2. Critically analyze and provide Students who present a valid IELTS required on the OOPT.
business solutions to marketing Academic Test Report Form received
product, price, promotion, and within two years with an overall band
distribution decisions. 5.0 with no individual skill band below Further Studies
3. Integrate ethical marketing strategies 4.5 are exempt from taking the AEP. For A current list of post-secondary
and tactics for application in both score requirements on other institutions offering admission and transfer
domestic and global marketing internationally-recognized tests such as credit to CNA-Q graduates who meet
environments. TOEFL, contact the Registrar’s Office. the entrance requirements is available
4. Create materials for use with a from the Registrar’s Office or the Career
marketing strategy. Note: Applicants who do not meet the Counselling and Resource Centre.
5. Demonstrate application of the entrance requirements and are 19 years
Conference Board of Canada of age or older, may be considered on an
employability skills. individual basis under the Mature Student
Clause. See the Academic Calendar
(Admissions Section - Mature Student
Requirements, page 11)

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 73


Business Administration – Marketing
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES

Level 1 (Year 1)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

AC1260 Financial Accounting I 5 4 3

CM1240 Business Communications I 4 4 0

HN1230 Human Resource Management I 3 3 1

FN1140 Introduction to Finance 3 3 1

MC1240 Computer Applications I 3 2 2

MR1100 Marketing I 4 4 0

AC2260 Financial Accounting II 5 4 3

CM1241 Business Communications II 4 4 0

HN1240 Human Resource Management II 3 3 1

LW1240 Qatar Business Law 3 3 0

MR2100 Marketing II 4 4 0

AC2230 Computerized Accounting I 3 2 3

CM2200 Oral Communications 2 2 0

MC1242 Computer Applications II 3 2 3

OJ1100 Work Exposure (Certificate only) – 2 weeks


(75 – 80 hours)

After the successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with a Business Administration Certificate.

74 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Business Administration – Marketing

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES


Level 2 (Year 2)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

CM2300 Report Writing 2 2 0

EC1110 Microeconomics 4 4 0

MA1670 Statistics 4 4 1

MR1500 Consumer Behaviour 3 3 0

MR1600 Professional Selling 4 3 2

MR2300 Business Research 4 3 2

Elective (Minimum 3 credits) – – –

EC1210 Macroeconomics 4 4 0

EP2150 Entrepreneurship 3 3 0

MR2200 Retailing 3 2 3

MR2350 E-Business 4 3 2

MR2400 Marketing Communications 4 3 2

PR2170 Project Management 2 2 1

Elective (Minimum 3 credits) – – –

OJ1560 Work Exposure – Marketing – 6 weeks


(210 – 240 hours)

After the successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with a Business Administration – Marketing
Diploma. Students can continue an additional year to achieve a Business Management – Marketing Diploma.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 75


Business Management – Marketing (Three Year Diploma)
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES

Program Entrance Requirements


The three-year Business Management 1. High school graduation certificate with options: Accounting, Human Resource
(Marketing) diploma program is designed the following: Management or Marketing. Upon
to give students a background in business successful completion of this area of
management with emphasis on the area concentration along with a six-week work
Average Minimum
of Marketing. Students acquire a solid exposure, students may graduate with a
60%
understanding of the practices involved Diploma in Business Administration.
in marketing and promoting a product or 3. Business Management Diploma
English Language Minimum
service. This includes advertising, market Students may continue even further
(Grade 12 level) 60%
research, professional selling, distribution, in their area of specialization by
business planning, and customer relations. completing additional courses beyond the
Academic Mathematics Minimum
Administration Diploma level. Successful
(Grade 12 level) 60%
Objectives completion of these courses will allow
Upon successful completion of the program, students to graduate with a Diploma in
Three additional courses
graduates will be able to: Business Management.
at the Grade 12 level
1. Analyze the marketing environment and
develop, implement, and monitor a 2. Obtaining the required score on the Language Proficiency
comprehensive marketing strategy. Academic English Placement (AEP) and
Requirements
2. Critically analyze and provide business Academic Math Placement (AMP). Students entering the Business
solutions to marketing product, price, Students who present a valid IELTS Management – Marketing Program
promotion, and distribution decisions. Academic Test Report Form received must meet English language proficiency
3. Integrate ethical marketing strategies and within two years with an overall band 5.0 requirements by obtaining one of the
tactics for application in both domestic with no individual skill band below 4.5 are following:
1. An overall score of 71 or greater on
and global marketing environments. exempt from taking the AEP. For score
the Oxford Online Placement Test,
4. Create materials for use with a marketing requirements on other internationally- as administered and validated by the
strategy. recognized tests such as TOEFL, contact CNA-Q Testing Centre.
5. Integrate business concepts for effective the Registrar’s Office. 2. Present a valid Academic IELTS
business planning and strategic exam with an overall band of 5.0 with
no individual band score (reading,
management. Note: Applicants who do not meet the
writing, speaking, and listening) below
6. Demonstrate application of the entrance requirements and are 19 years 4.5.
Conference Board of Canada of age or older, may be considered on an 3. Successfully complete FL1090, a
employability skills. individual basis under the Mature Student pass/fail language development
Clause. See the Academic Calendar course where the final examination is
Career Opportunities (Admissions Section - Mature Student the OOPT. A score of 71 or greater is
required on the OOPT.
Graduates may obtain employment in Requirements, page 11)
a variety of businesses, organizations
and government departments. The Program Transferability Further Studies
following is a brief list of the positions The Business Management – Marketing A current list of post-secondary institutions
that graduates may occupy after successful program allows exit points after completion offering admission and transfer credit to
completion of the program: of Certificate, Administration Diploma or CNA-Q graduates who meet the entrance
• Advertising manager Management Diploma levels. requirements is available from the Registrar’s
• Account executive 1. Business Administration Certificate Office or the Career Counselling and Resource
• Account coordinator Students may complete an initial Centre.
• Brand manager concentration of business courses and
• Sales representative a two-week work exposure, leading to a
• Customer service representative Certificate in Business Administration.
2. Business Administration Diploma
Students may continue beyond the
Business Administration Certificate
level program by selecting an area of
specialization from one of the following

76 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Business Management – Marketing

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES


Level 1 (Year 1)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

AC1260 Financial Accounting I 5 4 3

CM1240 Business Communications I 4 4 0

HN1230 Human Resource Management I 3 3 1

FN1140 Introduction to Finance 3 3 1

MC1240 Computer Applications I 3 2 2

MR1100 Marketing I 4 4 0

AC2260 Financial Accounting II 5 4 3

CM1241 Business Communications II 4 4 0

HN1240 Human Resource Management II 3 3 1

LW1240 Qatar Business Law 3 3 0

MR2100 Marketing II 4 4 0

AC2230 Computerized Accounting I 3 2 3

CM2200 Oral Communications 2 2 0

MC1242 Computer Applications II 3 2 3

OJ1100 Work Exposure (Certificate only) – 2 weeks (70 – 80 hours)

After the successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with a Business Administration Certificate.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 77


Business Management – Marketing
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES

Level 2 (Year 2)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

CM2300 Report Writing 2 2 0

EC1110 Microeconomics 4 4 0

MA1670 Statistics 4 4 1

MR1500 Consumer Behaviour 3 3 0

MR1600 Professional Selling 4 3 2

MR2300 Business Research 4 3 2

Elective (Minimum 3 credits) – – –

EC1210 Macroeconomics 4 4 0

EP2150 Entrepreneurship 3 3 0

MR2200 Retailing 3 2 3

MR2350 E-Business 4 3 2

MR2400 Marketing Communications 4 3 2

PR2170 Project Management 2 2 1

Elective (Minimum 3 credits) – – –

OJ1560 Work Exposure – Marketing – 6 weeks (210 – 240 hours)

After the successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with a Business Administration - Marketing
Diploma. Students may continue a third year to complete Business Management - Marketing Diploma.

78 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Business Management – Marketing

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES


Level 3 (Year 3)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

EP2250 Small Business Development 4 3 2

FN2110 Business Finance 4 3 2

MN2600 Strategic Management 3 2 2

MR2450 Services Marketing 3 2 2

MR2800 Business-to-Business Marketing 3 2 2

Elective (Minimum 3 credits) – – –

EP2200 Business Planning 4 2 5

MR2620 Sales Management 4 4 0

MR2700 International Marketing 4 4 0

MR3100 Current Topics in Marketing 3 3 1

PS2340 Organizational Behaviour 4 4 0

Elective (Minimum 3 credits) – – –


After the successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with a Business Management Marketing
Diploma.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 79


Office Administration
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES

Program Career Opportunities Language Proficiency


Graduates from the certificate program Graduates may expect to find employment Requirements
will acquire knowledge and office skills opportunities in the public and private Students entering the Office Administration
for entry-level employment in the office of sectors, including all levels of government, Program must meet English language
today. Graduates may obtain employment legal and medical offices, accounting proficiency requirements by obtaining one
of the following:
as an entry-level administrative assistant, firms, hospital and education facilities,
1. An overall score of 71 or greater on
office clerk, data entry clerk or word and general business offices. As well the Oxford Online Placement Test,
processing operator. as acquiring the skills and knowledge as administered and validated by the
necessary to become effective employees CNA-Q Testing Centre.
The Office Administration (Executive) in today’s electronic office, graduates gain 2. Present a valid Academic IELTS exam
with an overall band of 5.0 with no
Diploma program is designed to enable insight into the creation of a small business
individual band score (reading, writing,
students to acquire the knowledge and of their own. speaking, and listening) below 4.5.
skills needed to work as administrative 3. Successfully complete FL1090, a pass/
assistants in today’s modern office. Graduates are trained for the fail language development course where
the final examination is the OOPT. A
following specific positions: score of 71 or greater is required on the
The major components of the program • Administrative assistant
OOPT.
include document production, transcription • Word processing operator
and office management. Related courses • Computerized bookkeeper Note: Applicants who do not meet the
include communications, computerized • Data processor or transcriptionist entrance requirements and are 19 years
accounting, computer applications and • Microcomputer specialist of age or older may be considered on an
organizational behaviour. • As well as additional employment individual basis under the Mature Student
opportunities depending on electives Clause. See the Academic Calendar
Objectives selected (Admissions Section - Mature Student
Upon successful completion of the Requirements, page 11).
program, graduates will be able to: Entrance Requirements
1. Demonstrate a positive attitude 1. High school graduation certificate. Program Transferability
in a business environment to help 2. Obtaining the required score on the The Office Administration program
ensure successful integration into the Academic English Placement (AEP) offers exit points after the completion of
workplace. and Academic Math Placement (AMP). Certificate or Diploma Levels. Students
2. Independently organize and manage Students who present a valid IELTS may graduate with an Office Administration
the activities of an administrative Academic Test Report Form received Certificate after the completion of the
workplace environment for effective within two years with an overall band initial one year concentration of Office
and efficient performance. 5.0 with no individual skill band below Administration courses. After a second year
3. Demonstrate effective written and 4.5 are exempt from taking the AEP. of study, students can achieve an Office
oral communication skills for use in For score requirements on other Administration (Executive) Diploma.
the business environment. internationally-recognized tests such
4. Utilize effective interpersonal and as TOEFL, contact the Registrar’s Accreditation
teamwork skills to adapt to various Office. The Office Administration (Executive)
business/community working Diploma program at the College is
environments. accredited by the Accreditation Council
5. Conduct research; analyze and for Business Schools and Programs
present relevant data for use in a (ACBSP).
business environment.
6. Record financial transactions using
generally accepted accounting
principles for use in a business
environment.
7. Utilize and integrate technology to
produce business documents at
an advanced level using standard
document formatting guidelines.

80 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Office Administration

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES


Level 1 (Year 1)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

AC1100 Bookkeeping I 4 3 2

CM1100 Writing Fundamentals 3 3 1

DM1200 Document Production I 6 4 6

EP1110 Introduction to Business 4 4 0

OF1100 Office Management I 3 3 1

AC2100 Bookkeeping II 4 3 2

CM2110 Business Writing Fundamentals 3 3 0

CP2310 Electronic Spreadsheet Applications 3 2 2

DM1210 Document Production II 5 3 5

KB1150 Keyboarding I 1 1 1

OF1101 Office Management II 3 3 1

DM1300 Transcription l 3 3 1

CP2410 Micro Database Applications 3 2 2

Work Exposure – Office Administration


OJ1130 2 weeks (70 – 80 hours)
(Certificate Only)

After the successful completion of the above listed courses, students will be eligible to graduate with an Office Administration Certificate.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 81


Office Administration (Executive)
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES

Level 2 (Year 2)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

AC2230 Computerized Accounting I 3 2 3

CM2200 Oral Communications 2 2 0

DM1301 Transcription II 3 2 2

DM2200 Document Production III 6 4 6

OF2100 Office Management III 3 3 1

CP2640 Desktop Publishing 4 3 2

DM2240 Document Production IV 5 3 5

KB1151 Keyboarding II 1 1 1

OF2101 Office Management IV 3 3 1

PS2340 Organizational Behaviour 4 4 0

OF2700 Capstone Project 2 2 0

Elective Elective 2 2 0

Elective Elective 2 2 0

Work Exposure –
OJ1900 – 6 weeks (210 – 240 hours)
Office Administration (Executive)

After the successful completion of the above listed courses, students will be eligible to graduate with an Office Administration (Executive)
Diploma.

82 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRIAL TRADES
School of Engineering Technology and Industrial
Trades
College of the North Atlantic – Qatar’s Engineering Technology programs are designed to produce graduates with a diverse
technical background, hands-on aptitude and teamwork skills. The development of practical skills and competencies are
enhanced through partnerships with industry and world-class shops and labs equipped with the latest industrial equipment.
In addition, technology training promotes independent thinking and problem solving. These are critical factors when
preparing individuals for troubleshooting, design, supervision and management roles.

Accreditation
Programs offered at the College prepare individuals for maintenance and operator positions at the technician and technologist level.
The program structure allows students to progress from the two-year technician diploma to the three-year technologist designations in
certain disciplines. Disciplines include Chemical Processing, Electrical, Mechanical, Process Automation and Telecommunications. The
requirements for operations training are addressed by the Chemical Processing Technician and Technology programs.

Engineering Technology programs are designed to meet internationally recognized standards. Currently, Electrical Engineering
Technology and Process Automation Engineering Technology programs have been accredited by the Canadian Technology Accredation
Board (CTAB).

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 83


SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRIAL TRADES

Program Options Baccalaureate Degree


Two Year Diploma* Options
• Chemical Laboratory Technician For those wishing to pursue a
• Chemical Processing Technician baccalaureate degree, university transfer
• Electrical Power Systems Technician agreements are in place that make it
• Mechanical Technician possible for three-year diploma graduates
(Industrial Maintenance) to attend Canadian universities. A variety
• Process Automation Technician of options are available. Typically, one
• Telecommunications and Network additional year of study is required to
Technician obtain a Bachelor of Technology degree at
Memorial University (www.mi.mun.ca).
Three Year Diploma*
• Chemical Processing Technology Articulation agreements have also been
• Electrical Engineering Technology signed with institutions in other countries
• Mechanical Engineering Technology that provide avenues for graduates from
(Industrial Maintenance) the three-year Engineering Technology
• Process Automation Engineering programs to complete a Bachelor and/or
Technology Masters degree.
• Telecommunications and Network
Engineering Technology A current list of post-secondary
institutions offering admission and transfer
* Total program length varies depending credit to CNA-Q graduates who meet
on language proficiency, academic the entrance requirements is available
preparatory courses required for entry, from the Registrar’s Office or the Career
and academic performance throughout Counseling and Resource Centre.
the program of study.

84 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Chemical Laboratory Technician (Two Year Diploma)

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRIAL TRADES


Program Career Opportunities Further Studies
The Chemical Laboratory Technician Graduates of the Chemical Laboratory Graduates of the Chemical Laboratory
program provides students with the Technician program may be employed in Technician diploma program may have the
necessary background in the principles government, institutional, environmental, opportunity to transfer credits to other
and techniques currently used in or industrial laboratories. Graduates will academic institutions.
chemical lab environments. These include be able to work with chemists, chemical
fundamental chemical principles, basic engineers, technologists, and technicians A current list of post-secondary
lab skills and techniques, and a practical in a wide variety of areas related to institutions offering admission and transfer
approach to modern lab instrumentation. research and development, quality control credit to CNA-Q graduates who meet
The program emphasizes lab safety; and assurance, and technical services. the entrance requirements is available
recording, reporting, and analyzing results; With today’s focus on quality control and from the Registrar’s Office or the Career
skill and technique development to ensure assurance, there is an increased demand Counseling and Resource Centre.
precision and accuracy; quality assurance; for Chemical Laboratory Technicians.
and advanced instrumentation. This Language Proficiency
practical focus allows program graduates Entrance Requirements Requirements
to adapt to the ever-changing industrial 1. High school graduation certificate with
environment. the following: Students entering the Chemical Laboratory
Technician diploma program must meet
Minimum
Objectives Average
60% English language proficiency requirements
Upon successful completion of the by obtaining one of the following:
program, graduates will be able to: English Language Minimum 1. An overall score of 71 or greater on
1. Apply technical knowledge and (Grade 12 level) 60% the Oxford Online Placement Test, as
demonstrate hands-on skills needed Academic Minimum administered and validated by the
to assist in the daily operation of Mathematics 60% CNA-Q Testing Centre.
environmental, research and industrial (Grade 12 level) 2. Present a valid Academic IELTS exam
chemistry laboratories. with an overall band of 5.0 with no
2. Demonstrate an understanding of the Two Science courses (Grade 12) individual band score (reading,
chemical terminology, concepts and Chemistry and Physics are highly writing, speaking, and listening)
laboratory and computer skills that recommended. below 4.5.
are required for successful interaction 3. Successfully complete FL1090, a
with colleagues and customers within 2. Obtaining the required score on the pass/ fail language development
the chemical laboratory workplace. Academic English Placement (AEP) course where the final examination is
3. Apply problem-solving skills and and Academic Math Placement (AMP). the OOPT. A score of 71 or greater is
methodologies to real-life situations in Students who present a valid IELTS required on the OOPT.
laboratory environments. Academic Test Report Form received
4. Demonstrate employability skills within two years with an overall band
required in the modern workplace. 5.0 with no individual skill band below
4.5 are exempt from taking the AEP.
For score requirements on other
internationally-recognized tests such as
TOEFL, contact the Registrar’s Office.

Note: Applicants who do not meet the


entrance requirements and are 19 years
of age or older, may be considered on an
individual basis under the Mature Student
Clause. See the Academic Calendar
(Admissions Section - Mature Student
Requirements, page 11).

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 85


Chemical Laboratory Technician
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRIAL TRADES

Level 1 (Year 1)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

CH1120 Chemistry 4 3 3

CM1190 Technical Reading 3 3 0

CH2542 Chemical Lab Techniques I 4 2 6

SE1120 Workplace Safety 3 3 0

MA2140 Applied Mathematics 4 3 2

CH2371 Organic Chemistry I 5 4 3

CH1142 General Chemistry 6 5 3

CH2550 Chemical Lab Techniques II 4 2 6

MA1530 Statistics 2 2 1

PH1141 Applied Physics 4 3 2

CM1400 Technical Reporting I 3 3 1

CH2560 Chemical Lab QA/QC 3 3 1

Level 2 (Year 2)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

CH2410 Industrial Chemistry 4 3 3

CH2380 Organic Chemistry II 5 4 3

CH2800 Spectroscopic Methods 4 3 3

CH2810 Chromatographic Methods 4 3 3

CH2750 Environmental Monitoring 4 3 3

CH2760 Polymer Chemistry 4 3 3

CH2820 Chemical Lab Tech Capstone 5 2 8

CM2200 Oral Communications 2 2 0

CH2705 Analytical Chemistry 4 3 3

CH2730 Chemical Lab Techniques III 3 1 6

After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with a Chemical Laboratory Technician Diploma.

86 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Chemical Processing Technician (Two Year Diploma)

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRIAL TRADES


Program Career Opportunities Further Studies
The Chemical Processing Technician Graduates of the Chemical Processing Graduates of the Chemical Processing
Diploma prepares graduates to apply Technician diploma program will find Technician program may have the
scientific and engineering principles to employment in various chemical opportunity to transfer credits to other
assist in the design, operation, analysis, processing industries such as oil and gas academic institutions.
optimization and troubleshooting of production, petrochemicals, fertilizers
processing operations. The program and other process operations. Graduates A current list of post-secondary
equips students with the knowledge will be involved in the routine operation institutions offering admission and transfer
and skills required to work safely in and optimization of chemical processing credit to CNA-Q graduates who meet
plant operations while dealing with the facilities, occupying roles such as Junior the entrance requirements is available
increasing complexity of equipment Technician or Field Operator. With from the Registrar’s Office or the Career
and control systems found in modern successful completion of the technician Counseling and Resource Centre.
processing industries. diploma, students are eligible for entry
to the Chemical Processing Technology Language Proficiency
Graduates of the technician diploma will program to further enhance these skills Requirements
be employed by oil and gas companies, and growth potential. Students entering the Chemical Processing
refineries, petrochemical plants, power Technician diploma program must meet
plants and process plants. Graduates Entrance Requirements English language proficiency requirements
of the Chemical Processing Technician 1. High school graduation certificate with by obtaining one of the following:
program are eligible for entrance into the the following: 1. An overall score of 71 or greater on the
third year of the Chemical Processing Oxford Online Placement Test, as
Minimum
Technology program. Average administered and validated by the
60%
CNA-Q Testing Centre.
Objectives English Language
Minimum 60%
2. Present a valid Academic IELTS
Upon successful completion of the (Grade 12 level) exam with an overall band of 5.0 with
program, graduates will be able to: no individual band score (reading,
Academic Minimum
1. Apply hands-on skills needed to writing, speaking, and listening) below
Mathematics 60%
assist in the design, operation and 4.5.
(Grade 12 level)
troubleshooting of chemical processing 3. Successfully complete FL1090, a
units and equipment. pass/fail language development
Two Science courses (Grade 12)
2. Perform procedures within the course where the final examination
Chemistry and Physics are highly
chemical process technology is the OOPT. A score of 71 or greater
recommended.
environment in accordance with is required on the OOPT.
established workplace safety 2. Obtaining the required score on the
protocols. Academic English Placement (AEP) Important Notes
3. Apply communication and computer and Academic Math Placement (AMP). • This program may not be suitable for
skills required for successful Students who present a valid IELTS applicants who do not have normal colour
correspondence with chemists, Academic Test Report Form received perception.
engineers, technologists, technicians within two years with an overall band • Employers will normally demand that all
and other colleagues. 5.0 with no individual skill band below applicants undergo a physical capabilities
4. Demonstrate good interpersonal and 4.5 are exempt from taking the AEP. assessment prior to hiring.
communication skills required for For score requirements on other
workplace team settings. internationally-recognized tests such as
5. Apply problem-solving methodologies TOEFL, contact the Registrar’s Office.
to real-life situations through practice
in the classroom and laboratory Note: Applicants who do not meet the
environments. entrance requirements and are 19 years
6. Perform quality control procedures of age or older, may be considered on an
to optimize chemical processes/ individual basis under the Mature Student
equipment. Clause. See the Academic Calendar
(Admissions Section - Mature Student
Requirements, page 11).

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 87


Chemical Processing Technician
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRIAL TRADES

Level 1 (Year 1)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

CM1190 Technical Reading 3 3 0

CH1120 Chemistry 4 3 3

PH1100 Physics 4 3 3

MA1700 Mathematics 4 3 3

EG1110 Engineering Graphics 3 2 2

CM2180 Technical Reporting I 3 3 1

CH1121 Chemistry 4 3 2

MA1101 Mathematics 5 5 0

ET1135 Fundamentals of Electricity 3 2 3

PO1110 Process Systems: Introduction 4 3 2

CH2430 Industrial Process Overview 2 2 0

MC1120 Computer Apps for Engineering 3 2 2

CI1180 Basic Instrumentation 3 2 2

88 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Chemical Processing Technician

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRIAL TRADES


Level 2 (Year 2)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

PO1120 Chem Processing Calculations 3 3 1

PO1130 Process Control Systems 4 3 2

PO2100 Process Systems: Operations 2 0 6

PO1140 Process Systems & Equip I 4 3 2

PO1150 Process Systems & Equip II 4 4 1

CM2181 Technical Reporting II 3 3 1

EN2480 Ethics & Environ Awareness 3 3 0

CH2420 Applied Hydrocarbon Chemistry 4 3 3

SE1120 Workplace Safety 3 3 0

MH4500 Prime Movers 4 3 2

PM2560 Facilities Engineering I 4 3 2

SP2340 Quality Assurance 2 2 0

PO2200 Process Systems: Troubleshooting 3 2 2

PM2561 Facilities Engineering II 4 3 2

After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with a Chemical Processing Technichian
Diploma. Students may complete a third year to achieve a Chemical Processing Technology Diploma.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 89


Chemical Processing Technology (Three Year Diploma)
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRIAL TRADES

Program Objectives Career Opportunities


The Chemical Processing Technology Upon successful completion of the Graduates of the Chemical Processing
Diploma prepares graduates to apply program, graduates will be able to: Technology diploma program will
scientific, engineering, business and 1. Apply hands-on skills needed to find employment in various chemical
project management principles to assist in the design, operation and processing industries such as oil and gas
assist in the design, operation, analysis, troubleshooting of chemical processing production, petrochemicals, fertilizers
optimization, troubleshooting, control units and equipment. and other manufacturing operations.
and supervision of processing operations. 2. Perform procedures within the Graduates will be involved in the routine
The program equips students with the chemical process technology operation and maintenance of chemical
knowledge and skills required to work environment in accordance with processing facilities, with increased
safely in plant operations while dealing with established workplace safety opportunities to provide supervision of
the increasing complexity of equipment protocols. production line operations. Graduates
and control systems found in modern 3. Apply communication and computer of the program report to the engineering
processing industries. skills required for successful team, often lead junior technicians, and
correspondence with chemists, occupy roles such as Senior Technicians
Graduates can find employment in oil and engineers, technologists, technicians and Shift Supervisors.
gas companies, refineries, petrochemical and other colleagues.
plants, power plants and manufacturing 4. Demonstrate good interpersonal and Entrance Requirements
plants. communication skills required for 1. Graduation from the Chemical Process
workplace team settings. Technician program.
5. Apply problem-solving methodologies 2. Obtaining the required score on the
to real-life situations through practice Academic English Placement (AEP)
in the classroom and laboratory and Academic Math Placement (AMP).
environments. Students who present a valid IELTS
6. Perform quality control procedures Academic Test Report Form received
to optimize chemical processes/ within two years with an overall band
equipment. 5.0 with no individual skill band below
7. Perform advanced mathematical and 4.5 are exempt from taking the AEP.
statistical calculations to applied For score requirements on other
science and engineering technology internationally-recognized tests such as
problems. TOEFL, contact the Registrar’s Office.
8. Obtain and report the results of
analyses and tests clearly, accurately Note: Applicants who do not meet the
and effectively to others. entrance requirements and are 19 years
9. Apply current industry practices of of age or older, may be considered on an
project management and business individual basis under the Mature Student
principles. Clause. See the Academic Calendar
10. Apply leadership and supervisory skills (Admissions Section - Mature Student
effectively within a team environment. Requirements, page 11).
11. Research, analyze, document,
communicate and defend a technology
report relating to a significant chemical
processing technology-related issue.

90 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Chemical Processing Technology

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRIAL TRADES


Further Studies Language Proficiency Important Notes
Graduates of the Chemical Processing Requirements • This program may not be suitable for
Technology program may have the Students entering the Chemical applicants who do not have normal colour
opportunity to transfer credits to other Processing Technology diploma program perception.
academic institutions. A current list of must meet English language proficiency • Employers will normally demand that all
post-secondary institutions offering requirements by obtaining one of the applicants undergo a physical capabilities
admission and transfer credit to CNA-Q following: assessment prior to hiring.
graduates who meet the entrance 1. An overall score of 71 or greater on
requirements is available from the the Oxford Online Placement Test,
Registrar’s Office or the Career Counseling as administered and validated by the
and Resource Centre. CNA-Q Testing Centre.
2. Present a valid Academic IELTS
exam with an overall band of 5.0 with
no individual band score (reading,
writing, speaking, and listening)
below 4.5.
3. Successfully complete FL1090, a
pass/fail language development
course where the final examination is
the OOPT. A score of 71 or greater is
required on the OOPT.

Level 1 (Year 1)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

CM1190 Technical Reading 3 3 0

CH1120 Chemistry 4 3 3

PH1100 Physics 4 3 3

MA1700 Mathematics 4 3 3

EG1110 Engineering Graphics 3 2 2

CM2180 Technical Reporting I 3 3 1

CH1121 Chemistry 4 3 2

MA1101 Mathematics 5 5 0

ET1135 Fundamentals of Electricity 3 2 3

PO1110 Process Systems: Introduction 4 3 2

CH2430 Industrial Process Overview 2 2 0

MC1120 Computer Apps for Engineering 3 2 2

CI1180 Basic Instrumentation 3 2 2

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 91


Chemical Processing Technology
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRIAL TRADES

Level 2 (Year 2)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

PO1120 Chem Processing Calculations 3 3 1

PO1130 Process Control Systems 4 3 2

PO2100 Process Systems: Operations 2 0 6

PO1140 Process Systems & Equip I 4 3 2

PO1150 Process Systems & Equip II 4 4 1

CM2181 Technical Reporting II 3 3 1

EN2480 Ethics & Environ Awareness 3 3 0

CH2420 Applied Hydrocarbon Chemistry 4 3 3

SE1120 Workplace Safety 3 3 0

MH4500 Prime Movers 4 3 2

PM2560 Facilities Engineering I 4 3 2

SP2340 Quality Assurance 2 2 0

PO2200 Process Systems: Troubleshooting 3 2 2

PM2561 Facilities Engineering II 4 3 2

After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with a Chemical Processing Technician Diploma.

92 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Chemical Processing Technology

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRIAL TRADES


Level 3 (Year 3)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

CM2800 Oral/Written Communication Skills 3 3 1

MA2100 Mathematics 5 5 0

CI3200 Statistical Process Control 3 3 0

PO2410 Process Unit Design 5 4 2

PR3214 Capstone Project I (Chemical Processing) Pass/Fail 3 0

PR3150 Project Management and Financial Analysis 4 4 0

CF3200 Materials and Corrosion 3 3 1

PO2500 Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG)/Gas to Liquid (GTL) 4 3 2

TD3131 Applied Thermodynamics 4 3 2

PO2420 Process Simulation 3 2 3

PR3215 Capstone Project II (Chemical Processing) 5 5 0

CS3000 Engineering Leadership 2 2 0

PO2430 Applied Fluid Mechanics 4 3 2

CL2000 Chemical Reaction Engineering 4 3 2

After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with a Chemical Processing Technology
Diploma.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 93


Electrical Power Systems Technician (Two Year Diploma)
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRIAL TRADES

Program Career Opportunities Further Studies


The Electrical Power Systems Technician Graduates of the Electrical Technician Graduates of the Electrical Power Systems
program is committed to providing program can find employment with a Technician program may have the
students with the skills and knowledge large variety of companies involved in the opportunity to transfer credits to other
necessary to become competent and electrical industry. Typical GCC employers academic institutions.
effective members of an electrical include public and private sector power
engineering team. Students will gain and water utilities, large petrochemical A current list of post-secondary
technical knowledge and skills in refining and production facilities and institutions offering admission and
maintenance and troubleshooting of government departments. With successful transfer credit to CNA-Q graduates
electrical power systems with a focus completion of the technician diploma, who meet the entrance requirements is
on utility, large industry, institutional students are eligible for entry to the available from the Registrar’s Office or the
and commercial facilities. Early Electrical Engineering Technology program Career Counseling and Resource Centre.
program studies stress the fundamental to further enhance these skills and growth
knowledge and skills necessary to potential. Language Proficiency
complete installation, maintenance and Requirements
troubleshooting tasks. Entrance Requirements Students entering the Electrical Power
1. High school graduation certificate with Systems Technician program must meet
The program shares a common first year the following: English language proficiency requirements
with the Process Automation Technician by obtaining one of the following:
program. Minimum 1. An overall score of 71 or greater on
Average
60% the Oxford Online Placement Test,
Objectives as administered and validated by the
Upon successful completion of the two- English Language Minimum CNA-Q Testing Centre.
(Grade 12 level) 60%
year program, graduates will have the 2. Present a valid Academic IELTS exam
knowledge and skills to: Academic with an overall band of 5.0 with no
1. Function successfully as entry-level Minimum individual band score (reading, writing,
Mathematics
60%
technicians in the electrical power (Grade 12 level) speaking, and listening) below 4.5.
industry. 3. Successfully complete FL1090, a
2. Maintain electrical systems. Two Science courses (Grade 12) pass/fail language development
3. Install, troubleshoot and maintain Chemistry and Physics are highly course where the final examination is
heavy electrical equipment, including recommended. the OOPT. A score of 71 or greater is
transformers, motors, generators required on the OOPT.
and related control and protective 2. Obtaining the required score on the
equipment. Academic English Placement (AEP) Important Notes
4. Use specific computer software in the and Academic Math Placement (AMP). • This program may not be suitable for
design of building electrical systems. Students who present a valid IELTS applicants who do not have normal
5. Communicate with customers and Academic Test Report Form received colour perception.
fellow members of the engineering within two years with an overall band • Students should be aware of the
team. 5.0 with no individual skill band below strenuous physical dexterity required in
6. Recognize the importance of 4.5 are exempt from taking the AEP. this training program.
continuing education and professional For score requirements on other • Employers will normally demand that all
affiliations. internationally-recognized tests such as applicants undergo a physical capabilities
TOEFL, contact the Registrar’s Office. assessment prior to hiring.

Note: Applicants who do not meet the


entrance requirements and are 19 years
of age or older, may be considered on an
individual basis under the Mature Student
Clause. See the Academic Calendar
(Admissions Section - Mature Student
Requirements, page 11).

94 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Electrical Power Systems Technician

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRIAL TRADES


Level 1 (Year 1)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

EN2480 Ethics and Environmental Awareness 3 3 0

PH1140 Applied Physics 4 3 2

ET1130 Fundamentals of Electricity I 4 3 2

CM1190 Technical Reading 3 3 0

MA1700 Mathematics 4 3 3

Introduction to Electrical and


CI1140 3 2 2
Instrumentation Technology

EG1230 Electrical and Instrumentation CAD 3 2 2

ET1131 Fundamentals of Electricity II 4 3 2

MA1101 Mathematics 5 5 0

AE1260 Power Electronics 3 2 2

CE1210 Basic Communication Networks I 4 3 3

MP1200 Electrical Motors 4 3 2

CI1350 Basic Process Automation 2 1 2

CI1310 Electrical/Electronic Fabrication Techniques 3 2 3

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 95


Electrical Power Systems Technician
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRIAL TRADES

Level 2 (Year 2)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

CM2180 Technical Reporting I 3 3 1

MP2220 Transmission and Distribution Systems 5 4 3

MP2370 Power System Transformers 4 3 2

MP2160 Electromechanical Motor Controls 4 3 3

PE2510 Electrical Practices 2 1 3

CM2181 Technical Reporting II 3 3 1

MP2250 Electric Power Generation Facilities 4 3 2

MP2260 Solid State Motor Controls 4 3 2

DP2520 Programmable Logic Controllers 4 3 2

PE2511 Electrical Practices II 2 1 3

PE3120 Facilities Electrical Systems I 4 3 2

PE2300 HV Equipment Testing and Maintenance 3 2 3

After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with an Electrical Power Systems Technician
Diploma. Students can continue a third year to complete an Electrical Engineering Technology Diploma

96 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Electrical Engineering Technology (Three Year Diploma)

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRIAL TRADES


Program Career Opportunities Further Studies
The Electrical Engineering Technology Graduates of the Electrical Engineering Graduates of the Electrical Engineering
program is a Canadian Accredited Technology program can find employment Technology program may have the
Program (CTAP), which is committed with a large variety of companies involved opportunity to transfer credits
to providing students with the skills in the electrical industry. Typical GCC to other academic institutions.
and knowledge necessary to become employers include public and private
competent and effective members of an sector power and water utilities, large A current list of post-secondary
electrical engineering team. Students petrochemical refining and production institutions offering admission and transfer
will gain technical knowledge and skills in facilities and government departments. credit to CNA-Q graduates who meet
maintenance, troubleshooting and design the entrance requirements is available
of electrical power systems with a focus Entrance Requirements from the Registrar’s Office or the Career
on utility, large industry, institutional 1. High school graduation certificate with Counseling and Resource Centre.
and commercial facilities. Early the following:
program studies stress the fundamental
Minimum Language Proficiency
knowledge and skills necessary to Average
60% Requirements
complete installation, maintenance and Students entering the Electrical
troubleshooting tasks. Later studies English Language Minimum Engineering Technology program must
provide the skills and knowledge tools (Grade 12 level) 60% meet English language proficiency
necessary to undertake analysis and requirements by obtaining one of the
following:
design tasks. Academic Minimum
Mathematics 60% 1. An overall score of 71 or greater on
Students may exit after two years to earn (Grade 12 level) the Oxford Online Placement Test,
an Electrical Power Systems Technician as administered and validated by the
Diploma. The program shares a common Two Science courses (Grade 12) CNA-Q Testing Centre.
first year with the Process Automation Chemistry and Physics are highly 2. Present a valid Academic IELTS exam
Engineering Technology program. Many recommended. with an overall band of 5.0 with no
second and third year courses are also individual band score (reading, writing,
shared, allowing for a reduced time to 2. Obtaining the required score on the speaking, and listening) below 4.5.
obtain a dual qualification. Academic English Placement (AEP) 3. Successfully complete FL1090, a
and Academic Math Placement (AMP). pass/fail language development
Objectives Students who present a valid IELTS course where the final examination is
Upon successful completion of the Academic Test Report Form received the OOPT. A score of 71 or greater is
three-year program, graduates will have within two years with an overall band required on the OOPT.
the knowledge and skills to: 5.0 with no individual skill band below
1. Function successfully as entry- 4.5 are exempt from taking the AEP. Important Notes
level technicians or engineering For score requirements on other • This program may not be suitable for
technologists in the electrical power internationally-recognized tests such as applicants who do not have normal
industry. TOEFL, contact the Registrar’s Office. colour perception.
2. Design, analyze and maintain electrical • Students should be aware of the
systems. Note: Applicants who do not meet the strenuous physical dexterity required
3. Install, troubleshoot and maintain entrance requirements and are 19 years in this training program.
heavy electrical equipment, including of age or older, may be considered on an • Employers will normally demand that
transformers, motors, generators individual basis under the Mature Student all applicants undergo a physical
and related control and protective Clause. See the Academic Calendar capabilities assessment prior to hiring.
equipment. (Admissions Section - Mature Student
4. Use specific computer software in the Requirements, page 11).
design of building electrical systems.
5. Communicate with customers and
fellow members of the engineering
team.
6. Recognize the importance of
continuing education and professional
affiliations.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 97


Electrical Engineering Technology
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRIAL TRADES

Level 1 (Year 1)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

EN2480 Ethics and Environmental Awareness 3 3 0

PH1140 Applied Physics 4 3 2

ET1130 Fundamentals of Electricity I 4 3 2

CM1190 Technical Reading 3 3 0

MA1700 Mathematics 4 3 3

Introduction to Electrical and


CI1140 3 2 2
Instrumentation Technology

EG1230 Electrical and Instrumentation CAD 3 2 2

ET1131 Fundamentals of Electricity II 4 3 2

MA1101 Mathematics 5 5 0

AE1260 Power Electronics 3 2 2

CE1210 Basic Communication Networks I 4 3 3

MP1200 Electrical Motors 4 3 2

CI1350 Basic Process Automation 2 1 2

CI1310 Electrical/Electronic Fabrication Techniques 3 2 3

98 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Electrical Engineering Technology

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRIAL TRADES


Level 2 (Year 2)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

CM2180 Technical Reporting I 3 3 1

MP2220 Transmission and Distribution Systems 5 4 3

MP2370 Power System Transformers 4 3 2

MP2160 Electromechanical Motor Controls 4 3 3

PE2510 Electrical Practices 2 1 3

CM2181 Technical Reporting II 3 3 1

MP2250 Electric Power Generation Facilities 4 3 2

MP2260 Solid State Motor Controls 4 3 2

DP2520 Programmable Logic Controllers 4 3 2

PE2511 Electrical Practices II 2 1 3

PE3120 Facilities Electrical Systems I 4 3 2

PE2300 HV Equipment Testing and Maintenance 3 2 3

After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with an Electrical Power Systems
Technician Diploma.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 99


Electrical Engineering Technology
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRIAL TRADES

Level 3 (Year 3)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

MA2100 Mathematics 5 5 0

CM2800 Oral/Written Communication Skills 3 3 0

PR3270 Capstone Project I (Electrical) Pass/Fail 3 0

PE3121 Facilities Electrical Systems II 4 3 2

CI2100 Pressure and Level Measurement and Control 4 3 3

MA1530 Statistics 2 2 1

PR3271 Capstone Project II (Electrical) 5 5 0

MP3120 HV Systems Protection and Coordination 4 3 2

Flow and Temperature Measurement and


CI2230 4 3 3
Control

PR3150 Project Management and Financial Analysis 4 4 0

MP2230 Power System Harmonics 2 2 1

Transmission and Distribution Systems


MP3330 4 3 2
Operational Analysis

DP3450 Advanced Programmable Logic Controllers 4 3 2

After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with an Electrical Engineering
Technology Diploma.

100 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Mechanical Technician (Industrial Maintenance) (Two Year Diploma)

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRIAL TRADES


Program Career Opportunities Language Proficiency
The Mechanical Technician (Industrial Given the broad base of the mechanical Requirements
Maintenance) program equips graduates field, graduates have employment Students entering the Mechanical
with the technical knowledge and hands- opportunities in numerous industries Technician (IM) program must meet
on skills required to install, operate and including oil and gas production, refining, English language proficiency requirements
maintain mechanical systems. Specific petrochemical plants, manufacturing by obtaining one of the following:
areas of study include: rotating equipment, plants, engineering firms and government 1. An overall score of 71 or greater on
pumps, piping systems, hydraulics, departments. With successful completion the Oxford Online Placement Test,
pneumatics, preventive maintenance and of the technician diploma, students as administered and validated by the
non-destructive testing. are eligible for entry to the Mechanical CNA-Q Testing Centre.
Engineering Technology program to further 2. Present a valid Academic IELTS exam
Graduates of the Mechanical Technician enhance these skills and growth potential. with an overall band of 5.0 with no
(IM) program are eligible for entrance individual band score (reading, writing,
into the third year of the Mechanical Entrance Requirements speaking, and listening) below 4.5.
Engineering Technology (IM) program. 1. High school graduation certificate with 3. Successfully complete FL1090, a
the following: pass/fail language development
Objectives Minimum
course where the final examination is
Through this program of study, graduates Average the OOPT. A score of 71 or greater is
60%
acquire the technical knowledge and required on the OOPT.
hands-on skills required to: English Language Minimum
1. Implement and install petroleum (Grade 12 level) 60% Note: Applicants who do not meet the
production equipment, power entrance requirements and are 19 years
generation systems and general Academic Minimum of age or older, may be considered on an
Mathematics 60%
mechanical support systems. individual basis under the Mature Student
(Grade 12 level)
2. Operate and maintain petroleum Clause. See the Academic Calendar
production equipment, power (Admissions Section - Mature Student
generation systems and general Two Science courses Requirements, page 11).
mechanical support systems. (Grade 12) Chemistry
3. Identify, troubleshoot and resolve and Physics are highly
technical mechanical problems. recommended.
4. Apply foundational knowledge and skills
in an industrial maintenance technician 2. Obtaining the required score on the
setting. Academic English Placement (AEP)
5. Function effectively as an individual and and Academic Math Placement (AMP).
as a member of technical teams. Students who present a valid IELTS
6. Demonstrate application of the Academic Test Report Form received
Conference Board of Canada within two years with an overall band
employability skills. 5.0 with no individual skill band below
4.5 are exempt from taking the AEP.
For score requirements on other
internationally-recognized tests such as
TOEFL, contact the Registrar’s Office.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 101


Mechanical Technician (Industrial Maintenance)
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRIAL TRADES

Level 1 (Year 1)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

MA1700 Mathematics 4 3 3

PH1100 Physics 4 3 3

CM1190 Technical Reading 3 3 0

ET1135 Fundamentals of Electricity 3 2 3

EN2480 Ethics and Environ Awareness 3 3 0

MA1101 Mathematics 5 5 0

PH1101 Physics 4 3 2

MH1110 Mechanical Systems 4 4 1

EG1110 Engineering Graphics 3 2 2

SE1120 Workplace Safety 3 3 0

CI1180 Basic Instrumentation 3 2 2

CH1120 Chemistry 4 3 3

EG1430 AutoCAD Essentials 3 2 2

SP1200 Machine Shop Practice 1 0 5

102 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Mechanical Technician (Industrial Maintenance)

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRIAL TRADES


Level 2 (Year 2)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

CM2180 Technical Reporting l 3 3 1

MW2240 Industrial Mechanics 3 2 3

MH2320 Power Plant Components 4 3 2

PF1180 Piping Fabrication and Rigging 2 1 2

CF1160 Materials Practices 3 2 2

WD1420 Welding Fundamentals 2 1 3

CM2181 Technical Reporting II 3 3 1

MH4500 Prime Movers 4 3 2

MH2010 Rotating Equipment 4 3 2

CF1120 Materials and Processes 3 3 1

FM2160 Mechanics - Statics and Dynamics 5 4 2

PM2170 Preventive Maintenance 3 2 2

ND1150 Non-Destructive Testing 3 2 3

FM2400 Hydraulics and Pneumatics 3 2 2

After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with a Mechanical Technician (Industrial
Maintenance) Diploma. Students can continue a third year to complete the Mechanical Engineering Technology program

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 103


Mechanical Engineering Technology (Industrial Maintenance) (Three Year Diploma)
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRIAL TRADES

Program Career Opportunities Language Proficiency


The Mechanical Engineering Technology Given the broad base of the mechanical Requirements
(Industrial Maintenance) program equips field, graduates have employment Students entering the Mechanical
graduates with the technical knowledge opportunities in numerous industries Engineering Technology (IM) program
and hands-on skills required to install, including oil and gas production, refining, must meet English language proficiency
operate, maintain, design and manage petrochemical plants, manufacturing requirements by obtaining one of the
mechanical systems. Specific areas plants, engineering firms and government following:
of study include: rotating equipment, departments. 1. An overall score of 71 or greater on
pumps, piping systems, CNC machining, the Oxford Online Placement Test,
hydraulics, pneumatics, refrigeration and Entrance Requirements as administered and validated by the
building systems, 3D modelling, preventive 1. High school graduation certificate with CNA-Q Testing Centre.
and predictive maintenance, and non- the following: 2. Present a valid Academic IELTS exam
destructive testing. with an overall band of 5.0 with no
Minimum
Average individual band score (reading, writing,
60%
Students can exit after two years to earn a speaking, and listening) below 4.5.
Mechanical Technicain (IM) Diploma. English 3. Successfully complete FL1090, a
Minimum
Language pass/fail language development
60%
(Grade 12 level)
Objectives course where the final examination is
Through this program of study, graduates Academic Minimum the OOPT. A score of 71 or greater is
acquire the technical knowledge and Mathematics 60% required on the OOPT.
hands-on skills required to: (Grade 12 level)
1. Design, implement and install Note: Applicants who do not meet the
petroleum production equipment, Two Science courses (Grade 12) entrance requirements and are 19 years
power generation systems and general Chemistry and Physics are highly of age or older, may be considered on an
mechanical support systems. recommended. individual basis under the Mature Student
2. Operate, maintain and manage Clause. See the Academic Calendar
petroleum production equipment, 2. Obtaining the required score on the (Admissions Section - Mature Student
power generation systems and general Academic English Placement (AEP) Requirements, page 11).
mechanical support systems. and Academic Math Placement (AMP).
3. Develop mechanical working drawings Students who present a valid IELTS
and computer-based models of Academic Test Report Form received
mechanical systems using related within two years with an overall band
engineering analysis software. 5.0 with no individual skill band below
4. Apply foundational knowledge and skills 4.5 are exempt from taking the AEP.
in an industrial maintenance technology For score requirements on other
setting. internationally-recognized tests such as
5. Conduct, analyze and interpret research TOEFL, contact the Registrar’s Office.
results to improve processes.
6. Function effectively as an individual
and as a member or leader of a team in
diverse technical teams.
7. Design or improve existing mechanical
systems or mechanical parts based on
economic, social, environmental and
safety considerations.
8. Demonstrate application of the
Conference Board of Canada
employability skills.

104 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Mechanical Engineering Technology (Industrial Maintenance)

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRIAL TRADES


Level 1 (Year 1)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

MA1700 Mathematics 4 3 3

PH1100 Physics 4 3 3

CM1190 Technical Reading 3 3 0

ET1135 Fundamentals of Electricity 3 2 3

EN2480 Ethics and Environ Awareness 3 3 0

MA1101 Mathematics 5 5 0

PH1101 Physics 4 3 2

MH1110 Mechanical Systems 4 4 1

EG1110 Engineering Graphics 3 2 2

SE1120 Workplace Safety 3 3 0

CI1180 Basic Instrumentation 3 2 2

CH1120 Chemistry 4 3 3

EG1430 AutoCAD Essentials 3 2 2

SP1200 Machine Shop Practice 1 0 5

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 105


Mechanical Engineering Technology (Industrial Maintenance)
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRIAL TRADES

Level 2 (Year 2)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

CM2180 Technical Reporting l 3 3 1

MW2240 Industrial Mechanics 3 2 3

MH2320 Power Plant Components 4 3 2

PF1180 Piping Fabrication and Rigging 2 1 2

CF1160 Materials Practices 3 2 2

WD1420 Welding Fundamentals 2 1 3

CM2181 Technical Reporting II 3 3 1

MH4500 Prime Movers 4 3 2

MH2010 Rotating Equipment 4 3 2

CF1120 Materials and Processes 3 3 1

FM2160 Mechanics - Statics and Dynamics 5 4 2

PM2170 Preventive Maintenance 3 2 2

ND1150 Non-Destructive Testing 3 2 3

FM2400 Hydraulics and Pneumatics 3 2 2

After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with a Mechanical Technician (Industrial
Maintenance) Diploma.

106 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Mechanical Engineering Technology (Industrial Maintenance)

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRIAL TRADES


Level 3 (Year 3)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

CM2800 Oral/Written Communication Skills 3 3 1

MA2100 Mathematics 5 5 0

CF2240 Mechanics of Solids 4 3 2

PM3140 Reliability Centered Main. 3 3 1

PR3244 Capstone Project l (Mechanical) Pass/Fail 3 0

PR3150 Project Management & Financial Analysis 4 4 0

SP2300 Quality Assurance 3 3 0

EG3100 3D-Modelling/CAD 3 2 3

FM3300 Applied Fluid Mechanics 3 2 2

TD3131 Applied Thermodynamics 4 3 2

FM3230 Machine Design 3 3 1

PR3245 Capstone Project ll (Mechanical) 5 5 0

MH4410 Refrigeration Systems 2 1 3

CS3000 Engineering Leadership 2 2 0

SP1700 Computer Numerical Control (CNC) Machining I 3 2 2

After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with a Mechanical Engineering Technology (Industrial
Maintenance) Diploma.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 107


Process Automation Technician (Two Year Diploma)
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRIAL TRADES

Program Career Opportunities Further Studies


The Process Automation Technician Process Automation has very diverse Graduates of the Process Automation
program combines technical problem applications. Program graduates may Technician program may have the
solving abilities, an appreciation for find employment in production plants, opportunity to transfer credits to other
working in a team environment and an hospitals, oil and gas facilities, private academic institutions
aptitude for hands-on work. Graduates will sector, government and non-profit sectors.
work closely with engineers, technologists, With successful completion of the A current list of post-secondary
technicians and tradespersons. Process technician diploma, students are eligible institutions offering admission and
Automation Engineering Technicians rely for entry to the Process Automation transfer credit to CNA-Q graduates
on strong technical knowledge of the Engineering Technology program to further who meet the entrance requirements is
operation of process instrumentation and enhance these skills and growth potential. available from the Registrar’s Office or the
control systems and hands-on skills in Career Counseling and Resource Centre.
the repair and maintenance of a variety of Entrance Requirements
these systems, including microprocessor- 1. High school graduation certificate with Language Proficiency
based process field instrumentation and the following: Requirements
programmable control systems. Students entering the Process Automation
Minimum
Graduates of the Process Automation Average Technician program must meet English
60%
Technician program are eligible for language proficiency requirements by
entrance into the third year of the Process English Language Minimum obtaining one of the following:
Auromation Engineering Technology (Grade 12 level) 60% 1. An overall score of 71 or greater on
program. the Oxford Online Placement Test,
Academic Minimum as administered and validated by the
The program shares a common first Mathematics 60% CNA-Q Testing Centre.
(Grade 12 level)
year with the Electrical Power Systems 2. Present a valid Academic IELTS exam
Technician program. with an overall band of 5.0 with no
Two Science courses (Grade 12)
individual band score (reading, writing,
Chemistry and Physics are highly
Objectives recommended. speaking, and listening) below 4.5.
Upon successful completion of the two- 3. Successfully complete FL1090, a
year program, graduates will have the 2. Obtaining the required score on the pass/fail language development
knowledge and skills to: Academic English Placement (AEP) course where the final examination is
1. Function successfully as entry-level and Academic Math Placement (AMP). the OOPT. A score of 71 or greater is
technicians in the processing industry. Students who present a valid IELTS required on the OOPT.
2. Analyze and maintain process Academic Test Report Form received
automation systems. within two years with an overall band Important Notes
3. Install, troubleshoot and maintain 5.0 with no individual skill band below • This program may not be suitable for
process automation field and control 4.5 are exempt from taking the AEP. applicants who do not have normal
room devices and systems such as For score requirements on other colour perception.
programmable logic control, distributed internationally-recognized tests such as • Students should be aware of the
control and emergency shutdown TOEFL, contact the Registrar’s Office. strenuous physical dexterity required in
systems. this training program.
4. Use specific computer software in the Note: Applicants who do not meet the • Employers will normally demand that
implementation, calibration and design entrance requirements and are 19 years all applicants undergo a physical
of process automated systems. of age or older, may be considered on an capabilities assessment prior to hiring.
individual basis under the Mature Student
Clause. See the Academic Calendar
(Admissions Section - Mature Student
Requirements, page 11).

108 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Process Automation Technician

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRIAL TRADES


Level 1 (Year 1)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

MA1700 Mathematics 4 3 3

ET1130 Fundamentals of Electricity I 4 3 2

PH1140 Applied Physics 4 3 2

Introduction to Electrical and Instrumentation


CI1140 3 2 2
Technology

CM1190 Technical Reading 3 3 0

EN2480 Ethics and Environmental Awareness 3 3 0

MA1101 Mathematics 5 5 0

ET1131 Fundamentals of Electricity II 4 3 2

EG1230 Electrical and Instrumentation CAD 3 2 2

AE1260 Power Electronics 3 2 2

CE1210 Basic Communications Networks I 4 3 3

MP1200 Electrical Motors 4 3 2

CI1350 Basic Process Automation 2 1 2

CI1310 Electrical/Electronic Fabrication Techniques 3 2 3

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 109


Process Automation Technician
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRIAL TRADES

Level 2 (Year 2)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

CM2181 Technical Reporting II 3 3 1

CI2300 Advanced Control Strategies 4 3 3

DP2360 Function Block Programming 4 3 3

CI2100 Pressure and Level Measurement and Control 4 3 3

Final Control Elements and Instrument


CI2120 3 2 2
Air Systems

CM2180 Technical Reporting I 3 3 1

MP2160 Electromechanical Motor Controls 4 3 3

PE2720 Industrial Instrumentation Practices 2 1 3

Flow and Temperature Measurement and


CI2230 4 3 3
Control

DP2520 Programmable Logic Controllers 4 3 2

PE2230 Hazardous Area Training 3 3 1

MP2260 Solid State Motor Controls 4 3 2

After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with a Process Automation Technician Diploma.
Students may continue for a third year to achieve a Process Automation Engineering Technology Diploma.

110 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Process Automation Engineering Technology (Three Year Diploma)

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRIAL TRADES


Program Career Opportunities Further Studies
The Process Automation Engineering Process Automation has very diverse Graduates of the Process Automation
Technology program is a Canadian applications. Program graduates may Engineering Technology program may have
Accredited Program (CTAP), which find employment in production plants, the opportunity to transfer credits to other
combines technical problem solving hospitals, oil and gas facilities, private academic institutions.
abilities, an appreciation for working in sector, government and non-profit sectors.
a team environment and an aptitude for A current list of post-secondary
hands-on work. Graduates will work closely Entrance Requirements institutions offering admission and transfer
with engineers, technologists, technicians 1. High school graduation certificate with credit to CNA-Q graduates who meet
and tradespersons. Process Automation the following: the entrance requirements is available
Engineering Technologists rely on strong from the Registrar’s Office or the Career
Minimum
technical knowledge of the design and Average Counseling and Resource Centre.
60%
operation of process instrumentation and
control systems and hands-on skills in English Language Minimum Language Proficiency
the repair and maintenance of a variety of (Grade 12 level) 60% Requirements
these systems, including microprocessor- Students entering the Process Automation
based process field instrumentation and Academic Minimum Engineering Technology program must
Mathematics 60% meet English language proficiency
programmable control systems. Students
(Grade 12 level) requirements by obtaining one of the
may exit after two years to earn a Process
following:
Automation Technician Diploma. Two Science courses (Grade 12)
Chemistry and Physics are highly 1. An overall score of 71 or greater on
Objectives recommended. the Oxford Online Placement Test,
Upon successful completion of the three- as administered and validated by the
year program, graduates will have the 2. Obtaining the required score on the CNA-Q Testing Centre.
knowledge and skills to: Academic English Placement (AEP) 2. Present a valid Academic IELTS exam
1. Function successfully as entry- and Academic Math Placement (AMP). with an overall band of 5.0 with no
level technicians or engineering Students who present a valid IELTS individual band score (reading, writing,
technologists in the processing Academic Test Report Form received speaking, and listening) below 4.5.
industry. within two years with an overall band 3. Successfully complete FL1090, a
2. Design, analyze and maintain process 5.0 with no individual skill band below pass/fail language development
automation systems. 4.5 are exempt from taking the AEP. course where the final examination is
3. Install, troubleshoot and maintain For score requirements on other the OOPT. A score of 71 or greater is
process automation field and control internationally-recognized tests such as required on the OOPT.
room devices and systems such TOEFL, contact the Registrar’s Office.
as programmable logic control, Important Notes
distributed control and emergency Note: Applicants who do not meet the • This program may not be suitable for
shutdown systems. entrance requirements and are 19 years applicants who do not have normal colour
4. Use specific computer software in the of age or older, may be considered on an perception.
implementation, calibration and design individual basis under the Mature Student • Students should be aware of the
of process automated systems. Clause. See the Academic Calendar strenuous physical dexterity required in
(Admissions Section - Mature Student this training program.
Requirements, page 11). • Employers will normally demand that all
applicants undergo a physical capabilities
assessment prior to hiring.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 111


Process Automation Engineering Technology
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRIAL TRADES

Level 1 (Year 1)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

MA1700 Mathematics 4 3 3

ET1130 Fundamentals of Electricity I 4 3 2

PH1140 Applied Physics 4 3 2

Introduction to Electrical and Instrumentation


CI1140 3 2 2
Technology

CM1190 Technical Reading 3 3 0

EN2480 Ethics and Environmental Awareness 3 3 0

MA1101 Mathematics 5 5 0

ET1131 Fundamentals of Electricity II 4 3 2

EG1230 Electrical and Instrumentation CAD 3 2 2

AE1260 Power Electronics 3 2 2

CE1210 Basic Communications Networks I 4 3 3

MP1200 Electrical Motors 4 3 2

CI1350 Basic Process Automation 2 1 2

CI1310 Electrical/Electronic Fabrication Techniques 3 2 3

112 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Process Automation Engineering Technology

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRIAL TRADES


Level 2 (Year 2)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

CM2181 Technical Reporting II 3 3 1

CI2300 Advanced Control Strategies 4 3 3

DP2360 Function Block Programming 4 3 3

CI2100 Pressure and Level Measurement and Control 4 3 3

Final Control Elements and Instrument


CI2120 3 2 2
Air Systems

CM2180 Technical Reporting I 3 3 1

MP2160 Electromechanical Motor Controls 4 3 3

PE2720 Industrial Instrumentation Practices 2 1 3

Flow and Temperature Measurement and


CI2230 4 3 3
Control

DP2520 Programmable Logic Controllers 4 3 2

PE2230 Hazardous Area Training 3 3 1

MP2260 Solid State Motor Controls 4 3 2

After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with a Process Automation Technician
Diploma.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 113


Process Automation Engineering Technology
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRIAL TRADES

Level 3 (Year 3)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

CM2800 Oral/Written Communication Skills 3 3 0

PR3150 Project Management and Financial Analysis 4 4 0

CH3100 Chemistry for Process Analyzers 4 3 2

MA2100 Mathematics 5 5 0

Safety Shutdown and


CI3110 4 3 2
Machine Monitoring Systems

PR3280 Capstone Project I (Process Automation) Pass/Fail 3 0

MA2101 Mathematics 5 5 0

DCS (Distributed Control Systems)


DP3240 4 3 2
Configuration

CI3160 Introduction to Process Analysis 4 3 2

CI3230 Advanced Process Control Applications 4 3 2

PR3281 Capstone Project II (Process Automation) 5 5 0

CI3310 Process Optimization and Asset Management 4 3 2

CI3320 Foundation Fieldbus 4 3 2

CI3330 Process Analyzers 1 1 1

After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with a Process Automation Engineering
Technology Diploma.

114 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Telecommunications and Network Technician (Two Year Diploma)

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRIAL TRADES


Program Objectives Career Opportunities
The Telecommunications and As engineering technicians, graduates of The Telecommunications and Network
Network Technician (TNT) program this program will have the knowledge and Technician Diploma program produces
is an electronics technician program skills that will allow them to: graduates who possess the skill set,
with an emphasis on Networking and 1. Develop a high level of skill in the attitude and knowledge to establish
Communications Technologies. The application of electronics principles. careers as certified technicians in the
program is designed to provide graduates 2. Specify, design, construct, fields of electronic communications, local
with the skills and knowledge to work troubleshoot, and characterize modern and wide-area netwroks.
with modern communication systems communication systems.
such as data services provider Internet 3. Maintain and troubleshoot computer Network and Telecommunications
services, and wireless and wired systems networks for use in the secure Technicians are trained to configure
including fiber optic principles. Graduates transmission of data. and support the telecommunications
will obtain both theory and practical 4. Maintain and configure infrastructure. They are employed
hands-on experience with networking, telecommunications network systems. as network support specialists,
internetworking, transmission and 5. Maintain and troubleshoot electronic communications integrators, network
communication systems, such as public systems using computer software or administrators.
address, closed circuit systems and radar. traditional workbench techniques.
Graduates will obtain hands on experience 6. Demonstrate an acceptable level of Graduates of the program can find
in troubleshooting, maintaining, workplace safety practices and employment with a large variety of
configuring and aligning communications procedures especially in the oil and gas companies involved in the deployment
systems. Graduates of this two year sector. and maintenance of telecommunications
program will receive the Diploma of 7. Recognize the importance of and network infrastructure. Typical GCC
Telecommunications and Network continuing education and professional employers include public and private
Technician. affiliations. sector telecommunications and network
services companies and IT providers.
Upon completion of this program Among the types of work environments
graduates may choose to further their that may use the services of graduates
education by continuing into the third with these skills include, among others,
year of Telecommunications and Network data and telecommunications service
Engineering Technology (TNET) diploma at providers, TV and satellite services
CNA-Q. organizations, computer network sales
and services organizations, electronic
Graduates complete courses in the Cisco systems R&D facilities and entertainment
Networking Academy program which industries.
offers a strong foundation in computer
networking skills and knowledge using the
industry’s leading equipment provider.
These courses prepare graduates to obtain
Cisco’s CCNA certification.

Note: This program may not be suitable for


applicants who do not have normal colour
perception.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 115


Telecommunications and Network Technician
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRIAL TRADES

Curriculum Entrance Requirements Note: Applicants who do not meet the


The TNT program covers Communication 1. High school graduation certificate with entrance requirements and are 19 years
Skills (oral and written), Technical the following: of age or older, may be considered on an
Reporting, Mathematics, Physics, individual basis under the Mature Student
Electro-technology, Computers, Ethical Clause. See the Academic Calendar
Minimum
and Safety Awareness, and Learner Average (Admissions Section - Mature Student
60%
Centered Success. Education in the Requirements, page 11).
theory and application of analog and English Language Minimum
digital electronics, with emphasis on (Grade 12 level) 60% Further Studies
Communication Systems, Network Graduates of the Telecommunications and
Academic Minimum
Configuration, and Troubleshooting is also Mathematics 60% Network Technician program have the
addressed. (Grade 12 level) opportunity to continue into the third year
The program focuses on practical skills of the Telecommunications and Network
employing hands-on laboratories and OR Advanced Engineering Technology (TNET) diploma
Minimum
Mathematics
software simulation. Students will engage 50% offered by CNAQ.
(Grade 12 level)
in the configuration, operation and
troubleshooting of digital communications, Language Proficiency
wireless communication systems, Two Science courses (Grade 12) Minimum
50% Chemistry and Physics are highly
Requirements
computer networks, infrastructure cabling, Students entering the Telecommunications
local area networks, wide area networks, recommended. and Network Technician must meet English
and carrier networks. 2. Obtaining the required score on the language proficiency requirements by
Academic English Placement (AEP) obtaining one of the following:
and Academic Math Placement (AMP).
1. An overall score of 71 or greater on
Students who present a valid IELTS the Oxford Online Placement Test,
Academic Test Report Form received as administered and validated by the
within two years with an overall band CNA-Q Testing Centre.
5.0 with no individual skill band below 2. Present a valid Academic IELTS exam
with an overall band of 5.0 with
4.5 are exempt from taking the AEP.
no individual band score (reading,
For score requirements on other writing, speaking, and listening) below
internationally-recognized tests such as 4.5.
TOEFL, contact the Registrar’s Office. 3. Successfully complete FL1090, a
pass/fail language development
course where the final examination is
the OOPT. A score of 71 or greater is
required on the OOPT.

116 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Telecommunications and Network Technician

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRIAL TRADES


Level 1 (Year 1)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

PH1140 Applied Physics 4 3 2

MA1700 Mathematics 4 3 2

CE1220 Basic Networks 4 3 3

CM1190 Technical Reading 3 3 0

ET1130 Fundamentals of Electricity I 4 3 2

MA1101 Mathematics 5 5 0

DP1130 Digital Electronics 4 3 2

CE 3371 Switching and Routing 4 3 3

ET1131 Fundamentals of Electricity II 4 3 2

EN1140 Hazards, Safety and Ethics 3 2 2

CE3430 Infrastructure Cabling 4 3 3

CE2720 RF Transmission and Antennas 4 3 2

Level 2 (Year 2)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

CM2180 Technical Reporting I 3 3 1

AE2340 Analog Electronics I 4 3 2

CE3381 Advanced Routing and Switching 4 3 3

CE2220 Analog Communications 4 3 2

ET1160 Electronic Circuits and Devices 4 3 2

CM2181 Technical Reporting II 3 3 1

AE2370 Analog Electronics II 4 3 2

CI1310 Electrical/Electronic Fabrication Techniques 3 2 3

CE2310 Telecom Networks Overview 4 3 2

DP1120 Digital Microprocessors 4 3 2

CE1230 Troubleshooting Comms Systems 3 2 2

EG1140 Electronic Circuit Simulation 2 1 2

CE3220 WANs and SP Operations 4 3 2

After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with a Telecommunications and Network
Technician Diploma. Students may continue for a third year to achieve a Telecommunications and Network Engineering Technology Diploma.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 117


Telecommunications and Network Engineering Technology (Three Year Diploma)
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRIAL TRADES

Program Objectives
The Telecommunications and Network As engineering technologists, graduates of Graduates of the program can find
Engineering Technology program is an this program will have the knowledge and employment with a large variety of
electronics engineering technology skills that will allow them to: companies involved in the deployment and
program with an emphasis on Networking 1. Develop a high level of skill in the maintenance of telecommunications and
and Communications Technologies. The application of electronics principles. network infrastructure.
program is designed to provide graduates 2. Specify, design, construct,
with the skills and knowledge to work with troubleshoot, and characterize Typical GCC employers include public
modern communication systems including modern communication systems. and private sector telecommunications
mobile voice and data services, service 3. Analyze, troubleshoot and design and network services companies and
provider Internet services, and wireless computer networks for use in the IT providers. Among the types of work
and wired systems – including fiber optic secure transmission of data. environments that may use the services of
principles. Graduates will obtain both 4. Manage telecommunications network graduates with these skills include, among
theory and practical hands-on experience systems. others, data and telecommunications
with networking, internetworking, 5. Specify, select, design, build, and service providers, TV and satellite services
security, embedded microcontrollers and troubleshoot micro-processor or organizations, computer network sales
transmission and communication systems, micro-controller based systems. and services organizations, electronic
such as public address, closed circuit 6. Analyze and design electronic systems systems R&D facilities and entertainment
systems and radar. Graduates will obtain using computer software or traditional industries.
hands on experience in troubleshooting, workbench techniques.
maintaining, configuring and aligning 7. Demonstrate an acceptable level Curriculum
communications systems as well as the of workplace safety practices and The TNET program features general
ability to design systems using established procedures especially in the oil and education consisting of Project
methods. Graduates of this three year gas sector. Management Skills (theoretical and
program will receive the Diploma of 8. Recognize the importance of applied), Communication Skills (oral
Telecommunications and Network continuing education and professional and written), Technical Reporting,
Engineering Technology. affiliations. Mathematics, Physics, Electro-technology,
Upon completion of this program Computers, Engineering Software, Ethical
graduates may choose to further their Career Opportunities and Safety Awareness, and Learner
education by completing a bachelor The Telecommunications and Network Centered Success.
degree in technology or engineering at Engineering Technology diploma program
one of several institutions in the United produces graduates who possess the Specific education in the theory
Kingdom, Canada or the United States of skill set, attitude and knowledge to and application of analog and digital
America. establish careers as certified technologists electronics, with emphasis on
Graduates complete courses in the Cisco in the fields of local-area and wide- Communication Systems, Microprocessors
Networking Academy program which area voice, video and integrated data and Microcontroller Interfacing, Network
offers a strong foundation in computer communications. Configuration and Troubleshooting and
networking skills and knowledge using the Network Security is also included.
industry’s leading equipment provider. The rapid development and enrichment
These courses prepare graduates to of global communications has produced The TNET program also focuses on
obtain either one or both of Cisco’s a worldwide reliance on Internet Protocol practical skills employing hands-on
CCNA and CCNA - Voice certifications. (IP) networks and the convergence of data laboratories and software simulation focus
Graduates are also given exposure to and telecommunications has stimulated on installation, configuration, operation
the topics necessary for Cisco’s CCNA the need for larger and more integrated and troubleshooting training associated
security certification. Students may exit network implementations. with electronics, digital communications,
the TNET program at the two year mark wireless communications, wireless
with a Telecommunications and Network Network and telecommunications systems, microcontrollers, computer
Technician diploma. engineering technologists are trained networks, cabling systems, local area
to design, configure and support this networks, wide area networks, carrier
Note: This program may not be suitable for telecommunications infrastructure. networks, and voice over IP (VoIP)
applicants who do not have normal colour They are employed as network support infrastructure.
perception. specialists, network operations
and telecommunications analysts,
communications integrators, network
administrators and consultants.

118 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Telecommunications and Network Engineering Technology

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRIAL TRADES


Entrance Requirements Further Studies Important Notes
1. High school graduation certificate with Graduates of the Telecommunications and • This program may not be suitable for
the following: Network Engineering Technology program applicants who do not have normal colour
may have the opportunity to transfer perception.
Minimum
Average credits to other academic institutions. • Students should be aware of the
60%
strenuous physical dexterity required in
English Language Minimum A current list of post-secondary this training program.
(Grade 12 level) 60% institutions offering admission and transfer • Employers will normally demand that all
credit to CNA-Q graduates who meet applicants undergo a physical capabilities
Academic Minimum
Mathematics 60% the entrance requirements is available assessment prior to hiring.
(Grade 12 level) from the Registrar’s Office or the Career
Counseling and Resource Centre.
OR Advanced
Minimum
Mathematics
(Grade 12 level)
50% Language Proficiency
Requirements
Two Science courses (Grade 12) selected
from: Biology, Chemistry, Geology, Physics Students entering the Telecommunications
Chemistry and Physics are highly and Network Engineering Technology
recommended. program must meet English language
proficiency requirements by obtaining one
2. Obtaining the required score on the of the following:
Academic English Placement (AEP) 1. An overall score of 71 or greater on
and Academic Math Placement (AMP). the Oxford Online Placement Test,
Students who present a valid IELTS as administered and validated by the
Academic Test Report Form received CNA-Q Testing Centre.
within two years with an overall band 2. Present a valid Academic IELTS exam
5.0 with no individual skill band below with an overall band of 5.0 with no
4.5 are exempt from taking the AEP. individual band score (reading, writing,
For score requirements on other speaking, and listening) below 4.5.
internationally-recognized tests such as 3. Successfully complete FL1090, a
TOEFL, contact the Registrar’s Office. pass/fail language development
course where the final examination is
Note: Applicants who do not meet the the OOPT. A score of 71 or greater is
entrance requirements and are 19 years required on the OOPT.
of age or older, may be considered on an
individual basis under the Mature Student
Clause. See the Academic Calendar
(Admissions Section - Mature Student
Requirements, page 11).

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 119


Telecommunications and Network Engineering Technology
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRIAL TRADES

Level 1 (Year 1)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

PH1140 Applied Physics 4 3 2

MA1700 Mathematics 4 3 2

CE1220 Basic Networks 4 3 3

CM1190 Technical Reading 3 3 0

ET1130 Fundamentals of Electricity I 4 3 2

MA1101 Mathematics 5 5 0

DP1130 Digital Electronics 4 3 2

CE3371 Switching and Routing 4 3 3

ET1131 Fundamentals of Electricity II 4 3 2

EN1140 Hazards, Safety and Ethics 3 2 2

CE3430 Infrastructure Cabling 4 3 3

CE2720 RF Transmission and Antennas 4 3 2

120 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Telecommunications and Network Engineering Technology

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRIAL TRADES


Level 2 (Year 2)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

CM2180 Technical Reporting I 3 3 1

AE2340 Analog Electronics I 4 3 2

CE3381 Advanced Routing and Switching 4 3 3

CE2220 Analog Communications 4 3 2

ET1160 Electronic Circuits and Devices 4 3 2

CM2181 Technical Reporting II 3 3 1

AE2370 Analog Electronics II 4 3 2

CI1310 Electrical/Electronic Fabrication Techniques 3 2 3

CE2310 Telecom Networks Overview 4 3 2

DP1120 Digital Microprocessors 4 3 2

CE1230 Troubleshooting Comms Systems 3 2 2

EG1140 Electronic Circuit Simulation 2 1 2

CE3220 WANs and SP Operations 4 3 2

After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with a Telecommunications and Network
Technician Diploma

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 121


Telecommunications and Network Engineering Technology
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRIAL TRADES

Level 3 (Year 3)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

CM2800 Oral / Written Communication Skills 3 3 0

MA2100 Mathematics 5 5 0

PR3260 Capstone Project I (TNET) 0 3 0

PR3150 Project Management and Financial Analysis 4 4 0

CE3640 Unified Communications (VOIP) 5 4 3

MA1530 Statistics 2 2 1

CE3120 IP Network Security 4 3 2

DP2230 Microcontrollers 4 3 2

CT2300 Applied Programming 4 3 2

ET2150 Advanced Circuit Analysis 5 5 0

PR3261 Capstone Project II (TNET) 5 5 0

CE3150 Microwave and RF Systems 5 4 3

DP2460 Digital Signal Processing 4 3 2

After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with a Telecommunications and Network Engineering
Technology Diploma.

122 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES
School of Health Sciences
College of the North Atlantic – Qatar’s School of Health Sciences is recognized as the premier institution for the development of world
class allied health care professionals in the State of Qatar. Guided by the Qatar National Health Strategy and the National Vision, the
School of Health Science enhances Qatar’s national health care workforce by delivering current, internationally accredited educational
programs. Through leadership and innovation in education, clinical practice, research, community service and engagement, the School
of Health Sciences prepares professionals and advances health care for a growing and diverse society.

The School of Health Sciences offers education in a variety of allied health professions designed to align with Canada’s rigorous health
standards, while recognizing and respecting Qatari cultural attributes. The programs include comprehensive didactic sessions, hands-
on skills training and clinical field rotations. Emphasis is placed on developing effective communication skills, promoting professional
and ethical behaviour, and maintaining up-to-date professional knowledge. Graduates will be equipped with the skills and expertise
necessary to provide world-class medical care not only within Qatar, but globally as well.

Accreditation
The School of Health Sciences actively seeks international accreditation for its programs. Currently, the following programs have
been accredited:
• Occupational Health and Safety - accredited by the National Examination Board in Occupational Safety and Health (NEBOSH)
• Medical Radiography – accredited by the Canadian Medical Association (CMA)
• Pharmacy Technician – accredited by the Canadian Council for Accreditation of Pharmacy Programs (CCAPP)
• Respiratory Therapy – accredited by the Council on Accreditation for Respiratory Therapy Education (CoARTE)

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 123


SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES

Baccalaureate Degree Options Objectives


For those wishing to pursue a 1. To provide a comprehensive education Students must possess at minimum a valid
baccalaureate degree, university transfer in health professions as considered Standard First Aid certificate to be eligible
agreements are in place that enable necessary by the State, the College for a Diploma from the School of Health
CNA-Q diploma graduates to attend and the community. Sciences.
international universities. 2. To graduate highly qualified
professionals who can serve their All students in Health Sciences programs
A current list of post-secondary employers and the community with the will be required to use a wireless
institutions offering admission and highest degree of competence. handheld device such as iPhone, iPod
transfer credit to CNA-Q graduates 3. To develop students’ abilities to or iPad for competency tracking in labs/
who meet the entrance requirements is effectively function as part of an clinical courses. Any costs associated with
available from the Registrar’s Office or the interdisciplinary healthcare team. this device are the students’ responsibility.
Career Counseling and Resource Centre. 4. To promote and instill a high degree of
professionalism and responsibility in For more information regarding device
Program Options students. requirements and costs please visit www.
Two Year Diploma* 5. To impress on students the vital studentlogbook.com or contact the School
• Occupational Health and Safety importance of maintaining a high level of Health Sciences at 4495-2728.
• Pharmacy Technician of competence, at all times,
in the performance of their duties.
Three Year Diploma* 6. To foster in students the importance of
• Advanced Care Paramedicine lifelong learning and maintaining up-to-
• Dental Hygiene date professional knowledge.
• Environmental Health
• Medical Radiography Important Notes
• Respiratory Therapy Note: Course Pass Mark – Students must
obtain a minimum of 50% in all academic
One Year Post Diploma* courses, and a minimum of 60% in all
• Health and Wellness Promotion program-specific courses with the exception
of Advanced Care Paramedicine where
Advanced Diploma* the minimum program specific course
• Health Education: Diabetes pass mark is 70%.

* Total program length varies depending All students in Health Sciences programs
on language proficiency, academic must complete a medical assessment
preparatory courses required for entry, and immunization requirements specific
and academic performance throughout to the program of study as indicated in
the program of study. each course calendar description. Any
student not deemed to be medically fit
to complete the program will be required
to withdraw. All costs associated with
completing the medical assessment will
be the student’s responsibility. Students
sponsored by Hamad Medical Corporation
will have the medical completed as part
of their contract obligations with HMC.
The College will assist other students
to complete the process during the first
semester.

124 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Advanced Care Paramedicine (Three Year Diploma)

SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES


Program Objectives Career Opportunities
Paramedics are highly skilled members Upon successful completion of the Students who exit at the Primary Care
of a health care team who function first two levels, at the Primary Care Paramedicine Diploma are eligible for
in the realm of emergency medical Paramedicine Diploma exit, students will licensing at the Ambulance Paramedic
services, delivering medical treatment be able to: level. Graduates of the Advanced Care
for individuals in urgent and non-urgent 1. Demonstrate required skills, Paramedicine program are eligible to work
situations. Based on sound knowledge, knowledge, and abilities, as as Critical Care Paramedics with Hamad
paramedics demonstrate rational problem prescribed by the Canadian National Medical Corporation’s Ambulance Service,
solving abilities and excellent decision- Occupational Competency Profile Qatar’s national paramedic service which
making skills. for Paramedics, with consistency, operates under the Ministry of Public
independence, timeliness, accuracy, Health.
The Advanced Care Paramedicine and appropriateness.
program is designed to provide students 2. Integrate assessment, diagnostic, Employment opportunities also exist
with knowledge and skills for delivering and treatment procedures into the in the private sector within industrial
emergency health care and to prepare holistic management of patients in sites. Graduates may occupy positions
them to function as leaders in emergency the out-of-hospital setting. as Ambulance Paramedics and Critical
situations. Graduates of the program will 3. Use critical thinking and problem- Care Paramedics with oil and gas, and
have demonstrated the ability to safely and solving skills that promote logical and construction sector companies.
competently assess, diagnose, and treat independent decision-making in the
patients in a variety of situations. provision of paramedic care. Tuition per Academic Year
Mental and physical fitness and healthy 4. Maintain a level of physical and QR 22,000
lifestyles are emphasized throughout the mental health necessary to
program, as paramedics must be fit to perform the bona fide occupational Books Fees
perform their required professional duties. requirements. 4,000 QR for program duration
5. Communicate effectively and work
This is a challenging program that collaboratively with other members of Additional Costs
provides the student with extensive the health care team to serve patients Students are required to use a wireless
classroom and clinical/practicum and employers with the highest handheld electronic device such as an
experience. Graduates of this program will degree of competence. iPhone, iPod or iPad for competency
be prepared to work in a competent and 6. Reflect professionalism through tracking in labs and clinical courses. Any
skillful manner providing out-of-hospital personal deportment and public costs associated with this device are the
care in accordance with the national interactions. student’s responsibility.
standards for paramedics. 7. Demonstrate ethical behaviour,
empathy and respect for individuals.
CNA-Q’s Advanced Care Paramedicine
program is fully aligned to the Canadian Upon successful completion of the third
Medical Association and the National level, at the Advanced Care
Occupational Competency Profile for Paramedicine Diploma exit, students will
Paramedics (NOCP) competencies and be able to:
standards. 8. Perform advanced skills in
respiratory, cardiac, trauma, obstetric
care, pediatrics, pharmacology and
medical emergencies.
9. Meet the entry-to-practice
competencies and requirements of a
Critical Care Paramedic as defined by
the State of Qatar Ministry of Public
Health scope of practice for CCPs.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 125


Advanced Care Paramedicine
SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES

Entrance Requirements Immunization Requirements: Language Proficiency


1. High school graduation certificate 1. Completed medical assessment by a Requirements
with the following: physician to include past and present 1. Students entering the Advanced
health history Care Paramedicine program must
meet English language proficiency
Average Minimum 2. Pre-physical fitness activity check
requirements by obtaining one of the
60% 3. Proof of current immunity to the following:
following diseases: a) An overall score of 71 or greater
English Language Minimum • Measles, Mumps, Rubella on the Oxford Online Placement Test
(Grade 12 level) 60% (OOPT), as administered and
• Varicella
validated
• Hepatitis A, B (include all dates)
Academic Minimum by the CNA-Q Testing Centre.
Mathematics 60% 4. Proof of tetanus/diphtheria booster b) Present a valid Academic IELTS exam
(Grade 12 level) (required every 10 years) with an overall band of 5.0 with no
5. Hepatitis C and HIV screening individual band score (reading,
* Biology and Minimum 6. TB screening and BCG history – writing, speaking, and listening)
Chemistry 60% below 4.5.
Mantoux 2-step skin testing if status
(Grade 12 level) c) Successfully complete FL1090, a
unknown
pass/fail language development
7. Chest x-ray if indicated by Mantoux course where the final examination
* Qatari national applicants who do not skin test is the OOPT. A score of 71 or greater
meet the Science requirement may be 8. Yearly seasonal flu vaccination strongly is required on the OOPT.
admitted to the academic preparatory recommended 2. Students graduating from the Advanced
Care Paramedicine program must
curriculum, which is designed to provide
meet English language proficiency
upgrading in the basic skills required for Note: Students will be denied access requirements on exit by obtaining one of
successful completion of allied health to clinical placements without medical the following:
programs. verification of complete immunization/ a) An overall score of 81 or greater
screening requirements. on the Oxford Online Placement Test,
2. Obtaining the required score on the as administered and validated by the
CNA-Q Testing Centre.
Academic English Placement (AEP) Further Studies b) Present a valid Academic IELTS exam
and Academic Math Placement (AMP). Graduates of the Advanced Care with an overall band of 6.0 with no
Students who present a valid IELTS Paramedicine program may have the individual skill band below 5.5.
Academic Test Report Form received opportunity to transfer course credits to
within two years with an overall band 5.0 other academic institutions.
with no individual skill band below 4.5 are
exempt from taking the AEP. For score A current list of post-secondary
requirements on other internationally- institutions offering admission and transfer
recognized tests such as TOEFL, contact credit to CNA-Q graduates who meet
the Registrar’s Office. the entrance requirements is available
3. Valid driver’s license in the practice from the Registrar’s Office or the Career
jurisdiction. Counseling and Resource Centre.

Note: Applicants who do not meet the


entrance requirements and are 19 years
of age or older, may be considered on an
individual basis under the Mature Student
Clause. See the Academic Calendar
(Admissions Section - Mature Student
Requirements, page 11).

126 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Advanced Care Paramedicine

SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES


Level 1 (Year 1)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

BL1180 Anatomy & Physiology 5 5 0

PS1420 Health Care Organization and Structure 3 3 0

TM1130 Medical Terminology 3 3 0

CM1250 Communications in the Workplace 3 3 0

PA1210 Health & Fitness I 2 1 3

PA1370 Pharmacology I 2 2 0

PA1125 EMS Basics 5 4 4

HG1680 Ethics in Health Care 3 3 0

CM1260 Communications in Health Care 3 3 0

PA1211 Health & Fitness II 2 1 3

PA1520 Mental Health 3 2 2

PA1371 Pharmacology II 3 2 3

PA1230 Airway Management 2 1 3

PA1280 Cardiovascular Emergencies 4 3 2

Level 2 (Year 2)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

PA1290 Community Paramedicine 2 1 2

PA1430 Medical Emergencies 5 4 2

3 weeks fulltime
PA1440 Clinical 3 – or equivalent

PA2000 Traumatology 5 3 5

PA2005 Obstetrics & Pediatrics 3 2 3

PA1515 Special Populations 2 2 0

PA1415 Interagency Relations 3 2 2

PA2020 Simulation Lab 3 0 9

14 weeks (42hrs/
PA2025 Practicum 14 – wk)

After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with a Primary Care Paramedicine Diploma.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 127


Advanced Care Paramedicine
SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES

Level 3

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

CM2200 Oral Communications 2 2 0

PA2030 Patient Assessment 2 1 3

PA2035 Diagnostic Techniques 4 3 3

PA2040 Assessment-based Mgmt. I 7 5 7

PA2045 Professional Practice 2 2 0

PA2050 Clinical Skills Dev. I (with clinical for 3 wks) 5 0 14/wk

PA2055 Evidence-based Practice 2 2 0

PA2060 Assessment-based Mgmt. II 7 5 7

PA2065 Clinical Skills Dev. II (with clinical for 3 wks) 5 0 14/wk

PA2070 Final Practicum 14 – 14 wks


(42 hrs/wk)

After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with an Advanced Care Paramedicine Diploma.

128 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Dental Hygiene (Three Year Diploma)

SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES


Program Objectives
Dental Hygiene is a field of biomedical The Dental Hygiene curriculum is a Upon successful completion of the
sciences, behavioural sciences and balance of didactic and clinical training. program, students will be able to:
dental hygiene clinical theory and Dental hygiene training is supplemented 1. Demonstrate the theoretical
practice. The dental hygienist will follow with seminars, lectures, laboratory knowledge and clinical skill outlined
a dental hygiene process of care and will sessions, clinical practice sessions, in the dental hygiene national
be able to assess, plan, implement and group work, independent study, problem- competency profile.
evaluate dental hygiene services. A dental based learning and community outreach. 2. Operate in a clinical environment to
hygienist is an oral health professional that Emphasis is placed on the development provide a professional standard of oral
specializes in prevention of oral disease by of critical thinking, evidence-based health care appropriate to the needs
providing clinical and therapeutic services inquiry skills and problem-solving abilities. of Qatar.
and education to support oral health with Instruction will begin with gaining general 3. Communicate effectively with patients,
the promotion of total overall health. health and science knowledge in the first dentists and other members of the oral
year pre-requisite courses and advances health team within the scope of the
In a clinic or hospital setting, a dental into community and client care while dental hygiene profession.
hygienist works under the supervision of working with the public in the College of 4. Identify patients requiring further
a licensed dentist. The dental hygienist the North Atlantic-Qatar Dental Clinic. treatment and coordinate the referral.
aims to improve oral and overall health In the final year, emphasis is placed 5. Assess patients’ general and oral
by providing preventive, therapeutic on developing entry-to-practice level health status and correlate oral and
and educational services to the public competencies, professionalism and skills. systemic findings.
in the State of Qatar. Dental hygiene 6. Describe the initiation and progression
services include assessing general and CNA–Q’s Dental Hygiene program is fully of oral diseases, and the scientific
oral health status, advising patients on aligned to the Canadian Dental Hygienist and behavioral factors which relate to
oral hygiene, removing dental deposits Association’s (CDHA) competencies and systemic conditions.
and stains, applying cavity-preventing the Commission on Dental Accreditation 7. Implement the dental hygiene process
agents, performing radiographic exams, of Canada’s (CDAC) standards. The of care: assess, diagnose, plan,
examining patients’ teeth and gums, taking Dental Hygiene program also meets or implement and evaluate dental hygiene
measurements, taking impressions and exceeds the current scope of practice for services.
recording the presence of oral diseases Dental Hygienists in Qatar as outlined by 8. Recognize, diagnose and treat early
and abnormalities. The dental hygienist is the Ministry of Public Health. oral and dental diseases.
a critical member of the oral health care 9. Use appropriate health education to
team and an advocate for overall health promote individual and community
promotion. oral health.

Career Opportunities
Graduates of the Dental Hygiene program
are eligible to work as clinical dental
hygienists within a hospital, community
healthcare center, or private practice
setting. Dental hygienists can also pursue
careers as dental hygiene educators and
researchers within public health agencies
or educational institutions.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 129


Dental Hygiene
SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES

Entrance Requirements Immunization requirements: Language Proficiency


1. High school graduation certificate with the 1. Completed medical assessment by Requirements
following: physician to include past and present 1. Students entering the Dental Hygiene
health history program must meet English language
Minimum 2. Proof of current immunity to the proficiency requirements by obtaining
Average
60% following diseases: one of the following:
• Measles, Mumps, Rubella a) An overall score of 71 or greater
English on the Oxford Online Placement Test,
Minimum • Varicella
Language as administered and validated by the
60% • Hepatitis A, B (include all dates)
(Grade 12 level) CNA-Q Testing Centre.
3. Proof of tetanus/diphtheria booster b) Present a valid Academic IELTS exam
Academic Minimum (required every 10 years) with an overall band of 5.0 with no
Mathematics 60% 4. Hepatitis C and HIV screening individual band score (reading,
(Grade 12 level) writing, speaking, and listening)
5. TB screening and BCG history –
below 4.5.
*Biology and Mantoux 2-step skin testing if status
Minimum c) Successfully complete FL1090,
Chemistry unknown a pass/fail language development
60%
(Grade 12 level) 6. Chest x-ray if indicated by Mantoux course where the final examination
skin test is the OOPT. A score of 71 or greater
*Qatari applicants who do not meet the 7. Yearly seasonal flu vaccination strongly is required on the OOPT.
Science requirement may be admitted recommended 2. Students graduating from the Dental
to the academic preparatory curriculum, Hygiene program must meet English
which is designed to provide upgrading Note: Students will be denied access language proficiency requirements on
in the basic skills required for successful to clinical placements without medical exit by obtaining one of the following:
completion of allied health programs. verification of complete immunization/ a) An overall score of 81 or greater
screening requirements. on the Oxford Online Placement Test,
as administered and validated by the
2. Obtaining the required score on the
CNA-Q Testing Centre.
Academic English Placement (AEP) Further Studies b) Present a valid Academic IELTS exam
and Academic Math Placement (AMP). Graduates of the Dental Hygiene program with an overall band of 6.0 with no
Students who present a valid IELTS may have the opportunity to transfer individual skill band below 5.5.
Academic Test Report Form received course credits to other academic
within two years with an overall band institutions. Note: Dental Hygiene students are
5.0 with no individual skill band below required to purchase an instrumentation
4.5 are exempt from taking the AEP. A current list of post-secondary kit that is required for all clinical courses.
For score requirements on other institutions offering admission and transfer The estimated cost of the kit is QR 2600.
internationally-recognized tests such as credit to CNA-Q graduates who meet Students will be responsible for maintaining
TOEFL, contact the Registrar’s Office. the entrance requirements is available and replacing instruments as needed
from the Registrar’s Office or the Career throughout the program.
Note: Applicants who do not meet the Counseling and Resource Centre.
entrance requirements and are 19 years
of age or older, may be considered on an
individual basis under the Mature Student
Clause. See the Academic Calendar
(Admissions Section - Mature Student
Requirements, page 11).

130 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Dental Hygiene

SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES


Level 1 (Year 1)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

BL1200 Biology 4 3 3

CH1200 Chemistry 4 3 3

PS1100 Psychology I 2 2 1

CM1190 Technical Reading 3 3 0

CM2180 Technical Reporting I 3 3 1

BL1210 Biology II 4 3 3

CH1210 Chemistry II 4 3 3

PS1420 Healthcare Organization and Structure 3 3 0

CM2181 Technical Reporting II 3 3 1

MA1530 Statistics 2 2 1

DH1100 General Pathophysiology 3 3 0

DH1120 Head & Neck Anatomy 2 2 0

DH1140 Dental Anatomy 2 2 1

CM2200 Oral Communications 2 2 0

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 131


Dental Hygiene
SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES

Level 2 (Year 2)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

DH1400 Microbiology for Dental Hygiene 4 3 2

DH1420 Nutrition 3 3 0

DH1200 Principles and Issues I 4 4 0

DH1250 Clinical Theory I 5 5 0

DH1260 Clinical Practice I 3 0 9

DH1310 Periodontology I 2 2 0

DH1201 Principles & Issues II 4 4 0

DH1300 General Dentistry Introduction 3 3 0

DH1311 Periodontology II 2 2 0

DH1251 Clinical Theory II 4 4 0

DH1261 Clinical Practice II 3 0 9

DH1440 Radiology 4 4 0

DH1450 Oral Embryology & Histology 2 2 0

DH2100 Oral Pathology I 2 2 0

DH2310 Periodontology III 2 2 0

DH2250 Clinical Theory III 2 2 0

DH2260 Clinical Practice III 2 0 6

DH2150 Community Oral Health I 2 2 0

132 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Dental Hygiene

SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES


Level 3 (Year 3)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

DH2101 Oral Pathology II 2 2 0

DH2251 Clinical Theory IV 5 5 0

DH2261 Clinical Practice IV 4 0 13

DH2151 Community Oral Health II 2 2 0

DH2460 Pharmacology 3 3 0

DH2200 Principles & Issues III 3 3 0

DH3250 Clinical Theory V 6 6 0

DH3260 Clinical Practice V 4 0 12

DH3150 Community Oral Health III 2 2 0

Elective Unspecified 3 3 0

DH3251 Clinical Theory VI 3 3 0

DH3261 Clinical Practice VI 3 0 8

After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with a Dental Hygiene Diploma.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 133


Occupational Health and Safety (Two Year Diploma)
SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES

Program Further Studies


Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) safety of workers, which ultimately Graduates of the Occupational Health and
professionals play a vital role in preventing leads to a more productive and effective Safety program may have the opportunity
injuries and illnesses to the workforce. workforce. As industry continues to rapidly to transfer course credits to other academic
The foundation of occupational health and expand, the need to protect workers from institutions. A current list of post-secondary
safety is to identify various hazards in the occupational risks has never been greater. institutions offering admission and transfer
workplace, assess the associated risk, and credit to CNA-Q graduates who meet the
implement control measures to minimize Entrance Requirements entrance requirements is available from the
the risk of those hazards. Students are 1. High school graduation certificate with the Registrar’s Office or the Career Counseling
trained in the application of this process, following: and Resource Centre.
through legislative requirements,
international standards and guidelines, Minimum After successful completion of the
Average
and local company policy and procedures. 60% OHS Diploma and language proficiency
OHS professionals require effective requirements, students are eligible to
investigative, analytical skills, and English Language Minimum write the National Examination Board in
interpersonal skills. (Grade 12 level) 60% Occupational Safety and Health (NEBOSH)
International General Certificate
Objectives Academic Mathematics
Minimum examinations, which is subject to an
60%
Upon successful completion of the Grade 12 level additional registration fee.
program, students will be able to:
1. Apply the knowledge and skills *Two Grade 12 level Language Proficiency
to effectively inspect and assess Science courses Requirements
Minimum
workplace facilities for potential selected from: Biology, 1. Students entering the Occupational
60%
occupational health and safety Chemistry, Geology, or Health and Safety program must meet
Physics English language proficiency requirements
hazards.
2. Interpret and effectively apply by obtaining one of the following:
a) An overall score of 71 or greater
government legislation and policies. *Qatari applicants who do not meet the
on the Oxford Online Placement Test,
3. Identify and rectify existing or potential Science requirement may be admitted as administered and validated by the
occupational health and safety hazards, to the academic preparatory curriculum, CNA-Q Testing Centre.
perform accident investigations and which is designed to provide upgrading b) Present a valid Academic IELTS exam
conduct risk assessment. in the basic skills required for successful with an overall band of 5.0 with no
individual band score (reading,
4. Evaluate and monitor health and safety completion of allied health programs.
writing, speaking, and listening)
hazards. below 4.5.
5. Develop strategies for controlling risks 2. Obtaining the required score on the c) Successfully complete FL1090,
and create safety training programs Academic English Placement (AEP) a pass/fail language development
for workers and for handling and and Academic Math Placement (AMP). course where the final examination
storage of hazardous substances in Students who present a valid IELTS is the OOPT. A score of 71 or greater
is required on the OOPT.
the workplace. Academic Test Report Form received
6. Demonstrate professionalism and within two years with an overall band 5.0 2. Students graduating from the
responsibility. with no individual skill band below 4.5 are Occupational Health and Safety program
exempt from taking the AEP. For score must meet English language proficiency
Career Opportunities requirements on other internationally- requirements on exit by obtaining one of
OHS professionals are employed in a recognized tests such as TOEFL, contact the following:
variety of private industries, including the Registrar’s Office. a) An overall score of 81 or greater
construction, manufacturing, health on the Oxford Online Placement Test,
as administered and validated by the
care, and oil and gas. In private industry, Note: Applicants who do not meet the
CNA-Q Testing Centre.
OHS professionals are responsible for entrance requirements and are 19 years b) Present a valid Academic IELTS exam
preventing injuries and illnesses by of age or older, may be considered on an with an overall band of 6.0 with no
effectively identifying, assessing and individual basis under the Mature Student individual skill band below 5.5.
controlling OHS hazards and complying Clause. See the Academic Calendar
with OHS legislation. Alternatively, (Admissions Section - Mature Student
OHS professionals can be employed Requirements, page 11).
by government ministries who are
responsible for enforcing OHS legislation.
In both sectors, OHS professionals play a
vital role in protecting the health and

134 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Occupational Health and Safety

SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES


Level 1 (Year 1)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

MA1700 Mathematics 4 3 3

BL1200 Biology 4 3 3

CH1200 Chemistry 4 3 3

CM1190 Technical Reading 3 3 0

MC1240 Computer Applications l 3 2 2

HL1140 Principles of EHS 4 4 0

MA1670 Statistics 4 4 1

BL1131 Microbiology 4 3 3

CH1210 Chemistry II 4 3 3

BL1210 Biology ll 4 3 3

CM2180 Technical Reporting l 3 3 1

SE1160 Principles of OHS 3 2 2

HL1210 Epidemiology 3 3 0

HL1720 Emergency Management 5 5 0

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 135


Occupational Health and Safety
SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES

Level 2 (Year 2)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

FH1380 Health and Wellness 3 3 0

EN2310 Environmental Health Law 3 3 0

SE1610 Workplace Hazards and Controls 3 3 0

SE2420 Inspection and Investigation 2 2 0

SE2350 Measurement and Analysis l 3 2 4

SE2360 Hazardous Material Management 3 3 0

SE2520 OHS Management Systems 4 4 0

CM2181 Technical Reporting ll 3 3 1

CM2200 Oral Communications 2 2 0

SE1350 Toxicology 4 3 2

SE2450 Ergonomics 3 3 0

SE1520 Fire Protection 3 3 0

SE2351 Measurement and Analysis II 3 2 4

Elective Unspecified 3 3 0

HL1900 OHS Practicum 3 7 weeks 0

After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with an Occupational Health and Safety Diploma.

136 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Environmental Health (Three Year Diploma)

SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES


Program Career Opportunities Further Studies
Environmental Health is a field of applied Graduates of the Environmental Health Graduates of the Environmental Health
science that requires practitioners to program are eligible for a wide range program may have the opportunity to
monitor, control, manage, promote and of jobs in preventative health. Tougher transfer course credits to other academic
manipulate environmental factors that legislation regarding public health issues institutions.
have an impact on human health. and a recognized need for better trained
professionals in the field have created A current list of post-secondary
The environmental health officer protects diverse and growing career opportunities. institutions offering admission and transfer
individual and community wellness Career possibilities exist with State public credit to CNA-Q graduates who meet
through health promotion activities, health agencies as Environmental Health the entrance requirements is available
risk assessments, inspections and Officers/Public Health Inspectors or with from the Registrar’s Office or the Career
the enforcement of State regulations. the oil and gas sector as Health, Safety, Counseling and Resource Centre.
Graduates of the Environmental Health Security and Environment (HSEE) Officers.
program will provide leadership and Language Proficiency
technical expertise in the development Entrance Requirements Requirements
of strategic plans to protect and improve 1. High school graduation certificate with the
public health in the State of Qatar. following: 1. Students entering the Environmental
Health program must meet English
Minimum
The curriculum is multidisciplinary, Average language proficiency requirements by
60%
emphasizing both academic and obtaining one of the following:
theoretical training. General and English Language Minimum a) An overall score of 71 or greater
specialized subject matter are integrated (Grade 12 level) 60% on the Oxford Online Placement Test,
as administered and validated by the
as much as possible. Didactic training is
Academic Minimum CNA-Q Testing Centre.
supplemented with practical laboratory b) Present a valid Academic IELTS exam
Mathematics 60%
sessions and supervised field trips. Grade 12 level with an overall band of 5.0 with no
Students are required to spend two individual band score (reading,
semesters in an approved field practicum, *Two Grade 12 level writing, speaking, and listening)
Science courses se- below 4.5.
working closely with a qualified Minimum
lected from: Biology, c) Successfully complete FL1090, a
environmental health officer. 60% pass/fail language development
Chemistry, Geology,
or Physics course where the final examination
Objectives is the OOPT. A score of 71 or greater
Upon successful completion of the *Qatari applicants who do not meet the is required on the OOPT.
program, students will be able to: Science requirement may be admitted 2. Students graduating from the
1. Apply the knowledge and skills to the academic preparatory curriculum, Environmental Health program must
necessary to conduct food, air, which is designed to provide upgrading meet English language proficiency
water, soil and sanitation inspections in the basic skills required for successful requirements on exit by obtaining one of
and investigations, with the goal of completion of allied health programs. the following:
identifying potential health hazards. a) An overall score of 81 or greater
2. Develop and implement intervention 2. Obtaining the required score on the on the Oxford Online Placement Test,
as administered and validated by the
strategies to reduce health hazards. Academic English Placement (AEP) and
CNA-Q Testing Centre.
3. Conduct research on the links between Academic Math Placement (AMP). Students b) Present a valid Academic IELTS exam
environmental and public health who present a valid IELTS Academic Test with an overall band of 6.0 with no
and communicate findings to State Report Form received within two years with individual skill band below 5.5.
officials. an overall band 5.0 with no individual skill
4. Prepare and implement public band below 4.5 are exempt from taking
educational programs to increase the AEP. For score requirements on other
awareness on environmental health internationally-recognized tests such as
issues. TOEFL, contact the Registrar’s Office.

Note: Applicants who do not meet the


entrance requirements and are 19 years
of age or older, may be considered on an
individual basis under the Mature Student
Clause. See the Academic Calendar
(Admissions Section - Mature Student
Requirements, page 11).

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 137


Environmental Health
SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES

Level 1 (Year 1)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

MA1700 Mathematics 4 3 3

BL1200 Biology 4 3 3

CH1200 Chemistry 4 3 3

CM1190 Technical Reading 3 3 0

MC1240 Computer Applications l 3 2 2

HL1140 Principles of EHS 4 4 0

MA1670 Statistics 4 4 1

BL1131 Microbiology 4 3 3

CH1210 Chemistry ll 4 3 3

BL1210 Biology ll 4 3 3

CM2180 Technical Reporting l 3 3 1

SE1160 Principles of OHS 3 2 2

HL1210 Epidemiology 3 3 0

HL1720 Emergency Management 5 5 0

Level 2 (Year 2)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

EY2120 Basic Ecology 5 4 2

EN2310 Environmental Health Law 3 3 0

HL1310 Communicable Disease Control I 5 4 3

EN1420 Environmental Sanitation 4 3 2

EN1545 Water Quality I 4 3 2

CM2181 Technical Reporting ll 3 3 1

CH2770 Environmental Chemistry 3 2 3

SE1350 Toxicology 4 3 2

HL1650 Health Education and Promotion 3 3 0

HM1561 Food Safety 7 6 2

HL1920 Public Health Practicum l 3 7 weeks 0

138 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Environmental Health

SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES


Level 3 (Year 3)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

CM2200 Oral Communications 2 2 0

EV1830 Land and Sustainable Development 5 4 2

HL1610 Public Health Administration 3 3 0

EN1551 Water Quality II 4 3 2

EV1710 Indoor Air Quality 4 3 2

FH1380 Health and Wellness 3 3 0

Elective Unspecified 3 3 0

HL1301 Communication Disease Control ll 4 3 2

HL1410 EH Inspection and Investigation 4 3 4

HL1800 Environmental Health Research 3 2 2

EV1711 Ambient Air Quality 3 2 2

Elective Unspecified 3 3 0

HL1921 Public Health Practicum ll 3 7 weeks 0

After successful completion of the above listed course, the student will be eligible to graduate with an Environmental Health Diploma.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 139


Medical Radiography (Three Year Diploma)
SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES

Program Objectives Entrance Requirements


Medical Radiography technologists Upon successful completion of the 1. High school graduation certificate with
play a vital role in the diagnosis and program, students will be able to: the following:
treatment of many injuries and illnesses. 1. To provide the theoretical knowledge
At a physician’s request, medical and the professional competencies Average Minimum
radiographers operate equipment that necessary for entry into practice as 60%
emits x-rays to produce images of a body outlined by the Canadian Association
English Language Minimum
part or system. Their work involves a broad of Medical Radiation Technologists
(Grade 12 level) 60%
variety of procedures and specialties (CAMRT).
including: plain film radiography, 2. To provide technical proficiency in all Academic Minimum
mammography, angiography, fluoroscopy aspects of medical radiography. Mathematics 60%
and computed tomography. 3. To develop a sense of professionalism (Grade 12 level)
and responsibility.
The first phase of the medical radiography 4. To provide comprehensive knowledge *Two Science courses Minimum
selected from: Biol- 60%
program is academic, combining general of the radiation and biological hazards
ogy, Chemistry,
and specialized subject material. The involved and appropriate protection Physics
second phase is specialized, with methods employed.
emphasis on medical radiography 5. To provide the community with
specific course material. Classroom and educated medical radiography *Qatari applicants who do not meet the
laboratory sessions are supplemented by professionals who can serve their Science requirement may be admitted
weekly assignments at Hamad Medical employers and patients with the to the academic preparatory curriculum,
Corporation. The third phase of the highest degree of competence. which is designed to provide upgrading
program is designed to provide the student in the basic skills required for successful
with exposure to the practical aspects of Career Opportunities completion of allied health programs.
medical radiography and to familiarize the Graduates of the Medical Radiography
student to the working conditions of the program are valued members of the Note: Applicants who do not meet the
radiology department. This portion of the paramedical team. They are employed entrance requirements and are 19 years
course is a clinical internship during which in hospitals and clinics, where they of age or older, may be considered on an
the student will apply, under supervision, utilize highly sophisticated technology individual basis under the Mature Student
the theories and principles learned during to produce x-rays and create detailed Clause. See the Academic Calendar
the previous years of didactic education. anatomical images while providing quality (Admissions Section - Mature Student
care to patients. Job opportunities also Requirements, page 11).
The aims of the clinical phase of the exist in research centres, educational
program are: institutions and medical equipment sales Tuition per Academic Year
1. To ensure that the student can and services. Additionally, advancement QR 22,000
accurately and confidently perform within the field is possible into specialized
the many and varied examinations that imaging modalities such as magnetic Books Fees
are carried out on a daily basis in a resonance imaging, ultrasound and echo 7,000 QR for program duration
radiology department. cardiography.
2. To ensure that the student has Additional Costs
performed the number and variety of Students are required to use a wireless
examinations required to complete the handheld electronic device such as an
course. iPhone, iPod or iPad for competency
tracking in labs and clinical courses. Any
The clinical phase is conducted at sites costs associated with this device are the
of Hamad Medical Corporation. Students student’s responsibility.
will follow a rotation schedule designed to
provide broad clinical exposure and will
be required to spend some evenings and
weekends at the clinical site.

140 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Medical Radiography

SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES


Immunization requirements: Accreditation Language Proficiency
1. Completed medical assessment by The Medical Radiography Diploma program Requirements
physician to include past and present at the College is accredited by the 1. Students entering the Medical
health history Canadian Medical Association (CMA). Radiography program must meet English
2. Proof of current immunity to the language proficiency requirements by
following diseases: Successful completion of the Medical obtaining one of the following:
• Measles, Mumps, Rubella Radiography program will enable a) An overall score of 71 or greater
• Varicella graduates to access the CAMRT (Canadian on the Oxford Online Placement Test,
as administered and validated by the
• Hepatitis A, B (include all dates) Association of Medical Radiography
CNA-Q Testing Centre.
3. Proof of tetanus/diphtheria booster Technologists) registry examination. b) Present a valid Academic IELTS exam
(required every 10 years) with an overall band of 5.0 with no
4. Hepatitis C and HIV screening Successful completion of the CAMRT exam individual band score (reading,
5. TB screening and BCG history – provides practitioners with the professional writing, speaking, and listening) below
4.5.
Mantoux 2-step skin testing if status designation RT® and satisfies requirements
c) Successfully complete FL1090, a
unknown for entry-level practitioners in Canada. pass/fail language development
6. Chest x-ray if indicated by Mantoux course where the final examination
skin test The Medical Radiography program also is the OOPT. A score of 71 or greater
7. Yearly seasonal flu vaccination strongly meets the current scope of practice for is required on the OOPT.
recommended entry level Medical Radiographers in
Qatar as outlined by the Ministry of Public 2. Students graduating from the Medical
Note: Students will be denied access Health. Radiography program must meet English
to clinical placements without medical language proficiency requirements on
verification of complete immunization/ Further Studies exit by obtaining one of the following:
screening requirements. Graduates of the Medical Radiography a) An overall score of 81 or greater
program may have the opportunity to on the Oxford Online Placement Test,
as administered and validated by the
transfer course credits to other academic
CNA-Q Testing Centre.
institutions. b) Present a valid Academic IELTS exam
with an overall band of 6.0 with no
A current list of post-secondary individual skill band below 5.5
institutions offering admission and
transfer credit to CNA-Q graduates
who meet the entrance requirements
is available from the Registrar’s Office
or the Career Counseling and Resource
Centre.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 141


Medical Radiography
SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES

Level 1 (Year 1)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

CM1190 Technical Reading 3 3 0

CM2180 Technical Reporting l 3 3 1

CM2181 Technical Reporting ll 3 3 1

MA1700 Mathematics 4 3 3

PH1100 Physics 4 3 3

CH1200 Chemistry 4 3 3

BL1500 Biology 4 3 3

MA1670 Statistics 4 4 1

PH1200 Physics 4 3 2

CH1201 Chemistry 4 3 3

BL1501 Biology 4 3 3

BL2100 Biology 2 1 2

PS1100 Psychology I 2 2 1

PH1201 Physics 2 2 1

PS1420 Health Care Organization and Structure 3 3 0

HG1680 Ethics in Healthcare 3 3 0

CM2200 Oral Communications 2 2 0

142 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Medical Radiography

SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES


Level 2 (Year 2)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

MX2102 Radiographic Anatomy and Pathology 4 4 0

MX2110 Radiographic Technique 5 4 2

MX2200 Image Recording 4 3 2

MX2310 Apparatus and Accessories 3 3 0

MX2410 Patient Care and Safety 3 3 0

PH2200 Radiation Physics 3 3 0

MX1620 Clinical Orientation Pass/Fail 0 3

MX2103 Radiographic Anatomy and Pathology 5 5 0

MX2120 Radiographic Technique 5 4 2

MX2201 Image Recording 4 3 2

MX2301 Apparatus and Accessories 5 4 4

MX2500 Radiation Protection and Radiobiology 3 3 0

MX1621 Clinical Orientation Pass/Fail 0 3

Level 3 – (Year 3)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

MX1510 Clinical Radiography 16 35 hrs/week for 16 weeks

MX3250 Clinical Radiography 16 35 hrs/week for 16 weeks

MX3260 Clinical Radiography 16 35 hrs/week for 16 weeks

After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with a Medical Radiography Diploma. Students
rotate through the sites of Hamad Medical Corporation. Night, evening and/or weekend shifts may be required. Students must wear a uniform
during clinical experiences.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 143


Health and Wellness Promotion (One Year Post Diploma)
SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES

Program Career Opportunities


Health and Wellness professionals are Graduates may find employment in Note: Students will be denied access
vital members of the health management public and private hospitals, as well as in to clinical placements without medical
team. They relay pertinent information organizations that treat and/or prevent verification of complete immunization/
using basic terminology and various disease and aim to reduce adverse health screening requirements.
communication techniques to help behaviours in patients and the wider
patients and their families better population. Employment opportunities Further Studies
understand the messages and directions may also exist in private industry with Graduates of the Health and Wellness
they are receiving from health care corporations who wish to enhance Promotion program may have the
professionals. Program graduates will have their health services with the addition opportunity to transfer course credits to
exceptional communication skills and are of a health and wellness promotion other academic institutions.
able to act as a liaison between patients professional.
and health care providers. They possess A current list of post-secondary institutions
the necessary knowledge, skills and Entrance Requirements offering admission and transfer credit to
abilities to interact with patients of all ages The entrance requirements for the CNA-Q graduates who meet the entrance
and ethnic, cultural and socioeconomic Health and Wellness Promotion requirements is available from the
backgrounds. program are: Registrar’s Office or the Career Counseling
1. Three year diploma or an and Resource Centre.
The roles and responsibilities of health undergraduate degree in any
and wellness promotion professionals healthcare-related field OR an Language Proficiency
include planning, delivering, and undergraduate degree in Education Requirements
evaluating patient education. They (Secondary/Post-Secondary). 1. Students entering the Health and
may also engage in health promotion 2. Obtaining the required score on the Wellness Promotion program must
campaigns in schools, hospitals and Academic English Placement (AEP) meet English language proficiency
the wider community. This role requires and Academic Math Placement (AMP). requirements by obtaining an overall
score of 81 or greater on the Oxford
a high level of ethical and professional Students who present a valid IELTS
Online Placement Test, as administered
competence. Academic Test Report Form received and validated by the CNA-Q Testing
within two years with an overall band Centre or a valid Academic IELTS exam
Objectives 6.0 with no individual skill band below with an overall band of 6.0 with no
Upon successful completion of the 5.5 are exempt from taking the AEP. individual skill band below 5.5.
program, students will be able to: For score requirements on other 2. Students graduating from the
1. Employ facilitation and internationally-recognized tests such Health and Wellness Promotion
communicationskills in a health care as TOEFL, contact the Registrar’s program must meet English language
setting. Office. proficiency requirements on exit
2. Complete individualized learning needs by obtaining an an overall score of
assessments that take into account Immunization Requirements: 81 or greater on the Oxford Online
understanding of condition, patient and 1. Completed medical assessment by a Placement Test, as administered
family involvement, patient physician to include past and present and validated by the CNA-Q Testing
characteristics, learning environment, health history Centre or a valid Academic IELTS
and motivation. 2. Proof of current immunity to the exam with an overall band of 6.0 with
3. Design, deliver, and evaluate patient following diseases: no individual skill band below 5.5.
education in a health care setting. • Measles, Mumps, Rubella
4. Develop and deliver an effective health • Varicella
education campaigns. • Hepatitis A, B (include all dates)
5. Demonstrate a clear knowledge and 3. Proof of tetanus/diphtheria booster
understanding of moral and legal (required every 10 years)
issues related to patient advocacy and 4. Hepatitis C and HIV screening
confidentiality. 5. TB screening and BCG history –
6. Demonstrate professional and ethical Mantoux 2-step skin testing if status
behaviours in a health care setting. unknown
6. Chest x-ray if indicated by Mantoux
skin test
7. Yearly seasonal flu vaccination strongly
recommended

144 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Health and Wellness Promotion – Post Diploma

SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES


Level 1 (Year 1)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

HD1100 Patient Education Principles 4 4 0

HG1680 Ethics in Health Care 3 3 0

HD1200 Educator-Patient Interactions 4 3 2

HD1240 Instructional Skills 4 3 3

HD1270 Learning Needs Assessments 4 3 2

HD1300 Clinical Skills l 1 0 3

HD2100 Health Education Campaigns 3 2 3

HD2200 Patient Education Plans 4 3 2

HD2220 Delivering Patient Education 4 3 3

HD2240 Evaluating Patient Education 4 3 2

HD2260 Research in Patient Education 4 4 0

HD1301 Clinical Skills ll 1 0 3

HD2300 Patient Education Practicum 7 35 to 40 hours per week


for 7 weeks

After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with a Health and Wellness Promotion-Post
Diploma.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 145


Pharmacy Technician (Two Year Diploma)
SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES

Program Objectives Career Opportunities


The Pharmacy Technician program meets Upon successful completion of the Program graduates may obtain
the mission and vision of the College by program, students will be able to: employment in a variety of pharmacy
providing a quality program to ensure 1. To provide the academic knowledge practice areas such as:
lifelong learners are educated and highly and technical skills required to • Hospital pharmacy in a government or
skilled, able to meet the demands of the meet the criteria stated by the private setting
labour market, and able to contribute Canadian Council for Accreditation • Community pharmacy in a retail
to the social, economic and cultural of Pharmacy Programs and align to pharmacy or government/private clinic
well-being of their communities. The the scope of practice for entry level • Pharmaceutical manufacturing site
Pharmacy Technician program is pharmacy technicians in Qatar as (following additional company training)
committed to providing students with outlined by the Ministrty of Public • Home healthcare agency
the skills and knowledge necessary Health. • Research facility
to become competent and effective 2. To graduate individuals who will
members of the health care team and to function successfully as entry-level
meet the needs of employers. pharmacy technicians.
3. To provide graduates with the skills
The program includes coursework, team- to communicate with patients
oriented projects and a final 12-week and healthcare professionals
clinical placement at different sites effectively, within the scope of
focusing on areas of technical learning, their practice.
interpersonal skills, teambuilding, 4. To prepare graduates for
communications and professional practice. employment in various healthcare
This provides diverse opportunities for facilities, such as hospitals and
students to gain confidence and improve community pharmacies, home
competencies and enhance skills in all healthcare agencies, research
facets of the pharmacy technician’s role. facilities and pharmaceutical
manufacturing facilities.
Accreditation 5. To give graduates the tools
The Pharmacy Technician program is required to practice competently
accredited by the Canadian Council for and safely within a legal and ethical
Accreditation of Pharmacy Programs framework.
(CCAPP). CCAPP’s goals encompass the 6. To provide graduates with the ability
attainment of the National Association of to access the latest technologies
Pharmacy Regulatory Authorities (NAPRA) available.
Professional Competencies for Canadian 7. To encourage graduates to
Pharmacy Technicians at Entry to Practice recognize the importance
and the Canadian Pharmacy Technician of continuing education and
Educators Association (CPTEA) standards. professional affiliations.
The Pharmacy Technician program also 8. To prepare graduates to contribute
meets the current scope of practice for to the application of effective
entry level Pharmacy Technician in Qatar business principles in the pharmacy
as outlined by the Ministry of Public practice setting.
Health. 9. To provide graduates with the skills
to operate pharmacy computer
Tuition per Academic Year software programs and other
QR 22,000 technological tools which support
optimal pharmaceutical care and
Books Fees pharmacy services.
3,000 QR for program duration 10. To enable graduates to contribute
to the working environment, quality
Additional Costs assurance and quality improvement
Students are required to use a wireless processes within the scope of
handheld electronic device such as an practice for pharmacy technicians.
iPhone, iPod or iPad for competency
tracking in labs and clinical courses. Any
costs associated with this device are the
student’s responsibility.

146 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Pharmacy Technician

SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES


Entrance Requirements Immunization requirements: Language Proficiency
1. High school graduation certificate with 1. Completed medical assessment by a Requirements
the following: physician to include past and present 1. Students entering the Pharmacy
health history Technician program must meet English
Minimum 2. Proof of current immunity to the language proficiency requirements by
Average
60% following diseases: obtaining one of the following:
• Measles, Mumps, Rubella a) An overall score of 71 or greater
English Language Minimum
• Varicella on the Oxford Online Placement
(Grade 12 level) 60%
• Hepatitis A, B (include all dates) Test, as administered and validated
Academic Minimum 3. Proof of tetanus/diphtheria booster by the CNA-Q Testing Centre.
Mathematics 60% (required every 10 years) b) Present a valid Academic IELTS
(Grade 12 level) 4. Hepatitis C and HIV screening exam with an overall band of
5. TB screening and BCG history – 5.0 with no individual band score
Biology and Chemistry
Minimum Mantoux 2-step skin testing if status (reading, writing, speaking, and
(Grade 12 level or
60% unknown listening) below 4.5.
equivalent)
6. Chest x-ray if indicated by Mantoux c) Successfully complete FL1090,
skin test a pass/fail language development
*Qatari applicants who do not meet the 7. Yearly seasonal flu vaccination strongly course where the final examination
Science requirement may be admitted recommended is the OOPT. A score of 71 or
to the academic preparatory curriculum, greater is required on the OOPT.
which is designed to provide upgrading Note: Students will be denied access 2. Students graduating from the
in the basic skills required for successful to clinical placements without medical Pharmacy Technician program must
completion of allied health programs. verification of complete immunization/ meet English language proficiency
screening requirements. requirements on exit by obtaining one
2. Obtaining the required score on the of the following:
Academic English Placement (AEP) Further Studies a) An overall score of 81 or greater
and Academic Math Placement (AMP). Graduates of the Pharmacy Technician on the Oxford Online Placement
Test, as administered and validated
Students who present a valid IELTS program may have the opportunity to
by the CNA-Q Testing Centre.
Academic Test Report Form received transfer course credits to other academic b) Present a valid Academic IELTS
within two years with an overall band 5.0 institutions. exam with an overall band of 6.0
with no individual skill band below 4.5 with no individual skill band below
are exempt from taking the AEP. For A current list of post-secondary 5.5.
score requirements on other institutions offering admission and
internationally-recognized tests such as transfer credit to CNA-Q graduates
TOEFL, contact the Registrar’s Office. who meet the entrance requirements
is available from the Registrar’s Office
Note: Applicants who do not meet the or the Career Counseling and Resource
entrance requirements and are 19 years Centre.
of age or older, may be considered on an
individual basis under the Mature Student
Clause. See the Academic Calendar
(Admissions Section - Mature Student
Requirements, page 11).

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 147


Pharmacy Technician
SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES

Level 1 (Year 1)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

CM2180 Technical Reporting l 3 3 1

CM2181 Technical Reporting ll 3 3 1

CM1190 Technical Reading 3 3 0

BL1200 Biology 4 3 3

CH1200 Chemistry 4 3 3

MC1240 Computer Applications 1 3 2 2

MA1700 Mathematics 4 3 3

MA1730 Mathematics for Pharmacy Technicians 4 4 1

BL1210 Biology II 4 3 3

CH1210 Chemistry II 4 3 3

RX1100 Pharmacy Regulations and Professionalism 3 3 0

RX1140 Pharmacy Management and Inventory Control 3 3 0

RX1210 Pharmaceutical Calculations 4 3 2

RX1251 Pharmacy Computer Systems 3 2 3

148 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Pharmacy Technician

SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES


Level 2 (Year 2)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

CM2200 Oral Communications 2 2 0

RX2100 Prescription Processing I 3 2 4

RX2120 Pharmacy Fundamentals 3 3 0

RX2160 Pharmacology I 4 3 2

RX2200 Community Pharmacy 4 3 2

MR1280 Customer Service 2 2 0

Elective Unspecified 3 3 0

RX2101 Prescription Processing II 3 2 3

RX2121 Pharmacy Fundamentals Application 4 3 2

RX2161 Pharmacology II 3 3 1

RX2231 Hospital Pharmacy 3 2 4

RX2300 Aseptic Technique 3 2 4

Elective Unspecified 3 3 0

WT1660 Community Pharmacy Clinical Placement Pass/Fail 4 weeks

WT1670 Hospital Pharmacy Clinical Placement Pass/Fail 8 weeks

After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with a Pharmacy Technician Diploma.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 149


Respiratory Therapy (Three Year Diploma)
SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES

Program Objectives Entrance Requirements


Respiratory Therapists are healthcare Upon successful completion of the 1. High school completion with the
professionals who contribute to the Respiratory Therapy program, students will following:
diagnosis and treatment of lung disorders. be able to:
Most respiratory therapists work in 1. Demonstrate the knowledge, skills Minimum
Average
hospitals in neonatal units, operating and abilities outlined in the National 60%
rooms, intensive care units, general Alliance of Respiratory Therapy
English
wards, pulmonary function labs and Regulatory Bodies (NARTRB) National Minimum
Language
emergency departments. Respiratory Competency Profile (NCP) with 60%
(Grade 12 level)
therapists may also work in community timeliness, accuracy, and proficiency.
settings such as homecare, asthma clinics, 2. Practice and promote the principles of Academic Minimum
research, and medical equipment sales quality management and the efficient Mathematics 60%
(Grade 12 level)
and service. Respiratory therapists need utilization of resources.
good judgement, excellent interpersonal 3. Use all equipment related to procedures Biology and
skills and the ability to maintain their in the NCP accurately. Minimum
Chemistry
60%
professionalism during critical medical 4. Demonstrate a high level of (Grade 12 level)
situations. professional conduct at all times in the
performance of duty. *Qatari applicants who do not meet the
The first phase of the Respiratory Therapy 5. Demonstrate an adequate Science requirement may be admitted
program is theoretical and combines understanding of the Registered to the academic preparatory curriculum,
academic and foundational courses with Respiratory Therapist role and function which is designed to provide upgrading
discipline-specific subject material. The with responsibility and empathy as a in the basic skills required for successful
second phase incorporates a clinical member of the healthcare team. completion of allied health programs.
internship and is designed to immerse
the student in all practical aspects of Career Opportunities 2. Obtaining the required score on the
respiratory therapy and orientate the Most Respiratory Therapists work within a Academic English Placement (AEP)
student to the working conditions of the hospital based setting, where they perform and Academic Math Placement (AMP).
respiratory therapist. During this portion a variety of functions such as providing life Students who present a valid IELTS
of the program students will apply, under support for patients who cannot breathe Academic Test Report Form received
supervision, the theories and principles on their own, assisting in high-risk births, within two years with an overall band
learned during previous coursework and assisting anesthesiologists in the operating 5.0 with no individual skill band below
simulated settings. room and conducting tests to measure 4.5 are exempt from taking the AEP.
lung function. In addition to the hospital For score requirements on other
setting, job opportunities exist within internationally-recognized tests such as
the community, in asthma clinics, sleep TOEFL, contact the Registrar’s Office.
disorder labs, research centres, homecare
clinics and educational institutions. Note: Applicants who do not meet the
entrance requirements and are 19 years
of age or older, may be considered on an
individual basis under the Mature Student
Clause. See the Academic Calendar
(Admissions Section - Mature Student
Requirements, page 11).

150 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Respiratory Therapy

SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES


Immunization requirements: Accreditation Language Proficiency
1. Completed medical assessment by The Respiratory Therapy diploma program Requirements
physician to include past and present at the College is accredited by the Council 1. Students entering the Respiratory
health history on Accreditation for Respiratory Therapy Therapy program must meet English
2. Proof of current immunity to the Education (CoARTE). language proficiency requirements by
obtaining one of the following:
following diseases:
a) An overall score of 71 or greater
• Measles, Mumps, Rubella Successful completion of the Respiratory on the Oxford Online Placement Test
• Varicella Therapy program will enable graduates (OOPT),as administered and validated
• Hepatitis A, B (include all dates) to access the CBRC (Canadian Board of by the CNA-Q Testing Centre.
3. Proof of tetanus/diphtheria booster Respiratory Care) credentialing exam. b) Present a valid Academic IELTS exam
with an overall band of 5.0 with no
(required every 10 years) Successful completion of the CBRC
individual band score (reading,
4. Hepatitis C and HIV screening exam provides practitioners with the writing, speaking, and listening)
5. TB screening and BCG history - professional designation RRT and satisfies below 4.5.
Mantoux 2-step skin testing if status requirements for entry level practitioners c) Successfully complete FL1090, a
unknown in Canada. The Respiratory Therapy pass/fail language development
6. Chest x-ray if indicated by Mantoux program also meets the current scope course where the final examination
is the OOPT. A score of 71 or greater
skin test of practice for Respiratory Therapists in
is required on the OOPT.
7. Yearly seasonal flu vaccination Qatar as outlined by the Ministry of Public 2. Students graduating from the
strongly recommended Health. Respiratory Therapy program must
meet English language proficiency
Note: Students will be denied access Further Studies requirements on exit by obtaining one of
the following:
to clinical placements without medical Graduates of the Respiratory Therapy
a) An overall score of 81 or greater
verification of complete immunization/ diploma program may have the on the Oxford Online Placement Test,
screening requirements. opportunity to transfer course credits to as administered and validated by the
other academic institutions. CNA-Q Testing Centre.
b) Present a valid Academic IELTS exam
A current list of post-secondary with an overall band of 6.0 with no
individual skill band below 5.5
institutions offering admission and transfer
credit to CNA-Q graduates who meet Tuition per Academic Year
the entrance requirements is available QR 22,000
from the Registrar’s Office or the Career
Counseling and Resource Centre. Books Fees
5,500 QR for program duration

Additional Costs
Students are required to use a wireless
handheld electronic device such as an
iPhone, iPod or iPad for competency
tracking in labs and clinical courses. Any
costs associated with this device are the
student’s responsibility.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 151


Respiratory Therapy
SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES

Level 1 (Year 1)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

CM1250 Communication in the Workplace 3 3 0

TM1130 Medical Terminology 3 3 0

MA1700 Mathematics 4 3 2

BL1180 Anatomy & Physiology 5 5 0

RT1100 Introduction to RT 4 3 3

RT1110 Applied Science for RT 3 3 2

MA1530 Statistics 2 2 1

RT1120 Cardiopulmonary Physiology 4 4 0

RT2305 Pharmacology 3 3 0

RT1130 Cardiopulmonary Patho I 4 4 0

RT2460 RT Techniques 4 3 3

BL2410 RT Microbiology 3 3 0

CM1270 Communications in Health Care 3 3 0

RT1140 Airway Management I 4 3 3

RT1150 Clinical Application I 1 0 3

PS1420 Health Care Organization and Structure 3 3 0

152 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Respiratory Therapy

SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES


Level 2 (Year 2)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

RT2110 Airway Management II 4 3 3

RT2120 Mechanical Ventilation I 4 3 3

RT2470 Neonatal Respiratory Care 4 3 2

RT2130 Clinical Application II 1 0 3

RT2140 Cardiac Diagnostics 4 3 2

RT2150 Cardiopulmonary Patho II 3 3 0

RT2320 Anesthesia 4 4 0

RT2160 Mechanical Ventilation II 4 3 3

RT2170 Pulmonary Diagnostics 4 3 3

RT3430 Clinical Application III 1 0 3

RT2180 Neonatal Clinical Application 1 0 3

HG1680 Ethics in Healthcare 3 3 0

RT2190 Mechanical Ventilation III 2 2 0

RT2240 Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation 3 2 2

RT2250 Clinical Application IV 2 0 6

Level 3 (Year 3)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

RT3000 Practicum I 15 - 15 weeks

RT3010 Practicum II 15 - 15 weeks

RT3020 Practicum III 7 - 7 weeks

After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with a Respiratory Therapy Diploma.

The clinical phase is conducted at sites of Hamad Medical Corporation. Students will follow a rotation schedule designed to
provide broad clinical exposure. Night, evening and/or weekend shifts could be included. Students must wear a uniform during clinical
experiences.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 153


Health Education: Diabetes (One Year Advanced Diploma)
SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES

Program Objectives Entrance Requirements


Diabetes educators play a vital role in Upon successful completion of this The entrance requirements for the Health
supporting people living with diabetes program, graduates will be able to: Education: Diabetes (Advanced Diploma)
to manage their condition and achieve 1. Plan, deliver, and evaluate patient are:
optimal health outcomes. They help education. • Graduation from a recognized two- or
patients understand their diagnosis and 2. Employ facilitation and three-year post-secondary diploma or
treatment as well as empower them to communication skills in a health care degree in a healthcare-related field.
develop effective self-care behaviors. setting.
3. Counsel patients about relevant risks Career Opportunities
The responsibilities of the diabetes and complications. Given the prevalence of diabetes in the
educator include: assessing diabetes 4. Develop and deliver culturally specific State of Qatar, there is a need for health
risk, evaluating patients’ needs, teaching health education campaigns. care providers who are specifically trained
patients to self-manage their care (E.g. 5. Demonstrate a clear knowledge and in Diabetes Education to help patients
monitor blood sugars and medications), understanding of ethical issues related better manage this disease. Graduates
recommending appropriate diet and to patient advocacy and confidentiality. may find employment in public and private
exercise regimens, and developing 6. Demonstrate professional and ethical hospitals, as well as in organizations that
individualized follow-up plans. Program behaviors at all times. treat and/or prevent diabetes and aim
graduates may also develop culturally 7. Ensure that patient care is delivered to reduce adverse health behaviors in
specific health education campaigns in accordance with evidence-based patients and the wider population (E.g.
to help prevent diabetes through the practices. Hamad Medical Corporation, SIDRA, and
promotion of healthy lifestyle choices and Primary Health Care).
diabetes education.

Diabetes educators can work in a variety


of public and private settings, including:
hospitals, clinics, physician offices,
community agencies, home health,
wellness programs, etc.

Level 1 (Year 1)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

DE1000 Principles of Diabetes Education 3 3 0

DE1010 Understanding and Managing Diabetes I 3 3 0

PS1420 Health Care Organization and Structure 3 3 0

CM1270 Communications in Health 3 3 0

PA2010 Evidence-based Practice 2 2 0

DE2010 Diabetes in Special Populations 1 1 0

DE2020 Understanding and Managing Diabetes II 3 3 0

HG1680 Ethics in Health Care 3 3 0

HD2100 Health Education Campaigns 3 2 3

HD1240 Instructional Skills 4 3 3

35 hours per week


DE2030 Diabetes Educator Practicum 7
for 7 weeks

After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with a Health Education: Diabetes (Advanced
Diploma).

154 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


SCHOOL OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
School of Information Technology
Graduates of the Information Systems diploma programs will play an integral role in the continued growth of the information
technology industry in Qatar.

Information Technology programs are designed to meet internationally recognized standards. The courses in these programs have
been carefully selected and developed to assure learning outcomes address technical and academic skills as well as employability
and soft skills specific to the information technology industry.

Accreditation
The Information Systems – Software and Information Systems – Hardware two year diploma programs, and the Information Systems
– Web Developer and Information Systems – Network and Systems Administration three year diploma programs are accredited by the
Canadian Information Processing Association (CIPS). http://www.cips.ca/ComputerTechnologyDiplomaPrograms.

Program Options
Two Year Diploma* Three Year Diploma*
Information Systems – Software Information Systems – Web Developer
Information Systems – Hardware Information Systems – Network and Systems Administration

* Total program length varies depending on language proficiency, academic preparatory courses required for entry, and academic performance
throughout the program of study.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 155


Information Systems – Software (IS-S) (Two Year Diploma)
SCHOOL OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Program Career Opportunities Further Studies


The Information Systems - Software Graduates may be employed in a variety Graduates of the Information Systems
program provides students with the of entry-level programming and software – Software program may have the
knowledge and skills to excel in an development, internet applications opportunity to transfer credits to other
information-based society. The program development, database development and academic institutions.
places emphasis on training individuals database administrator positions. Many
in systems analysis and design, industry- businesses, including schools, private A current list of post-secondary
leading programming languages, and business, the oil and gas sector and institutions offering admission and
detailed database programming and many entrepreneurial organizations, need transfer credit to CNA-Q graduates
management. When combined with work graduates from the Information Systems who meet the entrance requirements is
experience, this skill set prepares students – Software program. Opportunities for available from the Registrar’s Office or
for an exciting career in information self-employment also exist. the Career Counselling and Resource
systems. Centre.
Entrance Requirements
Objectives 1. High school graduation certificate with Language Proficiency
Upon successful completion of the the following: Requirements:
Information Systems – Software program, Students entering the Information Systems
the student will be able to: Average Minimum 60% – Software (IS-S) program must meet
1. Play a key role in the design, creation English language proficiency requirements
and maintenance of software English Language by obtaining one of the following:
Minimum 60%
applications. (Grade 12 level) 1. An overall score of 71 or greater on
2. Interpret and effectively apply industry the Oxford Online Placement Test,
Academic
procedures and policies. Minimum 60% as administered and validated by the
Mathematics
3. Develop and strengthen related (Grade 12 level) CNA-Q Testing Centre.
knowledge and skills in subjects that 2. Present a valid Academic IELTS exam
complement and support technical Three additional with an overall band of 5.0 with
training. courses at the Grade no individual band score (reading,
12 level
4. Demonstrate positive attitudes and writing, speaking, and listening) below
behaviours that will enable them to 4.5.
become successful IT professionals. 2. Obtaining the required score on the 3. Successfully complete FL1090, a
Academic English Placement (AEP) pass/fail language development
and Academic Math Placement (AMP). course where the final examination is
Students who present a valid IELTS the OOPT. A score of 71 or greater is
Academic Test Report Form received required on the OOPT.
within two years with an overall band
5.0 with no individual skill band below
4.5 are exempt from taking the AEP.
For score requirements on other
internationally-recognized tests such as
TOEFL, contact the Registrar’s Office.

Note: Applicants who do not meet the


entrance requirements and are 19 years
of age or older, may be considered on an
individual basis under the Mature Student
Clause. See the Academic Calendar
(Admissions Section - Mature Student
Requirements, page 11).

156 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Information Systems – Software (IS-S)

SCHOOL OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY


Level 1 (Year 1)

HOURS/WEEK
COURSE
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

CM1400 Technical Report Writing I 3 3 0

SD1570 Effective Learning 4 4 0

EP1131 Business for Information Systems 3 3 0

MA1900 Problem Solving for Information Technology 4 4 1

Programming for Computer Systems and


CP1360 4 3 2
Networking

MC1820 Computer Applications 3 2 4

CM1401 Technical Report Writing II 3 3 0

CP1880 Computer Systems Architecture 4 4 1

CP1810 Fundamental Programing Constructs 5 4 4

CP1932 Systems Analysis 5 4 3

MA1910 Introduction to Numerical Problem Solving 4 3 2

CR1260 Client Service for the Computer Industry 2 2 1

CM2200 Oral Communications 2 2 0

EP1141 Business Operations in Information Systems 3 3 1

MM1950 Workplace Professionalism 3 3 0

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 157


Information Systems – Software (IS-S)
SCHOOL OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Level 2 (Year 2)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

CR1501 Website Development 3 2 2

CP1953 Object Oriented Systems Analysis with UML 4 3 3

CP3230 Object Oriented and Event-Driven Programming I 5 3 5

CM2300 Report Writing 2 2 0

PR2155 Project Management 4 3 2

CP3231 Object Oriented and Event - Driven Programming II 5 3 5

CP3450 Database Design and Implementation 4 3 3

CP3300 Data Structures 4 3 3

CP2870 Website and Database Project using


4 3 3
Microsoft Technology

WT1170 Work Term Pass/Fail 8 weeks (280-300 Hours)

After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with an Information Systems –
Software (IS-S) Diploma. Students may continue to complete a third year to achieve Information Systems – Web Developer Diploma.

158 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Information Systems – Web Developer (IS-WD) (Three Year Diploma)

SCHOOL OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY


Program Career Opportunities Further Studies
The Information Systems – Web Developer Given the current growth of the Internet, Graduates of the Information Systems –
Diploma program provides students the widespread use of computers in Web Developer (IS-WD) program may have
with the knowledge and skills needed the workplace and the advancement the opportunity to transfer credits to other
for a career in web development. The of information systems technologies, academic institutions.
program begins with an emphasis on Information Systems – Web Developer
systems analysis and design, programming graduates may find employment with A current list of post-secondary
languages and database management. information based businesses in both institutions offering admission and transfer
When combined with work experience, the public and private sectors. Many credit to CNA-Q graduates who meet
this skill set prepares students for a businesses, schools, entrepreneurial the entrance requirements is available
career in information systems. The final organizations, as well as the oil and from the Registrar’s Office or the Career
stage of the program teaches students to gas sector, need graduates from the Counselling and Resource Centre.
design, implement and maintain advanced Information Systems – Web Developer
web applications. Students gain an in-depth program. Opportunities for Language Proficiency
knowledge of web server management, self-employment also exist. Requirements:
web security tools and techniques Students entering the Information
and web application development Systems – Web Developer (IS-WD) program
environments. This skill set, when Entrance Requirements must meet English language proficiency
consolidated through the completion of a 1. High school graduation certificate with requirements by obtaining one of the
capstone project, prepares students for the following: following:
an exciting career in a web development 1. An overall score of 71 or greater on
environment. Minimum the Oxford Online Placement Test,
Average
60% as administered and validated by the
Objectives CNA-Q Testing Centre.
Upon successful completion of the English Language Minimum 2. Present a valid Academic IELTS exam
Information Systems – Web Developer (Grade 12 level) 60% with an overall band of 5.0 with
program, the student will be able to: no individual band score (reading,
Academic Minimum
1. Analyze, design, implement and writing, speaking, and listening) below
Mathematics 60%
maintain secure web sites and 4.5.
(Grade 12 level)
web applications based on user 3. Successfully complete FL1090, a
requirements. Three additional pass/fail language development
2. Develop, maintain and deploy courses at the course where the final examination is
database applications in an N-tier Grade 12 level the OOPT. A score of 71 or greater is
environment. required on the OOPT.
3. Interpret and effectively apply industry
policies and procedures. 2. Obtaining the required score on the
4. Utilize social and interpersonal Academic English Placement (AEP)
skills to function as an effective and Academic Math Placement (AMP).
team member in a web development Students who present a valid IELTS
environment. Academic Test Report Form received
5. Communicate effectively with clients. within two years with an overall band
5.0 with no individual skill band below
4.5 are exempt from taking the AEP.
For score requirements on other
internationally-recognized tests such as
TOEFL, contact the Registrar’s Office.

Note: Applicants who do not meet the


entrance requirements and are 19 years
of age or older, may be considered on an
individual basis under the Mature Student
Clause. See the Academic Calendar
(Admissions Section - Mature Student
Requirements, page 11).

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 159


Information Systems – Web Developer (IS-WD)
SCHOOL OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Level 1 (Year 1)

HOURS/WEEK
COURSE
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

CM1400 Technical Report Writing I 3 3 0

SD1570 Effective Learning 4 4 0

EP1131 Business for Information Systems 3 3 0

MA1900 Problem Solving for Information Technology 4 4 1

Programming for Computer Systems and


CP1360 4 3 2
Networking

MC1820 Computer Applications 3 2 4

CM1401 Technical Report Writing II 3 3 0

CP1880 Computer Systems Architecture 4 4 1

CP1810 Fundamental Programing Constructs 5 4 4

CP1932 Systems Analysis 5 4 3

MA1910 Introduction to Numerical Problem Solving 4 3 2

CR1260 Client Service for the Computer Industry 2 2 1

CM2200 Oral Communications 2 2 0

EP1141 Business Operations in Information Systems 3 3 1

MM1950 Workplace Professionalism 3 3 0

160 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Information Systems – Web Developer (IS-WD)

SCHOOL OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY


Level 2 (Year 2)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

CR1501 Website Development 3 2 2

CP1953 Object Oriented Systems Analysis with UML 4 3 3

CP3230 Object Oriented and Event-Driven Programming I 5 3 5

CM2300 Report Writing 2 2 0

PR2155 Project Management 4 3 2

CP3231 Object Oriented and Event - Driven Programming II 5 3 5

CP3450 Database Design and Implementation 4 3 3

CP3300 Data Structures 4 3 3

CP2870 Website and Database Project using


4 3 3
Microsoft Technology

WT1170 Work Term Pass/Fail 8 weeks (280-300 Hours)

After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with an Information Systems – Software (IS-S)
Diploma.

Level 3 (Year 3)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

CP3320 Web Application Development I 5 3 5

CP3630 Web Server Management 3 2 3

CP4120 N-Tier Systems and Architecture 4 3 3

CP3170 Multimedia for the Web 4 3 3

CP3700 Web Application Architecture and Design 4 3 2

CP3351 Web Application Development II 5 3 5

CP4480 Emerging Trends in Web Development 3 2 2

CP3271 Web Security 3 2 2

CP3360 Web Application Development with ASP.NET 4 3 4

PR3520 Web Developer Capstone 5 3 7

After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with an Information Systems – Web Developer
(IS-WD) Diploma.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 161


Information Systems – Hardware (IS-H) (Two Year Diploma)
SCHOOL OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Program Career Opportunities Further Studies


The Information Systems – Hardware Given the current growth of the Internet, Graduates of the Information Systems
program provides students with the the widespread use of computers in – Hardware program may have the
knowledge and skills to excel in an the workplace and the advancement of opportunity to transfer credits to other
information-based society. The program information systems technologies and academic institutions.
places emphasis on training individuals mobile computing, Information Systems –
to design, install and maintain personal Hardware graduates may find employment A current list of post-secondary
and corporate computers and LAN/ with information-based businesses in institutions offering admission and transfer
WAN computer networks and systems. both the private and public sectors. credit to CNA-Q graduates who meet
It provides a strong knowledge base of Opportunities for self-employment also the entrance requirements is available
local and wide area networking, internet/ exist. from the Registrar’s Office or the Career
intranet connectivity, and network Counselling and Resource Centre.
administration and allows students to Entrance Requirements
function effectively with new industry- 1. High school graduation certificate with Language Proficiency
leading technologies. When combined the following: Requirements:
with work experience, this skill set Students entering the Information Systems
prepares students for an exciting career Average Minimum 60% – Hardware (IS-H) program must meet
in information systems. English language proficiency requirements
English Language by obtaining one of the following:
Minimum 60%
Objectives (Grade 12 level) 1. An overall score of 71 or greater on
The goal of the Information Systems – the Oxford Online Placement Test,
Academic Math-
Hardware program is to develop a graduate Minimum 60% as administered and validated by the
ematics
with the ability to: (Grade 12 level) CNA-Q Testing Centre.
1. Apply knowledge and skills required 2. Present a valid Academic IELTS exam
for the design and implementation Three additional with an overall band of 5.0 with
of information systems hardware courses at the no individual band score (reading,
Grade 12 level
infrastructure. writing, speaking, and listening) below
2. Interpret and effectively apply industry 4.5.
procedures and policies to information 2. Obtaining the required score on the 3. Successfully complete FL1090, a
systems hardware duties. Academic English Placement (AEP) pass/fail language development
3. Demonstrate skills in subjects that and Academic Math Placement (AMP). course where the final examination is
complement and support their Students who present a valid IELTS the OOPT. A score of 71 or greater is
technical training. Academic Test Report Form received required on the OOPT.
4. Demonstrate positive attitudes and within two years with an overall band
behaviours that will enable them to 5.0 with no individual skill band below
become successful in the industry. 4.5 are exempt from taking the AEP.
For score requirements on other
internationally-recognized tests such as
TOEFL, contact the Registrar’s Office.

Note: Applicants who do not meet the


entrance requirements and are 19 years
of age or older, may be considered on an
individual basis under the Mature Student
Clause. See the Academic Calendar
(Admissions Section - Mature Student
Requirements, page 11).

162 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Information Systems – Hardware (IS-H)

SCHOOL OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY


Level 1 (Year 1)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

CM1400 Technical Report Writing l 3 3 0

SD1570 Effective Learning 4 4 0

EP1131 Business for Information Systems 3 3 0

CP1990 Computer Hardware 4 3 2

MA1900 Problem Solving for Information Technology 4 4 1

MC1820 Computer Applications 3 2 4

CM1401 Technical Report Writing ll 3 3 0

CR1101 Network Foundations 4 3 3

CR2350 Intro to Systems Analysis 4 3 2

Programming for Computer Systems and


CP1360 4 3 2
Networking

CR2510 Linux Server Administration I 3 2 3

CR1260 Client Service for the Computer Industry 2 2 1

CM2200 Oral Communications 2 2 0

CR1501 Website Development 3 2 2

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 163


Information Systems – Hardware (IS-H)
SCHOOL OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Level 2 (Year 2)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

CR2700 Network Operating System Administration 4 3 3

CR2470 Wireless Networks 4 3 3

CP2921 Hardware and Software Troubleshooting 5 4 2

PR2155 Project Management 4 3 2

CM2300 Report Writing 2 2 0

MM1950 Workplace Professionalism 3 3 0

CR2210 Enterprise Mail Systems 5 4 2

CR2440 Network Implementation 5 4 2

CR1270 Hardware Security 4 3 2

CR2950 Emerging Trends in IT Infrastructure 3 2 2

WT1160 Work Term Pass/Fail 8 weeks (280-300 Hours)

After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with an Information Systems – Hardware
(IS-H) Diploma. Students may complete a third year to achieve an Information Systems - Network & Systems Administration Diploma.

164 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Information Systems – Network and Systems Administration (IS-NaSA)
(Three Year Diploma)

SCHOOL OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY


Program Career Opportunities Further Studies
The Information Systems – Network Given the current growth of the Internet, Graduates of the Information Systems
and Systems Administration program the widespread use of computers in – Network and Systems Administration
provides students with the knowledge the workplace and the advancement of program may have the opportunity
and skills needed for a career in information systems technologies and to transfer credits to other academic
deployment and management of major IT mobile computing, Information Systems institutions.
infrastructure installations. – Network and Systems Administration
graduates may find employment with A current list of post-secondary
The program begins with an emphasis information-based businesses in both the institutions offering admission and
on computer hardware, troubleshooting public and private sectors. Opportunities transfer credit to CNA-Q graduates
and basic networking concepts. The for self-employment also exist. who meet the entrance requirements is
third year of the program prepares the available from the Registrar’s Office or
students to design, deploy and maintain Entrance Requirements the Career Counselling and Resource
advanced IT infrastructure projects. 1. High school graduation certificate with Centre.
Students gain an in-depth knowledge of the following:
LAN/WAN administration, server room Language Proficiency
management, infrastructure security Minimum Requirements:
Average
tools and techniques and enterprise 60% Students entering the Information
computing environments. This combination Systems – Network and Systems
English Language Minimum
of technical courses and work experience Administration (IS-NaSA) program must
(Grade 12 level) 60%
prepares the student for an exciting career meet English language proficiency
in network and systems administration, as Academic Math- Minimum requirements by obtaining one of the
consolidated in a capstone project. ematics 60% following:
(Grade 12 level) 1. An overall score of 71 or greater on
Objectives Three additional
the Oxford Online Placement Test,
The goal of the Information Systems – courses at the as administered and validated by the
Network and Systems Administration Grade 12 level CNA-Q Testing Centre.
program is to develop a graduate with the 2. Present a valid Academic IELTS exam
ability to: 2. Obtaining the required score on the with an overall band of 5.0 with
1. Design, deploy and manage Academic English Placement (AEP) and no individual band score (reading,
information systems infrastructure. Academic Math Placement (AMP). writing, speaking, and listening)
2. Interpret and effectively apply Students who present a valid IELTS below 4.5.
industry policies and procedures. Academic Test Report Form received 3. Successfully complete FL1090, a
3. Function as an effective member of a within two years with an overall band pass/fail language development
team. 5.0 with no individual skill band below course where the final examination is
4. Provide computer technical 4.5 are exempt from taking the AEP. For the OOPT. A score of 71 or greater is
assistance, support and advice to score requirements on other required on the OOPT.
customers and other users. internationally-recognized tests such as
5. Support local-area networks (LAN), TOEFL, contact the Registrar’s Office.
wide-area networks (WAN), network
segments and Internet and intranet Note: Applicants who do not meet the
systems. entrance requirements and are 19 years
6. Plan, coordinate and implement the of age or older, may be considered on an
organization’s information security individual basis under the Mature Student
policy. Clause. See the Academic Calendar
7. Deploy and manage a help desk (Admissions Section - Mature Student
environment. Requirements, page 11).
8. Maintain a server room environment.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 165


Information Systems – Network and Systems Administration (IS-NaSA)
SCHOOL OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Level 1 (Year 1)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

CM1400 Technical Report Writing l 3 3 0

SD1570 Effective Learning 4 4 0

EP1131 Business for Information Systems 3 3 0

CP1990 Computer Hardware 4 3 2

MA1900 Problem Solving for Information Technology 4 4 1

MC1820 Computer Applications 3 2 4

CM1401 Technical Report Writing ll 3 3 0

CR1101 Network Foundations 4 3 3

CR2350 Intro to Systems Analysis 4 3 2

Programming for Computer Systems and


CP1360 4 3 2
Networking

CR2510 Linux Server Administration I 3 2 3

CR1260 Client Service for the Computer Industry 2 2 1

CM2200 Oral Communications 2 2 0

CR1501 Website Development 3 2 2

166 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Information Systems – Network and Systems Administration (IS-NaSA)

SCHOOL OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY


Level 2 (Year 2)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

CR2700 Network Operating System Administration 4 3 3

CR2470 Wireless Networks 4 3 3

CP2921 Hardware and Software Troubleshooting 5 4 2

PR2155 Project Management 4 3 2

CM2300 Report Writing 2 2 0

MM1950 Workplace Professionalism 3 3 0

CR2210 Enterprise Mail Systems 5 4 2

CR2440 Network Implementation 5 4 2

CR1270 Hardware Security 4 3 2

CR2950 Emerging Trends in IT Infrastructure 3 2 2

WT1160 Work Term Pass/Fail 8 weeks (280-300 Hours)

After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with an Information Systems – Hardware (IS-H)
Diploma.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 167


Information Systems – Network and Systems Administration (IS-NaSA)
SCHOOL OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Level 3 (Year 3)

COURSE HOURS/WEEK
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

CR3100 Advanced Networking I 4 3 3

CR3230 Enterprise Technology I 4 3 3

CR3320 Advanced IT Hardware 3 2 3

CR3420 Infrastructure Security 4 3 2

CR3450 Scripting 2 1 2

CR3101 Advanced Networking II 4 3 4

CR3231 Enterprise Technology II 4 3 4

Emerging Trends in Network and Systems


CP4490 3 2 2
Administration

CR3160 IT Service Management 4 3 2

Elective (minimum 3 credits) 3 3 0

PR3530 Network and Systems Administration Capstone 6 4 6

After successful completion of the above listed courses, the student will be eligible to graduate with an Information Systems – Network and
Systems Administration (IS-NaSA) Diploma.

168 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


TECHNICIAN CERTIFICATE PROGRAM
Technician Certificate Program
The Technician Certificate Program (TCP) at College of the North Atlantic – Qatar is designed to prepare graduates to work as
entry level maintenance and operations personnel within the Energy and Industry (E & I) sector of Qatar. Emphasis is placed on
developing practical skills and the ability to work safely, and as part of a team. The College has shops and labs equipped with the
latest industrial class equipment, process simulation labs, and maintenance pilot plant facilities to provide advanced, state-of-the-
art education and training. Students in TCP will experience a blended learning environment, which applies advanced industrial and
computer technologies, practical skills-based training, traditional learning methods, and e-learning. The Technician Certificate
Program options are delivered in an alternating model consisting of practical college training and on-the-job workplace learning.

Students who successfully complete the program will receive a Technician Certificate. After acquiring industry experience,
graduates will be able to continue their studies at CNA–Q, receiving a specified number of transfer credit towards a diploma in
Engineering Technology.

Program Options: • Electrical Technician


• Instrumentation Technician
• Mechanical Technician
• Process Operator Technician

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 169


Technician Certificate - Electrical
TECHNICIAN CERTIFICATE PROGRAM

Program Objectives Further Studies


An electrical technician installs, operates, Upon successful completion of the Graduates of the Technician Certificate
tests and repairs electrical equipment and program, graduates will be able to: (Electrical) program will have the
electronic controls. Working in Qatar’s 1. Install, examine, replace, and repair opportunity to transfer credits to
Energy and Industry sector (E & I), an electrical wiring. Engineering Technology diploma
electrical technician carries out routine 2. Test electrical and electronic programs at CNA-Q. Graduates may be
maintenance checks, ensuring that the equipment. required to undertake further coursework
testing and calibration of equipment 3. Conduct preventative maintenance in language studies and/or academics in
are conducted according to standard procedures to switchgears, order to qualify for transfer.
operating procedures and manufacturer transformers, electric motors,
guidelines. Electrical technicians generally generators, and electrical control A current list of post-secondary
work in the maintenance departments systems. institutions offering admission and
of factories, plants, refineries, and other 4. Read and interpret electrical drawings. transfer credit to CNA-Q graduates
industrial establishments. 5. Work as a member of a team in a who meet the entrance requirements
variety of technical projects and tasks. is available from the Registrar’s Office
The Technician Certificate (Electrical) 6. Apply safe work practices and personal or the Career Counseling and Resource
program prepares graduates for entry into protection. Centre.
a career as technicians in the electrical
field within Qatar’s E & I sector. The Career Opportunities
program is competency-based with two Electrical technicians find employment
workplace learning components carried with oil refineries, petrochemical
out within the students’ sponsoring and chemical companies, electrical
company: a 4-week workplace orientation power companies, oil and natural gas
in the first half of the program, and a 24- companies, electrical construction firms
week worksite practicum at the end. For and primary steel producers.
on-campus courses, students train in a
simulated work environment in workshops Entrance Requirements
and CNA–Q’s pilot plants, using industry The program entrance requirements for
class equipment. the Technician Certificate program are as
follows:
Students receive workplace safety training 1. High school completion with an overall
at the beginning of the program, with 50% average or higher;
safety principles reinforced throughout 2. Qatari nationality;
every course and technical task in the 3. Male;
program. Program courses include 4. Under 30 years of age;
Fabrication Hand Tools, Basic DC Theory, 5. Obtain a CEFR Level A2.2 or greater;
Conductors and Cables, Single-Phase 6. Pass CNA–Q’s Math Placement Test;
and Three-Phase Electricity, Electrical 7. Clearances from the following bodies:
Drawings, as well as discipline specific a. Ministry of Labour (MOL)
electives. b. Ministry of Interior (MOI)
c. GHQAF
This program is designed to be delivered 8. Medical fitness as determined by Qatar
using a block training schedule of 12-week Petroleum’s Standard Medical Test;
semesters. 9. Director of Administration (DA)
approval.

170 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Technician Certificate - Electrical

TECHNICIAN CERTIFICATE PROGRAM


Semester 1 - 12 weeks

COURSE HOURS
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

SEMESTER 1

SE1035 Workplace Safety 1 - 30

ET1175 Fabrication Hand Tools 1 - 40

ET1180 Power Tools 1 - 40

Semester 2 - 12 weeks

COURSE HOURS
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

SEMESTER 2

ET1190 Basic DC Theory 3 - 120

ET1195 Single-Phase Electricity 2 - 70

WORKPLACE ORIENTATION

ET1205 Workplace Orientation 0 - 4 weeks

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 171


Technician Certificate - Electrical
TECHNICIAN CERTIFICATE PROGRAM

Semester 3 - 12 weeks

COURSE HOURS
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

SEMESTER 3

ET1200 Three-Phase Electricity 2 - 60

ET1210 Conductors and Cables 1 - 40

ET1215 Electrical Drawings 1 - 40

ET1220 Power Supply and Rectifiers 1 - 50

ET1225 Electrical Transformers 1 - 50

ET1230 Three-Phase Induction Motors 1 - 40

ET1235 Single-Phase Induction Motors 1 - 40

Semester 12 - 4 weeks

COURSE HOURS
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

SEMESTER 4

ET1240 Alternating Current Generators 1 - 40

ET1245 Direct Current Motors 1 - 50

ET1250 Motorized Valve Actuators 1 - 30

ET1255 Hazardous Areas 1 - 30

ET1260 Circuit Breakers and Fuses 1 - 40

ET1265 Relays and Contactors 1 - 40

ET1270 UPS and Inverters 1 - 50

ELECTIVES 2 - 60

WORKPLACE EXPERIENCE

ET1275 Worksite Practicum 24 - 24 weeks

960 HOURS + 4 WEEKS OF


TOTAL 49 WORKPLACE ORIENTATION
+ 24 WEEKS PRACTICUM

172 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Technician Certificate - Mechanical

TECHNICIAN CERTIFICATE PROGRAM


Program Objectives Further Studies
A mechanical technician installs, Upon successful completion of the Graduates of the Technician Certificate
maintains, and repairs stationary industrial program, graduates will be able to: (Mechanical) program will have the
machinery and mechanical equipment. 1. Assemble, replace, repair, and opportunity to transfer credits to
Working in Qatar’s Energy and Industry maintain machinery and mechanical Engineering Technology diploma
(E & I) sector, a mechanical technician equipment using hand and power tools programs at CNA-Q. Graduates may be
reads and interprets technical drawings, and welding equipment. required to undertake further coursework
installs, aligns, and dismantles mechanical 2. Conduct preventative maintenance in language studies and/or academics in
equipment, and operates various devices procedures on valves, heat order to qualify for transfer.
and machine tools such as lathes, exchangers, filters and strainers,
welding equipment, and milling machines. couplings, seals, bearings, pumps, A current list of post-secondary
Mechanical technicians generally work in compressors and IC engines. institutions offering admission and
the maintenance departments of factories, 3. Operate hoisting and lifting devices. transfer credit to CNA-Q graduates
plants, refineries, and other industrial 4. Read and interpret technical drawings. who meet the entrance requirements
establishments. 5. Work as a member of a team in a is available from the Registrar’s Office
variety of technical projects and tasks. or the Career Counseling and Resource
The Technician Certificate (Mechanical) 6. Apply safe work practices and personal Centre.
program prepares graduates for entry into protection.
a career as technicians in the mechanical
field within Qatar’s E & I sector. The Career Opportunities
program is competency-based with two The competencies acquired in this
workplace learning components carried program will prepare the graduate
out within the students’ sponsoring for careers in a wide variety of
company: a 4-week workplace orientation occupational settings, such as oil
in the first half of the program, and a 24- refineries, petrochemical and chemical
week worksite practicum at the end. For companies, electrical power companies,
on-campus courses, students train in a oil and natural gas companies, industrial
simulated work environment in workshops processing plants, primary steel
and CNA–Q’s pilot plants, using industry producers, and machinery and equipment
class equipment. manufacturers.

Students receive workplace safety training Entrance Requirements


at the beginning of the program, with The program entrance requirements for
safety principles reinforced throughout the Technician Certificate program are as
every course and technical task in the follows:
program. Program courses include 1. High school completion with an overall
Precision Measuring Tools, Technical 50% average or higher;
Drawings, Engineering Materials, 2. Qatari nationality;
Threading Techniques, and a series 3. Male;
of courses in Valve, Heat Exchanger, 4. Under 30 years of age;
Filter and Strainer, Coupling, Seal, 5. Obtain a CEFR Level A2.2 or greater;
Bearing, Pump, Compressor and Internal 6. Pass CNAQ’s Math Placement Test;
Combustion (IC) Engine Maintenance. 7. Clearances from the following bodies:
a. Ministry of Labour (MOL)
This program is designed to be delivered b. Ministry of Interior (MOI)
using a block training schedule of 12-week c. GHQAF
semesters. 8. Medical fitness as determined by Qatar
Petroleum’s Standard Medical Test;
9. Director of Administration (DA)
approval.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 173


Technician Certificate - Mechanical
TECHNICIAN CERTIFICATE PROGRAM

Semester 12 - 1 weeks

COURSE HOURS
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

SEMESTER 1

SE1035 Workplace Safety 1 - 30

ME1125 Hand Tools 2 - 60

Semester 12 - 2 weeks

COURSE HOURS
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

SEMESTER 2

ME1130 Limits, Fits, and Tolerances 1 - 30

ME1135 Precision Measuring Tools 1 - 50

ME1140 Machine Tools 1 - 50

ME1155 Technical Drawings 2 - 80

WORKPLACE ORIENTATION

ME1160 Workplace Orientation 0 - 4 weeks

174 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Technician Certificate - Mechanical

TECHNICIAN CERTIFICATE PROGRAM


Semester 3 - 12 weeks

COURSE HOURS
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

SEMESTER 3

ME1145 Engineering Materials 1 - 30

ME1150 Threading Techniques 1 - 30

ME1165 Flanges, Gaskets, & Fittings 2 - 60

ME1170 Valve Maintenance 2 - 60

ME1175 Heat Exchanger Maintenance 1 - 50

ME1180 Filter & Strainer Maintenance 1 - 30

ME1185 Coupling Maintenance 1 - 45

ME1195 Bearing Maintenance & Lubrication 1 - 45

Semester 12 - 4 weeks

COURSE HOURS
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

SEMESTER 4

ME1190 Seal Maintenance 1 - 50

ME1210 Pump Maintenance 1 - 50

ME1215 Compressor Maintenance 2 - 60

ME1220 IC Engine Maintenance 2 - 60

ME1225 Maintenance Procedures 1 - 30

ELECTIVES 2 - 60

WORKPLACE EXPERIENCE

ME1230 Worksite Practicum 24 - 24 weeks

960 HOURS + 4 WEEKS


TOTAL 51 WORKPLACE ORIENTATION
+ 24 WEEKS PRACTICUM

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 175


Technician Certificate - Instrumentation
TECHNICIAN CERTIFICATE PROGRAM

Program Objectives Further Studies


An instrumentation technician inspects Upon successful completion of the Graduates of the Technician Certificate
and tests instruments and plant machinery program, graduates will be able to: (Instrumentation) program will have
to ensure optimal and safe operation. 1. Calibrate and maintain instrument the opportunity to transfer credits
Working in Qatar’s Energy and Industry components used to control or to Engineering Technology diploma
(E & I) sector, an instrumentation measure level, pressure, flow and programs at CNA-Q. Graduates may be
technician reads and interprets temperature. required to undertake further coursework
instrumentation drawings, installs and 2. Consult manufacturers’ manual to in language studies and/or academics in
maintains new or existing instruments, determine testing and maintenance order to qualify for transfer.
calibrates and maintains instrument procedures.
components used to control or measure 3. Use Pneumatic, electrical, and A current list of post-secondary
level, pressure, flow, and temperature, electronic testing devices to inspect institutions offering admission and
diagnoses instrumentation faults, and test plant instruments. transfer credit to CNA-Q graduates
and consults with process operators. 4. Read and interpret instrumentation who meet the entrance requirements is
Instrumentation technicians generally drawings. available from the Registrar’s Office or the
work in the maintenance departments 5. Work as a member of a team in a Career Counseling and Resource Centre.
of factories, plants, refineries, and other variety of technical projects and tasks.
industrial establishments. 6. Apply safe work practices and personal
protection.
The Technician Certificate
(Instrumentation) program prepares Career Opportunities
graduates for entry into a career as With industry becoming increasingly
technicians in the instrumentation field automated, instrumentation technicians
within Qatar’s E & I sector. The program are needed virtually anywhere there are
is competency-based with two workplace control and metering systems. They are
learning components carried out within the employed in the following industries:
students’ sponsoring company: a 4-week petrochemical, oil and natural gas,
workplace orientation in the first half of industrial chemicals manufacturers,
the program, and a 24-week worksite electricity power generation, primary
practicum at the end. For on-campus steel producers, industrial instrument
courses, students train in a simulated and other manufacturing companies,
work environment in workshops and fertilizer production, and industrial
CNA–Q’s pilot plants, using industry class instrument servicing.
equipment.
Entrance Requirements
Students receive workplace safety training The program entrance requirements for
at the beginning of the program, with the Technician Certificate program are as
safety principles reinforced throughout follows:
every course and technical task in the 1. High school completion with an overall
program. Program courses include Process 50% average or higher;
Control Fundamentals, Instrumentation 2. Qatari nationality;
Drawings, Pneumatic Components/ 3. Male;
Valves, Electrical, Electronic, and Digital 4. Under 30 years of age;
Logic Circuits, as well as Pressure. Level, 5. Obtain a CEFR Level A2.2 or greater;
Flow, Temperature, and Advanced Control 6. Pass CNAQ’s Math Placement Test;
Loops. 7. Clearances from the following bodies:
a. Ministry of Labour (MOL)
This program is designed to be delivered b. Ministry of Interior (MOI)
using a block training schedule within 12- c. GHQAF
week semesters. 8. Medical fitness as determined by
Qatar Petroleum’s Standard Medical
Test;
9. Director of Administration (DA)
approval.

176 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Technician Certificate - Instrumentation

TECHNICIAN CERTIFICATE PROGRAM


Semester 1 - 12 weeks

COURSE HOURS
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

SEMESTER 1

SE1035 Workplace Safety 1 - 30

IN1110 Hand Tools 1 - 30

IN1115 Power Tools 1 - 30

IN1120 Process Control Fundamentals 2 - 70

Semester 12 - 2 weeks

COURSE HOURS
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

SEMESTER 2

IN1125 Instrumentation Drawings 1 - 40

IN1130 Instrument Air Supply System 1 - 40

IN1135 Pneumatic Components/Valves 1 - 40

WORKPLACE ORIENTATION

IN1150 Workplace Orientation 0 - 4 weeks

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 177


Technician Certificate - Instrumentation
TECHNICIAN CERTIFICATE PROGRAM

Semester 3 - 12 weeks

COURSE HOURS
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

SEMESTER 3

IN1140 Electrical Circuits 1 - 40

IN1145 Electronic Circuits 1 - 40

IN1155 Digital Logic Circuits 1 - 40

IN1160 Microprocessor Controllers 2 - 60

IN1165 Pressure Control Loop 1 - 50

IN1170 Level Control Loop 1 - 50

IN1175 Flow Control Loop 1 - 50

Semester 4 - 12 weeks

COURSE HOURS
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

SEMESTER 4

IN1180 Temperature Control Loop 1 - 50

IN1185 Advanced Control Loops 3 - 120

IN1190 Advanced Controls 3 - 120

ELECTIVES 2 - 60

WORKPLACE EXPERIENCE

IN1195 Worksite Practicum 24 - 24 weeks

960 HOURS + 4 WEEKS


TOTAL 49 WORKPLACE ORIENTATION
+ 24 WEEKS PRACTICUM

178 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Technician Certificate - Process Operations

TECHNICIAN CERTIFICATE PROGRAM


Program Objectives Further Studies
A process operator monitors, adjusts, Upon successful completion of the Graduates of the Technician Certificate
operates, and maintains processing program, graduates will be able to: (Process Operations) program will have
units and equipment in industrial plants. 1. Read and interpret process diagrams. the opportunity to transfer credits
Working in Qatar’s Energy and Industry 2. Read instruments to gauge pressure, to Engineering Technology diploma
(E & I) sector, a process operator flow, level, concentration, and density. programs at CNA-Q. Graduates may be
diagnoses and solves problems 3. Operate process control systems. required to undertake further coursework
related to systems operations in 4. Adjust equipment, valves, pumps, and in language studies and/or academics in
petroleum, natural gas processing, controls. order to qualify for transfer.
petrochemical, industrial, agricultural, 5. Work as a member of a team in a
specialty chemical, and pharmaceutical variety of technical projects and tasks. A current list of post-secondary
companies. 6. Apply safe work practices and personal institutions offering admission and
protection. transfer credit to CNA-Q graduates
The Technician Certificate (Process who meet the entrance requirements is
Operations) program prepares graduates Career Opportunities available from the Registrar’s Office or the
for entry into a career as technicians The competencies acquired in this Career Counseling and Resource Centre.
in the process operations field within program will prepare the graduate for
Qatar’s E & I sector. The program is careers in a wide variety of industries
competency-based with two workplace where manufacturing and processing
learning components carried out within are key elements in their operations.
the students’ sponsoring company: a Companies involved with petroleum,
4-week workplace orientation in the petrochemical, gas producing, and
first half of the program, and a 24- industrial and agricultural manufacturing
week worksite practicum at the end. processes have an ever-increasing need
For on-campus courses, students train for skilled process operators.
in a simulated work environment in
workshops and CNA–Q’s pilot plants, Entrance Requirements
using industry class equipment. The program entrance requirements for
the Technician Certificate program are as
Students receive workplace safety follows:
training at the beginning of the program, 1. High school completion with an overall
with safety principles reinforced 50% average or higher;
throughout every course and technical 2. Qatari nationality;
task in the program. Program courses 3. Male;
include a series of courses in Steam, Air 4. Under 30 years of age;
and Electricity Supply, Pipework, Valve, 5. Obtain a CEFR Level A2.2 or greater;
and Distillation Systems, as well as Pump 6. Pass CNAQ’s Math Placement Test;
Operation, Prime Movers, Compressors, 7. Clearances from the following bodies:
Turbo Expanders, and Reactors. a. Ministry of Labour (MOL)
b. Ministry of Interior (MOI)
This program is designed to be delivered c. GHQAF
using a block training schedule within 12- 8. Medical fitness as determined by Qatar
week semesters. Petroleum’s Standard Medical Test;
9. Director of Administration (DA)
approval.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 179


Technician Certificate - Process Operations
TECHNICIAN CERTIFICATE PROGRAM

Semester 1 - 12 weeks

COURSE HOURS
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

SEMESTER 1

SE1035 Workplace Safety 1 - 30

PT1120 Operator Responsibilities 1 - 20

PT1125 Process Diagrams 1 - 30

PT1130 Process Water Systems 1 - 40

Semester 12 - 2 weeks

COURSE HOURS
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

SEMESTER 2

PT1135 Steam Systems 0 - 15

PT1140 Air Supply Systems 0 - 15

PT1145 Electricity Supply Systems 0 - 10

PT1150 Pipework Systems 1 - 40

PT1155 Valve Systems 1 - 40

PT1170 Heat Exchangers 1 - 40

WORKPLACE ORIENTATION

PT1175 Workplace Orientation 0 - 4 weeks

180 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Technician Certificate - Process Operations

TECHNICIAN CERTIFICATE PROGRAM


Semester 3 - 12 weeks

COURSE HOURS
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

SEMESTER 3

PT1160 Process Physics 1 - 40

PT1165 Process Chemistry 1 - 40

PT1180 Pump Operation 1 - 40

PT1185 Prime Movers 1 - 40

PT1190 Process Instrumentation 1 - 50

PT1195 Process Control Systems 1 - 50

PT1215 Compressors 2 - 60

Semester 12 - 4 weeks

COURSE HOURS
COURSE TITLE
NUMBER CR LEC LAB

SEMESTER 4

PT1220 Turbo Expanders 1 - 20

PT1225 Storage of Liquids and Gases 1 40

PT1230 Heating Furnaces 1 - 40

PT1235 Reactors 1 - 50

PT1240 Gas Absorption & Dehydration 1 - 50

PT1245 Distillation Systems 1 50

PT1250 Refrigeration & Liquefaction 1 50

Electives 2 60

WORKPLACE EXPERIENCE

PT1255 Worksite Practicum 24 - 24 weeks

960 HOURS + 4 WEEKS


TOTAL 48 WORKPLACE ORIENTATION
+ 24 WEEKS PRACTICUM

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 181


TECHNICIAN CERTIFICATE PROGRAM

182 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Course Descriptions

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
AC1100 BOOKKEEPING I the elements of integrated computerized emphasizes the national accounting
Bookkeeping I is a study of the financial accounting software (such as standards (private enterprise GAAP).
fundamental principles and mechanics Simply Accounting by Sage or SAP). The
of bookkeeping, including the recording, student will explore integrated software AC2340 PRINCIPLES OF AUDITING
classifying and summarizing of financial systems, general ledger, payables, Prerequisite: AC3220
data for a service business. The course receivables, payroll and inventory. The This course provides an introduction to
also includes the control of cash and petty student will have the opportunity to apply auditing for accounting students who do
cash, banking procedures and completing the skills through various applications. not have significant auditing or accounting
the accounting cycle. This course experience. The course is a practical guide
emphasizes the national accounting AC2231 COMPUTERIZED to both auditing theory and practice.
standards (private enterprise Generally ACCOUNTING LL
Accepted Accounting Principles – GAAP). Prerequisite: AC2230 AC2360 PRINCIPLES OF
This course completes the study of INTERNAL AUDITING
AC1260 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING I computerized accounting systems started Prerequisite: AC2220
This course introduces the student to in AC2230 Computerized Accounting Co-requisite: AC3220
accounting concepts, including: the basics I. The student will learn how to use This course provides an introduction to
of the double-entry accounting system computerized accounting software to: auditing for accounting students who do
including adjusting entries; financial perform bank reconciliation, enter foreign not have significant auditing or accounting
statement preparation; accounting for currency transactions and perform project experience. The course is a practical
payroll; accounting for a merchandis- allocations, budgeting, departmental guide to both auditing theory and practice.
ing company; and the basics of internal accounting, timing and billing. The course will introduce students to the
control of cash. This course emphasizes Furthermore, the student will learn to practice of internal audit and the auditor’s
the national accounting standards (private use spreadsheets for analyzing, planning decision-making process.
enterprise GAAP). and decision making for intermediate
accounting and managerial accounting AC2370 PRINCIPLES OF TAXATION
AC2100 BOOKKEEPING II content through the use of comprehensive Prerequisites: AC2260, FN1140
Prerequisite: AC1100 case studies and simulations. This course provids students with an
Bookkeeping II involves the application of introduction to taxation. It focuses on the
accounts receivable and accounts payable AC2250 MANAGERIAL theory behind taxation rather than the
and the study and application of the ACCOUNTING I practical application so that students gain
generally accepted accounting principles Prerequisites: AC2260, MC1242 an understanding of how and why taxes
within merchandising firms. The course This course provides the student with exist. By taking this course, the students
involves using special journals, end-of- knowledge in accounting techniques will recognize the major tax issues inherent
the-year adjustments for depreciation, required by management for planning and in business and financial transactions.
accruals, bad debts, closing entries, control, decision making, performance The main focus will be on corporate
financial statements and payroll. evaluation and preparation of internal taxation and corporate tax planning,
This course emphasizes the national reports. especially in an international environment.
accounting standards (private enterprise Additional topics such as individual
GAAP). AC2260 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING II taxation, Value-Added Taxes (VAT) and
Prerequisite: AC1260 custom duties will be covered in a depth
AC2220 INTERMEDIATE FINANCIAL This course introduces the student to relative to their presence in the local tax
ACCOUNTING I the principles and procedures needed to environment.
Prerequisites: AC2260, MC1242 account for long-term assets (including
This course builds on the knowledge capital assets, intangible assets and AC2530 OIL AND GAS
obtained in Financial Accounting I and investments), liabilities and equities and PRODUCTION ACCOUNTING
II. Its focus is on the asset side of the to the concepts of financial reporting and Prerequisite: AC2260
balance sheet, providing an in-depth decision making for both partnerships and This course provides students with an
study of current assets, property, plant corporations. In this course the student overview of the development of the oil and
and equipment and intangible assets. The will explore property, plant, equipment gas industry, from inception to modern
recognition and measurement of revenues and intangibles; current and long-term practices and from the reservoir to refining
and expenses are also covered. liabilities; partnership accounting; and the role which the production accountant
corporate organization, transactions plays in accounting for oil and gas. This
AC2230 COMPUTERIZED and reporting; bonds as liabilities will enable students to understand and
ACCOUNTING I and investments; equity investments; communicate effectively with professionals
Prerequisites: AC1260 or AC2100 statement of cash flows; and analyzing in the oil and gas industry and to understand
This course introduces the student to financial statements. This course and apply the accounting concepts.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 183


Courses
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

AC2600 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING interpretation of information for both BK1101 BANKING OPERATIONS II
FOR HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGERS operational and strategic decision-making Prerequisite: BK1100
Prerequisite: AC2260 purposes. This course is designed to This course is a continuation of BK1100,
This course introduces the student to provide the student with knowledge Banking Operations I, and is designed
the accounting techniques needed by in accounting techniques required by to familiarize students with the main
management for planning and control, management for planning and control, principles and guidelines which
decision making, performance evaluation decision making, performance evaluation characterize the banking industry and
and preparation of internal reports. The and preparation of internal reports. provide them with a basic understand-
student will explore basic concepts of Increased focus on how modern cost ing of the operations and transactions
managerial accounting; departmental, management and cost performance conducted in a bank setting. Students
project and program cost allocation; measurement techniques can be used will be introduced to credit facilities and
budgeting and control; control through in the strategic function of business. trade finance products as well as other
standard costs; flexible budgets and Critical thinking and a strategic approach banking products not covered in Banking
overhead analysis; control of decentral- to cost accounting are now given greater Operations I.
ized operations; and pricing of products prominence alongside the technical
and services. The student will have the coverage. BK1110 BANKING OPERATIONS III
opportunity to apply their skills through This course is designed as an integration
practical learning. AE1260 POWER ELECTRONICS learning activity where students practically
This course introduces the student to apply the banking knowledge and skills
AC3220 INTERMEDIATE FINANCIAL solid state electronics for industrial power learned in Banking Operations I and
ACCOUNTING II supplies and on/off control of high current II. Working in a simulated retail bank
Prerequisite: AC2220 devices. environment as frontline financial services
This course is a continuation of the study providers participants learn and employ
of the principles and procedures covered AE2340 ANALOG ELECTRONICS I critical professional skills. Students are
in the previous semester of Intermediate Prerequisite: ET1131 prepared to perform routine teller and
Financial Accounting. The contents present This course includes the description, customer service agent tasks with proper
an in-depth study of the liabilities and operation and application of simple business etiquette, customer service
owner’s equity side of the Statement of electronic components with particular skills and selling skills. In a simulated
Financial Position; there is also an in-depth emphasis on semiconductor theory. environment, through demonstra-
study of the Statement of Cash Flows. Analysis techniques involving diode tions, exercises, role plays and problem
equivalent circuits will be introduced and solving situations, students will acquire
AC3230 COMPUTERIZED expanded to bipolar transistor DC biasing the knowledge and skills related to
ACCOUNTING II and amplifier systems. executing transactions like handling cash,
Prerequisites: AC2100 or AC1260 and opening accounts and effectively serving
CP1450 or equivalent AE2370 ANALOG ELECTRONICS II customers while complying to Qatar
This is a more advanced computerized Prerequisite: AE2340 Central Bank regulations.
accounting course. Students will be This course provides a study of analog
introduced to a computerized accounting applications of advanced transistor circuits BK2200 CONSUMER LENDING
package such as Accpac, NewViews or and operational amplifiers, with emphasis This course examines different types of
System II. on circuit analysis, applications, circuit credit with a focus on consumer loans,
simulation and troubleshooting. Also credit cards and lines of credit, residential
AC3250 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING II included is a study of IC power supply mortgages, pros and cons of credit,
Prerequisite: AC2250 linear and switching regulators, as well personal financial statement analysis
This course builds on the knowledge as thyristors and representative power utilizing electronic spreadsheet templates
gained in Managerial Accounting I by control circuits. for banking, what factors to consider when
having the student apply their previous making the decision to lend and other
knowledge of cost behaviour to specialized BK1100 BANKING OPERATIONS I components of credit.
areas of cost and management accounting This course familiarizes students with
including budgeting, standard costing, the main principles and guidelines that BK2210 COMMERCIAL LENDING
relevant cost analysis, pricing of products characterize the banking industry and then This course reinforces the fundamental
and services and capital budgeting. provide them with a basic understanding of concepts, skills and the behaviors
the operations and transactions conducted required to make sound commercial
AC3251 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING III in a bank setting. lending recommendations and decisions.
Prerequisite: AC3250 Students will demonstrate their knowledge
Managerial accounting involves the of commercial lending through guided
internal generation, communication and discussion, case studies, practical

184 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Courses

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
application and group discussions. BL1131 MICROBIOLOGY policies and procedures necessary to
Electronic spreadsheet templates for This microbiology course introduces protect themselves as well as prevent
banking will be utilized to consolidate, students to the classification of microor- the transmission of disease in the dental
analyze, compare and interpret various ganisms, bacterial control mechanisms. office. The microbiology component of
types of financial data throughout the The lab component will address the this course provides students with the
course. preparation and analysis of various tests necessary foundation to understand the
to identify and enumerate microbes. organisms that cause disease and the
BK2360 BANK FINANCIAL Students will also learn about the prolifera- approaches necessary to destroy them.
MANAGEMENT tion of microorganisms in the environment Diseases of concern to dentistry are the
The decisions made by the financial and their role as infectious agents. main focus.
management team of a bank affect
customers, employees and shareholders. BL1180 ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY BL1500 BIOLOGY
This introductory course provides students This course enables students to acquire This is an introductory biology course, with
with an understanding of the nature of a comprehensive knowledge of gross emphasis being placed on the following:
these decisions, the factors that dictate anatomy and physiology of the major a study of the cell, its structure and
such decisions and their impact on the systems of the human body. In addition, function; a comparison between animal
various stakeholders. This course will also students will be instructed on the general and plant cells; a brief study of selected
emphasize the importance of team work, principles of pathophysiology to facilitate organisms of the Protista kingdom and
discipline and sound work ethics and understanding of the body’s reaction to a comparison between eukaryotes and
students will be evaluated on their class trauma and illness. prokaryotes; a study of DNA and RNA and
participation, punctuality, team work and protein synthesis; an introductory study
overall attitude. BL1200 BIOLOGY of gene regulation in prokaryotes and
Prerequisite: CH1011 or equivalent eukaryotes; the principles of hereditary;
BK2401 ANTI-MONEY LAUNDERING This is an introductory biology course an introductory study of biotechnology;
This course provides students with designed to develop scientific literacy and a study of tissues; an introduction to
accurate and up-to-date information prepare students for entry into Health anatomical and medical terminology; and a
about the dangers of money-laundering Sciences programs. The course focuses on study of the skeletal system.
and crime and terrorism financing, both the fundamental concepts of biology
locally and internationally. Students will and provides introduction to the study of BL1501 BIOLOGY
be exposed to the role banks and financial human systems with particular emphasis Prerequisite: BL1500
institutions must play in order to prevent on the skeletal and nervous systems. This is a course in human anatomy and
money laundering and the steps taken physiology, with emphasis being placed
in that respect. This course will also BL1210 BIOLOGY II on the following systems: cardiovascular,
emphasize the importance of team work, Prerequisite: BL1200 lymphatic, respiratory, endocrine, nervous
discipline and sound work ethics and BL1210 is a continuation of BL1200. and sensory organs and related medical
students will be evaluated on their class Its emphasis is on the anatomy and terminology.
participation, punctuality, team work and physiology of the following human
overall attitude. systems: integumentary, the sensory BL2100 BIOLOGY
organs, endocrine, lymphatic, urinary, Prerequisite: BL1501
BL1010 BIOLOGY FOR reproductive, digestive, respiratory and This is a continuation of the second
PRE-HEALTH SCIENCES cardiovascular systems. semester anatomy and physiology course
This course introduces the student to the with emphasis on the following systems:
principles of human biology. The major BL1250 OROFACIAL ANATOMY digestive, urinary and reproductive and
topics include the cell, genetics and This course provides the student with related medical terminology.
human systems. basic dental knowledge and terminology,
anatomy of the head, oral cavity and BL2330 CARDIOPULMONARY
BL1011 BIOLOGY FOR PRE-HEALTH individual teeth, as well as anomalies and PHYSIOLOGY
SCIENCES pathology of the oral cavity. Emphasis is Prerequisite: Successful completion of
Prerequisite: BL1010 placed on theoretical knowledge that will Semester 3
This course introduces the student to the be applied in a clinical setting. This course is an in-depth study of the
principles of human biology. The major anatomy and physiology of the cardiopulmon-
topics include systems of the human body. BL1280 MICROBIOLOGY AND ary and other body systems, which have an
INFECTION CONTROL impact on respiratory medicine. Included will
This course provides students with the be the analysis of various disease conditions
rationale for proper infection control and which affect the human body, especially the
the knowledge and ability to implement cardiopulmonary components.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 185


Courses
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

BL2340 CARDIOPULMONARY will be expected to construct a simple CE2220 ANALOG COMMUNICATIONS


PATHOPHYSIOLOGY network and apply appropriate IP addresses Prerequisite: MA1101
Prerequisite: Successful completion and to configure connectivity between a Co-requisites: AE2320 or AC2340
ofSemester3 wireless LAN client and a wireless access This is an intermediate-level electronics
This course will enable the student to point. Upon completion of this course the course designed to provide students with an
describe the pathophysiologic mani- learner should have a reasonable under- introduction to the signals and processes of
festations, clinical signs, symptoms and standing of topics such as how Local Area analog communications.
therapeutic management of the major Networks function, the role of IP addressing,
cardiopulmonary diseases, in order to desktop hardware and network operating CE2300 TELECOMMUNICATIONS
facilitate the development of treatment systems and how data is reliably transported NETWORKS
protocols. between hosts across the Internet. Prerequisite: AE2350
Co-requisite: CE2130
BL2410 MICROBIOLOGY CE1210 BASIC COMMUNICATIONS This course provides a detailed understand-
Prerequisite: Successful completion of NETWORKS I ing of the design and technologies used by
3rd semester This course introduces students to the telecommunication service providers to
An introductory course covering the basic concept of networking using a top-down deliver voice and data services. Emphasis is
aspects of microbiology, with emphasis on approach. Throughout this course students placed on the currently deployed switching,
the role of microorganisms in disease and will examine the role and operation of transmission and signaling systems
methods of control utilized in respiratory care. networks including applications, protocols, technologies. Specific topics includethe
devices and media. Students will also architecture of the Public Switched Tele-
CE1140 NETWORK COMPUTER be introduced to wireless networks. This phoneNetwork (PSTN) and the use of
ESSENTIALS course provides the learner with significant this network construct to provide data
This course introduces students to the practical experience in networking. Upon services. Technology emphasis is on Local
fundamentals of computer hardware completion of this course, the learner should Loop, Digital Switch Network including the
and software with an emphasis on the have a reasonable understanding of topics ITU-TE..164 international public telecom-
requirements for a networked environment. such as how Local Area Networks function, munication numbering plan, Integrated
The early course covers the hardware (HW) the role of IP addressing and how data is Services Digital Network (ISDN), Time
of network computing systems (PC), servers, reliably transported between hosts across Division Multiplexing (TDM), Frame Relay
remote computing devices and peripherals. the Internet. Students will be expected (FR), Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM),
As the course develops, students are to construct a simple network and apply and Synchronous Optical Networking
introduced to the operating systems appropriate IP addresses and to configure (SONET). The roadmap to evolve these
(OS) that are installed on these devices. connectivity between a wireless LAN client facilities in support of mobile and Internet
Students will be able to describe the internal and a wireless access point. Protocol services will be explained.
components of a computer, assemble
a computer system, install an operating CE1230 - TROUBLESHOOTING CE2310 - TELECOM NETWORKS
system and troubleshoot using system tools COMMS SYSTEMS OVERVIEW
and diagnostic software. Students will also Pre-requisites: CE2220, AE2370 Prerequisite: AE2340
be able to connect the Internet and share Troubleshooting is as much an art as a Co-requisite: CE3381
resources in a network environment. In science, however the application of sound This course is designed to provide a
addition, students will look at PC security analysis methodology greatly improves detailed understanding of the design and
and the role of good communications in troubleshooting productivity. Fixed technologies used by telecommunication
the troubleshooting process. Essential procedures are important in dealing with service providers to deliver voice and data
knowledge and skills will be developed using complex processes. Procedures, flowcharts, services. Emphasis is placed on the currently
a combination of classroom instruction and and checklists are all methods for attacking deployed switching, transmission and
hands-on practical experience. problems in more or less standard ways. At signalling systems technologies. Specific
the end of this course, the student will be topics include the architecture of the Public
CE1220 BASIC NETWORKS able to: Switched Telephone Network (PSTN) and
This course introduces students to the 1. Create a meaningful procedure which the use of this network construct to provide
concept of networking using a top-down encapsulates general failure analysis data services. Technology emphasis is
approach. Throughout this course students techniques on Local Loop, Digital Switch Network
will examine the role and operation of 2. Analyze a communications system and including the ITU-T E.164 international
networks including applications, protocols, propose corrective action for major public telecommunication numbering plan,
devices, and media. Students will also failure modes Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN),
be introduced to wireless networks. This Time Division Multiplexing (TDM), Frame
course provides the student with significant Relay (FR), Asynchronous Transfer Mode
practical experience in networking. Students (ATM), and Synchronous Optical Networking

186 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Courses

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
(SONET). The roadmap to evolve these CE3120 IP NETWORK SECURITY important similarities and differences for
facilities in support of mobile and Internet Prerequisite: CE3270 each in the distribution of the broadcast
Protocol services will be explained. This course emphasizes the practical content. Students will acquire a com-
application of skills needed to design, prehensive understanding through the
CE2500 ACCESSING THE WAN implement, and support network security. use of course materials, broadcast
Prerequisites: CE2130, CE2400 Students develop an in-depth, theoretical industry reference materials and practical
This course provides integrated and compre- understanding of network security laboratory skills training.
hensive instruction on Wide Area Network principles as well as the tools and con-
(WAN) technologies and network services figurations available. Hands-on labs help CE3371 SWITCHING AND ROUTING
required by converged applications in students develop critical thinking and Prerequisite: CE1210
enterprise networks. The student is also complex problem-solving skills. Simula- This course continues the students’s
introduced to other WAN technologies such tion-based learning activities promote education in IP-based communications.
as Digital Subscriber Line (DSL) and virtual the exploration of network security In this course the learner will explore
private networks (VPNs) as well as network concepts and allow students to experiment concepts in LAN design, the operation
addressing using IPv6. Throughout the course with network behavior and ask “what and configuration of LAN switches, virtual
the student is presented with practical labs if” questions. Innovative assessments Local Area Networks (VLANs), IP routing,
to apply the covered concepts and construct provide immediate feedback to support and LAN security.
converged network solutions. The student the evaluation of knowledge and acquired
will also learn how to assess the impact of skills. CE3381 ADVANCED ROUTING
advanced service on the WAN, like Data and AND SWITCHING
VoIP and then create the required design CE3220 - WANS AND SP OPERATIONS Prerequisite: CE1210
to meet these requirements. Additionally Prerequisite: CE3381 This course continues the students’s
students use the layered model approach to This course provides the learner with an education in Internet Protocol (IP)-based
isolate, identify and correct common network understanding of Wide Area Networks communications with the concept of
problems at layers 1, 2, 3 and 7. (WANs) and Service Provider (SP) growing an IP network. In this course
Operations. In this course learners the student will be introduced to LAN
CE2720 RF TRANSMIISSION will complete their studies of Internet redundancy, link aggregation, wireless
AND ANTENNAS Protocol (IP) networking and examine LANs, and advanced routing concepts.
Prerequisites: MA1101, MP2140 or ET2100 the relationship between IP traffic and
or ET1151(Qatar Only) the carrier networks that transport data. CE3430 INFRASTRUCTURE CABLING
This course provides a comprehensive Learners will gain practical experience Prerequisite: CE1210
study of the basic principles of electro- with SP Operations such as network This course will provide the learner with the
magnetic wave propagation as they are management and provisioning WAN necessary skills to design and implement
applied to transmission lines, waveguides services. high performance cabling systems. The
and antennas, with applications in wired performance level of the system determines
and wireless communications systems. CE3240 BROADCASTING the type of cabling and hardware to be
ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY used, the rules to be followed and the type
CE3140 RF COMMUNICATION Prerequisite: CE2500 of testing and documentation required to
SYSTEMS Co-requisite: CE3140 certify performance and trouble-shoot the
Prerequisites: CE2270, CE2730 This course provides students with a basic installation. This course focuses on the
This is an advanced electronic com- understanding of broadcast technology physical layer of the OSI Network Model
munications course. It provides a solid and systems. The course first introduces and includes the electrical and mechanical
background for understanding and the student to the capture of video and aspects of interfacing to the transmission
analyzing the modern communications audio media as it applies to broadcast medium and the impact on performance
systems. signals using analog technology as well they may have. This includes analysis of
as the regional standards required. copper cabling, fibre optics, connectors and
CE3150 - MICROWAVE AND RF This is followed with a comprehen- interconnection hardware, electrical code
SYSTEMS sive understanding of the transition to requirements for installation, performance
Prerequisites: CE22XX, CE27XX digital broadcast and the new standards certification, and documentation best
This is an advanced electronic com- required. Students will be able to explain practices.
munications course. It provides a solid the difference between analogue and
background for understanding and digital broadcast technology and systems.
analyzing the modern communications They will also understand the transport
systems. solutions for broadcast media using
satellite technology, cable technology
and Internet protocol technology and the

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 187


Courses
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

CE3510 MICROWAVE CIRCUIT DESIGN of materials under applied loads and the enhanced recovery and work overs in the
Prerequisites: AE2321, AE2351 and CE2270, associated stress distributions. Emphasis oil and gas sector.
CE2730 will be placed on elementary strength of
This course involves design and materials theory with the associated ap- CH1120 CHEMISTRY
simulation of RF amplifier circuits. It proximations. This course provides a basis This in an introductory course designed to
provides students with the analytical and for machine element design and structural give students knowledge and understand-
modelling skills to analyze and assist in the analysis. ing of the fundamental chemical concepts
development of RF microwave communica- which will form the basis for further studies
tions subsystems. CF2520 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS in science and technology.
Prerequisites: PH1101, MA1101
CE3640 UNIFIED COMMUNICATIONS This course is included in the Petroleum CH1121 CHEMISTRY
Prerequisites: CE3160 and CE1210 Technology program curriculum as an Prerequisite: CH1120
or CE2130 and CE2400 engineering science. It This course will further develop the
This course provides students with an forms part of the core of courses fundamental concepts of chemistry,
understanding of unified communications introducing students to the fundamentals with emphasis on those relevant to
topics such as Voice over Internet Protocol of applied problem solving. the chemistry of materials and to the
(VoIP). Topics include unified communica- processes of polymer chemistry, thermo-
tions components and technologies, PSTN CF3200 MATERIALS AND CORROSION chemistry, chemical reaction rates and
architecture, VoIP, protocols and signalling Prerequisite: CH1121 equilibrium, electrochemistry, metals and
and unified communications deployment. This course will introduce learners to the alloys.
Upon completion of this course, students physical and mechanical properties of
may choose to pursue professional certifi- materials commonly used in the chemical CH1142 GENERAL CHEMISTRY
cation such as CCNA Voice. processing industries. It will examine Prerequisites: CH1120, MA2140
the factors that promote the corrosion of This course will further develop the
CF1120 MATERIALS AND PROCESSES these materials when used in industrial fundamental concepts of chemistry, with
Prerequisites: CF1100 or CF1160 processes. Learners will also examine emphasis on topics in thermochemistry,
The purpose of this course is to a variety of means of controlling and chemical kinetics, chemical equilibrium
familiarize the student with production monitoring corrosion and corrosion and electrochemistry. The quantitative
and fabrication processes and practices processes in chemical industries. aspects of chemistry are stressed.
used in the industrial environments.
A continuation of CF1100-Materials CH1010 PREPARATORY CHEMISTRY I CH1200 CHEMISTRY
and Processes, this course will give an Co-requisite: MA1025 This is an introductory course in chemistry
overview of non-metal materials used Preparatory Chemistry I is a laboratory dealing with the fundamental laws of
in engineering processes and an under- course designed to develop knowledge chemistry, the nature of matter and
standing of surface treatments, coatings and understanding of the fundamental structure of the atom, the periodic table,
and corrosion. Manufacturing processes concepts of chemistry. Topics include chemical bonding, stoichiochemistry and
include metal removal, joining processes models of the atom, the periodic table, the physical states of matter and solutions.
and casting processes. naming of compounds, balancing chemical The quantitative aspects of chemistry are
equations and mole calculations. stressed.
CF1160 MATERIALS PRACTICES
Prerequisite: CH1120 CH1011 PREPARATORY CHEMISTRY II CH1201 CHEMISTRY
This introductory course characterises Prerequisite: CH1010 Prerequisite: CH1200
industrial materials, with an emphasis on This course furthers the student’s This is a continuation of CH1200. Major
metals. Students will have opportunity to knowledge and understanding of the topics include: the gas laws, oxidation-
handle samples of different materials and fundamental concepts of chemistry. Major reduction, electrochemistry, chemical
to conduct tests which highlight material topics include stoichiometry, bonding nomenclature, chemical kinetics, nuclear
characteristics. The emphasis in this concepts, solution chemistry and acids chemistry and chemical equilibrium. The
course is to ensure students understand and bases. quantitative aspects of chemistry are
why specific materials are considered for stressed.
industrial application. CH1070 APPLIED PETROLEUM
CHEMISTRY CH1210 CHEMISTRY II
CF2240 MECHANICS OF SOLIDS Prerequisite: CH1120 Prerequisite: CH1200
Prerequisites: FM2160, CF1100 or This course will further develop the This course is a continuation of CH1200.
CF1120 (in Qatar) fundamental concepts of chemistry, Major topics include gas laws, chemical
This is a course in the mechanics of solids. with emphasis on the reactions that can kinetics, equilibrium and acid-base
Of principal concern is the deformation occur from the start of drilling through to chemistry, as well as introductions to

188 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Courses

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
organic, descriptive and nuclear chemistry. industry quality control specifications and
CH2430 INDUSTRIAL PROCESS auditing procedures.
CH2200 CHEMISTRY OVERVIEW
Prerequisite: CH1201 This course will introduce students to CH2705 ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
This is a continuation of the second semester chemical industries on a global level while Prerequisites: CH1142, CH2550, MA1530
course. Major topics include various types of also focusing more specifically on local Co-requisite: CH2730
chemical equilibria; such as gaseous equilibria, industries. An overview of natural gas and This course provides students with an
solubility equilibria and acid/base equilibria. petroleum processing will be provided, introduction to foundational principles
The quantitative aspects are stressed. followed by coverage of polymers and petro- and techniques specific to Analytical
chemicals, fertilizers, steel, aluminum and Chemistry. Major topics will include an
CH2371 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY I material balances. overview of the analytical perspective
Prerequisite: CH1120 and the analytical strategy, a comparison
This is an introductory course in organic CH2542 CHEMICAL LAB of analytical methods, calibration of
chemistry. This course introduces the TECHNIQUES I analytical equipment, standardization
vocabulary and fundamental principles Co-requisite: CH1120 of analytical methods, data analysis,
of organic chemistry, focusing on organic This course introduces laboratory safety, proper sampling and sample preparation
compounds common to the petrochem- basic laboratory equipment and techniques procedures and opportunity to analyze
ical industry. The student will study the used to measure basic properties. Safety, samples using various analytical
chemistry of several major classes of organic skill development, measurement accuracy techniques.
compounds including alkanes, alkenes, and basic computer skills will be the major
alkynes, aromatic hydrocarbons, alcohols, emphasis. CH2730 CHEMICAL LAB
phenols, thiols, ethers and epoxides. TECHNIQUES III
CH2550 CHEMICAL LAB Prerequisite: CH2550,
CH2380 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY II TECHNIQUES II Co-requisite: CH2705
Prerequisite: CH2371 Prerequisites: CH2542, CH1120, This course introduces skills, techniques
This course extends fundamental principles Co-requisites: CH1142, CH2371 and good laboratory practices that support
of organic chemistry covered in Organic This course introduces skills, techniques and extend the laboratory skills introduced
Chemistry I, focusing on organic compounds and good laboratory practices that support in CH2705 - Analytical Chemistry. The
common to the petrochemical industry. and extend laboratory skills introduced course will focus on good analytical
The student will study the chemistryof in General Chemistry II and Organic technique with an emphasis on precision
several major classes of organic compounds Chemistry I. The course focuses on quality and accuracy and the development of
including organic halides, amines, aldehydes, control and assurance, standardized advanced bench- top skills and techniques.
ketones, carboxylic acids, esters, amides, test procedures and skill and technique Major topics will include calibration,
acid halides and acid anhydrides. development. comparison of analytical methods, sample
preparation, common analytical methods
CH2410 INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY CH2560 CHEMICAL LAB QA/QC encountered in industry and statistical
Prerequisite: CH1120, CH2371 Prerequisites: CH2705, CH2730 analysis of results.
This course introduces students to local This course focuses on the fundamental
chemical industries. The course will focus on aspects of quality assurance (QA) and CH2750 ENVIRONMENTAL
the chemical processes used to produce or quality control (QC) necessary for the MONITORING
refine the products local industries export to safe, efficient and effectiveoperation Prerequisites: CH1120, CH1142, CH2730,
the world. Field trips to local companies may within a chemical laboratory environment. CH2705
be included as part of the course. Students It is designed to introduce the concepts, This is an introductory course in environ-
will complete a detailed case study of one philosophy and application of Total mental Chemistry. Major topics are the
local company. Quality Management and the International study of basic environmental chemistry,
Standards Organization (ISO) 17025 quality water chemistry, atmospheric chemistry
CH2420 APPLIED HYDROCARBON standards as they pertain to the safe, as well as waste and waste management
CHEMISTRY efficient and effective operation a chemical and its relationship to the environment.
Prerequisite: CH1121 laboratory. Major topics include the scope The laboratory component focuses on field
This organic chemistry course is designed and implementation of ISO 17025, the key and sampling techniques.
to give chemical processing students an elements that comprise a QA/QC program
overview of the fundamental chemical and the inspection and compliance process CH2760 POLYMER CHEMISTRY
concepts of organic products and derivatives for a chemical laboratory. The development Prerequisite: CH2380
which are prominent in the hydrocarbon of quality control procedures, documenta- This course introduces the principles
processing industry. tion and quality assurance manuals will be and concepts of polymer chemistry and
discussed including reference to existing polymeric materials. The course focuses

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 189


Courses
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

on the fundamentals of polymer synthesis fundamental chemical concepts that wiring, fabrication and proper use of
and emphasizes properties of polymers will form the basis for further studies of test equipment as related to accepted
and methods to characterize polymers. It process analyzers. procedures found in industry.
familiarizes students with common testing
performed in polymer laboratories. CI1140 INTRODUCTION TO CI1350 BASIC PROCESS AUTOMATION
ELECTRICAL AND INSTRUMENTATION Prerequisites: CM1190, CI1140
CH2770 ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY TECHNOLOGY In this course the participants will run
Prerequisites: CH1120 or CH1200 This is a hands-on course that enables existing process to determine the types
This is an introductory course in Environ- students to read existing electrical and of the devices used to measure level, flow
mental Chemistry. Major topics are the instrumentation drawings so they can and other parameters within a plant and
study of basic environmental chemistry, identify the physical components within how the final control elements interact
water chemistry, atmospheric chemistry the College. This course provides an with the automation control system.
as well as waste and waste management overview of electrical distribution utilizing
and its relationship to the environment. the one-line and connection diagrams CI1660 INTRODUCTION TO PROCESS
The laboratory component focuses on field for the College’s distribution system and CONTROL SYSTEMS
and sampling techniques. for a motor control center. For electrical Prerequisite: CI1180
control the As Built drawings for the pilot This is an introduction to process
CH2800 SPECTROSCOPIC METHODS plant will be used. For the instrumentation control systems, designed to provide the
Prerequisites: CH2410, CH2380, CH2705, section of the course participants will use students with the basics of PID Control
PH1141 the P&IDs, PFDs and loop drawings for the as well as an overview of more advanced
This course introduces students to various processes in the College to identify systems and strategies. An overview of
common spectroscopic methods used in the physical locations of the various programmable logic controllers (PLCs) and
industry. The course covers molecular, components in the process. distributed control systems (DCSs) will
atomic absorption and emission also be provided. Fire and gas detection/
spectroscopy. CI1180 BASIC INSTRUMENTATION emergency shutdown will also be covered.
Prerequisite: ET1135
CH2810 CHROMATOGRAPHIC This course provides a comprehensive CI2100 PRESSURE AND LEVEL
METHODS treatment of sensors and methods of MEASUREMENT AND CONTROL
Prerequisites: CH2705, CH2380, CH2410 measuring automated process variables. Prerequisite: CI1350
This course introduces students to The student will be introduced to the This is the second core instrumentation
modern chromatographic techniques and underlying concepts and operation of course designed to reinforce the basic
their application to chemical industry- industrial measurement devices and instrumentation concepts previously
related problems. It emphasizes hands control systems. Piping and instrument covered. The various types of transmitters
on experience to provide students with Diagrams (P&IDs) are covered along with used to measure pressure and level will be
the basic skills and knowledge required to pressure, level, flow and temperature covered in detail. The control section of
work in industry. measurements. the course will show how the transmitters
are used in a control loop.
CH2820 CHEMICAL LAB TECH CI1310 ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC
CAPSTONE FABRICATION TECHNIQUES CI2120 FINAL CONTROL ELEMENTS
Prerequisites: Completion of all courses Prerequisites: ET1101 or ET1131 AND INSTRUMENT AIR SYSTEMS
in semesters 1 to 5 in the Chemical This is a practical electrical/electronics This course focuses on the various types
Laboratory Technician (CLT) program course for students entering the of valves and damper operators as well
Co-requisite:CM2200 primary electrical/electronics technical as the auxiliary devices used to position
This is a final semester project course. intersession. This course enables the and supply power to the actuator. The
Students demonstrate competence by student to obtain practical knowledge in final section of the course covers how
acting as Laboratory Technicians in three soldering, wiring, fabrication and proper instrument air is produced for an industrial
different Simulated Chemical Testing use of test equipment as related to plant.
Laboratories. Emphasis is placed on both accepted procedures found in industry.
qualitative and quantitative chemical CI2230 FLOW AND TEMPERATURE
analysis techniques developed throughout CI1320 ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENT AND CONTROL
the program. FABRICATION TECHNIQUES Prerequisite: CI2100
Prerequisites: ET1101, ET1131 or ET1151 This course develops further understand-
CH3100 CHEMISTRY FOR PROCESS This is a practical electrical/electronics ing of types of control strategies and
ANALYZERS course for students entering their program introduces students to the principles and
This course provides students the discipline. This course enables the student operation of flow and temperature control
knowledge and understanding of the to obtain practical knowledge in soldering, systems, with an introduction to cascade

190 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Courses

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
and feed forward control systems. CI3200 STATISTICAL PROCESS CL2000 CHEMICAL REACTION
CONTROL ENGINEERING
CI2300 ADVANCED CONTROL Prerequisite: MA1101 Prerequisites: CH1121, PO2200, PO2420
STRATEGIES This course introduces learners to This course introduces students to
Prerequisite: CI2230 statistics concepts necessary for working chemical reaction kinetics and chemical
This course covers advanced proportional- in the chemical processing industry. reactors which are fundamental to
integral-derivative (PID) control strategies Quality and statistical process control, many chemical processes. A variety of
with an emphasis on boiler control. probability and normal distribution, and chemical reactors will be examined and
control charts are examined to enable there will be an in-depth study of batch
CI2560 PROCESS ANALYZERS learners to grasp how processes are and continuously stirred tank reactors.
Prerequisites: CI1180, CI1120 controlled and improved in the field. Simulation and laboratory work will be
This course provides basic instrumenta- Inferential statistics, as applied to used to teach students the fundamentals
tion techniques for chemical analysis in chemical processing, is also studied. of safe and correct start-up, shut-down,
the chemical process industries; analytical control and troubleshooting of reactors.
equipment in a process laboratory setting CI3230 ADVANCED PROCESS
using on-line equipment. Techniques CONTROL APPLICATIONS CM1100 WRITING FUNDAMENTALS
include: ultraviolet/visible and infra-red Prerequisite: CI2300 Writing Fundamentals is an introductory
spectrophotometry; gas and liquid chroma- This course provides students with the course designed to review writing
tography; mass spectrometry; conductivity knowledge that allows them to maximize fundamentals including grammar,
and potentiometry. process unit productivity while minimizing punctuation, spelling and usage. Students
operating costs. will apply principles of writing in sentence
CI3110 SAFETY SHUTDOWN and paragraph construction.
AND MACHINE MONITORING CI3310 PROCESS OPTIMIZATION
SYSTEMS AND ASSET MANAGEMENT CM1190 TECHNICAL READING
Prerequisite: CI2300 Prerequisite: CI3230 This course focuses on reading to learn
This course covers basic shutdown This course uses software tools to technical texts by interpreting and
systems on boilers and then covers the evaluate process loop characteris- analyzing information and data. It develops
safety shutdown systems found in the tics and determine the best strategies reading skills and strategies with emphasis
oil and gas industry. The course also for optimizing the control loop and on vocabulary development.
introduces software that can be used for determining interactions within the
process and optimization. process that negatively impact control CM1240 BUSINESS COMMUNICA-
strategies. Asset management tools can TIONS I
CI3160 INTRODUCTION TO improve maintenance and calibration Business Communications I to introduces
PROCESS ANALYSIS documentation and provide a preventive students to the writing requirements
Prerequisite: CH3100 maintenance tool for troubleshooting of business environments. The course
This course introduces the student to process equipment. provides ample in-class opportunities to
process analysis. Methods of calibration review writing fundamentals and improve
and applications of statistical methods CI3320 FOUNDATION FIELDBUS writing skills using common business
(mean, standard deviation, control charts, Prerequisite: DP2360 applications.
t-tests and linear regression analysis) This course provides the student with
will be applied to measurements. Elec- an understanding of Foundation Field CM1241 BUSINESS COMMUNICA-
trochemical principles will be applied bus technology and how to apply this TIONS II
to the study of conductivity, oxidation technology in the plant. Prerequisite: CM1240
reduction potential (ORP), pH and other Business Communications II furthers
electrochemical analyzers. The course CI3330 PROCESS ANALYZERS students’ knowledge and competence
also introduces students to the use of Prerequisite: CI3160 in preparing business documents for the
statistics in monitoring quality control in This course provides basic instrumenta- workplace. The course is intended to
industrial processes. The course reviews tion techniques for chemical analysis in provide opportunities to improve writing
electrochemical principles as they apply the chemical process industries, including skills using various business applications.
to corrosion and corrosion control in analytical equipment in a process
industry. The student will learn how control laboratory setting using on-line equipment.
of industrial processes by electrochemical Techniques covered include gas and liquid
methods is accomplished. chromatography and mass spectrometry.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 191


Courses
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

CM1250 COMMUNICATION IN e-mail and informal business report CP1120 FUNDAMENTALS OF


THE WORKPLACE writing. This course also allows students to PROGRAMMING I
This course provides students with explore job search techniques. Co-requisite: MA1900
essential workplace communication skills. This course gives the student the logic
Topics covered include the communication CM2180 TECHNICAL REPORTING I involved in the computing process and
process, effective writing, business corres- This course teaches students the the ability to develop an algorithm to
pondence, informal reports, oral presenta- fundamentals of technical reporting in describe the solution to a given problem.
tions and job search techniques. both oral and written forms. Emphasis is The student will analyze, design,
on types of reports based on purpose, choose an algorithm, code, test and
CM1260 COMMUNICATIONS IN appropriate formats, strategies of debug applications. Algorithms will be
HEALTH CARE technical reporting, maintaining work implemented using an object-oriented
This course enables students to records and the writing and editing programming language.
communicate clearly, concisely and process that leads to effective workplace
correctly in both written and oral forms communication. CP1360 PROGRAMMING FOR
in the health care setting. Emphasis is COMPUTER SYSTEMS AND
placed on medical documentation and oral CM2181 TECHNICAL REPORTING II NETWORKING
communication with health care profes- Prerequisite: CM2180 This course is designed to give the student
sionals, clients and families. This course helps students structure a the logic involved in the computing process
semi-formal report, using solid research and the ability to develop algorithms to
CM1270 COMMUNICATIONS IN methods for a problem-based topic. describe the solution to a given problem,
HEALTH CARE Emphasis will be on secondary research: with implementation using a scripting
This course enables the student to finding sources, summarizing source language. This course uses object
communicate clearly, concisely and material, evaluation of material and oriented technologies to aid the student
correctly in both written and oral forms in maintaining work records/research in developing solutions to computer
the health care setting. Emphasis is placed portfolios. Students will also acquire skills support related problems. The intent of
on medical documentation and oral com- of analyzing and editing written work and this course is for the student to become
munication with health care professionals, adapting a report for oral presentation. familiar with object oriented techniques
clients and families. and programming logic and to practice that
CM2200 ORAL COMMUNICATIONS logic using a scripting language.
CM1400 TECHNICAL REPORT In this course, students will develop
WRITING I interpersonal, oral communication and CP1810 FUNDAMENTAL
This course teaches technology students presentation skills in a team-based PROGRAMMING CONSTRUCTS
the fundamentals of technical reporting. environment. Prerequisite: CP1360 , MA1900
Emphasis is on strategies of technical This course will introduce the student
reporting, research techniques and organ- CM2300 REPORT WRITING to skills and concepts that are essential
izational skills. This course stresses skill development in to good programming practice and
planning, researching and documenting, problem solving. The course will focus on
CM1401 TECHNICAL REPORT preparing graphic aids, proofreading and programming structures and concepts
WRITING II editing and completing formal reports. which are common to conventional
Prerequisite: CM1400 programming languages (such as C) and
This course helps students formulate criteria CM2800 ORAL WRITTEN object oriented languages (Java, C++,
for structuring informal and semi-formal COMMUNICATION SKILLS Python, etc.) Topics will include, but not
reports. Various report formats will be Prerequisites: CM1401, CM2181 be limited to: Basic syntax and semantics
examined with emphasis on statistical data This course provides students with of programming languages, variables,
analysis, documentation and illustration instruction in the areas of writing technical primitive types, sequential, decision and
methods. Oral reporting techniques will be reports and the delivery of oral presen- iterative programming structures, simple
enhanced through problem-solving reports tations. Emphasis will be placed on the I/O, functions and subroutines, structured
and the technical sales presentation. processes involved in effective writing and decomposition, Strings and arrays. Ideally,
effective presentations as they pertain to this course could be taught using
CM2110 BUSINESS WRITING specific technologies. Students will learn a scripting language.
FUNDAMENTALS relevant skills for researching, organizing,
Prerequisite: CM1100 writing and presenting technical CP1880 COMPUTER SYSTEMS
Business Writing Fundamentals gives information. ARCHITECTURE
students the opportunity to apply the This is an introductory course in computer
principles of effective business writing. architecture focusing on the high level
Applications include letters, memos, components and interconnections in

192 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Courses

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
a computer system. The major topics CP2310 ELECTRONIC SPREADSHEET Instructors will distribute assignments
to be covered are: CPU organization, APPLICATIONS using a helpdesk system in order to
primary memory, secondary memory, This course will introduce students to the acquaint the student with ticketing,
I/O components and networking. The concepts and applications of electronic documenting and prioritizing multiple
focus of the course will be the effect of spreadsheets. Students will create, format hardware/ software issues.
the components on the development of and print enhanced worksheets and
software. graphs and will incorporate functions and CP3170 MULTIMEDIA FOR THE WEB
macros into their spreadsheets. They will Co-requisite: CP3320
CP1932 SYSTEMS ANALYSIS also use database features to manipulate This course introduces students to the
Co-requisite: CP1810 data. basic concepts and techniques used
This course is intended to introduce in multimedia systems, media formats,
students to the concepts of systems CP2410 MICRO DATABASE communication of multimedia and the
analysis using both the traditional and APPLICATIONS publication of multimedia-filled websites.
object-oriented methodology. Its emphasis This course introduces the student to the This course encourages students to be
is on the methods and products of each concepts and applications of database. creative and original when developing their
phase of the SDLC rather than on a Students will create, modify and update a work. At the end of the course, students
formalized methodology. Discussion of database as well as database forms and will have a professional portfolio of
structured and Object Oriented methods reports for use in a business environment. multimedia and a client website.
is interwoven. All phases of the life cycle They will also perform database functions
are dealt with, with the emphasis on an and use database commands. CP3230 OBJECT ORIENTED AND
object-oriented approach using UML. This EVENT-DRIVEN PROGRAMMING I
course covers the topics: Data Models, the CP2640 DESKTOP PUBLISHING Prerequisite: CP1810
Relational Database Model, E-R Modeling Prerequisites: DM1200 or MC1240 This course is designed to teach the
and Relational and Foreign Key concepts. Using desktop publishing software, student the fundamentals of Object based
students will prepare newsletters, flyers and Object Oriented programming in an
CP1953 OBJECT ORIENTED SYSTEMS and other publications which require Object Oriented language such as Java,
ANALYSIS WITH UML professional design elements such as C# or Visual Basic. Students will be shown
Prerequisites: CP1932, CP1810 columns, boxes, tables, various font faces how to write event-driven Object based
This course is a continuation of the and styles, rules and graphic pictures. programs using the GUI widget libraries of
Introduction to Systems Design course Using web design software, students will the language. The students will be shown
with the introduction of more extensive create and modify a multiple page website how to write object oriented programs
object-oriented concepts. The focus of this for use in a business environment. using inheritance and polymorphism that
is to provide the student with a practical, conform to the open-closed principle of
hands-on skill set of the latest object- CP2870 WEBSITE AND DATABASE software engineering. Topics include,
oriented design method using Unified PROJECT USING MICROSOFT but are not limited to, Object based
Modeling Language (UML) and the Unified TECHNOLOGY programming, Object-oriented design,
Process, with an introduction to Normal- Prerequisites: PR2155, CP1932, CR1501 classes, composition, inheritance and
ization of Database Tables and Advanced Co-Requisite:CP3231,CP3300 polymorphism.
Data Modelling. The course is laboratory This course will introduce the intermedi-
oriented allowing the student to develop ate-level programmer to an ASP.NET CP3231 OBJECT ORIENTED AND
real designs for use with Object Oriented language, developing business applications EVENT-DRIVEN PROGRAMMING II
and traditional programming languages. that rely on the browser as user interface Prerequisite: CP3300 , CP3230
and SQL Server database interaction and Co-Requisite: CP2870
CP1990 COMPUTER HARDWARE connectivity. It will culminate in a sizeable This course is designed to teach the
This course is designed to expose the project involving a professional and student intermediate-level concepts
students to the basic components of a user-friendly front-end and an SQL Server of Object based and Object oriented
computer system. It will teach the student database back-end. programming in an Object oriented
how to evaluate, install, configure and language. The students will write Object
specify all basic computer components CP2921 HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE oriented programs using inheritance
such as CPU, Memory, Hard and Floppy TROUBLESHOOTING and polymorphism that conform to
Drives. It will also cover such topics as Prerequisites: CR1101, CP1990 the open-closed principle of software
Operating Systems, CPU theory and This course is designed to further expose engineering. Topics include, but are not
expansion slots, disk caching, memory the students to the basic components limited to, exception handling, file input/
management and printers. of a computer system. It will teach the output, advanced graphical user interface
students how to construct/configure and concepts, interfaces, polymorphism,
troubleshoot PC hardware and software. database connectivity and collections.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 193


Courses
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

CP3271 WEB SECURITY CP3360 WEB APPLICATION introduces students to theory and
Prerequisite: CP3630 DEVELOPMENT WITH ASP.NET rationale behind 1 to n-tier infrastructure,
This course introduces students to Prerequisite: CP3320 common design patterns and frameworks.
network and website security considera- Co-Requisite: CP3351 As well, the students will be introduced to
tions to deploy secure websites including This course introduces students to a Rapid Application Development Tool and
security policy, secure remote access, multi-tier web application development will be exposed to the architecture and
common web vulnerabilities, exploit using ASP.NET. The focus is on design of leading edge web applications.
counter-measures and creating and testing developing web applications with distinct Finally, students will design their own web
secure web sites. presentation, application and storage tiers application given a case study and will
through project-based course work. The need to justify their design decisions in the
CP3300 DATA STRUCTURES course will build upon user interface and form of a final report and UML diagrams.
Prerequisite: CP3230 database development concepts learned in
Co-Requisite: CP3231 previous courses and how to add business CP4120 N-TIER SYSTEMS AND
This course is designed to expose logic to the application tier for large scale ARCHITECTURE
the student to the basic methods of application development. Prerequisites: CP3450, CP3300
structuring data in programs. The basic Co-requisite: CP3320
theory of the data structures will be CP3450 DATABASE DESIGN AND This is a course in theory and application
presented as well as algorithms which IMPLEMENTATION of n-tier concepts using current, industry-
can be used to create static and dynamic Prerequisite: CP1953 leading software.
implementations. Common applications This course introduces students to This course enables the student to develop
of each data structure will be discussed. methods used in the logical and physical efficient n-tier systems. Students learn
The standard collections will be discussed design of a database. As well, the students about n-tier theory and put it to practice
relating the collection classes back to will be introduced to SQL as a language using current industry-leading products to
the fundamental data structures. Topics for manipulating a database. The PL/ create and link the front-end (client) and
include, but are not limited to: searching SQL language will be used to create a back-end application and database (server)
and sorting, lists, stacks, queues, trees programming project. Also tools like components of an n-tier system. Students
and collections. iSQLPlus, SQL Developer, etc. will be learn about design issues and deal with
examined so the student is familiar with them in practice and examine current
CP3320 WEB APPLICATION many programming interfaces. The student product offerings.
DEVELOPMENT I will first install several different levels of
Prerequisites: CP3300, CP2870 databases on different operating systems. CP4480 EMERGING TRENDS IN
Co-requisite: CP4120 Finally, the students will be exposed to the WEB DEVELOPMENT
This course introduces students to techniques used to manipulate a database Prerequisite: Depends upon the topic(s)
Model-View-Controller (MVC) website from a program. selected.
development. Students will be able to This course covers trends in software
create interactive and dynamic MVC CP3630 WEB SERVER MANAGEMENT development that arise from the natural
websites. At the end of the course, This course uses a hands-on approach to evolution of the field. Topics are selected
students will be able to design and web server management using Microsoft with the aim of exposing the student to the
implement simple three-tier web MVC Internet Information Server and Apache new and/or evolving techniques and/or
websites. Web Server. Topics covered include technologies used in web development.
installation procedures, configuration of
CP3351 WEB APPLICATION virtual hosts and redirects, web server CP4490 EMERGING TRENDS
DEVELOPMENT II hardening and E-Commerce security con- IN NETWORK AND SYSTEMS
Prerequisite: CP3320 siderations and web server administration. ADMINISTRATION
This course introduces students to Prerequisite: Depends upon the topic(s)
multi-tier web application development. CP3700 WEB APPLICATION selected.
The focus is on developing single-page web ARCHITECTURE AND DESIGN This course covers trends in network and
apps (SPAs) with distinct presentation, Prerequisite: CP3320 systems administration that arise from
application and storage tiers through This course is an advanced study of the the natural evolution of the field. Topics
project-based course work. The course architecture of web applications and are selected with the aim of exposing
will build upon user interface and database common design issues. Students will the student to the new and evolving
development concepts learned in previous gain an understanding of the different techniques and/or technologies used in
courses and teach how to add business components that make up a web network and systems administration.
logic to the application tier for large-scale application with a multi-tier flavour, the CR1101 NETWORK FOUNDATIONS
application development. purpose of each component and how This course will introduce students to
the components interact. This course the layers of the Open Systems Inter-

194 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Courses

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
connection Model and enable them to include mail systems/server overview, the student will learn how to plan, install
describe the features and functions of site planning, server installation, server and configure a Linux system and how to
network devices. The course will introduce management/configuration, servers in a perform normal system administration
students to a basic understanding of multiple-site environment, troubleshoot- tasks.
network protocols and most networking ing, server security and communication
standards as well as the different types of and forms. CR2700 NETWORK OPERATING
networking topologies. SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION
CR2350 INTRO TO SYSTEMS ANALYSIS Prerequisite: CR1101
CR1260 CLIENT SERVICE FOR THE This course presents an overview of the This course provides the students with the
COMPUTER INDUSTRY Systems Development Life cycle with a knowledge and skills to install, configure,
This course focuses on the role of an particular focus on needs analysis and optimize, troubleshoot and support a
information technology employee in requirements modeling. Considerable network server with day-to-day admin-
providing quality technical client service in emphasis is placed on the use and istration. This would include topics such
any given situation. Students will develop limitation of various modeling techniques as network planning, server hardware,
the skills they need to interact effectively used in the development of information directory services and dns, security, server
with clients, either face-to-face, on the system requirements. A discussion of the installation, server configuration, storage,
telephone, in writing or on the web. Some importance of impact assessment, cost users and groups, distributed file system,
of the topics covered will be quality client estimation and schedule estimation is also printing, remote access and virtual private
service; communicating with clients; included. networks, managing interconnectivity and
handling difficult clients; solving and terminal services, server optimization,
preventing problems; working as a team; CR2440 NETWORK IMPLEMENTATION network monitoring and troubleshooting.
and managing stress and burnout. Prerequisite: CR2700
Network implementation is the intercon- CR2950 EMERGING TRENDS IN IT
CR1270 HARDWARE SECURITY necting of various types of networks with INFRASTRUCTURE
Prerequisite: CR2700 different types of devices. The purpose Prerequisite: Depends upon the topic(s)
This course introduces information of this course is to explain and, where selected
security concepts including common applicable, demonstrate the devices, This course covers new trends in IT
threats and effective counter-meas- protocols and technologies associated infrastructure that arise from the natural
ures. Topics include: privacy laws and with connecting networks both LANs and evolution of the field. Topics are selected
regulations, security operations, physical WANs. with the aim of exposing the student to
security, access control, the basics of the new and/or evolving techniques and/
cryptography, contingency planning CR2470 WIRELESS NETWORKS or technologies used in the design and
and designing and testing information Prerequisites: CP1990, CR1101 maintenance of the IT infrastructure.
systems security. In the lab students will The purpose of this course is to provide
be exposed to the techniques and tools a broad survey of wireless communica- CR3100 ADVANCED NETWORKING I
that can be used to protect personal tions including in-depth coverage of: Prerequisite: CR2440
computers from attacks. Technologies and topologies used in Students are given an advanced hands-on
wireless networks, IEEE 802.11 wireless look at the TCP/IP architecture. This
CR1501 WEBSITE DEVELOPMENT standards, data services in wireless course will examine popular open-source
Prerequisite: MC1820 networks, installation, configuration and commercial applications. Upon
After completing this course the student and management of wireless access completion of this course, students
will be trained in the essential concepts points, adapters, bridges and antennae, will have a problem determination
of creating a dynamic web application. configuring security in wireless networks, methodology that can be used for future
The student will demonstrate the use of site survey techniques for optimum network problem scenarios. This course
the JavaScript programming language coverage, wireless internet and WAP and will have numerous hands-on labs
and JavaScript Libraries to develop an broadband wireless networks. illustrating typical network problems on
interactive website. An overview of the popular platforms. Specifics of these labs
MySQL database will also allow the CR2510 LINUX SERVER should be customized by the instructor.
student to gain experience in connecting ADMINISTRATION I
to an outside data source. This course is the first of two courses that CR3101 ADVANCED NETWORKING II
deals with the use and administration of Prerequisite: CR3100
CR2210 ENTERPRISE MAIL SYSTEMS a Linux based system. In this course the This course further develops students’
Prerequisite: CR2700 student will learn design and architecture knowledge of Internet working. Routing
The focus of this course is on the planning, of a Linux operating system as well as how topics such as distant vectors routing
installation, configuration and support to use many of the commonly used Linux protocols and linked state routing
of enterprise mail systems. This would tools from the command line. Furthermore, protocols will be discussed in detail and

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 195


Courses
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

hands-on exercises will be provided. and measures. Topics covered include DA1231 DENTAL MATERIALS II
Further concepts on switching such as firewalls, virtual private networking, the Prerequisite: DA1230
spanning tree protocols, virtual LANs security audit process, disaster recovery This course provides students the
and VLAN trunking protocols will also be and business continuity planning, intrusion opportunity to learn the cognitive and
explored in detail. Some important topics protection systems and cryptography. psychomotor skills necessary to work
on WAN technologies will also be included. with dental materials. Emphasis in the
CR3450 SCRIPTING theoretical component of the course will
CR3160 IT SERVICE MANAGEMENT Prerequisites: CR2510, CP2921, CP1360 be placed upon the chemical properties
Prerequisite: CR1260 This course teaches the student how in interactions of laboratory products and
This course gives students the necessary to create shell scripts. This course will impression materials. Practical application
skills to provide service and resource teach the student how to use regular of this skill will be practiced in the dental
management to a multi-user, multi-server expressions, file manipulation with sed, lab and clinic.
local area network environment. Students grep and awk and how to implement
will perform job functions and respon- scripts using Linux and Windows. DA1260 CLINICAL I
sibilities at the different levels in these Prerequisites: BL1280, BL1250
systems. Using a hands-on approach, CS3000 ENGINEERING LEADERSHIP This course will introduce the student to
students will work with a wide variety of This course introduces essential leadership both the theoretical and practical aspects
hardware to complete learning objectives. concepts to students in engineering of general operatory procedures. The
fields. Leadership theories and models scope of competencies covered by this
CR3230 ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY I are presented to students to establish a course is client reception, client seating
Prerequisite: CR2700 foundation of knowledge that will guide and dismissal, use and maintenance of
This course provides the students with future practice. Role-play, case study and instruments, hand pieces and operatory
the knowledge and skills to install, real life examples are employed to support equipment and moisture control. Concepts,
configure and manage the core services students in acquiring team and group goal and skills, of four-handed dentistry are
of a corporate server, including TCP/IP development, shift management, conflict also included with emphasis placed on
configuration, routing, name service con- resolution and effective communication overall professional conduct, interpersonal
figuration and user, computer and group skills. relations and professional responsibility.
strategy deployment.
CT2300 APPLIED PROGRAMMING DA1261 CLINICAL II
CR3231 ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY II Prerequisites: MA1101 or CE1140, ET1151 Prerequisite: DA1260
Prerequisite: CR3230 This is a course designed to introduce This course is designed to provide the
This course provides the students with the the technology learner to the concepts student with the knowledge and skills
knowledge and the skills to implement, of problem solving using computer required to perform basic dental assisting
manage and maintain remote access, programming. The course will be taught and restorative procedures efficiently and
to configure web servers and to secure using a high level language such as C or ergonomically. In this course the student
internet access and data transmissions. C++. Students will write programs to solve will further develop four-handed dentistry
problems within their related disciplines skills as well as receive an introduction to
CR3320 ADVANCED IT HARDWARE and will learn the concepts of trouble- intra-oral skills.
Prerequisite: CP2921 shooting and problem solving. The course
The focus of this course is configuring, covers the following areas: structured DA1300 MEDICAL EMERGENCIES
managing and repairing the specialized programming concepts, data types, This course will prepare students to handle
hardware devices required in multi-server decision statements, loop and iteration medical emergency situations in a clinical
environments, structured wiring and procedures, Input/Output procedures and setting. Training in CPR and First Aid will
laptop environments and with business files. be incorporated into this course as well as
equipment (printers, scanners, oxygen administration.
photocopiers and projectors). This will be DA1230 DENTAL MATERIALS I
a very hands-on approach using a wide This course provides students the DA1320 EMERGENCIES AND
variety of hardware to complete learning opportunity to learn the cognitive PHARMACOLOGY
objectives. and psychomotor skills necessary for This course provides the student with
preparation and handling of dental a broad overview of pharmacology
CR3420 INFRASTRUCTURE SECURITY materials. Emphasis in the theoretical and emergencies in dentistry. The
Prerequisite: CR1270 component of the course will be placed following topics will be introduced: basic
This course details the tools and upon the chemical properties and pharmacology terminology and principles,
techniques needed to secure corporate interactions of dental cements, bases and drug action and effect, analgesics and pain
IT infrastructure, including network- restorative materials. control, anti-microbial agents, sedatives
based and host-based security tools and tranquilizers, drugs commonly used

196 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Courses

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
in dentistry and the prevention and DE1010 UNDERSTANDING AND DE2030 DIABETES EDUCATOR
management of emergencies in dentistry. MANAGING DIABETES I PRACTICUM
This course is designed to provide Prerequisite: DE1000, DE1010, DE2010,
DA1350 PREVENTIVE DENTISTRY students with an introduction to diabetes DE2020
Co-requisite: DA1261 and the key components of diabetes This practicum is designed to prepare
This course is designed to introduce the management. The course will cover students to be effective diabetic
student to various preventive dentistry basic features of diabetes, including educators. It is designed to enable
concepts. The student will develop what happens in the body when diabetes learners to apply the principles of diabetic
techniques and skills required to help develops, the different types of diabetes, education in a workplace environment.
individuals prevent disease and injury to the risk factors, and prevention strategies. Students will be placed with a health
oral tissues. The course of study will include Additional topics include pathophysiology, related agency in either the public or
instruction on caries and periodontal blood glucose lowering agents, and insulin private sector. Performance will be
disease, oral physiotherapy in plaque therapy. Emphasis will be on self-manage- monitored under close supervision and
control, caries prevention techniques and ment and ways to support patients through required competencies will be evaluated
whitening agents. promoting and reinforcing the importance by both the employer and the practicum
of a healthy lifestyle. Students will also instructor.
DA2261 CLINICAL III discuss best practices for managing As part of their duties, students will
Prerequisites: DA1261, MX2171 diabetes during Ramadan and Hajj. be required to participate in, plan, and
This course will provide the dental evaluate diabetic education activities.
assistant student with the opportunity to DE2010 DIABETES IN SPECIAL Students will have the opportunity to
consolidate and integrate knowledge and POPULATIONS record, document, and reflect on learning
skills from all previous theory and clinical Prerequisite: DE1000 experiences through the completion of a
courses. Students will practice clinical This course is designed to provide log book or professional journal. Students
experiences with a dentist present. They an overview of diabetes in special will be expected to job shadow a health
will refine their intra-oral skills. A collab- populations. Emphasis will be on diabetes professional in their daily practice.
orative approach, including the patient in children and adolescents, gestational
and other healthcare professionals, will be diabetes, pregnancy and pre-existing DH1100 GENERAL PATHOPHYSIOLOGY
emphasized. diabetes, diabetes in the elderly, and Prerequisite: BL1210
perioperative management. Students This course is an introduction to human
DA2310 DENTAL SPECIALTIES will evaluate different teaching strategies pathophysiology, initially exploring the
Prerequisites: DA1261, DA1231 for the identified special populations and foundational concepts of disease, with
This course will enhance the knowledge will demonstrate understanding of best reference to pathophysiology relative to
of dental assistant students to increase practices through group work, role play, dental hygiene. Emphasis is also placed on
proficiency in the various fields of and case studies. pathogenesis and disease processes using
dental specialties such as oral surgery, specific diseases as examples.
orthodontics, pediatric dentistry, DE2020 UNDERSTANDING AND
periodontics, endodontics and prostho- MANAGING DIABETES II DH1120 HEAD AND NECK ANATOMY
dontics and dental implants. Prerequisite: DE1010 Prerequisite: BL1210
This course is designed to provide Students are introduced to anatomical
DE1000 PRINCIPLES OF DIABETES students with an introduction to health and physiological features of the head and
EDUCATION complications associated with diabetes. neck region, including oral and periodontal
This course is designed to provide students Major topics include short-term complica- anatomy. The course focus is on the
with an overview of the principles of tions, including hypoglyaemia, diabetic healthy/normal continuum that provides
diabetes education, including the role ketoacidosis (DKA), and hyperosmolar the foundation for clinical dental hygiene
of the diabetes educator within the hyperglycaemic state (HSS). Students practice as well as for further study.
larger health care team. Students will be will also discuss long-term complications,
introduced to different approaches to namely diabetic retinopathy, diabetic DH1140 DENTAL ANATOMY
teaching and learning, as well as models of nephropathy, diabetic neuropathy, macro- Prerequisite: BL1210
behaviour change. Emphasis will be on best vascular disease, sleep disorders, oral In this course, crown and root anatomy,
practices in planning, implementing, and health, and sexual health. New alternative morphology and occlusion will be studied
evaluating diabetes education. The course and advanced therapies in diabetes will in detail. Students will identify features
will also cover professional responsibilities, also be covered. of crown and root morphology that relate
such as research and health promotion. to the identification and differentiation of
teeth in addition to occlusal relationships
and how these may affect the provision of
dental hygiene care.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 197


Courses
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

DH1200 PRINCIPLES AND ISSUES I of dental hygiene care. Development of on the following performance indicators:
Prerequisites: Successful Completion of all skills in problem-solving, communica- transfer of theoretical knowledge to the
Year 1 Dental Hygiene courses. tion, teaching/learning, communication, practice setting, articulation of rationale,
This course introduces the profession self-evaluation and professionalism are development of efficient sequences and
of dental hygiene. Current concepts of included. techniques, identification of structures
practice are examined with emphasis and anatomical landmarks, adherence
on roles, professional communication, DH1260 CLINICAL PRACTICE I to principles of infection control,
deportment, responsibility, accountabil- Prerequisites: DH1100 DH1120, DH1140, appropriate use of resources to facilitate
ity and behavioral foundations for health First Aid/CPR certification (maintained efficiency and accuracy, problem-solving
promotion. Legal and ethical aspects of throughout the course) with modification to treatment where
practice are also introduced. Co-requisite: DH1250 necessary, management of discomfort
This course reinforces foundational when performing procedures and
DH1201 PRINCIPLES AND ISSUES II dental hygiene skills and procedures in accurate, legible documentation. Within
Prerequisites: DH1200, Successful a supervised clinical setting. Practice is each competency area, students are
Completion of all Year 1 Dental Hygiene integrated and applied to mannequins and expected to apply knowledge, skills and
courses. peers using tools and operatories within attitudes gained in Clinical Theory I and
This course builds on concepts introduced the CNA-Q Dental Clinic. Throughout Clinical Practice I courses. Similarly,
in Principles and Issues I. Dental hygiene all clinical procedures students will be skills developed in this course will be
care, as a research-based, wellness- evaluated on the following performance reviewed and enhanced to a greater level
oriented practice is further examined. indicators: transfer of theoretical of expertise in each subsequent Clinical
Research principles and basic statistics knowledge to the practice setting, Practice course.
are introduced as a basis for analysis articulation of rationale, development
of professional literature. The process of efficient sequences and techniques, DH1300 GENERAL DENTISTRY
of dental hygiene care is presented as identification of structures and anatomical INTRODUCTION
wellness-oriented, research-based and landmarks, adherence to principles of Prerequisite: BL1210
devoted to supporting and empowering infection control, adaptation of delivery Basic concepts and principles of dental
the client. Students learn to access and of care for clients with compromised materials used in the prevention and
critically read professional publications mobility and other special needs, treatment of dental diseases are studied
with a focus on understanding the process appropriate use of resources to facilitate in this course. The interaction between
of care, teaching self-care and managing efficiency and accuracy, problem-solving dental materials and the surrounding oral
fearful and anxious clients. with modification to treatment where tissues that impact instrumentation are
necessary, management of discomfort included. Students will learn to discuss the
DH1250 CLINICAL THEORY I when performing procedures and tools and materials available to treat and
Prerequisites: DH1100, DH1120, DH1140 accurate, legible documentation. Skills prevent specific dental problems.
Co-requisite: DH1260 developed in this course will be reviewed
This course reinforces foundational and enhanced to a greater level of DH1310 PERIODONTOLOGY I
dental hygiene theory. Communica- expertise in each subsequent Clinical Prerequisites: Successful Completion of all
tion, team membership, delivery of care, Practice course. first year Dental Hygiene courses.
assessments, implementation, self-evalua- This course explores fundamental
tion and evaluation theoretical knowledge DH1261 CLINICAL PRACTICE II concepts related to periodontal diseases,
developed in this course will be reviewed Prerequisites: Successful Completion of all focusing on the etiology, risk factors,
and enhanced to a greater level in each Year 1 Dental Hygiene courses, DH1250, pathophysiology, clinical characteristics
subsequent Clinical Theory course and DH1260, First Aid/CPR certification and therapy for plaque-induced gingival
practiced in a clinical setting within the (maintained throughout the course) . diseases and chronic periodontitis.
Clinical Practice courses. Co-requisite: DH1251, DH1440
This course builds on Clinical Practice I DH1311 PERIODONTOLOGY II
DH1251 CLINICAL THEORY II with a focus on applying clinical theory Prerequisite: DH1310
Prerequisites: DH1250, DH1260, Successful and psychomotor skills to clinical practice This course builds on and applies the
Completion of all Year 1 Dental Hygiene with clients in the CNAQ Dental Clinic. learning from Periodontology I. Topics
courses. Students are mentored as they navigate discussed in this course include: micro-
Co-requisite: DH1261, DH1440 the increased complexity of dental biological and immunological aspects of
This course builds on Clinical Theory I hygiene practice in applying assessment, periodontal disease, risk factors, diagnostic
and presents more advanced aspects planning diagnosis, implementation, indicators, healing after therapy, prognosis
of preparation and client assessment. evaluation, professionalism, health and and referral, occlusal influences, gingival
It also introduces and develops the safety to client care. Throughout all clinical diseases, common periodontal conditions
planning, implementation and evaluation procedures students will be evaluated and an introduction to chemotherapeutics.

198 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Courses

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
DH1400 MICROBIOLOGY FOR The role of the dental hygienist in aspects of dental hygiene. Students will
DENTAL HYGIENE recognizing oral pathology is examined study dental hygiene practice settings,
This course introduces dental hygiene as part of comprehensive dental hygiene educational opportunities, organiza-
students to microbiology. Topics include care. In this course, processes and tional, financial and marketing initiatives,
an introduction to microscopy, prokaryotic terminology for recognizing and accurately economics and promotional guidelines of
cell structure and function, bacterial recording oral lesions are discussed the regulatory authority. Students will also
nutrition, microbial metabolism, control and applied. Dental caries, general focus on legal and ethical requirements
of microbial growth, oral microflora and characteristics of common soft tissue for dental hygiene practice. Current trends
animal viruses. lesions and other tooth abnormalities are and issues in dental hygiene are discussed,
presented. This course emphasizes the along with the structure and function
DH1420 NUTRITION significance, recognition and accurate of professional associations and the
Prerequisite: Successful Completion of all description of the clinical appearance of regulatory authority. Registration, scope
Year 1 Dental Hygiene courses. intra oral mucosal lesions. The process of of practice, quality assurance and political
In this course, students learn about dietary differential diagnosis of oral pathology is processes are examined.
recommendations and the role of nutrition also considered.
in general and oral health. Students will DH2250 CLINICAL THEORY III
apply nutrition concepts in the analysis DH2101 ORAL PATHOLOGY II This course is a continuation of Clinical
of their own diet. Concepts will later be Prerequisites: DH2100 Theory I and II. All phases of the dental
applied in the clinical setting for clients This course provides advanced study of hygiene process and theories are
whose dietary choices compromise their oral pathology, including intra oral mucosal further developed as students gain more
oral health. lesions, characteristics of submucosal experience with unhealthy and abnormal
oral pathologies and common lesions oral conditions.
DH1440 RADIOLOGY of the face. Students will be prompted
Prerequisite: Successful Completion of all to recall foundational knowledge from DH2251 CLINICAL THEORY IV
Year 1 Dental Hygiene courses. Oral Pathology I. Emphasis is placed on Prerequisite: Successful completion of
Basic principles of radiation physics, the identification and description of oral Year 1 Dental Hygiene courses, DH2250,
generation, biology and the uses of pathologies. DH2260
x-radiation are introduced in this course. Co-requisite: DH2261
Students will also learn the theory behind DH2150 COMMUNITY ORAL HEALTH I This course is a continuation of Clinical
the basic techniques of radiography for Prerequisite: Successful Completion of all Theory I, II and III. Students will continue
application in clinical dental hygiene, Year 1 Dental Hygiene courses. to study and apply theories of client
including safety measures. Students In this course students will study assessment, planning, implementa-
will then expand on the basic radiology the health/disease continuum from tion and evaluation through case study
concepts and focus on the interpretation the viewpoint of various community and case presentations. The theories of
of oral radiographs. Concepts, principles groups. Included are issues dealing with dental imaging and local anesthetic are
and applications of advanced and community dental health, oral health introduced.
specialized radiography techniques are delivery modes, current concepts of
also discussed. health education, health promotion and DH2260 CLINICAL PRACTICE III
partnerships with community groups. Prerequisites: Successful Completion of
DH1450 ORAL EMBRYOLOGY AND all Year 1 Dental Hygiene course, DH1251
HISTOLOGY DH2151 COMMUNITY ORAL HEALTH II DH1261, First Aid/CPR certification
Prerequisite: BL1210 Prerequisite: DH2150, Successful (maintained throughout the course)
Students will identify the sequence of completion of Year 1 and Year 2 Dental Co-requisite: DH2250
embryological development and the Hygiene courses. This course is a continuation of Clinical
principles of oral histology of the soft This course is a continuation of Community Practice I and II. All phases of the dental
and hard tissues in oral and associated Oral Health I. Emphasis is placed on hygiene process are further developed
structures. This course builds on the the promotion of oral health, as well as as students gain more experience with
concepts introduced in foundation science community dental health programming. unhealthy and abnormal oral conditions.
courses and continues to provide the basis Didactic information will be applied in the Students practice related skills on
for clinical dental hygiene practice as well community through field experiences. mannequins/peers prior to providing
as for further study. care for clients in a closely supervised
DH2200 PRINCIPLES AND ISSUES III clinical setting. Throughout all clinical
DH2100 ORAL PATHOLOGY I Prerequisite: DH1201, Successful procedures students will be evaluated
Prerequisites: Successful Completion of all completion of all on the following performance indicators:
Year 1 Dental Hygiene courses, DH1400, Year 1 Dental Hygiene courses transfer of theoretical knowledge to the
DH1450. In this course, students focus on career practice setting, articulation of rationale,

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 199


Courses
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

development of efficient sequences and DH2310 PERIODONTOLOGY III dental hygiene courses are integrated into
techniques, identification of structures Prerequisite: DH1311 comprehensive clinical dental hygiene
and anatomical landmarks, adherence This course builds on concepts and care. This course builds on the previous
to principles of infection control, skills covered in Periodontology I and Clinical Theory courses in guiding students
appropriate use of resources to facilitate II and focuses mainly on other types of through the transition into the hospital and
efficiency and accuracy, problem-solving periodontal diseases beyond that of public/ private dental practice settings.
with modification to treatment where plaque-induced gingivitis and chronic peri-
necessary, management of discomfort odontitis. Advanced diagnostic techniques DH3260 CLINICAL PRACTICE V
when performing procedures and and therapeutic interventions and the role Prerequisites: Successful completion of
accurate, legible documentation. Within of surgical therapy, are discussed. Year 1 and Year 2 Dental Hygiene courses,
each competency area, students are DH2251, DH2261, First Aid/CPR certifica-
expected to apply knowledge, skills and DH2460 PHARMACOLOGY tion (maintained throughout the course)
attitudes gained in previous Clinical Prerequisites: Successful completion of Co-requisite: DH3250
Theory and Clinical Practice courses. Skills all first and second year Dental Hygiene This course is a continuation of the
developed in this and the previous Clinical courses. previous Clinical Practice series. Students
Practice courses will be reviewed and Principles of pharmacology and drug will gain comprehensive clinical skills
enhanced to a greater level of expertise in therapy are presented in this course. The required for periodontal care within the
each subsequent Clinical Practice course. specific drugs and techniques of pain scope of dental hygiene practice and
control used in dentistry are discussed, integrate them with previously acquired
DH2261 CLINICAL PRACTICE IV with elaboration on additional drugs used knowledge and skills. Individualized
This course is a continuation of Clinical in dentistry. Coverage of other families of comprehensive care of clients with special
Practice I, II and III. Students will continue drugs that impact the delivery of dental needs will be emphasized. Throughout
to study and apply aspects of dental treatment also takes place in this course. all clinical procedures students will be
hygiene assessment, planning, imple- evaluated on the following performance
mentation and evaluation on selected DH3150 COMMUNITY ORAL HEALTH indicators: transfer of theoretical
clients and through case study. Dental III knowledge to the practice setting,
imaging and local anesthetic theories Prerequisites: DH2151, Successful articulation of rationale, development
are applied. Students will also be completion of Year 1 and Year 2 Dental of efficient sequences and techniques,
introduced to the fundamentals of case Hygiene courses identification of structures and anatomical
presentation. Throughout all clinical This course builds upon the community health landmarks, adherence to principles
procedures students will be evaluated concepts introduced in Community Oral of infection control, adaptation of delivery
on the following performance indicators: Health II. Course coverage primarily focuses of care for clients with compromised
transfer of theoretical knowledge to the on the role of the dental hygienist in planning mobility and other special needs,
practice setting, articulation of rationale, programs, marketing oral health and as an appropriate use of resources to facilitate
development of efficient sequences and agent for change. Current community dental efficiency and accuracy, problem-solving
techniques, identification of structures health research is also reviewed. with modification to treatment where
and anatomical landmarks, adherence necessary, management of discomfort
to principles of infection control, DH3250 CLINICAL THEORY V when performing procedures and
appropriate use of resources to facilitate Prerequisites: Successful completion of accurate, legible documentation.
efficiency and accuracy, problem-solving Year 1 and Year 2 Dental Hygiene courses, Within each competency area, students
with modification to treatment where DH2251, DH2261 are expected to apply knowledge, skills
necessary, management of discomfort Co-requisite: DH3260 and attitudes gained in previous Clinical
when performing procedures and This course is a continuation of the previous Theory and Clinical Practice courses.
accurate, legible documentation. Within Clinical Theory series. Assessment, dental Skills developed in this course will be
each competency area, students are hygiene health care planning, implementa- reviewed and enhanced to a greater level
expected to apply knowledge, skills and tion, evaluation and clinical environment of expertise in Clinical Practice VI.
attitudes gained in previous Clinical considerations are discussed. Individualized
Theory and Clinical Practice courses. comprehensive care of clients with special DH3261 CLINICAL PRACTICE VI
Skills developed in this course will be needs will be emphasized. Prerequisites: Successful completion of
reviewed and enhanced to a greater level Year 1 and Year 2 Dental Hygiene courses,
of expertise in each subsequent Clinical DH3251 CLINICAL THEORY VI DH3250, DH3260, First Aid/CPR certifica-
Practice course. Prerequisites: DH3250, DH3260, tion (maintained throughout the course)
Successful completion of Year 1 and Year 2 Co-requisite: DH3251
Dental Hygiene courses In this course, knowledge and skills
Co-requisite: DH3261 learned in all dental hygiene courses are
Knowledge and theories learned in all integrated into comprehensive clinical

200 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Courses

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
dental hygiene care. Students will work in a DM1300 TRANSCRIPTION I of various software packages; i.e. word
dental clinical setting to apply the full scope Prerequisites: DM1200, CM1100 processing, database, spreadsheets, pres-
of dental hygiene care. This course builds This course introduces skills in machine entations, electronic mail and calendar.
on the previous Clinical Practice courses in transcription and/or using transcription
guiding students through the transition to software and reinforces grammar and Note: Students must achieve a typing speed
hospital and dental practice. Throughout punctuation skills. Emphasis is placed of 40 net words per minute for five minutes
all clinical procedures students will be on applying proofreading and language in order to pass KB1151.
evaluated on the following performance skills: grammar, punctuation and spelling.
indicators: transfer of theoretical knowledge Decision-making skills are introduced DP1120 DIGITAL MICROPROCESSORS
to the practice setting, articulation through the transcription of basic business Prerequisite: DP1130
of rationale, development of efficient documents. Co-requisite: AE2350, AE2370
sequences and techniques, identification This course introduces the student to the
of structures and anatomical landmarks, DM1301 TRANSCRIPTION II microprocessor programming techniques
adherence to principles of infection control, Prerequisites: DM1300, DM1210 using assemblers and debuggers and
adaptation of delivery of care for clients This course is designed to further provides training in computer interfacing
with compromised mobility and other develop skills in machine transcription techniques.
special needs, appropriate use of resources and/ or using transcription software.
to facilitate efficiency and accuracy, Emphasis is placed on accuracy and DP1130 DIGITAL ELECTRONICS
problem-solving with modification to speed as well as grammar, punctuation Prerequisites: ET1101, ET1150
treatment where necessary, management and spelling competency. Documents This course introduces students to the
of discomfort when performing procedures will be transcribed from various business field of digital electronics. They will be
and accurate, legible documentation. environments. Decision-making skills are taught design and diagnosis techniques
Within each competency area, students are improved in the transcription of complex applicable to digital electronics.
expected to apply knowledge, skills and unarranged material.
attitudes gained in previous Clinical Theory DP1170 DIGITAL MICROPROCESSORS
and Clinical Practice courses. DM2200 DOCUMENT PRODUCTION III Prerequisite: DP1130
Prerequisite: DM1201 Co-requisite: AE2350
DM1200 DOCUMENT PRODUCTION I This course combines keyboarding This course introduces the student to the
This course includes keyboarding, file development, document production and microprocessor programming techniques
management and basic document word processing to improve proficiency using assemblers and debuggers and
formatting. Keyboarding speed on unseen in document production. Keyboarding provides training
straight copy material is developed to 25 to speed on unseen straight copy material is in computer interfacing techniques.
40 net words. The following documents are developed to a minimum of 35 net words
produced using Microsoft Word processing per minute for five minutes. Students will DP2230 MICROCONTROLLERS
software: notices, announcements, signage, reinforce their skills in the production Prerequisite: DP1170
basic correspondence, basic tables and of advanced business correspondence, Co-requisite: CT2300
basic reports. tables, reports and specialized business This course provides the student with
documents. Students will also use knowledge of the hardware associated
Note: In order to be eligible for graduation Microsoft PowerPoint software to prepare with a microprocessor system and the
with an Office Administration Certificate, presentations. interfacing requirements for communica-
students must achieve a typing speed of 30 tion with the environment.
net words per minute Note: Students must achieve a typing speed
at the end of DM1201. of 40 net words per minute for five minutes DP2360 FUNCTION BLOCK
in order to pass KB1151. PROGRAMMING
DM1210 DOCUMENT PRODUCTION II Prerequisite: DP2520 or XD2500
Prerequisite: DM1200 DM2240 DOCUMENT PRODUCTION IV Function block programming has become
This course further develops proficiency in Prerequisites: DM2200, CP2310, CP2410 the programming language used for most
document production using intermediate This course combines keyboarding process automation systems. It is currently
word processing applications. Students development and document formatting used in DCSs, stand-alone controllers,
will also apply skills in the production of using a project/simulation approach. PLCs and is now being used in field level
intermediate business correspondence, Students will be expected to develop devices. This course will cover how to
tables, forms and reports and reinforce their and use critical thinking and decision- develop function block programs and link
skills in file management. making skills and to process and produce them to a Human-Machine Interface (HMI).
Note: Students must achieve a typing speed documents at an advanced level using The control strategies being taught in this
of 30 net words per minute for five minutes in Microsoft Office. Students will also course will start with basic PID control
order to pass KB1150. perform tasks that require the integration and progress to more complex control

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 201


Courses
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

strategies with additional variables being DP3450 ADVANCED PROGRAMMABLE including the central banks and money
displayed on the HMI. LOGIC CONTROLLERS markets with a focus on the history and
Prerequisite: DP2520 development of monetary systems, the
DP2460 DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING This is an advanced course in functions, purpose and qualities of money,
Prerequisites: DP2230 programmable logic controllers (PLCs) the functions, purpose and interactions of
This course is an introduction to digital covering discrete control, analog the central bank and other institutions in
signal processing (DSP) concepts and control, program control statements, money markets.
implementation. It starts by explaining the field bus communication and control,
need for digital signal processing and DSP Human Machine Interface (HMI), motor EC1660 - ECONOMICS FOR BANKERS
systems. The DSP system is explained control using variable frequency drives, The course aims to teach potential and
from the input analog signal via the input mathematical functions, sequencers. current bankers to view their industry and
transducer through all stages of the the economy from an economist’s point
process including signal conditioning, anti- DR2440 ELECTRONIC CAD of view. Students are introduced to the
aliasing filter, analog-to-digital and digital- Prerequisites: DP1130, AE2350 basic economic problem, the concepts
to-analog conversion, output smoothing This course is designed to give the student of demand and supply, the gross national
filter and output transducers. Real life tele- a basic knowledge of Printed Circuit product components and economic
communications examples will be used to Board design techniques required in the growth, business cycles, inflation and
illustrate the use and need for each part of electronics industry through the use of aspects of international trade and finance.
the DSP system. The laboratory elements CAD software. It introduces the student
of this course will be conducted using to specific types of drawings required in EC1700 ENGINEERING ECONOMICS
MATLAB software giving the students the the electronics industry to include: Block Prerequisite: MA1101
skills required to become proficient with Diagrams, Logic Diagrams and Schematic This course covers the basic principles of
DSP systems through examples and com- Diagrams. The Electronic Specific drawings engineering economy with application to
putational experience. will be done using MultiSim or equivalent engineering economic decision making.
schematic capture software. A PCB design The various methods for economic analysis
DP2520 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC will be created using Ultiboard software or of alternatives are investigated as well
CONTROLLERS equivalent circuit board design software. as depreciation methods and income tax
Prerequisites: MP2160, CE1200 consequences.
This course introduces students to general EC1110 MICROECONOMICS
concepts, programming techniques and The course objectives are to develop an EG1110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS
programming languages for both digital understanding of the economic institutions This course focuses on basic engineering
and analog inputs and outputs for both and environment under a market system graphics principles and standards to
on off and proportional control. For this of exchange and the response made effectively communicate technical
course the student will use both Physical to decisions arrived at by individuals, graphical design and also provides the
Input and Output (I/O) devices and businesses and governments. Specifically, foundation for more advanced engineering
graphical interface I/O. The programming the course examines business organiza- graphics concepts. Engineering graphics is
of the graphical interface will not be tions and why the attitudes of buyers and the predominant means by which accurate
covered in this course. sellers determine the prices, quantities information is communicated within
and distribution of the output of goods and industries pertinent to all engineering
DP3240 DCS (DISTRIBUTED CONTROL services. technology disciplines. From the simplest
SYSTEMS) CONFIGURATION in-the-field sketch to the most advanced
Prerequisite: DP2360 EC1210 MACROECONOMICS 3-D model, each may constitute a legal
This course will review the history of This course is designed to introduce document.
distributed control systems (DCSs) and students to the principles of macro-
provide a comparison of the current economics, including the physical and EG1140 ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
system to modern programmer logic monetary aspects of international trade; SIMULATION
controller (PLC)/human-machine interface money, banking and monetary policy; Prerequisite: ET1150
(HMI) and supervisory control and data the gross national product, national Co-requisites: ET1151, DP1130
acquisition (SCADA) systems. It provides expenditure components, business cycles Students will learn the principles of
the participants with the knowledge to and fiscal policy. The emphasis is on a computer-aided electronics circuit design
troubleshoot a DCS system as well as problem solving approach and Canadian and simulation. The practical component
modify existing configurations, control examples where this is possible. of the course will lead students through
strategies and operator interfaces. features of a schematic capture and
EC1650 MONEY BANKING AND simulation software application. Students
MONETARY POLICY will be able to use electronic components
The student is introduced to the role of in a simulated environment and be able to
money, banks and monetary systems

202 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Courses

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
measure and analyze electronic parameters individual and group activities, presenta- covered under legislation, regulations and
with analog and digital instruments. This tions and case studies. Emphasis will be guidelines. Students will also discuss the
course should help students complete lab on the historical and current practice of role of government agencies and non-
experiment requirements of analog and emergency management. Students will governmental organizations with respect
digital courses and aid in the design of the also discuss the essential terminologies, to emergency management legislation and
final Capstone Project. concepts, theories and approaches to the frameworks.
rapidly expanding study and practice of
EG1230 ELECTRICAL AND INSTRU- emergency management. EM1160 EMERGENCY
MENTATION CAD MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
Prerequisite: CI1140 EM1120 PREPAREDNESS AND Prerequisites: EM1110, EM1130
The course first introduces the AutoCAD PLANNING This course provides an overview of
drafting package. Once the foundation is Emergency management preparedness different approaches to emergency
established, the course migrates towards can best be described as a state of management with an emphasis on the
the more advanced features and emphasis readiness to respond to an emergency National Incident Management System
is on the AutoCAD Electrical package. situation. No emergency management (NIMS) and Incident Command System
Examples are geared towards electrical organization can function without a strong (ICS) frameworks. Students will also
engineering technology students. preparedness capability which is built examine the purpose of an Emergency
through planning, training and exercising. Operation Centre (EOC) and Emergency
EG1430 AUTOCAD ESSENTIALS This course is designed to introduce Site Management (ESM). Students will
Prerequisite: EG1110 students to the principles of planning, have the opportunity to take part in a
Computer Aided Drafting (CAD) software the preparedness planning cycle and the simulated exercise and perform the
is a tool that enables you to produce concepts of risk assessment and risk various functions and roles required in
engineering drawings more accurately and mapping. Students will evaluate sample emergency management systems.
with greater efficiency. It also facilitates emergency management plans and will
the ability to share files with other software start their own emergency management EM1170 EM PROFESSIONALISM
programs. This course is designed in a plans at the beginning of the course for Prerequisite: EM1110
pedagogical format by presenting the submission as a final project. Emergency management is a service-
fundamental concepts at the beginning oriented career that demands the highest
and moving toward the more advanced EM1130 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT level of professionalism from all members.
and specialized features of AutoCAD. It PARTNERS This course will examine the key elements
is also designed with the understand- This course is designed to introduce required to become an emergency
ing that the student has the engineering students to the specific roles of various management professional. Emphasis will
graphics fundamentals necessary to apply emergency management partners, as be on professionalism, culture and the
the AutoCAD software. Applications and well as potential benefits and challenges importance of providing quality customer
examples have an inclination towards of working with each type of partner. service. Students will also discuss
many different technology disciplines. Emphasis will be on partnerships with professional ethics and standards related
first and second responders, government to emergency management. The course
EG3100 3-D MODELLING/CAD agencies, non-governmental organiza- will also cover professional development
Prerequisites: EG1110, EG1430 tions, volunteer agencies, businesses, (PD) and students will have an opportunity
This is a course in advanced mechanical community groups, individuals and to develop individual PD plans.
design and drawing techniques applied professional associations. Students will
to 3D-modeling software. It specifies also discuss best practices in fostering EM1180 EMERGENCY RESPONSE
SolidWorks as the software but can be effective emergency management Prerequisite: EM1110
conducted with any parametric based partnerships. Whenever possible, selected The initial response to any critical incident
applications. Students will learn basic topics will be presented by members of the can have far reaching consequences.
part and assembly feature design skills emergency community. By properly understanding the process
typical in all mechanical designs and and issues that surround an emergency
how to translate the design to drawings EM1140 EM LEGISLATION AND response, students will be able to clearly
for proposals, manufacturers and quality FRAMEWORKS articulate factors that affect emergency
control documents. This course is designed to provide the response decisions. This course is
student with a practical and theoretical designed to provide an overview of
EM1110 PRINCIPLES OF EM introduction to legislation and guidance decision making, as well as the logistical
This course is designed to provide the pertaining to emergency management issues surrounding an emergency
student with a practical and theoretical at the local, national and international response with a particular focus on
introduction to the concepts of emergency levels. Emphasis will be on various aspects in-house activities. Emphasis will also be
management through instruction, of emergency management that are placed on communication and reporting.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 203


Courses
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

EM1190 EMERGENCY from occurring in the future. This course primary purpose and benefits of having an
STUDIES CAPSTONE is designed to provide students with an established BCM program. Emphasis will
Prerequisites: All Semester 1 and Semester introduction to the systematic process be on business impact analysis, as well
2 courses. involved in conducting a thorough investi- as best practices in identifying response
Credit Value: Four (4) gation from pre-incident preparation to the options and developing effective response
The capstone project is designed to enable final report. plans. The course will also cover best
students to demonstrate the application of practices in carrying out BCM awareness
skills and knowledge developed throughout EM1220 RESILIENCE AND training and in exercising and maintaining
Semesters 1 and 2. Students taking this SUSTAINABILITY BCM plans.
course will work with minimal supervision Prerequisites: EM1110 or EM 1100, EM1130
under the guidance of a faculty member. or EM1150 EM1270 MEDIA AND EMERGENCY
When possible, students will have the A disaster resilient community has the MANAGEMENT
opportunity to consult with industry repre- capacity to absorb stress (physical and The public is increasingly demanding
sentatives on course deliverables. psychological) through adaptation. It a continual, up-to-date stream of
Students can work independently or in can manage or maintain certain basic information during emergencies and this
teams of two or three to carry out an functions and structures during disastrous makes the sharing of information even
in-depth study of a problem, design, or events and can recover or ‘bounce back’ more critical. This course is designed to
application related to a topic covered after an event. This course will provide the introduce students to best practices in
in Semester 1 or Semester 2 that has learner with a practical and theoretical incorporating traditional and social media
been approved by an instructor. Since introduction to the concepts of recovery, into emergency management activities.
the in-depth study and report are to be resilience and sustainability through Emphasis will also be on crisis communica-
prepared through independent study, the instruction, individual and group activities, tion and the future of media in emergency
assigned hours represent only part of the presentations and case studies. management.
time that students are expected to allocate
to the course. Regular meetings with a EM1230 LEADERSHIP AND EM1280 EM ACROSS INDUSTRIES
faculty supervisor will be scheduled within MANAGEMENT While the basic concepts of emergency
the assigned hours and it is mandatory This course is designed to introduce management are similar across all
that students attend these meetings. students to key concepts related to industries, it is important to understand
leadership and management. Emphasis will that different industries have unique char-
EM1200 MITIGATION AND be on interpersonal skills, motivation and acteristics that must be considered when
PREVENTION power and key elements of management creating an emergency management plan.
Prerequisites: EM1110 or EM 1100, EM1130 and leadership. Students will review different This course will examine how the classifi-
or EM1150 styles of leadership, as well as challenges cation of buildings and the characteristics
This course is designed to provide an in and best practices when leading teams. The of a business can impact emergency
depth introduction to mitigation and risk course will also cover coaching principles management activities. Emphasis will be
assessment. Mitigation actions modify, and students will have the opportunity to on a range of issues from various risks and
deflect, stop, or reduce the impact of demonstrate coaching techniques. vulnerabilities to social impact. This course
a disaster. Mitigation is considered the will provide students the opportunity to
cornerstone of emergency management. EM1250 THE FUTURE OF EM interact with emergency management
Emphasis will be on the types and The field of emergency management practitioners from many local industries
categories of mitigation, steps in mitigation is evolving. This course will provide an and businesses.
planning and pre- and post-disaster overview of how changes in technology
mitigation activities. Students will also and increasing collaboration with EM1290 TOXICOLOGY AND HAZARDS
discuss the characteristics of resilient and academia and other partners could impact This course is designed to provide an
sustainable communities. the future of emergency management. introduction to environmental hazards and
Emphasis will be placed on emerging toxicity. Emphasis will be on environmental
EM1210 EM INVESTIGATIONS and heightened types of threats, as well sustainability, ecosystems and resources
A major goal of emergency management as the impact of politics on emergency in the context of emergency management.
professionals is preventing negative management. Students will also discuss Students will also discuss environmental
incidents from occurring. As not all the use of a holistic approach to hazards, toxicology and hazardous
incidents can be avoided, a skilled emergency management. materials management.
emergency response organization must
be able to conduct a professional inves- EM1260 BUSINESS CONTINUITY EM1320 PHYSICAL SECURITY
tigation. The ultimate goal of an investi- This course is designed to provide PLANNING
gation is to prevent a similar or perhaps an overview of business continuity This course is designed to provide
more disastrous sequence of events management (BCM), including the students with an introduction to security

204 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Courses

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
design principles, threat and risk effectiveness and capability. This course potable and recreational water supplies.
assessment and application of technology. examines the different types of exercises The student will review the quality issues,
Students will also discuss site security and that the emergency manager can use to communicable disease and injury risks
active or personnel security. Emphasis evaluate one or more aspects of the organ- inherent in drinking and recreational water.
will be placed on practical application of ization’s emergency management program
lecture and lab work. and the design process to conduct an EN1551 WATER QUALITY II
exercise. Prerequisite: EN1545
EM1330 THE RECOVERY PROCESS This is a course which builds on Water
Prerequisites: EM1110 or EM 1100, EM1130 EN1140 HAZARDS, SAFETY AND Quality I and provides a working
or EM1150 ETHICS knowledge of water distribution and water
The discipline of recovery in emergency This is a three part course that presents an treatment practices and focuses on the
management often begins in the initial introduction to engineering ethics, environ- basic aspects of construction, operation
hours and days following an emergency mental awareness and hazardous area and maintenance.
or a disaster and can continue for months training. In part A, professional practice and
and in some cases years, depending on ethics is covered to enable the learner to EN2310 ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH
the severity of the event. This course understand ethical and legal expectations LAW
introduces principles and guidelines for within the industry and profession. Part Prerequisite: HL1140
managing short and long-term recovery. B gives the student a brief introduction This course introduces the student to local
to environmental awareness as well as and regional environmental health legal
EM1340 EM PRACTICUM an overview of environmental concerns systems and processes. Students will be
This practicum is designed to enable in the oil and gas industry including the taught the concepts of legal duties and re-
students to apply the fundamental effect of the industry on the environment sponsibilities, legal powers and authorities
principles of emergency management in a and vice versa. An introduction to en- and progressive enforcement of legislative
workplace environment in either the public vironmental science is also provided, requirements. Participants will practice (a)
or private sector. Performance will be as well as coverage of pollution and the conducting legal inspections that turn into
monitored under close supervision and will interactions between petroleum and various investigations and (b) resolving conflicts
be evaluated by both the employer and the components of the environment. Part C is in an assertive and professional manner.
practicum instructor. With approval from designed to give the student an understand- The constitutional basis for regulating
the employer and instructor, students may ing of the hazardous area classification and environmental health issues and the role
choose to concentrate on one specific how systems are designed to confine an of operational policies in government
emergency management issue for all explosion inside an enclosure, isolate the agencies are also covered.
practicum activities. As part of their duties, ignition source or limit the energy flow into
students will be required to participate in, the hazardous area. Combined with this EN2470 ENVIRONMENTAL
plan and evaluate emergency management knowledge base the students will receive AWARENESS
activities. The structure and functions of hands on training so they can install and Prerequisite: CM1400
the practicum location will be emphasized maintain equipment for hazardous areas. Co-requisite: CM1190
and students will have the opportunity to This course is not designed to provide This course presents an overview of
record, document and reflect on learning Hazardous Area Certification. environmental concerns in the oil and gas
experiences through the completion industry, including the effect of the industry
of a log book or professional journal. EN1420 ENVIRONMENTAL on the environment and vice versa.
Students will be expected to job shadow SANITATION
an emergency management professional Prerequisite: HL1140 EN2480 ETHICS AND ENVIRON
in their daily practice and will be required This course is designed to introduce AWARENESS
to meet with their practicum instructor students to many of the public health This course presents an overview of
for a minimum of one hour per week to hazards inherent in communities and the environmental concerns in the oil and gas
debrief. Students will formally present a mitigation strategies used in their control industry including the effect of the industry
summary of their work term experience, and elimination. Particular emphasis is on the environment and vice versa.
including an overview of lessons learned. given to risk assessment principles applied Professional practice and ethics is covered
This presentation will be given to invited to water, wastewater, solid waste, pest to enable the learner to understand ethical
government, industry and faculty guests. control and housing management. and legal expectations within the industry
and profession. An introduction
EM1350 EXERCISE DESIGN EN1545 WATER QUALITY I to environmental science is also provided,
Prerequisites: EM1110 or EM 1100, EM1130 Prerequisite: CH1210 as well as coverage of pollution and the
or EM1150 This course introduces the student to interactions between petroleum and
Conducting exercises supports personnel the principles and processes behind the various components of the environment.
training and improves the organization’s sources, treatment and distribution of

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 205


Courses
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

EP1110 INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS information. It will build upon a basic ET1100 ELECTROTECHNOLOGY
This course will introduce students to knowledge of common business practices, This is an introductory course in electrical
business systems, forms of business processes and systems with emphasis theory covering the basic concepts of
ownership, production, marketing, placed upon the data and information electricity, circuit analysis and magnetism.
finance, personnel and labour relations, needs of each functional area and how The laboratory work is designed to develop
international business and small business data is interrelated across business skills in the construction of electrical
ownership. Students will describe and functions. This discussion will be extended circuits and use of electrical measuring
compare aspects of business, economics to include electronic commerce. instruments as well as reinforcing
and finance, including the functional areas theoretical concepts.
of a business. EP2150 ENTREPRENEURSHIP
This is an introductory course that ET1101 ELECTROTECHNOLOGY
EP1131 BUSINESS FOR INFORMATION analyzes aspects of entrepreneurship Prerequisite: ET1100
SYSTEMS and the link between entrepreneurs and This is a continuation of the Electrotechnol-
This course will provide students with small business. It presents a fundamental ogy course taken in the first semester. It
an overview of business principles and approach to planning and operating a covers the basics of Alternate Current (AC)
practices relevant to the IT industry. firm, incorporating basic steps in business theory and the application of this to solve
Students will be introduced to the management and explains how each step circuits containing resistance, capacitance
functional areas of business and the can best be accomplished. and inductance. An introduction to
processes within each function. Emphasis transformers and polyphase AC circuits is
will be placed upon awareness and literacy EP2200 BUSINESS PLANNING also included.
of each functional area as they apply to Prerequisite: EP2250 ET1130 FUNDAMENTALS OF
local and national markets. This is an advanced-level course in ELECTRICITY I
developing a comprehensive business plan. Co-requisite: PH1140
EP1140 BUSINESS OPERATIONS IN The student will identify a business idea, This course focuses on basic DC and
INFORMATION SYSTEMS product or service, conduct an industry AC circuit analysis. The laboratory
Prerequisites: EP1130, EP1150 analysis and develop plans for operational work is designed to develop skills in the
This course will introduce students to and human resources, marketing and construction of electrical circuits, use
the ways that organizations improve finance. The student will also conduct a of electrical measuring instruments and
their business practices through the use risk assessment and present their plan to reinforcement of theoretical concepts.
of computer technology. The course a panel of industry experts. The student
emphasizes systems technologies, will apply his/her knowledge from previous ET1131 FUNDAMENTALS OF
enterprise integration, business terms in a practical manner. ELECTRICITY II
applications and critical analysis of or- Prerequisite: ET1130
ganizational change through information EP2250 SMALL BUSINESS This course continues the studies of
systems. DEVELOPMENT Electricity begun in the previous semester
Prerequisites: AC2260, CM2300, with the Fundamentals of Electricity I
EP1160 INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS EC1110, MA1670 course. Course subject matter focuses on
FUNCTIONS This is an advanced course in the use the basics of AC theory and the application
This is an introductory course to identify of primary and secondary research of this to solve circuits containing
and describe the basic line functions of techniques and analysis. The student will resistance, capacitance and inductance.
business and introduce students to small explore secondary research analysis, An introduction to three phase AC circuits
business ownership and entrepreneur- competition and demand analysis, project and Basic Power Factor Correction is also
ship. It will emphasize a basic knowledge site and area evaluation and estimates included.
of common business functions. Students of operating results. The student will
will be introduced to the functional areas be required to produce and present a ET1135 FUNDAMENTALS OF
of business and the processes within each research report establishing the feasibility ELECTRICITY
function. Emphasis will be placed upon for an opportunity or a particular growth This course introduces non-electrical
awareness and literacy of each functional sector in the economy. Topics for this technical personnel to the fundamentals
area. Students will also be introduced report will be based on personal selection and basic applications associated with
to the importance of the small business or on a mentoring process with a potential electrical power. Course subject
sector of the economy and the issues or present business owner. This plan is matter focuses on the basics of AC theory
involved in owning your own business. developed based on two prior years of and the application of this to identify
Business Management education and is characteristics of circuits and equipment
EP1170 BUSINESS INFORMATION intended in part to prepare the student to commonly found in industrial installations.
FUNDAMENTALS own or operate a small business.
This is an introductory course in business

206 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Courses

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ET1150 CIRCUIT ANALYSIS I waveform analysis and synthesis, time Qatar’s Energy and Industry sector.
Co-requisites: MA1700, PH1140 domain analysis, solution of differential The student trainee will be required to
This is an introductory course in electrical equations using LaPlace transforms, demonstrate effective communication
theory covering the basic concepts of application of LaPlace transforms to solve skills, an exemplary work ethic, and a
electrical, circuit analysis and magnetism. electric circuits and derivation of transfer willingness to learn the administrative and
The laboratory work is designed to develop functions. In addition, the following topics operational workings of a plant. During
skills in the construction of electrical will be covered in this course: Fourier the four-week orientation, trainees will
circuits and use of electrical measuring expansion of periodic function, even and be expected to demonstrate punctuality
instruments and to reinforce theoretical odd, Fourier analysis of waveforms and and full attendance, as well as exhibit
concepts. their application to electrical signals and the discipline required to be an effective
impulse response. member of a maintenance/production
ET1151 CIRCUIT ANALYSIS LL team.
Prerequisites: ET1150, MA1700, PH1140 ET1180 POWER TOOLS
This is a continuation of the Circuit Analysis This course introduces the safe use and ET1210 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
l course. It covers the basics of AC theory accurate selection of power tools required This course introduces the characteristics,
and the application of this to solve circuits in electrical installations. In a workshop installation, and inspection of conductors
containing resistance, capacitance and setting, the student will gain the necessary and cables. Course coverage and activities
inductance. An introduction to transformers skills to accurately identify, use, and care have been designed to familiarize students
is also included. for different types of drills, hacksaws and with international tables and standards
wrenches. Hands-on skills developed in and provide them with the skills to safely
ET1160 ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS AND this course will be reinforced and applied handle conductors and cables.
DEVICES in all subsequent courses.
Prerequisite: ET1131 ET1215 ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS
This course covers advanced topics ET1190 BASIC DC THEORY This course is designed to introduce
in A.C. and D.C. circuit fundamentals This course introduces electrical theory students to various drawings used in the
including parallel resonance RC-RC DC and the practical application of electrical electrical industry. Students in this course
time constants and transformers. The measuring instruments. Students will learn will gain practical experience in using
course also includes an introduction to basic principles of electrical circuits, how drawings to create and trace a circuit.
Two-Port Networks and selected topics on to use and manipulate formulas to analyze
electronic control elements. circuits, as well as safely perform routine ET1220 POWER SUPPLY AND
electrical measurements. RECTIFIERS
ET1175 FABRICATION HAND TOOLS This course has been designed to
This course is designed to introduce ET1195 SINGLE-PHASE ELECTRICITY introduce students to the components,
students to the safe use and selection This course introduces the principles and characteristics, applications, and
of hand tools required in the fabrication characteristics of single-phase alternating operation of power supplies and rectifiers.
of electrical installation. Working in current. Students in this course will gain Students will study electronic components
mechanical and electrical workshops, the the knowledge to distinguish between that will be encountered when using
student will develop the skills needed to DC and AC, and the skills to perform Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS) and
effectively use hand tools required in tasks calculations related to single-phase battery chargers.
such as sheet metal shaping and pipe/ electricity.
conduit configuration ET1225 ELECTRICAL TRANSFORMERS
ET1200 THREE-PHASE ELECTRICITY This module introduces the components,
ET2150 ADVANCED CIRCUIT ANALYSIS This course is designed to introduce characteristics, applications, and
Prerequisites: MA2100, ET1151, MP2140 the principles and characteristics of operation of electrical transformers.
In this course, students will review three-phase alternating current. Students Provides information on single and three
techniques of differential equations, will be required to demonstrate various phase transformers and their connections
first order and second order: integral three-phase connections and their related and their basic maintenance checks.
combinations; growth and decay problems; calculations, as well as to gain an under-
the analysis and solution of source free standing of the benefits of three-phase ET1230 THREE-PHASE
RL and RC circuits; driven RL and RC electricity over single-phase electricity. INDUCTION MOTORS
circuits using differential integral calculus; This course introduces the components,
sinusoidal analysis; the concept of phasors ET1205 WORKPLACE ORIENTATION characteristics, applications, and
and steady state response. The learner This four-week workplace orientation operation of three-phase induction motors.
will learn mathematical techniques and presents an opportunity for Technician The student will gain practical experience
apply these to the concepts to analyze and Certificate (Electrical) students to become in reading and recording information
solve differential equations. Topics include familiar with the plant environment within drawn from three-phase induction motors,

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 207


Courses
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

as well as demonstrate how to prepare equipment meets industry standards. scheme co-developed by the College and
and perform common motor connections. Safe work practices while operating in employer.
Working with bearings, students will also hazardous areas will be emphasized. Upon completion of the practicum,
disassemble, change and re-assemble a students will be expected to perform
three-phase induction motor. ET1260 CIRCUIT BREAKERS satisfactorily without assistance and/or
AND FUSES supervision (Competence Level 3).
ET1235 SINGLE-PHASE This course provides an overview of the types,
INDUCTION MOTORS application, and selection of low and high EV1710 INDOOR AIR QUALITY
This course introduces the components, voltage circuit breakers. The student will Prerequisites: CH1210, HL1140
characteristics, applications, and learn how to remove, install and administer This course is designed to introduce
operation of single-phase motors. multiple tests of circuit breakers from training students to the principles and methods
Students will receive hands-on training in switchboards, as well as identify the voltage involved in the collection, analysis and
installing and operating single-phase and current ratings of fuses. interpretation of indoor air quality data and
motors using fuses and circuit breakers. how to use it to investigate and eliminate
Working with bearings, students will also ET1265 RELAYS AND CONTACTORS air quality concerns.
disassemble, change and re-assemble a This course introduces the operation,
single-phase motor. characteristics, and applications of various EV1711 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY
electrical relays and contactors. The Prerequisite: EV1710
ET1240 ALTERNATING student will become familiar with basic This course is designed to introduce
CURRENT GENERATORS operating principles for electrical relays students to the principles and methods
This course introduces the components, and contactors, as well as draw, install and involved in the collection, analysis and in-
characteristics, applications, and operate them based on a circuit drawing. terpretation of ambient air quality data and
operation of AC generators. Applying safe how to use it to investigate and eliminate
operating procedures, students will gain ET1270 UPS AND INVERTERS air quality concerns. Meteorology and its
the knowledge and skills to operate AC This course introduces the operation, char- impact on the dispersal of air pollutants
generators as stand-alone and in parallel. acteristics, and applications of uninter- will be examined. Specific technical
ruptable power supplies and inverters. In knowledge and skills will be introduced
ET1245 DIRECT CURRENT MOTORS a hands-on setting, students will learn how in the management and abatement of
This course introduces the components, to connect and operate UPSs and inverters gaseous waste streams arising from manu-
types, characteristics, applications, following safe procedures. facturing industries.
and operation of DC electrical motors.
The student will learn how to interpret ET1275 WORKSITE PRACTICUM EV1830 LAND AND SUSTAINABLE
information pertaining to DC electrical This worksite practicum represents an DEVELOPMENT
motors found on drawing and motor opportunity for Technician Certificate Prerequisites: HL1140, EY2120
nameplates, control the speed of a DC (Electrical) students to demonstrate This course introduces the student
motor, as well as change its bearings. competencies acquired on campus in pilot to land management principles and
plants, workshops, and using simulators. sustainable development practices and
ET1250 MOTORIZED VALVE Working in an industrial setting, program their significance to environmental health.
ACTUATORS competencies will be undertaken by It gives students an understanding of
This course introduces the components student trainees in conjunction with the steps taken in the field to assess the
and characteristics of motorized valve workplace maintenance/operations staff suitability of proposed land developments.
actuators (MOV). Students will learn the and assessors. Students will be expected The course also explores the impacts
basic operation and performance checks to apply knowledge and skills gained in of population growth and anthropo-
required when working with MOVs, such the preceding technical phases, while logical activity on climate change, food
as opening, closing, and conducting basic demonstrating high standards of behavior security, urban sprawl and sustainable
preventive maintenance procedures. expected in an industrial environment. communities. By highlighting case studies
in environmental impact assessment and
ET1255 HAZARDOUS AREAS This practicum follows the successful site assessment, the student will gain an
This course introduces students to the completion of all semester work in the appreciation for the land management
various electrical equipment required Technician Certificate (Electrical) program. practices impacting sustainable
for installation in hazardous areas of oil, The practicum discipline-specific and development and environmental contam-
gas, and petrochemical plants. Students takes place over a period of 24 weeks, ination.
will gain an understanding of hazardous within a regular work week of at least
area classification, obtain and complete 30 hours, and is remunerated (paid) and EY2120 BASIC ECOLOGY
permits, as well as receive hands-on skills evaluated. Learners will be assessed Prerequisite: BL1200
to confirm if all electrical explosion proof by their employer using an assessment This course introduces students to the

208 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Courses

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
basic principles of ecology through Initial User – Beginner Proficiency in English skills in listening, speaking,
lectures, laboratory investigations, English (Working towards CEFR A1.1). It reading, writing, vocabulary, and grammar
and fieldwork. Students learn about aims to improve English skills in listening, through an integrated and communica-
the different ecosystems and climatic speaking, reading, writing, vocabulary, tive approach. It focuses on general and
conditions on Earth and how organisms and grammar through an integrated and academic contexts of language use and
interact within these environments. communicative approach. It focuses on incorporates topics related to information
Main subject areas such as adaptation routine and familiar contexts of language technology, business, engineering, and
and evolution, population dynamics, use and incorporates topics related to health science. Success strategies related
community structure, and conservation home, school, lifestyle, and work. Student to independent learning, academic study,
will be covered. success strategies related to independent technology, and the eventual workplace
learning, academic study, and technology are embedded in the course. Upon course
FH1130 NUTRITION FOR DENTAL are embedded in the course. Upon completion, learners will have attained
ASSISTANTS completion, learners will have attained a band of Independent User – Threshold
This course provides an introduction to basic a band of Basic User - Breakthrough Proficiency Starter in English (CEFR B1.1).
nutrition theory, including the six classes Proficiency in English (CEFR A1.1).
of nutrients. Food guides are presented FL1080
as a tool against which dietary adequacy FL1050 This course is designed for learners with
can be assessed by dental health profes- This course is designed for learners with Independent User – Threshold Proficiency
sionals. Students are trained to recognize Basic User - Breakthrough Proficiency in Starter in English (CEFR B1.1). It aims
the role of nutrition in general health and English (CEFR A1.1). It aims to improve to improve English skills in listening,
how it relates to oral health. Students are English skills in listening, speaking, speaking, reading, writing, vocabulary,
required to complete a diet assessment, reading, writing, vocabulary, and grammar and grammar through an integrated and
applying knowledge acquired from lectures. through an integrated and communica- communicative approach. It focuses on
Students will be introduced to the process of tive approach. It focuses on routine, academic contexts of language use and
identifying clients in need of diet counseling familiar and general contexts of language incorporates topics related to information
and to providing counseling to these clients. use and incorporates topics related to technology, business, engineering, and
home, school, lifestyle, and work. Student health science. Success strategies related
FH1380 HEALTH AND WELLNESS success strategies related to independent to independent learning, academic study,
This course is designed to teach students learning, academic study, and technology technology, and the eventual workplace
the basics of health and wellness are embedded in the course. Upon are embedded in the course. Upon
development. Time will be spent on completion, learners will have attained completion, learners will have attained
didactic lectures, in-class labs doing basic a band of Basic User - Breakthrough a band of Independent User – Threshold
testing and other learning activities and Proficiency Plus in English (CEFR A1.2). Proficiency Plus in English (CEFR B1.2).
in the gym exercising. Students will be
expected to develop a healthy lifestyle plan FL1060 FL1090
that they will then implement. This course is designed for learners with This course is designed for learners with
Basic User - Breakthrough Proficiency Independent User – Threshold Proficiency
FL1030 Plus in English (CEFR A1.2). It aims Plus in English (CEFR B1.2). It aims to
This course is designed for learners with Non to improve English skills in listening, improve English skills in listening, speaking,
User – No Proficiency in English (CEFR A0). speaking, reading, writing, vocabulary, reading, writing, vocabulary, and grammar
It aims to improve English skills in listening, and grammar through an integrated and through an integrated and communica-
speaking, reading, writing, vocabulary, communicative approach. It focuses on tive approach. It focuses on academic
and grammar through an integrated and familiar and general contexts of language contexts of language use and incorporates
communicative approach. It focuses on use and incorporates topics related to topics related to information technology,
routine and familiar contexts of language use home, school, lifestyle, and work. Student business, engineering, and health science.
and incorporates topics related to home, success strategies related to independent Success strategies related to independent
school, lifestyle, and work. Student success learning, academic study, and technology learning, academic study, technology, and
strategies related to independent learning, are embedded in the course. Upon the eventual workplace are embedded in
academic study, and technology are completion, learners will have attained a the course. This course prepares learner
embedded in the course. Upon completion, band of Basic User - Waystage Proficiency for success in their program studies and
learners will have attained a band of Initial Plus in English (CEFR A2.2). on the Oxford Online Placement Test
User - Beginner Proficiency in English (OOPT. Upon completion, learners will have
(Working towards CEFR A1.1). FL1070 attained an overall score of 71 or greater
This course is designed for learners with on the Oxford Online Placement Test
FL1040 Basic User - Waystage Proficiency Plus in (OOPT), as administered and validated by
This course is designed for learners with English (CEFR A2.2). It aims to improve the CNA-Q Testing Centre. Learners will

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 209


Courses
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

be working towards an Independent User – machines and strength of materials will decisions. In this course the student
Vantage level in English. (CEFR B1.2++) be demonstrated, enabling the student to will explore the importance of finance in
participate in the design of machinery. The business. Topics include interest, debt
FM2160 MECHANICS – STATICS student will gain practical manufacturing amortization, annuities, bonds and sinking
AND DYNAMICS exposure and experience. funds, stocks, foreign currency, and capital
Prerequisites: PH1100, MA1101 budgeting. Students will use a financial
This is an introductory mechanics course FM3230 MACHINE DESIGN calculator or spreadsheet to make financial
designed to develop an understanding of Prerequisite: CF2240 management decisions.
Newton’s second law with applications to This course is an introduction to the design
static structures as well as some simple of mechanical machinery, focusing on FN2110 BUSINESS FINANCE
dynamic phenomena. Emphasis is placed the design for functionality and safety. Prerequisite: AC2260
on the development of free-body diagrams Mechanical engineering utilizes basic This course is an intermediate course
in order to produce an understanding of laws of science for the development of in the complexities of business financial
the physical problem. Once this under- machinery to benefit humanity. Through management. The student will explore
standing is developed, calculations can be use of problem solving techniques and financial analysis and planning, working
used to produce numerical solutions. principles of mechanics and strengths of capital management, capital budgeting and
materials, students will solve problems long-term financing. The course will integrate
FM2400 HYDRAULICS that both develop their ability to design both short-term and long-term financial
AND PNEUMATICS new machines as well as repair and considerations, as well as concepts from
Prerequisites: PH1101 modify existing equipment to meet new accounting, statistics and economics.
This is an intermediate course in the objectives.
design of hydraulic and pneumatic FN2111 BUSINESS FINANCE II
power systems. Throughout the course, FM3300 APPLIED FLUID MECHANICS Prerequisite: FN2110
students will learn about the components Prerequisites: MA1700, PH1101 The purpose of this course is to extend
of hydraulic and pneumatic systems This course introduces the laws and knowledge and understanding of finance
and conduct tests that demonstrate the principles that govern incompressible principles by focusing on various
manner in which different components and fluid flow. To support theoretical studies, problems and decisions confronting the
circuits function. As a project, students students will have opportunity to conduct financial manager. Specific topics include
will design a hydraulic system, source, tests that demonstrate the real behaviour sensitivity analysis; corporate planning
select and cost system components and of fluids while comparing findings to models; financial statement analysis
prepare a schematic. calculated values. The emphasis in this and forecasting; short and long-term
course is to ensure students understand financing; commercial banking; capital
FM2430 APPLIED FLUID the theoretical and practical mechanics budgeting; dividends and dividend policy;
MECHANICS that govern fluid flow. options, swaps, futures, forwards and firm
Prerequisites: MA1700, PH1100, PO1120 valuation; and mergers and acquisitions.
This course introduces the laws and FN1100 PERSONAL FINANCE The student will conduct an in-depth
principles that govern incompress- This course is an introduction to the study of issues and tools that financial
ible fluid flow. To support theoretical basic principles and concepts of personal managers use in financial planning and
studies, students will conduct tests that finance. The course is organized into strategic management. The course will use
demonstrate the real behaviour of fluids three parts: financial planning, financial real-world cases to teach the material.
while comparing findings to calculated security and credit. In part one, financial
values. Course emphasis is on applying planning, the student learns how to make FN2120 INVESTMENTS FOR BANKING
theoretical principles to the practical financial plans for saving and spending, Students are expected to be familiar
mechanics that govern fluid flow. the functions of wills and the basics of with the different investment avenues
the taxation system. In part two, financial available to investors who are interested
FM3200 MACHINE DESIGN security, the student examines economic in optimizing their return on their
Prerequisite: CF2540 risks and ways to minimize them. In part investments. This course will address
This course is an introduction to the three, credit, the student explores the the concept of risk management and its
primary considerations in the design of complexities of consumer credit. application to the average investor and
machines as they relate to each other, to will provide an overview of the different
their operators and to the environment. FN1140 INTRODUCTION TO FINANCE investment strategies and their potential
Machines will be seen as converters of This course develops the concepts for risks and returns.
energy and as the extension of human the financial foundation of all upper level
power. The composition and character- finance courses. The course is designed
istics of machines will be presented. The to provide an introductory level of
underlying principles of mechanics of finance concepts and the use in business

210 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Courses

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
FN2130 FINANCIAL PLANNING AND importance of creating a positive learning assessments, as well as challenges to,
INV MGMT environment, involving patients in the and best practices for, gathering required
Students will evaluate investment learning process and motivating patients information with particular emphasis
objectives; discuss the trade-off between to take an active role in their own health on the use of interviews and surveys.
risk and return; understand financial care. Emphasis will be placed on how The course will provide students with
statements; analyze interest bearing individual patient characteristics can an overview of how patient character-
securities, equities and mutual funds; and influence the overall patient education istics impact the outcome of learning
analyze products. experience. Students will also discuss needs assessments and will focus on the
the role of patient rights and legislation application of learning needs assessment
GE1510 PETROLEUM GEOLOGY I in protecting patients and their personal in various patient education settings. At
Prerequisite: PE1130 health information. The role of patient the beginning of the course students will
This course introduces the concepts of education professionals in patient commence a learning needs
geology that are important to petroleum advocacy will also be explored. assessment which will be evaluated as part
exploration and exploitation. Topics of the final project.
include; the make-up of the Earth, plate HD1200 EDUCATOR-PATIENT
tectonics, rocks and minerals, formation INTERACTIONS HD1300 CLINICAL SKILLS I
of sediments and sedimentary rocks, This course is designed to provide students Co-requisites: All other Semester 1 courses
stratigraphy, geologic structures, oil with an overview of the core components of This course is designed to provide a
and gas sources, reservoir properties, educator-patient interactions. Students will clinical introduction to Patient Education
exploration techniques and reservoir be introduced to elements of communica- students. The desired outcome is the
development. tion, characteristics of effective communi- enhancement of the knowledge and
cation, potential barriers to communication skills concurrently being taught in the
GE1511 PETROLEUM GEOLOGY II and ways to overcome these barriers. This didactic and laboratory components of
Prerequisites: GE1510, PE1170 course will also focus on different types Semester 1. Under direct supervision of
This course is an introduction to of conflict, methods of conflict resolution the clinical instructor, students will be
geophysical exploration methods and and strategies for dealing with challenging given the opportunity to observe and/
results. In addition, the course will include behaviour. Students will also discuss or demonstrate higher order skills in
examples of how this information is applied trust building and the role of trust in the simulated and real health care settings
to exploration, exploitation and reservoir educator-patient relationship. when possible. With approval from the
management. The culmination of the instructor, students may choose to focus
course will show how all of the geological, HD1240 INSTRUCTIONAL SKILLS on one specific health care issue for all
geophysical and reservoir factors are This course is designed to provide course activities. Possible topics include
applied to generating a drilling prospect. students with an overview of learning but are not limited to diabetes, asthma,
theories and various instructional methods obesity, mental health issues and pain
GS1320 PRINCIPLES OF GIS and materials used in patient education management. Emphasis will be placed
This course will enable students to explore settings. Students will be given the on intensive field demonstrations and
the principles and fundamental concepts opportunity to practice the skills required application of skills related to educator-
and types of Geographic Information to select and evaluate different methods patient interactions, instruction and
Systems (GIS) and apply them in simple and materials. Emphasis will be placed learning needs assessments. Along with
projects. Students will be introduced on developing learning objectives and the application of health care ethics,
to the five main technical components students will complete the Instructional these core skills indicate competence in
of a GIS, namely, input, storage, pre- Skills Workshop (ISW). This will require performing patient education activities.
processing, analysis and output using both developing and presenting three mini
the raster and vector spatial data models. lessons using the BOPPPS model, which HD1301 CLINICAL SKILLS II
A series of laboratory exercises provide is a way of organizing a lesson plan in This course is a continuation of HD1300 –
students with hands-on experience using order to ensure that the session includes Clinical
current software applications. a bridge, objective, pre-test, participatory Skills I. Under direct supervision of
learning, post-test and summary. the clinical instructor, students will be
HD1100 PATIENT EDUCATION given the opportunity to observe and/
PRINCIPLES HD1270 LEARNING NEEDS or demonstrate higher order skills in
This course is designed to provide ASSASSMENTS simulated and real health care settings
students with an overview of the principles This course is designed to provide when possible. With approval from the
of patient education. Students will be students with an overview of learning instructor, students may choose to
introduced to different approaches to needs assessments used in patient focus on one specific health care issue
patient education and models of behaviour education. Students will be introduced to for all course activities. Possible topics
change. This course will focus on the the core components of learning needs include but are not limited to diabetes,

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 211


Courses
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

asthma, obesity, mental health issues practical application of technology in the issue for all practicum activities. Possible
and pain management. Emphasis will delivery of patient education. In addition, focus areas include but are not limited to
be placed on intensive field demonstra- students will explore options for including diabetes, asthma, obesity, mental health
tions and application of skills necessary other specialists, family and community issues and pain management.
for the student to become competent in resources in the patient education
performing patient education activities. process. As part of their duties, students will
Of particular interest are skills related to be required to participate in, plan and
patient education plans, health campaigns HD2240 EVALUATING evaluate patient education activities.
and the delivery and evaluation of patient PATIENT EDUCATION The structure and functions of the
education. Students will be expected to This course is designed to introduce practicum location will be emphasized
expand their knowledge and comprehen- students to best practices and procedures and students will have the opportunity to
sion of patient education procedures related to evaluating patient education. record, document and reflect on learning
in keeping with didactic theory and Emphasis will be placed on different experiences through the completion
laboratory skills previously or concurrently types of evaluation, the importance of of a log book or professional journal.
taught. evaluation, methods of evaluation and best Students will be expected to job shadow
practices for revising a patient education a designated health professional in their
HD2100 HEALTH plan. Students will have the opportunity to daily practice and will be required to
EDUCATION CAMPAIGNS work with sample patient education plans, meet with their practicum instructor for a
This course is designed to provide students learning materials and evaluation data to minimum of one hour per week to debrief.
with an overview of health education work through the revision process.
campaigns to promote healthy behaviors HG1680 ETHICS IN HEALTHCARE
and encourage disease prevention. Topics HD2260 RESEARCH IN This is an introductory course in health
include theories of health communication and PATIENT EDUCATION care ethics and workplace issues. Through
ethics. Emphasis will be placed on the design, This course enables students to select course content, lectures, selected
implementation and evaluation of national and a topic related to patient education for readings and student discussion, ethical
international health education campaigns. further research. Through research efforts, theories will be examined and applied to
Students will apply their knowledge and skills student presentations, discussion groups, current issues that arise in health care.
to the creation of a health education campaign teamwork and collaboration, students HL1140 PRINCIPLES OF EHS
based on current health education needs. will have the opportunity to expand their This course is designed to introduce
HD2200 PATIENT EDUCATION PLANS knowledge of a topic they have chosen in students to the field of environmental
This course is designed to provide consultation with the instructor. Possible health. Students are presented with both
students with an overview of patient topics include but are not limited to local and global environmental health
education plans. The course will focus on diabetes, asthma, obesity, mental health issues. A historical background of the
the role of learning needs assessments in issues and pain management. Emphasis development of the environmental health
developing patient education plans, the will be placed on gathering, interpreting, field, up to and including recent risk
benefits of adopting a patient education evaluating and presenting research results. assessment strategies for common en-
plan and the main phases of most patient This course will provide an overview of vironmental health issues, is provided. The
education plans. The role of traditional APA documentation style and students role of environmental health officers with
and technology-based resources in patient will have the opportunity to apply this respect to each major topic of study in the
education will be examined and emphasis knowledge in their report writing. course is emphasized.
will be placed on evaluating these
resources. Students will analyze a sample HD2300 PATIENT HL1210 EPIDEMIOLOGY
learning needs assessment to complete EDUCATION PRACTICUM Prerequisites: MA1670, HL1140
a patient education plan and resource This practicum is designed to prepare This course is designed to introduce
portfolio. students to be effective patient education students to the fundamental principles
professionals. It is designed to enable and practices of historical and modern-day
HD2220 DELIVERING students to apply the fundamental epidemiology, starting with contributions
PATIENT EDUCATION principles of patient education in a to common germ theory principles made
This course is designed to introduce workplace environment. Students will in the past. The course will identify the
students to best practices and procedures be placed with a health related agency common practices undertaken by health
related to delivering patient education. in either the public or private sector. officials to properly describe, interpret,
The course will focus on the role of patient Performance will be monitored under close analyze and communicate disease and
education professionals in delivering supervision and will be evaluated by both injury findings to the populations at
patient education, engaging the patient the employer and the practicum instructor. risk. Furthermore, this course will assist
in the learning process and empowering With approval from the employer and the student in identifying the steps to
the patient to actively manage their own instructor, students may choose to investigate illness in the community and to
health care. Emphasis will be placed on the concentrate on one specific health care

212 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Courses

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
assess illness/injury in the population both HL1430 FS INSPECTION and national levels. The student will be
descriptively and analytically. Emphasis is AND INVESTIGATION expected to plan an effective health
given to the disparity in the disease/injury Prerequisites: EN2310, HL1310, HM1301 promotion strategy and campaign
status across different populations. This course introduces the student to to address an emerging local public
inspection/investigation procedures health issue. Topics include conducting
HL1301 COMMUNICABLE undertaken by a food safety inspector/ community analyses to ascertain pertinent
DISEASE CONTROL II officer in the public sector that are public health issues. The student will
Prerequisites: HL1310, HL1210 important to public health protection. gather data on a selected topic, utilize
This course is a continuation of Inspection, investigation and auditing a relevant health promotion strategy to
Communicable Disease Control I. This techniques common to the food safety develop a local program, create effective
course investigates the mitigative tactics field will be practiced, in addition to presentations, utilize appropriate
used by Environmental Health Officers to health promotion, negotiation, persuasion educational techniques and disseminate
prevent or control communicable disease and progressive enforcement skills and information to various audiences.
outbreaks and other large scale biological their relationships to applicable law. The
events. The inspection protocols involved application of these skills by food safety HL1720 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT
in hospital infection control, pandemic inspectors/officers towards a successful Prerequisite: HL1140
influenza preparedness and communicable food safety protection program will be This course is designed to introduce
disease outbreak investigations are also emphasized. The fundamentals of risk environmental health students to the
explored. assessment, risk management and procedures involved in managing an
communication will also be discussed emergency. Particular emphasis is given
HL1310 COMMUNICABLE DISEASE with particular emphasis on the Hazard to the environmental health officer’s roles
CONTROL I Analysis Critical Control Point (HACCP) and responsibilities in biological, chemical
Prerequisite: BL1130 principles to successfully manage a and natural disaster events.
Following a review of the basic concepts food safety intervention program at the
involved in communicable disease control, local, community or national level. Where HL1800 ENVIRONMENTAL
this course systematically deals with possible, a considerable portion of this HEALTH RESEARCH
the etiological agents of communicable course will be spent in the field conducting Prerequisite: HL1210
disease. Emphasis when dealing with each inspections and investigations of public This course continues the study of
individual disease is given with reference food service settings including restaurants, research and investigation in the environ-
to current and historical case studies, cafeterias/ juice stalls, supermarkets, mental health profession. The design of
reservoirs, modes of transmission, signs long-term care facilities, institutions, both qualitative and quantitative research
and symptoms and measures used by the schools, butcher shops and food and water design methods will be examined. Using
Environmental Health Officer to control its processors. the skills developed in the classroom,
spread. In the laboratory setting, students students will design and complete a
will investigate known and unknown cases HL1610 PUBLIC HEALTH primary research report using survey
of communicable disease. Students will ADMINISTRATION methodology on a topic important to en-
also identify the unique morphological Prerequisites: HL1140, HL1650 vironmental health within the local context.
characteristics of common parasites This course provides an overview of Meaningful interpretation of results is one
during their lifecycles. major administrative concepts for public of the main focuses in this course.
health professionals. The structural
HL1410 EH INSPECTION and functional development of a public HL1900 OHS PRACTICUM
ANDINVESTIGATION health system including its organization, Prerequisite: Successful completion of all
Prerequisites: HM1560, EN2310 resourcing and services delivery are program-related courses prior to practicum
This course introduces the student to the examined. The role of the Environmental (end of Semester 5)
routine inspection and investigation field Health administrator within program and This 7-week practicum is designed
work of the environmental health officer policy development and leadership is to enable the student to apply the
and those persuasive, negotiation and studied. Particular emphasis is given to fundamental principles of occupational
progressive enforcement skills employed building an awareness of management and health and safety to the field. It will
in environmental health programs. Where leadership attributes of effective public ensure that a graduating student has
possible, a considerable portion of this health managers. had the opportunity of functioning within
course will be spent in the field conducting a real world employment setting while
actual inspections and investigations of HL1650 HEALTH EDUCATION under close instructional supervision.
food, drinking and recreational water, AND PROMOTION Students are placed with one of the
housing, communicable disease, air Prerequisite: HL1310 many occupational health and safety
quality, occupational health and safety and This course will prepare the learner to related agencies and their performance
land hazards. identify and evaluate relevant public is evaluated by the employer. As part of
health messages at both the community their duties, students will be required

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 213


Courses
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

to research and write pre-approved field reports to evaluate the compliance is evaluated by both the employer and
professional reports pertinent to their and non-compliance items observed the practicum instructor. As part of their
employer’s research interests. during the inspection. Students will be duties, students will be required to perform
expected to utilize sound report writing public health evaluations in the field, write
HL1910 FSI PRACTICUM I skills to communicate the findings of the detailed professional field reports and
Prerequisite: HL1140 inspection/investigation. Paper-based and evaluate the public health significance
This part-time, seven week practicum is electronically-generated field reports will of any intervention(s). Furthermore, the
designed to introduce students to the be utilized. student will utilize sound report writing
workplace and enable them to apply the skills to communicate their findings. The
fundamental principles of food safety and HL1920 PUBLIC HEALTH PRACTICUM I learner will be expected to independently
inspection. The course is designed to Prerequisite: Successful completion of all conduct environmental and/or public
ensure the student is mentored through program-related courses prior to Public health evaluations in the field as assigned
job shadowing and assessed by both Health Practicum I (end of Semester 5) by the employer or practicum instructor.
employer and practicum instructor. The This seven-week practicum is an essential Paper-based and electronically-generated
structure and organizational hierarchy component in the preparation of students field reports will be utilized.
of the workplace will be documented for the public health field. It is designed to
through report writing activities. Where enable students to apply the fundamental HL2120 DENTAL HEALTH EDUCATION
applicable, the student will be given principles of environmental health and Co-requisite: DA1350
the opportunity to participate in the safety in a workplace environment. The dental health education component of
maintenance and development of current Students are placed with a public health this course is designed to promote skills in
and future food safety and inspection related agency in either the public or assessing dental health education needs
program plans by assisting and participat- private sector. Performance is monitored and planning, implementing and evaluating
ing in special projects as assigned. The under close supervision and is evaluated personal care teaching strategies for
student will be expected to job shadow by both the employer and the practicum individuals and community-based groups.
with a designated food safety inspector instructor. As part of their duties, students This course provides opportunities for
in their field inspections to retail outlets will be required to participate in public students to demonstrate interpersonal and
and document experiences relevant to health program activities and delve into the communication skills in group interactions
food safety in a daily log journal. These administrative aspects of the workplace. and teaching activities.
site visits may include the following: The structure and functions of the
compliance inspections, re-inspections, practicum location will be emphasized and HM1300 FOOD SAFETY I
food complaints, Hazard Analysis Critical the student will have the opportunity to Prerequisite: BL1130
Control Program (HACCP) compliance, record, document and reflect on learning This course will examine the introductory
health promotion and educational experiences through the completion of aspects of food microbiology and its
campaigns and food recalls. a daily log journal. The student will be relationship to food quality and food
expected to job shadow a designated safety protection. An examination of the
HL1911 FSI PRACTICUM II public health professional in their field major types of food products will take
Prerequisite: Successful completion of inspections/visits to various places of place and the rationale for food safety
all program-related courses prior to interest contributing to preventive health protection will be presented in great depth.
practicum (end of Semester 5) programming, planning and evaluation. There is special emphasis on the factors
This seven week practicum is designed contributing to the growth of spoilage and
to enable the student to apply the HL1921 PUBLIC HEALTH pathogenic microorganisms and the means
fundamental principles of food safety PRACTICUM II through which they can be controlled.
and inspection to the field. It will ensure Prerequisite: Successful completion of all The student will examine the microbiology
that a graduating student has had the program-related courses prior to Public criteria important in promoting safe food.
opportunity to practice competencies in Health Practicum II The student will receive training in basic
a work environment while under close (end of Semester 8) food safety. Students must complete all
instructional supervision. Students are This seven-week practicum is an aspects of the course to receive FoodSafe
placed with the appropriate legislative essential component in the preparation Certification (FoodSafe Level 1). Lab
authority who oversees food safety and of students for the public health field. It sessions will familiarize students with
inspection within their jurisdiction and is designed to enable students to apply various food safety evaluation techniques
their performance is evaluated by both the the fundamental principles of environ- as well as the calibration and use of testing
employer and practicum instructor. As mental health and safety in a workplace equipment designed to promote food
part of their duties, students will be environment. Students are placed with a safety.
required to conduct independent food public health related agency in either the
safety inspections and/or investiga- public or private sector. Performance is
tions and write detailed professional monitored under close supervision and

214 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Courses

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
HM1301 FOOD SAFETY II service to protect public health. Students will be reinforced with case studies and
Prerequisites: HM1300, BL1130, must successfully complete all aspects of current article reviews.
This course will further examine the the course to receive Foodsafe Certifica-
aspects of food safety and a successful tion (Food Safe Level 1 and Food Safe HN1240 HUMAN RESOURCE
food safety program from a community Level 2). MANAGEMENT II
and global health perspective. The Prerequisite: HN1230
Hazard Analysis Critical Control Program HM2310 INTRO TO FOOD This is an introductory course in the
(HACCP) system is examined and used PROCESSING fundamental principles and practices of
to demonstrate how food safety risks Prerequisites: BL1130, HM1301 strategic human resource management.
can be minimized in all areas of food This course will introduce the student to The student will explore performance
handling from “field to fork”. Case the history and importance of the food management, direct compensation,
studies and current literature provide industry in modern day society together indirect compensation (employee benefits
an up-to-date study of the pathogens with the evolution of food processing and services), communication and
that can be acquired through food and and food preservation practices. The employee relations, workplace safety and
the modern day mitigation strategies. fundamental principles and characteris- occupational health, industrial relations
Emerging issues current to the food safety tics of food science and food processing framework, workforce diversity and
industry will be examined. Lab sessions practices will be explained together with international human resource management
will familiarize students with various food the various methods employed in the and human resource metrics. Theoretical
safety procedures, including outbreak commercial food industry to process food. learning will be reinforced with case
investigations and the types of field testing The chemical, physical and biological studies and current article reviews.
equipment used in the field. In addition, properties of food will be explained in
field trips will take place to provide live the context of food processing practices HN1400 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH
examples of food safety inspection and food science. Students will gain AND SAFETY
practices and interventions. Students must an understaning of correct processing This is an introductory course in the
successfully complete all aspects of the procedures and the impact of processing fundamental principles and practices of
course to receive FoodSafe Certification on food safety, nutritional quality, sensory occupational health and safety (OH&S).
(Food Safe Level 2). perception, aesthetic quality and shelf A solid understanding of OH&S issues,
life. Furthermore, the student will gain an legislation and programs is essential
HM1561 FOOD SAFETY understanding of the importance of food to create an effective OH&S program.
This course will examine aspects of security to global and national sustain- The learner will explore development
food safety from a global perspective. ability. of OH&S; costs of accidents, injuries
An examination of the major types of and workplace illnesses; legislation and
food products will be included, with HN1100 INTRODUCTION TO regulation; hazards and agents; hazard
special emphasis on both the intrinsic INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS recognition and assessment; workplace
and extrinsic factors responsible for This is an introductory course in the compensation; accident investigation; and
food safety. Case studies and current theory and practice of industrial relations OH&S program management. Students
literature will be examined to provide an in Canada. Practical examples will be will have the opportunity to apply various
up-to-date study of the pathogens that explored to reinforce the theoretical OH&S practices and techniques using
can be acquired through food and the concepts and to highlight important case studies and simulations and to obtain
food safety mitigation strategies used to industrial relation issues. The course will WHMIS certification.
control pathogens. The Hazard Analysis examine the collective bargaining process,
and Critical Control Point (HACCP) system the grievance procedure, related laws HN2100 COLLECTIVE AGREEMENT
is studied and used to demonstrate how and regulations and the administration of ADMINISTRATION
food safety risks can be minimized in all collective agreements. Prerequisite: HN1100
areas of food handling from “field to fork.” This course will examine in depth
Lab sessions will familiarize students with HN1230 HUMAN RESOURCE the issues involved in the interpreta-
various food safety intervention strategies MANAGEMENT I tion, application and administration of
and procedures and the types of testing This is an introductory course in the a collective agreement. The student
equipment used to evaluate food safety fundamental principles and practices of will explore public service collective
practices in the field. In addition, the strategic human resource management bargaining, regulating the collective
student will use the theory provided in the today. The student will explore the law agreement, collective agreement admin-
course to identify the physical, chemical and human resource management, human istration, collective agreement clauses
and microbiological parameters which lead resource planning, job analysis and job and the legal issues in interpreting and
to foodborne illness. Field trips will provide design, recruitment, selection, socializa- administering collective agreements.
examples of the food safety strategies tion and orientation, training, development Students will have the opportunity to apply
utilized in areas of production or food and career planning. Theoretical learning and interpret various collective agreement

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 215


Courses
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

administration techniques, practices and HN2150 TRAINING AND placed on the key dimensions of employee
clauses using case studies and application DEVELOPMENT relations, including employee communica-
assignments. Prerequisite: HN1240 tion, counseling, discipline and employee
This course will examine in some depth the rights and involvement.
HN2110 DISPUTE RESOLUTION current processes, issues and practices
This course will examine the various types involved in the training and development HN2310 ALTERNATE DISPUTE
of third-party assistance available to both function. The learner will explore needs RESOLUTION
management and unions in resolving analysis, training design, methods and Prerequisites: HN1240, CM2200, LW1240
disputes. The learner will explore union evaluation, development methods and The purpose of this course is to give
management cooperation, industrial evaluation and emerging trends in the human resource management students a
conflict/disputes, conciliation/mediation, field. Students will have the opportunity working knowledge of conflict resolution
picketing/boycotts, grievances and to apply various training and development outside of a collective agreement
grievance (rights) arbitration and alternative techniques and practices using case environment and avoiding the use of the
dispute resolution. Students will have the studies and application assignments. legal system. Students will understand the
opportunity to apply and research various nature of conflict and be able to diagnose
dispute resolution techniques and practices. HN2200 STRATEGIC COMPENSATION a conflict so that an appropriate alternate
AND BENEFITS dispute resolution mechanism can be
HN2130 RECRUITMENT AND Prerequisite: HN1240 selected. Students will become familiar
SELECTION This course will explain, in some depth, with the various resolution mechanisms
Prerequisite: HN1240 the key issues, processes and techniques that are available to resolve a dispute, the
This course will examine in some depth involved in planning, designing and ad- advantages and disadvantages of each and
the current process, issues and practices ministering a compensation and benefits how to apply the criteria needed to choose
involved in the recruitment and selection strategy. The student will explore internal one and follow through with it.
function. The learner will explore the alignment; external competitiveness;
staffing function, legal compliance, performance management; administra- HN3110 CURRENT TOPICS IN HUMAN
information sources for staffing, reliability tion/budgeting; role of government and RESOURCE MANAGEMENT AND
and validity of performance predictors, pay discrimination; and employee benefits. INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS
recruitment, selection, staffing evaluation Students will have the opportunity to Prerequisites: HN1100, HN1400, HN2100,
and emerging trends in staffing. Students apply various compensation practices HN2130, HN2140, HN2200
will have the opportunity to apply various and techniques with case studies and Co-requisites: HN2110, HN2210
staffing techniques and practices using application assignments. This student-led seminar-based course will
case studies and application assignments. examine issues, topics and trends in the
HN2210 HUMAN RESOURCE area of human resource management and
HN2140 ATTENDANCE AND PLANNING industrial relations that are of recent and
DISABILITY MANAGEMENT Prerequisite: HN1240 current concern to human resource pro-
Prerequisites: HN1240, HN1400, SE1130 This course will examine, in some depth, fessionals today. Students will research,
This course will examine in some depth the the fundamental issues, principles and develop and present a seminar/paper
current processes, issues and practices practices of strategic human resource on selected issues/topics/trends from
involved in attendance and disability planning. The student will explore among the following areas explored in
management. The learner will explore the human resource strategies and plans; this course: the field/practice of human
various laws and regulations affecting environment influences/issues; staffing resource management; the field/practice
the practice of attendance and disability strategies; forecasting techniques; of industrial relations; recruitment and
management, attendance management managing performance and employee selection; occupational health and safety;
systems/procedures, disability expectations; and managing and employment and labor law; collective
management programs, best practices in measuring the human resource function. agreement administration; attendance and
disability management, legal and ethical Theoretical learning will be reinforced with disability management; compensation and
issues in disability management, disability application assignments. benefits; human resource planning; and
management in a unionized environment dispute resolution. In addition students
and attendance management and disability HN2230 EMPLOYEE RELATIONS will have the opportunity to research and
management policy/plan development. Prerequisite: HN1240 critique a current journal article.
Students will have the opportunity to This course is designed to provide
research various attendance management students with an introduction to employee HR2400 PROFESSIONAL
and disability management practices and relations, the area of human resource DEVELOPMENT
procedures. management which is concerned with This course is designed to prepare
maintaining positive and healthy rela- students for the workplace. The focus
tionships in the workplace. Emphasis is is on acquiring the skills of a successful

216 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Courses

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
professional employee. Students will learn IN1125 INSTRUMENTATION demonstrate effective communication skills,
how to assess and refine their own skills DRAWINGS an exemplary work ethic, and a willingness
and to match these skills with employment This course introduces students to a to learn the administrative and operational
opportunities. variety of drawings commonly used for workings of a plant. During the four-week
instrument maintenance in an industrial orientation, trainees will be expected to
HS1270 LEARNING NEEDS plant. Students will be expected to read demonstrate punctuality and full attendance,
ASSESSMENTS and use piping and instrument drawings as well as exhibit the discipline required to
This course is designed to provide (P&ID), process flow drawings (PFD), be an effective member of a maintenance/
students with an overview of learning instrument loop drawings (ILD), electrical production team.
needs assessments used in patient drawings (schematic and ladder/control
education. Students will be introduced to drawings), and logic drawings. IN1155 DIGITAL LOGIC CIRCUITS
the core components of learning needs This course introduces students to the
assessments, as well as challenges to IN1130 INSTRUMENT AIR various electrical/instrument discrete
and best practices for gathering required SUPPLY SYSTEM devices, symbols, and knowledge required
information with particular emphasis on the This course provides students with the for the interpretation of logic diagrams.
use of interviews and surveys. The course necessary theoretical knowledge and Tasks and projects in this course include
will provide students with an overview of practical skills to construct, operate and the construction and testing of simple
how patient characteristics impact the maintain the major components of a simple logic circuits.
outcome of learning needs assessments instrument air supply system. Selected
and will focus on the application of learning topics include instrument tube and pipe IN1160 MICROPROCESSOR
needs assessment in various patient fittings, instrument air supply systems, filter/ CONTROLLERS
education settings. At the beginning of the pressure regulators, and pressure gauges. This course is designed to give students
course students will commence a learning an introduction to microprocessor-based
needs assessment which will be evaluated IN1135 PNEUMATIC instruments and the configuration of
as part of the final project. COMPONENTS/VALVES these devices using a handheld interface
This course is designed to introduce (communicator). Students will be required
IN1110 HAND TOOLS students to pneumatic system to install, test, and configure transmitters,
This course introduces students to components/valves. Students will be controllers, positioners, and foundation
common hand tools used in the workplace provided with the necessary knowledge fieldbus instruments.
so they can select, and safely utilize and hands-on skills to identify, test, and
appropriate hand tools to perform a task. calibrate pneumatic components. IN1165 PRESSURE CONTROL LOOP
Students will gain experience working with This course is designed to provide
cutting, marking, assembly, and portable IN1140 ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS students with the necessary knowledge
power tools. This course is designed to introduce and skills to measure, control and
students to the basic operating principles troubleshoot pressure control loops
IN1115 POWER TOOLS of an electric circuit. Topics covered using scales, sensors, transmitters, and
This course introduces students to in this course include electrical circuit controllers.
common power tools used in industrial components, measurement of electrical
plant operation and maintenance so they parameters on AC and DC circuits, and the IN1170 LEVEL CONTROL LOOP
can select, and safely utilize appropriate application of electrical laws and principles This course is designed to provide
power tools to perform a task. in measurement control loops, alarm students with the necessary knowledge
systems, and protection systems. and skills to measure, control and
IN1120 PROCESS CONTROL troubleshoot level control loops using
FUNDAMENTALS IN1145 ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS scales, sensors, transmitters, and
This course is designed to provide This course introduces the basic operating controllers.
students with an understanding of principles and applications of electronic
process control fundamentals. Topics in circuits. Students will develop the skills IN1175 FLOW CONTROL LOOP
this course include operating principles required to construct a basic DC power This course is designed to provide
and components of an industrial control supply and safely install UPS and chargers. students with the necessary knowledge
system; hazardous areas classification; IN1150 WORKPLACE ORIENTATION and skills to measure, control and
industrial plant permit systems; and This four-week workplace orientation troubleshoot flow control loops using
the importance of controlling the four presents an opportunity for Technician scales, sensors, transmitters, and
fundamental process variables (pressure, Certificate (Instrumentation) students to controllers.
level, flow, and temperature). become familiar with the plant environment
within Qatar’s Energy and Industry sector.
The student trainee will be required to

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 217


Courses
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

IN1180 TEMPERATURE KB1150 KEYBOARDING I MA1026 PREPARATORY


CONTROL LOOP This course develops keyboarding speed MATHEMATICS II
This course is designed to provide and accuracy. Keyboarding speed on Prerequisite: MA1025
students with the necessary knowledge straight copy material is developed to 30 This is a course in preparatory
and skills to measure, control and net words per minute for five (5) minutes. mathematics designed to help alleviate
troubleshoot temperature control loops specific weaknesses in students’
using scales, sensors, transmitters, and Note: Students must achieve a typing speed mathematical skills and thereby
controllers. of 30 net words per minute in order to pass increase their chances for success in
KB1150. further courses. It is the second of two
IN1185 ADVANCED CONTROL LOOPS preparatory courses designed to provide
This course is designed to give students an KB1151 KEYBOARDING IL the fundamentals of mathematics.
understanding of advanced control loops. Prerequisite: KB1150
Students will be introduced to process This course continues to develop MA1028 -PREPARATORY
control strategies, techniques, and keyboarding speed and accuracy. BUSINESS MATH
technologies implemented within industrial Keyboarding speed is developed to a Prerequisite: College Academic Math
process control, such as split range, ratio, minimum of 40 net words per minute for Placement Test Result
cascade, and feed-forward control. five (5) minutes. This preparatory mathematics course
is designed to help address specific
IN1190 ADVANCED CONTROLS Note: Students must achieve a typing speed weaknesses in learners’ mathematical
This course introduces the basic of 40 net words per minute in order to pass skills to increase their chances of success
components, operation, configuration, KB1151. in subsequent business program courses.
and maintenance of typical DCS, PLC, and This course covers topics in foundational
SCADA systems used in an industrial plant. LS1000 IELTS PREPARATION mathematics, and introduces students
This course is for program students who do to mathematical concepts with business
IN1195 WORKSITE PRACTICUM not have the required IELTS Academic band applications. This course will increase
This worksite practicum represents an for graduation. Through a combination of the learners’ competence in the solutions
opportunity for Technician Certificate an integrated language learning approach of practical, financial, and mathematical
(Instrumentation) students to demonstrate and IELTS Academic test-taking strategies, problems encountered in the business
competencies acquired on campus in pilot students will improve their listening, community.
plants, workshops, and using simulators. reading, writing and speaking skills in order
Working in an industrial setting, program to obtain the required IELTS Academic MA1101 MATHEMATICS
competencies will be undertaken by band for graduation. Prerequisites: Successful completion of
student trainees in conjunction with either Mathematics MA1700, MA1100,
workplace maintenance/operations staff LW1240 QATAR BUSINESS LAW H S Advanced Mathematics 3200, or a
and assessors. Students will be expected This course will introduce students to minimum grade of 70%in HS Academic
to apply knowledge and skills gained in the legal system used in Qatar with Mathematics 3201
the preceding technical phases, while the emphasis on those laws affecting This is a course designed to prepare
demonstrating high standards of behavior business. Students will understand the students for the study of calculus as well
expected in an industrial environment. sources(s) of law and how they are applied, as to introduce and give them a facility
This practicum follows the successful especially those laws with the most impact with the concepts of differentiation
completion of all semester work in the on businesses in Qatar. necessary for a better understanding of a
Technician Certificate (Instrumentation) variety of technology courses.
program. The practicum is discipline- MA1025 PREPARATORY
specific and takes place over a period of MATHEMATICS I MA1530 STATISTICS
24 weeks, within a regular work week of at Prerequisite: College Academic Math This course is designed to introduce the
least 30 hours, and is remunerated (paid) Placement Test Result student to the basic principles of statistics
and evaluated. Learners will be assessed by This is a course in preparatory with the use of Microsoft Excel.
their employer using an assessment scheme mathematics designed to help alleviate
co-developed by the College and employer. specific weaknesses in students’ MA1670 STATISTICS
Upon completion of the practicum, mathematical skills and thereby increase This course introduces students to
students will be expected to perform their chances for success in further the basic principles of probability and
satisfactorily without assistance and/or courses. It is the first of two preparatory statistics and the decisions that can be
supervision (Competence Level 3). courses designed to provide the made using statistics. In this course the
fundamentals of mathematics. student will explore descriptive statistics,
elementary probability, discrete and
continuous probability distributions,

218 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Courses

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
sampling distributions, hypothesis testing, problems, understanding algorithms, and MC1120 COMPUTER APPS FOR
chi-square distribution, analysis of using a variety of software applications. ENGINEERING
variance, linear regression and correlation The decision making topics include The course is designed to introduce
and multiple linear regression. optimization, transportation schedules, engineering technology students to
The student will have the opportunity assignment problems, statistics and software packages that can be used
to apply and interpret the results of a probability. to create word processing documents,
variety of statistical techniques from spreadsheets, technical drawings and
both descriptive and inferential statistics; MA2100 MATHEMATICS presentations. At the end of the course,
to apply the fundamental concepts in Prerequisite: MA1101 students will produce a portfolio by
statistics including sampling, experimenta- In this course students will extend their integrating projects and work developed
tion, variability, distribution, association, study of topics in differential calculus and throughout the semester.
causation, estimation, confidence, will also be introduced to integral calculus.
hypothesis testing and significance; to Topics covered will assist students to MC1240 COMPUTER APPLICATIONS I
critically review and analyze statistical better understand concepts encountered This course will introduce students
arguments found in the popular press and in other courses. to the use of e-mail and the Internet;
in scholarly journals; and to appreciate the manipulating files in the Windows operating
relevance and importance of statistics. MA2101 MATHEMATICS environment; basic word processing
Prerequisite: MA2100 techniques; and basic presentation
MA1700 MATHEMATICS This is an advanced calculus course creation techniques. Students will apply
This is a course in pre-calculus mathematics designed to meet specific requirements concepts through practical application.
designed to help alleviate specific of the electrical/electronic engineering
weaknesses in students’ mathematical programs. MC1242 COMPUTER APPLICATIONS II
skills and thereby increase their chances for Prerequisite: MC1240
success in other technical courses. MA2140 APPLIED MATHEMATICS The course is designed to expose students
This is a course designed to provide a to software packages that can be used to
MA1730 MATHEMATICS FOR mathematical foundation and allow op- create spreadsheets.
PHARMACY TECHNICIANS portunities for students to practice the
Prerequisite: MA1700 fundamental skills required to perform MC1820 COMPUTER APPLICATIONS
This is a course in Mathematics designed calculations. The course will improve The course is designed to expose the
to support the mathematical needs related students’ mathematical skills and increase student to soft ware packages that can
to the pharmacy profession. This course their chances for success in technical be used to create technical drawings,
will develop specific skills related to courses. spreadsheets, database and web sites.
conversions, dosage, marketing and other
calculations required by the pharmacy MA3700 PRODUCTION AND MC1830 FUNDAMENTAL COMPUTER
technician in day-to-day work. OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT APPLICATIONS
Prerequisites: FN1140, MA1670, MC1242 This course will introduce the students
MA1900 PROBLEM SOLVING FOR This course is designed to provide to: the fundamental concepts of the
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY the student with an understanding of Windows operating environment, database
The course is intended to illustrate how to the process involved in production applications, basic word processing
develop logic for computer programs. To management and operations management. techniques, the use of e-mail and the
aid in the development of the student’s use Operations management involves design, internet and basic presentation creation
of problem solving techniques necessary planning, control and improvement of the techniques. Students will apply concepts
for Information Technology, a practical activities or processes that transform a through practical application.
mathematical background is provided in firm’s inputs into final products. In this
this course as it applies to business data course, the student will study the building ME1125 HAND TOOLS
processing. A review of basic algebra and blocks of operations management. The This course will introduce students to
computer-related mathematical topics is student will study the importance of common hand tools used in the workplace
covered. interaction and coordination of business so they can select, and safely utilize,
areas to meet organizational goals. Various appropriate hand tools to perform a task.
MA1910 INTRODUCTION TO mathematical and computerized models Students will gain experience working
NUMERICAL are introduced and their application to the with basic measuring, marking, cutting,
PROBLEM SOLVING decision making process is emphasized. assembly, and portable power tools. As
Prerequisite: MA1900 such, this course provides the basis for
The student will develop a range of the mechanical maintenance of plant
expertise and skills in Computer Science equipment, and is the foundation for
which include creating visual depictions of subsequent mechanical courses.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 219


Courses
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ME1130 LIMITS, FITS, AND specific threading activity, and cut thread procedures for shell-and-tube heat
TOLERANCES on pipe using a thread-cutting machine. exchangers are covered in this course.
This course is designed to provide
students with an introduction to limits, fits, ME1155 TECHNICAL DRAWINGS ME1180 FILTER & STRAINER
and tolerances so they can apply these This course introduces basic technical MAINTENANCE
principles in the maintenance of plant drawings and projections in accordance In this course, students will develop the
equipment. Students will be required to with British Standard (BS) 8888. The necessary skills to install and maintain
use the international table of limits and student will be expected to demonstrate filters/strainers in the workplace. The
fits, as well as make interpretations of an understanding of technical drawings, operating principles and applications of
limits and fits represented on technical as well as develop and interpret freehand filters/strainers will be covered, in addition
drawings. sketches and basic engineering drawings. to hands-on skill development with filter/
strainer installation and maintenance.
ME1135 PRECISION ME1160 WORKPLACE ORIENTATION
MEASURING TOOLS This four-week workplace orientation ME1185 COUPLING MAINTENANCE
This course will introduce students to presents an opportunity for Technician This course provides students with the
precision measuring tools used in the Certificate (Mechanical) students necessary theoretical knowledge and
workplace so they can select, and safely to become familiar with the plant practical skills to maintain mechanical
utilize, appropriate precision measuring environment within Qatar’s Energy and power transmission systems. Students will
tools to perform a task. Topics include Industry sector. The student trainee will be expected to inspect, maintain, remove,
systems and units of measurement, as well be required to demonstrate effective repair, and install couplings, clutches,
as tool selection, operation, calibration, communication skills, an exemplary pulleys and belts as well as perform shaft/
and maintenance. This course provides work ethic, and a willingness to learn the belt alignment.
the basis for the mechanical maintenance administrative and operational workings of
of plant equipment, and is the foundation a plant. During the four-week orientation, ME1190 SEAL MAINTENANCE
for subsequent mechanical courses. trainees will be expected to demonstrate In this course, students will develop the
punctuality and full attendance, as well necessary skills to maintain mechanical
ME1140 MACHINE TOOLS as exhibit the discipline required to be seals in the workplace. Students will
This course will introduce students to an effective member of a maintenance/ be expected to inspect, remove, repair,
common machine tools used in the production team. and install mechanical seals and gland
workplace so they can select, and safely packing. As such, this course provides
utilize, appropriate machine tools to ME1165 FLANGES, GASKETS, & the foundation for subsequent courses
perform a task. Students will also be FITTINGS on pump, compressor, and internal
provided with the necessary knowledge This course will provide students with combustion engine maintenance.
and skills to perform basic maintenance the requisite knowledge and skills to
checks on machine tools to keep them safely thread, install, and maintain pipes, ME1195 BEARINGS MAINT. &
in a safe, operating condition. As tubes, flanges, and blinds. The selection, LUBRICATION
such, this course provides the basis for removal, and assembly of gaskets and This course is designed to provide
the mechanical maintenance of plant fittings will also be covered in this course. students with the knowledge and skills
equipment, and is the foundation for necessary to maintain bearings in the
subsequent mechanical courses. ME1170 VALVE MAINTENANCE workplace. Hands-on tasks to develop the
This course is designed to provide student’s skill-set in working with bearing
ME1145 ENGINEERING MATERIALS students with the theoretical knowledge types, bearing applications, maintenance
This course is designed to provide and practical skills required to maintain procedures, lubricants, and lubrication
students with an introduction to the valves and their components. Topics systems have been integrated in this course.
identification of materials for specific include valve classifications, valve
applications. Students will develop the applications, maintenance procedures, ME1210 PUMP MAINTENANCE
knowledge and skills necessary to perform hydro-testing, and safety valve calibration. This course provides students with the
heat treatment techniques as well as necessary theoretical knowledge and
permanent/temporary joining methods. ME1175 HEAT EXCHANGER practical skills to maintain mechanical
MAINTENANCE pumps in the workplace. Students will
ME1150 THREADING TECHNIQUES This course is designed to provide be expected to dismantle, inspect, repair,
This course provides students with an students with the theoretical knowledge and assemble positive and non-positive
introduction to threading techniques. and practical skills required to maintain displacement (centrifugal) pumps.
Students will develop the necessary heat exchangers and their components.
skills to identify thread types, select and Principles of heat transfer, heat exchanger
apply the appropriate locking device for a classification, and maintenance

220 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Courses

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ME1215 COMPRESSOR MAINTENANCE Upon completion of the practicum, MH3340 POWER PLANT SYSTEMS
This course provides students with the students will be expected to perform Prerequisite: MH1110 or PO1100
necessary theoretical knowledge and satisfactorily without assistance and/or This is a course designed to develop
practical skills to maintain compressors supervision (Competence Level 3). the basic skills needed to operate and
in the workplace. Students will be MH1110 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS maintain power plant systems.
expected to dismantle, inspect, repair, and This course is designed to assist
reassemble centrifugal, reciprocating, and students in becoming fully familiar with MH4410 REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS
screw compressors. An introduction to air the principles of design, operation and Prerequisite: MH2310
treatment systems will also be covered in maintenance of small high-pressure boilers This is a course designed to develop the
this course. such as those found in fish plants, heating practical and theoretical skills needed to
plants, office buildings and H.V.A.C. operate and maintain a refrigeration plant
ME1220 IC ENGINE MAINTENANCE system to a third class power engineer’s
This course provides students with an MH2010 ROTATING EQUIPMENT level.
introduction to Internal Combustion Prerequisites: MH1110, MWXXXX, PF1180
(IC) Engines and their auxiliary systems. This course is designed to introduce MH4425 MAINTENANCE OF
Students in this course will gain students to the principles, operation and ROTATING EQUIPMENT
practical experience in performing basic general maintenance requirements of Prerequisite: MW1710
maintenance procedures on an IC engine. selected petroleum processing equipment. This hands-on introductory course
The student will become acquainted with is designed to provide the student
ME1225 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES the purpose, operation and maintenance with practical skills in the mechanical
This course emphasizes the importance of required to operate the common maintenance of rotating equipment. Using
following standard operating procedures equipment systems and components used both non-intrusive and intrusive diagnosis,
in performing plant maintenance. in a process plant. the student will inspect equipment,
Students will be expected to follow perform routine maintenance tasks and
maintenance work management systems MH2320 POWER PLANT disassemble/reassemble various types of
and demonstrate safe practices during all COMPONENTS rotating machines.
maintenance activities. Prerequisite: PO1100 or equivalent
This course is designed to develop MH4500 PRIME MOVERS
ME1230 WORKSITE PRACTICUM the basic skills needed to operate and Prerequisite: MH1110 or PO1110
This worksite practicum represents an maintain steam generation systems. This course is designed to develop the
opportunity for Technician Certificate basic skills needed to operate and monitor
(Mechanical) students to demonstrate MH2400 INSTALLATION AND process plant prime movers.
competencies acquired on campus in pilot OPERATION OF ROTATING EQUIPMENT
plants, workshops, and using simulators. Prerequisites: PF1180, MH1110 MM1950 WORKPLACE
Working in an industrial setting, program This course is designed to provide PROFESSIONALISM
competencies will be undertaken by experience in the installation and Students will gain the skills and knowledge
student trainees in conjunction with operation of rotating machines, flow lines necessary to effectively work in a team
workplace maintenance/operations staff and ancillary equipment. The emphasis environment.
and assessors. Students will be expected will be on development of practical skills
to apply knowledge and skills gained in that facilitate independent installation and MN1260 ANALYZING BUSINESS CASES
the preceding technical phases, while operation of mechanical equipment. This is a discussion-led, case-based
demonstrating high standards of behavior course drawing on real business problems
expected in an industrial environment. MH2810 PROCESS SYSTEMS – from companies in the Gulf and the rest of
PETROLEUM PROCESSING FACILITIES the world. This course is designed to help
This practicum follows the successful Prerequisite: MH2310 business students develop their skills in
completion of all semester work in the This course is designed to introduce reasoning, analysis and the use of logical
Technician Certificate (Mechanical) students to the principles, operation and arguments for practical application in the
program. The practicum is discipline- general maintenance requirements of workplace. Students who successfully
specific and takes place over a period of selected petroleum processing equipment complete this course will have a better
24 weeks, within a regular work week of at used at onshore refineries. The student understanding of how to work in teams,
least 30 hours, and is remunerated (paid) will become acquainted with the purpose, critically assess a problem and make rec-
and evaluated. Learners will be assessed operation and maintenance required to ommendations based on sound business
by their employer using an assessment operate the common equipment systems frameworks.
scheme co-developed by the College and and components used in a refinery.
employer.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 221


Courses
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

MN1340 INTRODUCTION TO ethics program and audits and globalization MP2220 TRANSMISSION AND
LOGISTICS AND SUPPLY CHAIN and emerging trends. Students will have DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS
MANAGEMENT the opportunity to research, analyze and Prerequisite: ET1131
This course is designed to introduce the critique various organizational practices and This course introduces students to
key concepts and core requirements policies, particularly codes of conduct and transmission and distribution (T&D)
needed for a business to organize an codes of ethics. systems focusing on lines, cables and
integrated approach to the planning, switchgear. The TERCO PST will be used
acquisition and distribution required to MN3200 PERFORMANCE extensively to allow students to experience
facilitate the efficient flow of materials and MANAGEMENT T&D system operations.
services into finished products. Prerequisites: HN1240, PS2340
This course will examine the importance MP2230 POWER SYSTEM HARMONICS
MN1520 SUPERVISORY LEADERSHIP of an effective performance management This is an introductory course in power
This course will prepare the student with system in helping organizations define system harmonics covering sources,
skills to work in leadership and supervisory and achieve long-term and short-term problems, Fourier analysis and solutions.
positions in a variety of workplace goals vital to its overall success. It will The laboratory component will further
settings. Emphasis is placed on the reinforce the concept that performance develop and strengthen the understanding
unique challenges facing the supervisor management is an ongoing process of and skills related to harmonic and Fourier
as the first level of management in most planning, facilitating, assessing and analysis.
organizations. Concepts and theories improving individual and organizational
will be explored through case studies, performance. The student will explore the MP2250 ELECTRIC POWER
projects and in-class exercises designed value of performance management and GENERATION FACILITIES
to simulate the daily challenges facing its context, performance management Prerequisite: MP2370
supervisors and leaders. process and strategic planning, setting This course familiarizes the student
performance standards, effective with the electrical equipment and
MN2600 STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT performance appraisal systems, systems found in a typical Gulf electrical
Prerequisite: Completion of all First and performance management and employee generation/desalinization plant. Prime
Second Year Business Administration development plans, performance coaching movers, generators, transformers and
courses and team performance. Students will buses are covered primarily from the
This advanced course will enable students have the opportunity to apply various standpoint of construction and operational
to be exposed to the inter-relationship performance management practices characteristics. Extensive use will be made
of the functional areas of business. The and techniques using case studies and of the TERCO simulator in developing
focus will be on strategy development for application assignments. student awareness in the operation of bulk
business management, enabling students power plant generation systems.
to apply organizational, financial, human MP1200 ELECTRICAL MOTORS
resource and marketing decisions to This course covers the characteristics MP2260 SOLID STATE MOTOR
business applications. The student will and application of AC and DC motors. The CONTROLS
explore the role of strategic management, course begins with a review of electro- Prerequisites: AE1260, MP2160
external environment analysis, internal mechanical fundamentals and progresses This course introduces the student to
resources analysis, functional areas on to the major types of DC and AC motors solid state electronics in motor controls.
strategies, competitive strategies, commonly found in industry. It includes coverage of power electronic
corporate strategies and strategic devices, solid state relays and protection
management in other organizations. MP2160 ELECTROMECHANICAL devices and drive electronics.
MOTOR CONTROLS
MN3100 BUSINESS ETHICS Prerequisite: MP1200 MP2370 POWER SYSTEM
Prerequisites: AC2260, HN1240, MR2100, This course introduces the student to TRANSFORMERS
PS2340 motor control concepts and electro- Prerequisites: MP1200, MA1101
This course will examine business ethical mechanical control devices. The students This course focuses on the transformer,
principles/concepts as well as the many become familiar with control diagrams, especially the electrical and construction
ethical issues/dilemmas facing organiza- techniques and methods. It provides the characteristics of units commonly found in
tions today. The course will also explore students with knowledge and background a typical electrical power system.
the various government regulations and to support the more advanced control
laws impacting and restricting business concepts presented in later courses. MP3120 HV SYSTEMS PROTECTION
operations as well as stakeholders and AND COORDINATION
corporate social responsibility/governance, Prerequisite: PE3120
ethical issues in the workplace, business This course introduces the protection
ethics and the law, ethical decision making, schemes typically applied to high voltage

222 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Courses

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
generators, transformers and circuits. The about a product, resolve customers’ MR2200 RETAILING
primary relay functions are investigated, as problems and determine customers’ wants PREREQUISITE: MR2100
are the characteristics of system abnor- and needs. Students will be able to use the This course is designed as an introduction
malities that can trigger a response from skills and knowledge gained in this course to the concepts, theories and techniques
the protection system. to effectively provide a consistently high of retailing. The student will explore the
level of service to the customer. concepts of buyer behaviour, strategic
MP3330 TRANSMISSION retail management, retail design,
AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS MR1500 CONSUMER BEHAVIOUR presentation and pricing. Students will
OPERATIONAL ANALYSIS Prerequisite: MR2100 have the opportunity to apply various
Prerequisite: MP3120 This course introduces students to the retail techniques and practices using case
This course covers the basic analysis concepts, theories and techniques of studies and application assignments and
techniques used to study power flow on consumer behaviour. The student will will develop communication skills through
radial transmission line circuits as well as explore the fundamentals of consumer class discussions and group activities.
between buses on a grid. Students are behaviour in order to gain an under-
also introduced to the basic analytical standing of the motivation behind MR2300 BUSINESS RESEARCH
techniques used when studying electrical purchase decisions. By understanding Prerequisite: MR2100
faults on HV systems as well as to load the consumer’s behaviour, students Co-Requisite: MA1670
flow and short circuit software programs. are able to make more market-focused This course introduces students to the
strategic decisions. Students will have field of business research through the
MR1100 MARKETING I the opportunity to apply their knowledge examination of the various techniques,
This is an introductory course in the through the use of case analysis and principles, skills and activities required
fundamental principles and practices assignments. to create and present an effective survey
of marketing. The student will explore project. It will familiarize the student
strategic planning and marketing MR1600 PROFESSIONAL SELLING with the ways that marketing information
management, the Internet in marketing, Prerequisites: CM1241, MR2100, CM2200 can be obtained and/or produced and
marketing research information, consumer This is an introductory course in the how it is used to provide insight into
markets and behaviour, business markets fundamental principles and practices markets, customers, products and
and behaviour, market segmentation and of professional selling. The course is business strategies for business decision
targeting and international marketing. designed to teach the student about making purposes. Students will have the
Students will have the opportunity to competencies in prospecting, identifying opportunity to apply various research
apply case studies and research various client needs and dealing with objections techniques and practices using case
marketing concepts, techniques and while building client relationships. The studies and application assignments
processes. student will take part in videotaped selling culminating in the preparation and
exercises to review and master their presentation of a research report.
MR1120 – RELATIONSHIP BANKING selling techniques. Students will have the
This course offers insights into the opportunity to apply various techniques MR2350 E-BUSINESS
fundamentals of selling bank products and and practices through case analysis and Prerequisites: MR2100, MC1241
the building of lasting and profitable rela- the use of a sales simulation. This course is designed to introduce
tionships between customers and financial students to the managerial and technical
institutions. It provides an overview of MR2100 MARKETING II aspects of electronic business and
relationship selling within the context of Prerequisite: MR1100 commerce. Students will gain knowledge
the financial services industry. Students This is an introductory course in the of the competitive electronic business field
will increase their knowledge and under- fundamental principles and practices and will be equipped to help businesses
standing of financial services customers of marketing. The student will explore assess possible opportunities through
and will learn to prepare successful sales product development and life cycle, price, this rapidly evolving technology. They will
presentations for financial customers. distribution and supply chain management, be exposed to the concepts of customer
The course will also assist students in retailing and wholesaling, promotion, relationship management, marketing com-
increasing their effectiveness in successful advertising and personal selling. Students munications, supply chain management,
prospecting and proper servicing of client. will have the opportunity to apply various web analytics and taxation and ethical
marketing techniques and practices using issues related to E-Business. Students will
MR1280 CUSTOMER SERVICE case studies and application assignments. also have the opportunity to apply various
This course focuses on the role of the E-Business techniques and practices
employee in providing quality customer using case studies and application based
service. Students will develop the assignments.
necessary skills and abilities to effectively
listen and interpret customers’ concerns

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 223


Courses
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

MR2400 MARKETING COMMUNICA- in an international context. The student will MW1700 INDUSTRIAL MECHANICS:
TIONS research and understand foreign markets POWER TRANSMISSIONS, SEALS AND
Prerequisites: MR2100, CM1241 and apply marketing concepts relevant to BEARINGS
This course will examine, in some depth, strategy development in foreign markets Prerequisite: MH1110
the current processes, issues and practices identified by exporting and transnational This course is designed to introduce
involved in marketing communications. organizations. The student will have the students to the operation and maintenance
The student will explore communications opportunity to acquire knowledge of of mechanical power transmissions.
as it relates to print, television, radio and international environmental influences, The student will disassemble and install
other media and will have the opportunity preparation for international markets, and components such as bearings and seals
to apply their creativity in developing tools the international marketing mix and apply while doing visual inspections to determine
in these media for local uses wherever various international marketing techniques the cause of component failures before
possible. Student will also examine how and practices using case studies and reassembling the transmission. Transmis-
marketing communications affects the application assignments. sions will be aligned to their prime movers
purchase and post purchase behavior using dial and laser alignment technology.
of the consumer. Students will have the MR2800 BUSINESS-TO-BUSINESS The student will also determine proper
opportunity to apply various marketing MARKETING maintenance and selection of components
communiction techniques and practices Prerequisite: MR2100 and lubricants from manufacturers’ speci-
using case studies, application assignments This course will enable the student to fications
and a major project. apply the concepts of marketing in a and catalogues.
business customer context, to research
MR2450 SERVICES MARKETING and evaluate business markets and to MW1710 CONDITION MONITORING
Prerequisite: MR2100 apply marketing concepts relevant to Prerequisite: MW1700
This course is designed to enable the strategy development in manufactur- This course in industrial mechanics
student to apply the concepts and ing, trade, institutional and not-for-profit involves vibration and alignment of
strategies of marketing relevant to the organizations. The student will use analysis industrial machinery. In the alignment area
service sector. The student will explore, in of business buyer behaviour, segmentation the student will be involved with installing,
some depth, various aspects of services and targeting, business marketing strategy, maintaining and replacing motors and
marketing, including service productivity, marketing communications and personal aligning shafts using dial indicators,
service marketing distribution, service selling techniques to analyze case studies levelling and optical laser alignment
pricing concepts, positioning in service and complete application assignments. equipment. Alignment is a key factor in
marketing and service personnel machinery vibration and the student will be
management. Students will have the MR3100 CURRENT TOPICS IN using dynamic vibration testing equipment
opportunity to apply their knowledge of MARKETING to analyze vibration sources and corrective
these marketing concepts and strategies Prerequisites: MR1500, MR2300, MR2200, actions. The vibration analyses will
using a case project, application MR2350, MR2400, MR2450, MR2800 also form part of the preventative and
assignments and presentations. Co-requisites: MR2620, MR2700 predictive maintenance scheduling for
This student-led, seminar-based course plant equipment.
MR2620 SALES MANAGEMENT will examine issues, topics and trends in
Prerequisite: MR1600 the area of marketing that are of recent MW1720 CONVEYOR SYSTEMS
This advanced course will provide the and current concern to marketing profes- Prerequisite: MW1700
student with the opportunity to explore the sionals today. Students will research, This is an introductory course
practical components of the professional develop and present a seminar/paper on that provides the student with the
sales manager. The student will gain and selected issues/topics/trends from among fundamentals of conveyor system design,
deepen their knowledge in the areas of the following areas explored in this course: operation and maintenance. The student
sales management, planning, forecasting the field/practice of consumer behavior; will use industrial catalogues to select
and account relationship, as well as sales professional selling; sales management; conveyor systems for particular industrial
force organization, operations, staffing and retailing; E-Business; marketing com- applications. The shop work is designed
training. Students will have the opportunity munications; services marketing; business to apply the skills learned in mechanical
to demonstrate the application of to business marketing; and international studies to the maintenance of conveyor
concepts through field work assignments, marketing. In addition students will have systems.
case analysis, research and presentations. the opportunity to research and critique a
current journal article. MW2240 INDUSTRIAL MECHANICS
MR2700 INTERNATIONAL MARKETING Prerequisite: MH1110
Prerequisite: MR2100 This course is designed to introduce
This course is designed to enable the students to the operation and maintenance
student to apply the concepts of marketing of mechanical power transmissions.

224 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Courses

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
The student will disassemble and install MX1621 CLINICAL ORIENTATION between normal and abnormal anatomical
components such as bearings and Prerequisite: Successful completion of appearance is required.
seals while doing visual inspections to Semester four
determine the cause of component failures Co-requisites: All 5th semester courses The student will become knowledge-
before reassembling the transmission. The clinical orientation of the student able of the structure, function, location
The student will also conduct proper during the fourth and fifth semesters and radiographic appearance of
maintenance for power transmission is designed to reinforce in a practical structures in the skull, as well as the
systems and their components. manner, the theoretical knowledge he/she following anatomical systems: Digestive,
is acquiring during the didactic segment Respiratory, Urinary, Reproductive,
MX1510 CLINICAL RADIOGRAPHY of their training program. For several Nervous and Endocrine Systems.
Prerequisite: Successful completion of 5th hours each week, under the direction and Associated pathologies, in particular those
Semester supervision of a clinical instructor, students which may be demonstrated radiographic-
All clinical courses are designed to participate in a variety of basic routine ally, are studied, as well as cross-sectional
provide extensive clinical experience to radiographic procedures that present in anatomy of the skull, chest, abdomen and
students. Applied knowledge of anatomy accordance with their level of training. spine as related to CT imaging.
and physiology, radiographic technique, Students are also afforded the opportunity
pathology, radiation protection and to enhance their knowledge of various basic MX2110 RADIOGRAPHIC TECHNIQUE
patient care and safety will be reinforced. and specialized radiographic equipment Prerequisite: BL2100
Emphasis will be placed on intensive dem- used in today’s modern diagnostic Co-requisites: MX2102, MX2410, MX2310,
onstrations and application of clinical skills imaging departments. During their clinical MX2200
in professional practice. Throughout the orientation, students are also able to apply This course is designed to introduce the
entire clinical component of the Medical their understanding of the concepts used in student to the fundamental practices involved
Radiography program (48 weeks total), providing quality patient care and radiation in the performance of radiographic imaging.
students will maintain documentation protection in a “real life” setting. Instructional areas include: terminology,
which demonstrates both the quality and IR identification, patient/technologist
quantity of clinical experience acquired, MX2102 RADIOGRAPHIC ANATOMY relationship, examination protocol, radiation
thus ensuring on-going maintenance of AND PATHOLOGY protection and technologist responsibility.
competencies acquired. Prerequisite: Successful completion of 3rd Emphasis will be placed on basic, alternate
semester and specialized imaging of the appendicular
MX1620 CLINICAL ORIENTATION In order for a technologist to competently and axial skeleton and respiratory system.
Prerequisite: Successful completion of perform any diagnostic radiographic
semester three examination, a complete and thorough MX2120 RADIOGRAPHIC TECHNIQUE
Co-requisite: All 4th semester courses knowledge of human anatomy is required. Prerequisite: MX2110
The clinical orientation of the student It is also essential that he/she be able This course will consist of instruction in
during the fourth and fifth semesters to identify anatomical structures on the the basic, alternate and special positioning
is designed to reinforce in a practical radiograph; differentiate between the required to radiographically demonstrate
manner, the theoretical knowledge he/she normal and abnormal radiographic images; the skull and facial bones, as well as body
is acquiring during the didactic segment use his/her knowledge of tissue densities, organs and structures of the following
of their training program. For several either normal or pathological, be able to systems: respiratory, digestive, urinary and
hours each week, under the direction accurately locate hidden structures by reproductive systems. Discussion, demon-
and supervision of a clinical instructor, relating to surface landmarks. In addition, stration and clinical application will include
students participate in a variety of basic the pathologies relevant to the skeletal, such areas as foreign body localization,
routine radiographic procedures that respiratory systems and their radiological mobile, operating room, trauma radiography,
present in accordance with their level of significance will be discussed. bone mineral densitometry, interventional
training. Students are also afforded the radiography and CT imaging.
opportunity to enhance their knowledge of MX2103 RADIOGRAPHIC ANATOMY
various basic and specialized radiographic AND PATHOLOGY MX2170 DENTAL RADIOGRAPHY I
equipment used in today’s modern Prerequisite: MX2102 Prerequisite: BL1280
diagnostic imaging departments. During This course is a continuation of MX2102, This course is designed to provide the student
their clinical orientation, students are also where the student will continue to learn with the theoretical basis of the nature and
able to apply their understanding of the a complete and thorough knowledge of production of x-radiation and preliminary
concepts used in providing quality patient human anatomy. Anatomical structures principles and procedures involved with
care and radiation protection in a “real will be located by relating to surface oral radiology. The emphasis is on radiation
life” setting. landmarks. Identification of anatomical physics, radiation biology, radiation
structures on the radiographic image protection, basic intra-oral radiographic
as well as the ability to differentiate techniques and film processing.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 225


Courses
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

MX2171 DENTAL RADIOGRAPHY II MX2301 APPARATUS AND students will also receive instruction in
Prerequisite: MX2170 ACCESSORIES the fundamentals of first aid and basic life
During Dental Radiography II, students Prerequisites: MX2200, MX2310 support.
will learn correct technique and proper This course is developed to allow
safety precautions for operating dental the student to gain a comprehensive MX2500 RADIATION PROTECTION
radiographic equipment. They will become knowledge of a wide variety of x-ray AND RADIOBIOLOGY
skilled at producing diagnostic quality generating units. They will acquire the Prerequisites: BL2100, PH2200, MX2102,
intra-oral and extra-oral radiographs on knowledge and skills necessary to MX2310
both adult and child mannequins. As well, operate basic and present-day sophisti- Co-requisite: MX2103
the student will become proficient at cated equipment safely, effectively and Combined with their knowledge of
processing, mounting and troubleshooting efficiently. The student will be taught the radiobiology, students will learn how
radiographic pitfalls on physics of operation of advanced imaging to utilize radiation to provide maximum
all dental radiographs. modalities such as computed tomography diagnostic information with minimal
and digital fluorographic units, as well biological damage to the patient. Students
MX2200 IMAGE RECORDING as mammographic and bone mineral will become familiar with international,
Prerequisite: Successful completion of 3rd densitometry units. national and provincial standards. They will
semesterCo-requisites: MX2310, PH2200 learn how to maintain these standards by
This course is designed to give the student MX2310 APPARATUS AND the correct use of equipment, accessories
comprehensive knowledge of the process ACCESSORIES and other relevant factors. They will learn
involved in the formation of a diagnostic Prerequisite: Successful completion of 3rd how to provide maximum protection from
x-ray image generated through the use semesterCo-requisites: MX2200, PH2200 ionizing radiation to the patient, general
of radiant energy. Students will learn This course provides students with public, co-workers and themselves.
photographic as well as digital methods a comprehensive knowledge of the
of image capture and will become familiar production of x-radiation that will be MX3250 CLINICAL RADIOGRAPHY
with the many factors that affect the useful for medical purposes. Students will Prerequisite: Successful completion of
quality of the radiographic image. Image understand the use of the x-ray tube, its 5th Semester
manipulation, display and archiving will be components, and characteristics that will All clinical courses are designed to
discussed, as well as methods of reducing allow the proper control of the x-ray beam. provide extensive clinical experience to
image artifact, ensuring the production of Students will have basic knowledge of the students. Applied knowledge of anatomy
optimum diagnostic images. electrical circuits that are essential for and physiology, radiographic technique,
the production of the type of x-radiation pathology, radiation protection and
MX2201 IMAGE RECORDING that will result in high-quality radiographic patient care and safety will be reinforced.
Prerequisites: MX2200, MX2310 imaging. Students will learn about the Emphasis will be placed on intensive dem-
Co-requisite: MX2301 effective use of grids and collimators to onstrations and application of clinical skills
This course is a continuation of MX2200. reduce patient dose and improve image in professional practice. Throughout the
It is designed to provide the student with quality. The student will have knowledge entire clinical component of the Medical
comprehensive knowledge of quality of methods employed to facilitate heat Radiography program (48 weeks total),
assurance processes associated with dissipation during the production of students will maintain documentation
image quality management. Performance x-radiation, as well as practical skills which demonstrates both the quality and
of specific quality control procedures employed to conserve tube life. Students quantity of clinical experience acquired,
necessary to maintain a high standard will be able to identify signs of tube failure. thus ensuring on-going maintenance
of image quality using both digital and of competencies acquired. This course
analog image processing systems will be MX2410 PATIENT CARE AND SAFETY will also provide the student with the
studied. Quality control tests for general Prerequisite: Successful completion of 3rd opportunity to become familiar with
radiographic units as well those used in semester related disciplines in order to review
fluoroscopy, CT, mammography and bone Co-requisites: MX2110, MX2102 patient data such as images and reports
mineral densitometry will be studied. The This course provides students from other studies through research
importance of faithful adherence to quality radiographer with the necessary and observation of other imaging and
control procedures and processes as knowledge to provide good patient care in therapeutic modalities.
part of a diagnostic imaging department’s a variety of situations which he/she might
overall risk management strategy will be encounter in the hospital environment. MX3260 CLINICAL RADIOGRAPHY
discussed. Students will learn to perform This course emphasizes basic concepts Prerequisite: Successful completion of 5th
inspection procedures and reject-image in general patient care, body mechanics, Semester
analysis as part of the overall quality basic nursing skills, use of common All clinical courses are designed to
assurance program. drugs, as well as caring for patients with provide extensive clinical experience to
special needs. During this semester students. Applied knowledge of anatomy

226 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Courses

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
and physiology, radiographic technique, OF2100 OFFICE MANAGEMENT III successfully enter the workplace as
pathology, radiation protection and Prerequisites: OF1100, DM1210, CM2110 an administrative professional. This
patient care and safety will be reinforced. This course is designed to further prepare course will reinforce office management
Emphasis will be placed on intensive dem- the student for the workplace. The focus is concepts, including professionalism and
onstrations and application of clinical skills on topics such as personal development, human relations and will assist students as
in professional practice. Throughout the planning meetings and conferences and they prepare to make the transition to the
entire clinical component of the Medical job search skills to refine the skills needed workplace as an administrative assistant.
Radiography program (48 weeks total), to become a successful and professional
students will maintain documentation employee. OJ1010 PETROLEUM WORK EXPOSURE
which demonstrates both the quality and This course is the comprehensive work
quantity of clinical experience acquired, OF2101 OFFICE MANAGEMENT IV exposure for Petroleum Technical
thus ensuring on-going maintenance of Prerequisites: DM2200, OF2100 Assistant students in a setting within
competencies acquired. Students will complete an office simulation the oil and gas sector. Students will
that will require them to perform complete six weeks in industry where
ND1150 NON-DESTRUCTIVE TESTING research, make decisions and apply time they are expected to learn, develop
Prerequisites: CH1120, PH1100 management skills. and demonstrate the high standards of
This course introduces techniques used to behaviour and performance expected in
detect discontinuities in materials without OF2270 BUSINESS SERVICES the work environment. Throughout the
destroying the object. Coursework focuses Prerequisites: DM2200, OF1101 work exposure experience, students will
on detection, identification, evaluation and This course provides students with an apply the skills and knowledge learned
categorization of discontinuities using die opportunity to apply the skills, knowledge, in all previous courses in the Petroleum
penetrate, magnetic particle, eddy current, and attitudes learned in Office Administra- Technical Assistant Diploma program
ultrasonic and radiographic testing tion (Executive) program. The course is and gain an appreciation of the real work
methods. Students will learn testing conducted in a real training office where environment directly related to the area of
procedures and gain practical experience students incorporate a variety of office training. They will also further develop em-
on a variety of test pieces. software, tools and equipment to provide ployability skills such as working independ-
a professional business service to their ently, team-building, customer service,
OF1100 OFFICE MANAGEMENT I clients. Throughout this course, students work ethic, attitude and accountability,
This course will acquaint the student with will continue to develop their technical further enhancing their personal growth.
the significant role of the office employee skills as well as their employability skills
in business, the importance of effective such as working independently, team- OJ1030 BANKING WORK EXPOSURE I
communication and various communi- building, customer service, work ethic and Prerequisites: Successful completion of all
cations methods, the use of reference accountability as would be expected in any courses in the Banking academic semesters
resources and the need to enhance business office. 1 to 2
desirable personality traits and attitudes. The work exposure is a required portion of
OF2600 DENTAL PRACTICE the Banking Certificate program, provides
OF1101 OFFICE MANAGEMENT II MANAGEMENT a unique learning experience in a real
This course examines filing systems and In this course the student will examine banking workplace setting and is relevant
procedures used by office workers, manual the key role dental administrators assume for students in the Banking program.
and electronic methods of information in managing the dental business office.
storage and retrieval, types of microforms The student will study the principles Participation in this banking work exposure
and the need for records retention. Proper of reception area duties, third party follows the successful completion of
procedures for handling mail, planning and insurance communication, inventory the two preceding academic terms
organizing business travel, good customer management and patient management. in the Banking certificate program.
service techniques and researching Emphasis will be placed on understand- Students are expected to learn, develop
information are also explored. ing the importance of communication and demonstrate the high standards of
between doctor and patient. The lab behaviour and performance normally
OF1400 MANAGING AN OFFICE portion will introduce the student to the expected in a banking workplace
This course exposes students to to the operation of a computerized dental office environment.
functional side of managing an office. management system.
This course will include the importance During the banking work exposure,
of effective communications, methods of OF2700 CAPSTONE PROJECT students develop their employability and
information storage and retrieval, managing Prerequisite: OF2100 or OF2500 or OF2400 technical skills further enhancing their
time and planning and organization This course is designed to provide personal growth. They learn from a new
business meetings, and setting up the students with the opportunity to apply network of contacts, gain practical work
physical layout of an office environment. the principles and skills necessary to experience in their occupational field of

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 227


Courses
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

choice and acquire a greater understand- OJ1130 WORK EXPOSURE OJ1560 WORK EXPOSURE –
ing of banking and the financial industry as (CERTIFICATE) MARKETING
a career choice. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all Prerequisite: Successful completion of all
courses in Semesters 1-3 of the Office courses in Semesters 1 to 5 of the Marketing
OJ1040 BANKING WORK EXPOSURE II Administration Certificate program with a diploma program with a minimum GPA of 2.0
Prerequisite: Successful completion of all minimum Grade Point Average of 2.0 The student will gain an appreciation of
courses in academic semesters 1 to 4 The work exposure is a required portion the real work environment in a business
The work exposure is a required portion of the program and provides a unique or industry directly related to the area
of the Banking diploma program, learning experience in a real workplace of training. This six-week period will be
provides a unique learning experience setting. Work exposures must be program required in addition to academic content
in a real banking workplace setting and relevant and two weeks in duration. covered. Students will complete six weeks
is relevant for students in the Banking Students will complete two weeks in in industry where they are expected to
program. Participation in this banking industry where they are expected to learn, develop and demonstrate the high
work exposure follows the successful learn, develop and demonstrate the high standards of behaviour and performance
completion of the four preceding academic standards of behaviour and performance expected in the work environment.
terms in the Banking diploma program. expected in the work environment. Throughout the work exposure experience,
Students are expected to learn, develop Throughout the work exposure experience, students will apply the skills and
and demonstrate the high standards of students will apply the skills and knowledge learned in all previous courses
behaviour and performance normally knowledge learned in previous courses in the Marketing diploma programs. They
expected in a banking workplace in the Office Administration certificate will also further develop employability
environment. During the banking work program. They will become more skills such as working independently,
exposure, students develop their em- employable as they enhance technical, team building, customer service, work
ployability and technical skills further team-building, problem-solving and ethic, attitude and accountability, further
enhancing their personal growth. They customer-service skills; increase account- enhancing their personal growth.
learn from a new network of contacts, ability; and strengthen positive attitudes
gain practical work experience in their and work ethic. OJ1580 WORK EXPOSURE –
occupational field of choice and acquire a ACCOUNTING
greater understanding of banking and the OJ1520 WORK EXPOSURE Prerequisite: Successful completion of
financial industry as a career choice. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all level all courses in Semesters 1 to 5 of the
one courses with a minimum GPA of 2.0 Accounting diploma program.
OJ1100 WORK EXPOSURE Students are expected to complete four The student will gain an appreciation of
(CERTIFICATE) weeks of work exposure for completion of the real work environment in a business
Prerequisite: Successful completion of all the diploma requirements. or industry directly related to the area
courses in the Business Administration of training. This six-week period will
Certificate program with a minimum Grade OJ1550 WORK EXPOSURE - HRM be required in addition to academic
Point Average of 2.0 Prerequisite: Successful completion of all content covered. The student will
The work exposure is a required portion courses in Semesters 1 to 5 of the HRM complete six weeks in industry where
of the program and provides a unique diploma program with a minimum GPA of 2.0 she/he is expected to learn, develop
learning experience in a real workplace The student will gain an appreciation of and demonstrate the high standards of
setting. Students will complete two weeks the real work environment in a business behaviour and performance expected in
in industry where they are expected to or industry directly related to the area the work environment. Throughout the
learn, develop and demonstrate the high of training. This six-week period will be work exposure experience, the student
standards of behaviour and performance required in addition to academic content will apply the skills and knowledge learned
expected in the work environment. covered. Students will complete six weeks in in all previous courses in the Accounting
Throughout the work exposure experience, industry where they are expected to learn, Diploma programs. As well, she/he will
students will apply the skills and knowledge develop and demonstrate the high standards further develop employability skills such
learned in previous courses in the Business of behaviour and performance expected in as working independently, team-building,
Administration Certificate program. They the work environment. Throughout the work customer service, work ethic, attitude and
will become more employable as they exposure experience, students will apply the accountability, further enhancing their
enhance technical, team-building, prob- skills and knowledge learned in all previous personal growth.
lem-solving and customer-service skills; courses in the HRM diploma programs.
increase accountability; and strengthen They will also further develop employabil- OJ1900 WORK EXPOSURE – OFFICE
positive attitudes and work ethic. ity skills such as working independently, ADMINISTRATION (EXECUTIVE)
team building, customer service, work Prerequisite: Successful completion of all
ethic, attitude and accountability, further courses in semester 1 – 5 of the Office
enhancing their personal growth. Administration (Executive) Diploma program

228 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Courses

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
with a minimum Grade Point Average of 2.00. a healthy lifestyle. This course also manage cardiovascular emergencies in the
The work exposure is a required portion explores support systems and stress pre-hospital setting. Students will focus on
of the program and provides a unique including the importance of these aspects acquiring, analyzing and interpreting elec-
learning experience in a real workplace to an individual’s overall level of health trocardiogram (ECG) tracings for a variety
setting. Work exposures must be program and well-being. Students are encouraged of arrhythmias. They will also determine
relevant and six weeks in duration. to establish their own goals and plan for when a 12-lead ECG may be required and
Students will complete six weeks in their future fitness needs related to the demonstrate acquiring a 12-lead ECG.
industry where they are expected to paramedic field. Students will identify
learn, develop and demonstrate the high their areas of physical fitness requiring PA1290 COMMUNITY PARAMEDICINE
standards of behaviour and performance improvement through completion of a In this course, students will explore and
expected in the work environment. General Physical Fitness Appraisal. participate in expanded roles of paramedic
Throughout the work exposure PA1211 HEALTH AND FITNESS II practice into an area commonly referred to
experience, students will apply the skills This course extends the concepts of as Community Paramedicine. The course
and knowledge learned in previous fitness acquired in Health and Fitness I. consists of both didactic and practical
courses in the Office Administration While fitness remains a leading concept components. In the practical component,
(Executive) diploma program. They will in this course, students will further students may accompany a health
further enhance their personal growth explore aspects such as biomechanics, care worker, such as a Mental Health
by developing employability skills such lifting, transferring and securing patients Counsellor, Addictions Counsellor, Public
as team building, customer service, work including maximizing crash protection for Health Nurse, Community Paramedic and
ethic, attitude, accountability and the occupants of the patient compartment. others. Students will evaluate methods
ability to work independently. Students will also study regulations and and tools utilized to perform related
legislation relative to workplace safety assessments and referrals for clients in
PA1125 EMS BASICS as well as demonstrate their ability to the community setting, that is not related
In this course, students will become safely perform the bona fide occupational to the usual emergency response and
familiar with the profession of requirements of a paramedic. transport model.
paramedicine by gaining knowledge on
areas such as historical perspective, PA1230 AIRWAY MANAGEMENT PA1370 PHARMACOLOGY 1
requirements of a modern EMS system, This course focuses on the knowledge, This course introduces students to the
roles and responsibilities and legislation skills and abilities of paramedics in fundamentals of pharmacology. This
pertaining to paramedicine. Students will assessing and managing the airway, course will provide students with the
evaluate an emergency scene, carry out a oxygenation and ventilation of patients. foundation for further studies on drug
patient assessment at the basic level and Students will study, and practice, methods administration in Pharmacology II and
modify a basic assessment in circum- of evaluating the respiratory system and in specific patient-types related to the
stances where triage is required. Students its airway structures through assessment paramedic’s scope of practice.
will also study information pertaining to techniques and diagnostic tests. Students
ground ambulance operation including will demonstrate the knowledge and ability PA1371 PHARMACOLOGY II
performing vehicle safety checks, safe and to independently conduct therapeutic This course builds on the previous
defensive driving techniques, emergency management of the airway and provide Pharmacology I course and provides
driving, cleaning and disinfecting oxygenation and ventilation at the basic students with the theory and skills for
equipment and utilizing basic equipment life support level. Students will also intravenous cannulation, fluid resuscitation
commonly found in emergency vehicles. develop the ability to assist advanced care and safe administration of medications
providers in managing the airway, including commonly used in the scope of practice of
PA1190 ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY below the vocal cords, utilizing specialized a Primary Care Paramedic.
This course is designed to enable students techniques and equipment.
to acquire a comprehensive knowledge of PA1415 INTERAGENCY RELATIONS
gross anatomy and physiology of the major PA1280 CARDIOVASCULAR This course focuses on interagency
systems of the human body. In addition, EMERGENCIES relations in field operations. In this regard,
students will be instructed on the general Prerequisites: PA1190 or BL1180, PA1125, students will develop an understanding
principles of pathophysiology to facilitate Current CPR-HCP certificate of the responsibility of the paramedic in
understanding of the body’s reaction to This course provides students with a interacting with police, fire, air transport
trauma and illness. comprehensive understanding of cardio- teams, rescue specialists and experts in
vascular emergencies, including the patho- managing dangerous goods incidents.
PA1210 HEALTH AND FITNESS I physiology of several illnesses affecting Students will study the special considera-
This course introduces students to the the cardiovascular system. Through the tions to be given when paramedics are
concepts of physical fitness and the application of critical thinking strategies, involved with patients being transferred
importance of developing and maintaining students will study how to assess and to or from air medical transport, including

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 229


Courses
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

the practical skills of packaging a patient PA1520 MENTAL HEALTH PA2025 PRACTICUM
in preparation for transfer to air transport. Students will develop an understand- Prerequisite: All courses in Semesters 1 – 4
Students will participate in a practical ing of various mental illnesses including Note: Learners must successfully pass
workshop to learn about the safety issues how to relate to patients experiencing a Simulation Testing within 6 months of
related to providing patient care while mental health crisis. Students will also beginning the Practicum (PA2025) course.
extrication tools are being used. Finally, study how to protect their mental health Current CPR-HCP level certificate
students will study the responsibilities as it relates to their paramedicine working (maintained throughout course)
of the paramedic at crime scenes and experiences. In this course, students will proficiently
accident scenes and their role in collabor- demonstrate knowledge and perform
ating with law enforcement agents. PA2000 TRAUMATOLOGY specific competencies, abilities and
The course focuses on the skills necessary job tasks at the national occupational
PA1430 MEDICAL EMERGENCIES to recognize mechanisms of injury competency level for Primary Care
This course focuses on illnesses and including assessment and management Paramedicine, in a field preceptorship.
medical conditions not covered in other of trauma patients. Through this course,
courses for which the paramedic is students will demonstrate organized PA2030 PATIENT ASSESSMENT
expected to be knowledgeable during time-efficient assessments, prioritize and This course provides the opportunity for
their professional practice. The course perform critical interventions, appropriate- students to review and master their basic
provides students with the pathophysiol- ly package and transport trauma patients. assessment skills, which are foundational
ogy, common management strategies A major focus of the course is the identifi- to the Assessment-based Management
and treatments for a variety of medical cation of conditions that require immediate and Clinical Skills Development courses
conditions. Some of the management transport (”load-and-go”) in order to save which follow. It also prepares students
strategies and specific interventions are the patient. Lifesaving techniques are to employ clinical judgment to make
used in the pre-hospital environment and taught or reviewed in practical exercises. autonomous patient management
others in the clinical setting. In cases decisions to a greater degree than that
where a specific intervention is within the PA2005 OBSTETRICS AND PEDIATRICS expected of them at the Primary Care
Paramedic’s scope of practice, students In this course, students apply knowledge Paramedic level.
will proficiently demonstrate correct and demonstrate skills related to the
management of that patient-type in a branches of medicine concerned with PA2035 DIAGNOSTIC TECHNIQUES
simulated setting. The course also includes diseases of the female reproductive This course reinforces students’ under-
foundational knowledge on various system, pregnancy and childbirth. More standing of basic diagnostic procedures
diagnostic tests that may be performed specifically, the study of the physiologic and prepares students to incorporate
to aid in the diagnosis of various medical and pathologic function of the female diagnostic test results into clinical
conditions. reproductive tract and the care of the decision-making. It also introduces the
mother and fetus throughout pregnancy, advanced diagnostic procedures which
PA1440 CLINICAL PLACEMENT childbirth and the immediate postpartum must be mastered for the student to
The purpose of this clinical placement is period is addressed. Students will also function as a member of a Critical
to provide students with the opportunity incorporate skills learned in previous Care team.
to become acquainted with health care courses to complete specialized training in
settings and to allow students to gain evaluation and resuscitation PA2040 ASSESSMENT-BASED
proficiency with specific skills and tasks of neonates and pediatric patients. MANAGEMENT I
in a controlled environment under the As the first of two Assessment-based
supervision of a clinician or preceptor. PA2020 SIMULATION LAB Management courses, this course will
PA1515 SPECIAL POPULATIONS This course is designed to prepare give students the knowledge and skills
This course addresses special considera- students for practicum placements through necessary to provide appropriate care
tions that are required for assessment synthesizing and integrating knowledge and to patients presenting a wide variety of
and treatment of: patients of specific skills learned in previous and concurrent disorders of the neurological, cardiovascu-
groups; patients with physical and mental courses. Students will demonstrate lar and respiratory systems. Students will
impairments, geriatric and bariatric proficiency assessing, inferring a differential gain mastery in the lab of the specific skills
patients, as well as patients with terminal diagnosis and providing care to various required to assess and manage patients;
illness or in palliative care. Students will patient-types in a simulated setting using these skills will then be integrated into
also study the pathophysiology, manifesta- high fidelity simulation. Using a teamwork overall patient management in both the
tions and pre-hospital precautions for a approach, students will simulate the events simulated and clinical environments of the
variety of communicable and infectious of a paramedic or clinical response. At the co-requisite Clinical Skills Development I
diseases. conclusion of simulated scenarios, students course.
who performed lead roles will complete
proper documentation in a medical record.

230 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Courses

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
PA2045 PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE the opportunity to integrate the knowledge PE1130 UPSTREAM PETROLEUM
This course will prepare students to and skills learned in the co-requisite OVERVIEW
function as contributing members of the Assessment-based Management II into the This course will assist students to identify
paramedic profession and of healthcare management of patients from all patient the components of a petroleum reservoir,
and public safety communities in general. populations in both the simulation lab and the drilling equipment and procedures
This course also prepares students to take clinical environments. required to explore for oil and gas. They
a leadership role in ensuring the continuing will also understand the steps used to
quality and propriety of their own practice PA2070 FINAL PRACTICUM evaluate a well and the procedures and
and that of the profession as a whole. This final practicum is designed to equipment required to complete a well and
provide students with the opportunity bring it into production.
PA2050 CLINICAL SKILLS to synthesize and apply the knowledge,
DEVELOPMENT I skills and abilities developed throughout PE1150 PETROLEUM PROFESSIONAL-
This course provides students with the the previous eight semesters. Under ISM
opportunity to apply the knowledge and the supervision of a qualified preceptor, This course is designed to provide
skills learned in the co-requisite Assess- students will integrate - as appropriate students with the skills and knowledge
ment-based Management I course and to – the full scope of paramedicine necessary to effectively work in today’s
integrate them into the management of competencies. Throughout the semester, petroleum environment. Students will
patients from all patient populations in both they will be exposed to a variety of be exposed to professional ethics and
simulation lab and clinical environments. environments and situations typical of the conduct expectations in the petroleum
paramedic profession. Students will attend workplace.
PA2055 EVIDENCE-BASED PRACTICE a variety of shifts including nights and
This course will provide students with a weekends, ensuring that they are exposed PE1170 FORMATION EVALUATION I
basic understanding of medical research to the conditions in which they will be This course will introduce the student to
methodologies and an appreciation for working post-graduation. the concepts of formation evaluation and
the value of research in developing best- the physical principles of the following:
practice guidelines. It will also provide the PC1300 ALLIED HEALTH (ELECTIVE) cores and cuttings, mud logging, open hole
learner with the opportunity to conduct This is an introductory credit course in the well logging and drillstem tests.
and evaluate research and to present Pre-Health Science curriculum. The course
findings in an audience of peers and has three main objectives, to describe the PE2110 RESERVOIR ENGINEERING I
supervisors. history of Islam as it relates to medicine, Prerequisites: GE1510, PH1160, PE1170
to provide students with strategies for This course covers the characteristics
PA2060 ASSESSMENT-BASED successful performance in health science of oil and gas reservoirs from fluid and
MANAGEMENT II programs of study and to offer students a rock characteristics through reservoir
Co-requisites: PA2065 basic understanding of the occupational definition, delineation and classification.
As the second of two Assessment-based competencies required for employment in Data collection, integration and application
Management courses, this course will the allied health industry. The student will directed toward maximizing recovery will
give students the knowledge and skills be introduced to various career paths in be focused on. Basic reservoir engineering
necessary to provide appropriate care health sciences and will be provided with equations will be introduced with emphasis
to patients presenting a wide variety the knowledge required to pursue a career directed to parameter significance and an
of conditions, disorders, syndromes, in the allied health care industry. understanding of the results.
injuries and illnesses across multiple body
systems. Students will gain mastery of PE1120 WORKPLACE PRODUCTIVITY PE2150 BASIC DRILLING OPERATIONS
the specific skills required to assess and TOOLS Co-requisites: PE2160
manage patients in the lab component. This course is designed to give students This course covers all aspects of rig
These skills will then be integrated into a working knowledge of the software operation and fundamental operations
overall patient management in both the packages commonly utilized by Technical associated with drilling a well for
simulated and clinical environments of the Assistants in the petroleum industry. petroleum exploration and production in
co-requisite Clinical Skills Development II Word processing, spreadsheets, onshore and offshore environments.
course. Structured Query Language (SQL), project
management and presentation packages PE2160 COMPLETION AND
PA2065 CLINICAL SKILLS are among the topics covered in a PRODUCTION OPS
DEVELOPMENT II fundamental manner by this course. Co-requisites: PE2150
Co-requisites: PA2060 This course gives students an overview
Building from the foundational and fundamental understanding of
competencies gained in Clinical Skills equipment and operation procedures for
Development I, this course gives students well completions onshore and offshore.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 231


Courses
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

PE2170 FORMATION EVALUATION II of personnel and the importance of (240V/ 415V) power systems primarily
Prerequisites: PE2160, PE1170 maintenance management are continually in residential and commercial facilities.
This course introduces the student to stressed. Students will have the opportunity to
the concepts of reservoir and production study both the theoretical and practical
evaluation using cased hole logging tools. PE2460 PLANT ELECTRICAL aspects involved with the wiring methods,
SYSTEMS protection and grounding of feeders and
PE2180 PETROLEUM TECHNICAL Prerequisite: ET1101 branch circuits.
APPLICATIONS This course introduces the student to the
This course is designed to introduce the plant electrical systems needed to support PE3121 FACILITIES ELECTRICAL
student to the basic principles of statistics, a modern production process, one that SYSTEMS II
purchasing, inventory, accounting and focuses on distributing, converting and Prerequisite: PE3120
finance used in the oil and gas industry. controlling electrical energy in an effort This course focuses on low voltage
to improve product quality and reduce (240V/415V) power systems primarily in
PE2190 FIELD PRODUCTION operating costs. Topics include energy large commercial and industrial facilities.
PROCESSING sources, power distribution in an industrial Students will have the opportunity to
Prerequisites: CH1070, PE2160 plant, energy conversion using motors, study both the theoretical and practical
Co-requisites: PE2170 motor protection and control requirements aspects involved with the wiring methods,
This course provides an overview of and digital controllers used for energy protection and grounding of feeders and
the surface equipment, fluids, testing management (demand controller) and branch circuits for a wide range of loads.
procedures and production problems motor control (PLC).
associated with producing oil and gas. PF1180 PIPING FABRICATION
PE2510 ELECTRICAL PRACTICES AND RIGGING
PE2210 RESERVOIR ENGINEERING II Prerequisites: ET1131, CI1310, MP1200 Prerequisite: MH1110
Prerequisites: PE2110, PE1170 This course covers the care and use of This introductory course is designed to
This course builds on the fundamental hand tools, safety, types of electrical provide the student with practical skills
concepts of reservoir engineering protection, installation of motor starters in the fabrication of piping transition
technology and includes: reserves and relays, drawing electrical schematics, elements. The student will use hand and
determination, estimation of oil and troubleshooting motor control power tools to cut metal and non-metallic
gas in place, an understanding of the circuits and installation of circuits using piping and then prepare it for fabrication.
permeability variations in a reservoir, the the local electrical code. Installation and movement of loads using
types of flow regimes in a reservoir, the manual and power equipment will be
ongoing need for oil and gas testing and PE2511 ELECTRICAL PRACTICES II covered, with emphasis on performance
an appreciation of the types of reservoir Prerequisite: PE2510 in a safe industrial environment. Aspects
modeling software used in the petroleum This is an intermediate-level course that for a safe working environment through
industry. covers the testing and dismantling of DC the recognition of equipment defects
and AC motors, as well as an introduction and environmental problems and their
PE2230 HAZARDOUS AREA TRAINING to electrical installations in hazardous remediation will be an integral part of the
This course is designed to give the student locations. course.
an understanding of the hazardous area
classification and how systems are designed PE2720 INDUSTRIAL PH1021 PHYSICS
to confine an explosion inside an enclosure, INSTRUMENTATION PRACTICES Prerequisites: FL1080 or equivalent
isolate the ignition source or limit the energy This course is designed to provide the Co-requisite: MA1025
flow into the hazardous area. Combined instrumentation technologist with the This is a preparatory, non-credit physics
with this knowledge base, the students will knowledge and skills necessary to course designed to introduce students
receive hands-on training so they can install implement safe systems in an industrial to basic physics principles, concepts and
and maintain equipment for hazardous environment. Emphasis will be on safe applications. The course will focus on the
areas. This course is not designed to provide working practices and equipment installa- fundamental skills necessary for further
Hazardous Area Certification. tions in hazardous locations, instrument study of physics. The course will familiarize
wiring and grounding considerations, tube students with physics terminology and
PE2300 HV EQUIPMENT TESTING and fitting installations, safety systems vocabulary, improve students’ applied
AND MAINTENANCE and instrument air supply considerations. mathematics skills (trigonometry,
Prerequisites: MP2220, MP2250 geometry, algebra and graphing) and
This course introduces the test method- PE3120 FACILITIES ELECTRICAL introduce students to experimentation,
ologies commonly applied to medium and SYSTEMS I data gathering and handling and problem
high voltage transformers, switchgear, Prerequisite: PE2511 solving.
cables and generators. The safety This course focuses on low voltage

232 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Courses

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
PH1100 PHYSICS PH2200 RADIATION PHYSICS of a variety of mechanical devices.
This is an introductory physics course Prerequisite: PH1201
designed to extend students’ knowledge This is a radiation physics course PM2560 FACILITIES ENGINEERING I
and understanding of basic physics designed for medical radiography Prerequisites: MA1101, PO1120, PO1130
principles, concepts and applications students. It provides an understanding This course presents the basic concepts,
relating to mechanics. This course also of x-ray physics, the nature of x-rays; the design and techniques necessary to
extends abilities in data handling, problem production of x-rays; and the interaction operate oil and gas processing systems
solving and experimentation. of x-rays with matter; and radiation and equipment.
dosimetry, radiation exposure, absorbed
PH1101 PHYSICS dose, dose equivalent, effective dose PM2561 FACILITIES ENGINEERING II
Prerequisites: MA1700, PH1100 equivalent, detection of radiation and Prerequisites: PM2560
This is a second semester course designed dosimeters. This course presents the basic concepts
to extend the student’s knowledge and and techniques necessary to operate gas
understanding of basic physics principles, PM2160 PREVENTIVE AND handling systems and facilities. The course
concepts and applications relating to kinetic PREDICTIVE MAINTENANCE I includes a project component where
theory, heat, vibrations, sound and light. Co-requisite: MW1710 course concepts are related to
It also extends abilities in data handling, This is an introductory course emphasizing the operation of a process plant.
problem solving and experimentation. application of preventive and predictive
maintenance (PPM) techniques to PM3140 RELIABLY CENTERED MAIN
PH1140 APPLIED PHYSICS industrial equipment and systems. Prerequisites: PM2170
Co-requisite: MA1700 Students will learn about, and practice, This is an advanced course in the
This course introduces students to the work order generation, maintenance and development of Preventive and Predictive
physical science concepts applicable to record keeping and methods of performing Maintenance (PPM) programs for
the fields of electrical and instrumentation preventive and predictive maintenance industrial equipment and systems.
technology. tasks. Students will utilize a computerized This course applies the Reliability-
maintenance management program Centered Maintenance (RCM) approach
PH1141 APPLIED PHYSICS as an aid to managing work tasks. This in developing a comprehensive
Prerequisites: MA2140 course offers practical experience in the maintenance program based on failure
This course introduces students to the preventive maintenance of a variety of consequence analysis. Students will have
physical science concepts applicable mechanical devices. the opportunity to design and prepare
to the study of chemical laboratory a comprehensive PPM with the aid of
technology. PM2161 PREVENTIVE AND Computerized Maintenance Management
PREDICTIVE MAINTENANCE II System (CMMS) software based on the
PH1160 APPLIED PETROLEUM Prerequisite: PM2160 principles taught.
PHYSICS This is an advanced course in the
This course introduces students to the development of preventive and predictive PO1100 PROCESS EQUIPMENT
physical science concepts applicable to maintenance (PPM) programs for This course is designed to assist students
the understanding of a petroleum reservoir industrial equipment and systems. This in becoming familiar with the principles
and the production of oil and gas. course applies the reliability-centered of design, operation and maintenance of
maintenance (RCM) approach in industrial high pressure boilers such as
PH1200 PHYSICS developing a comprehensive maintenance those found industrial plants and chemical
Prerequisites: PH1100 or PH1120 program. Students will have opportunity to process plants.
This is a second-semester algebra based design and prepare a comprehensive PPM
course designed to extend the students’ in application of the principles taught. PO1110 PROCESS SYSTEMS
knowledge of the basic concepts and INTRODUCTION
principles of physics, specifically in the PM2170 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE This course is designed to introduce
areas of heat, static fluids, waves, sound, Prerequisite: MH2010 and MW2240 students to the principles of design,
light and electricity. This is an introductory course emphasizing operation and maintenance requirements
application of Preventive Maintenance of industrial process equipment such as
PH1201 PHYSICS techniques to industrial equipment and those found in chemical process plants.
Prerequisite: PH1200 systems. Students will learn about, Safety in the laboratory and plant is
This is an intersession course designed and practice, work order generation, emphasized.
to extend the student’s knowledge and maintenance record keeping and methods
understanding of physics principles, of performing preventive maintenance
concepts and applications relating to tasks. This course offers practical
electricity and magnetism. experience in the preventive maintenance

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 233


Courses
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

PO1120 CHEM PROCESSING operation of a variety of pilot-plant scale PO2430 APPLIED FLUID MECHANICS
CALCULATIONS chemical process equipment. Topics Prerequisites: MA1700, PH1100, PO1120
Prerequisite: PH1100, CH1121 include water purification; pumps; heat This course introduces the laws and
This course will introduce students to the exchangers; PH control; and separating principles that govern incompress-
principles and calculation techniques used mixtures by distillation, gas absorption ible fluid flow. To support theoretical
in the chemical processing industry. The and liquid-liquid extraction. Developing studies, learners will conduct tests that
course presents the concept of material a safety-conscious work attitude will be demonstrate the real behaviour of fluids
and energy balances and the methods an important aspect of the laboratory while comparing findings to calculated
to formulate and solve them. Stoichiom- experience. values. Course emphasis is on applying
etry of industrial chemical reactions and theoretical principles to the practical
related calculations will also be covered. PO2200 PROCESS SYSTEMS: mechanics that govern fluid flow.
Heat, heat transfer and heat balance are TROUBLESHOOTING
also investigated as they apply to chemical Prerequisite: PO2100 PO2480 PROCESS SIMULATION
processes. This course provides students with Prerequisite: PO2400
troubleshooting skills required to identify Co-requisite: PR3721
PO1130 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS problems and take the necessary actions This is a course develops students’ cold
Prerequisites: CI1180 to operate a processing plant. start-up, normal operation, handling of
This course is an introduction to process upsets and emergency shutdown capability
control systems and is designed to provide PO2400 PROCESS UNIT DESIGN in a number of processes that are common
students with the basics of proportional, Prerequisites: PM2561, PO2100 in local industry. The students will also be
integral and derivative control as well as an Co-requisites: EC1700, PM2511 required to utilize simulation software to
overview of more advanced systems and This course presents the concepts and assist in analyzing process dynamics. The
strategies. An overview of control valves techniques necessary to design the major course reflects student needs to either
and techniques, Programmable Logic equipment common to most chemical specialize in a specific career stream or be
Controllers (PLCs) and Distributed Control industries. Emphasis is on preliminary exposed to a broad overview of industry
Systems (DCS) is presented. Fire and gas sizing of equipment and operation of practices.
detection/emergency shutdown will also chemical processes found within the oil
be covered. and gas processing industry. PO2500 LIQUID NATURAL GAS (LNG)/
GAS TO LIQUID (GTL)
PO1140 PROCESS SYSTEMS PO2410 PROCESS UNIT DESIGN Prerequisites: PM2560
AND EQUIP I Prerequisites: PM2561, PO2100, PO1120 This course prepares students with the
Prerequisites: PO1110 This course presents the concepts and essentials of Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG)
This course provides a more in-depth view techniques necessary to design major and Gas to Liquid (GTL) processes. Acid
of plant systems and equipment. Boilers, equipment common to most chemical gas removal and enrichment is presented
water systems, fuel systems, piping and industries. Emphasis is on preliminary along with various LNG units such as
associated codes will be covered to sizing of equipment and operation of dehydration, mixed refrigeration, fractiona-
prepare students to safely operate these chemical processes found within the oil tion and nitrogen rejection.
and other pressure systems. and gas processing industry.
PO2560 DESALINATION PROCESS
PO1150 PROCESS SYSTEMS AND PO2420 PROCESS SIMULATION Prerequisites: PM2561, PM2511
EQUIP II Prerequisites: PM2561, PO2100, PO1120 This course helps students fully
Prerequisites: PO1110 Chem Processing Calcualations understand the desalination processes
This course introduces students to This course introduces the fundamentals used in large-scale industrial settings.
the principles, operation and general of computer-aided simulation of chemical
maintenance requirements of selected processes. The course presents PR2155 PROJECT MANAGEMENT
petroleum processing equipment used systematic tools to model, design, Prerequisite: CM1400
at onshore refineries. The course focuss test, optimize and integrate process This course gives students a general
on common equipment systems and plants. Students will be trained to use a understanding of project management and
components used in a refinery. commercial process simulator to construct the various stages of a project. The main
and converge chemical processes; develop topics are discussed at an informational
PO2100 PROCESS SYSTEMS and screen potential process flowsheets; level, including but not limited to, defining a
OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE conduct sensitivity analyses; optimize, size project, project scope, time management,
Prerequisites: PO1110 and estimate the cost; retrieve results; and cost management, quality management,
This course provides an opportunity produce reports for a variety of different human resource management, risk
to apply the principles learned in the chemical processes. management, procurement management
chemical processing program to the and communications management.

234 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Courses

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
PR2170 PROJECT MANAGEMENT will have completed a proposal of their PR3244 CAPSTONE PROJECT I
The purpose of this course is to learn capstone project that will be completed in (MECHANICAL)
various techniques used to ensure that the following academic semester of their Prerequisite: All courses in previous
a project is completed on time, within program. Students should commence academic semesters and a minimum
budget and with high quality. The student planning for the course at the beginning cumulative GPA of 2.0
will explore various aspects of project of the final year of studies. Since the The capstone project enables the student
management, such as scope, time, cost, project and report are to be prepared completing a Diploma in the Mechanical
quality and communications and will use through independent study, the assigned Engineering Technology (Industrial
project management software to manage hours represent only part of the time that Maintenance) program to demonstrate
a project. students are expected to allocate to the the application of skills and knowledge
course. Regular meetings with a faculty developed throughout the program.
PR3140 PROJECT MANAGEMENT supervisor will be scheduled within the Students taking this course will work
The purpose of this course is to learn assigned hours as well as scheduled with minimal supervision on a project,
various techniques used to ensure that workshops at the Advanced Writing under the guidance of a faculty member.
a project is completed on time, within Centre. It is mandatory that students The student can work independently or
budget and with high quality. This is attend these faculty meetings and in teams of two to carry out an in-depth
achieved with practice of a variety workshops. study of a problem, design or techno-
of techniques to manage the budget, logical application and fully document and
schedule and quality of projects for which This course will be co-delivered by a present their findings. At the end of this
the student is responsible. technical instructor and a communications course, the student will have completed a
instructor. proposal of their capstone project that will
PR3150 PROJECT MANAGEMENT be completed in the following academic
AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS PR3215 CAPSTONE PROJECT II semester of their program. Students
Prerequisite: MA1101 (CHEMICAL PROCESSING) should commence planning for the course
This course introduces students to Prerequisite: PR3214 at the beginning of the final year of studies.
the topics of project management and The capstone project enables the student Since the project and report are to be
financial analysis, by the introduction completing a Diploma in the Chemical prepared through independent study, the
of the concepts, tools and techniques Processing Technology program to assigned hours represent only part of the
of formal project management and demonstrate the application of skills and time that students are expected to allocate
financial analysis. Topics include project knowledge developed throughout the to the course. Regular meetings with a
management, risk management, project program. Students taking this course faculty supervisor will be scheduled within
scheduling, concepts of financial will work with minimal supervision on a the assigned hours as well as scheduled
management, economic decision making, project, under the guidance of a faculty workshops at the Advanced Writing Center.
analysis of alternatives and depreciation. member. The student can work independ- It is mandatory that students attend these
Students are introduced to the use of ently or in teams of two to carry out faculty meetings and workshops.
project management software. an in-depth study of a problem, design
a technological application and fully This course will be co-delivered by a
PR3214 CAPSTONE PROJECT I document and present their findings. technical instructor and a communications
(CHEMICAL PROCESSING) Students should commence planning instructor.
Prerequisite: All courses in previous for the course at the beginning of the
academic semesters and a minimum final year of studies. Since the project PR3245 CAPSTONE PROJECT II
cumulative GPA of 2.0 and report are to be prepared through (MECHANICAL)
The capstone project enables the student independent study, the assigned hours Prerequisite: PR3244
completing a Diploma in the Chemical represent only part of the time that The capstone project enables the student
Processing Technology program to students are expected to allocate to the completing a Diploma in the Mechanical
demonstrate the application of skills and course. Regular meetings with a faculty Engineering Technology (Industrial
knowledge developed throughout the supervisor will be scheduled within the Maintenance) program to demonstrate
program. Students taking this course assigned hours and it is mandatory that the application of skills and knowledge
will work with minimal supervision on a students attend these meetings. developed throughout the program.
project, under the guidance of a faculty Students taking this course will work
member. The student can work independ- This course will be co-delivered by a with minimal supervision on a project,
ently or in teams of two to carry out technical instructor and a communications under the guidance of a faculty member.
an in-depth study of a problem, design instructor. The student can work independently or
a technological application and fully in teams of two to carry out an in-depth
document and present their findings. study of a problem, design or techno-
At the end of this course, the student logical application and fully document and

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 235


Courses
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

present their findings. Students should PR3261 CAPSTONE PROJECT II (TELE- prepared through independent study, the
commence planning for the course at the COMMUNICATIONS) assigned hours represent only part of the
beginning of the final year of studies. Since Prerequisite: PR3260 time that students are expected to allocate
the project and report are to be prepared The capstone project enables the student to the course. Regular meetings with a
through independent study, the assigned completing a Diploma in the Telecommuni- faculty supervisor will be scheduled within
hours represent only part of the time that cations Engineering Technology program the assigned hours as well as scheduled
students are expected to allocate to the to demonstrate the application of skills workshops at the Advanced Writing Cerner.
course. Regular meetings with a faculty and knowledge developed throughout the It is mandatory that students attend these
supervisor will be scheduled within the program. Students taking this course will faculty meetings and workshops.
assigned hours and it is mandatory that work with minimal supervision on a project,
students attend these meetings. under the guidance of a faculty member. This course will be co-delivered by a
The student can work independently or technical instructor and a communications
This course will be co-delivered by a in teams of two to carry out an in-depth instructor.
technical instructor and a communications study of a problem, design a techno-
instructor. logical application and fully document and PR3271 CAPSTONE PROJECT II
present their findings. Students should (ELECTRICAL)
PR3260 CAPSTONE PROJECT I commence planning for the course at the Prerequisite: PR3270 – Capstone Project I
(TELECOMMUNICATIONS) beginning of the final year of studies. Since (Electrical)
Prerequisite: All courses in previous the project and report are to be prepared The capstone project enables the student
academic semesters and a minimum through independent study, the assigned completing a Diploma in the Electrical
cumulative GPA of 2.0 The capstone project hours represent only part of the time that Engineering Technology (Electrical) program
enables the student completing a Diploma students are expected to allocate to the to demonstrate the application of skills
in the Telecommunications Engineering course. Regular meetings with a faculty and knowledge developed throughout the
Technology program to demonstrate supervisor will be scheduled within the program. Students taking this course will
the application of skill s and knowledge assigned hours and it is mandatory that work with minimal supervision on a project,
developed throughout the program. students attend these meetings. under the guidance of a faculty member.
Students taking this course will work The student can work independently or
with minimal supervision on a project, This course will be co-delivered by a in teams of two to carry out an in-depth
under the guidance of a faculty member. technical instructor and a communications study of a problem, design or technological
The student can work independently or instructor. application and fully document and present
in teams of two to carry out an in-depth their findings. Students should commence
study of a problem, design or techno- PR3270 CAPSTONE PROJECT I planning for the course at the beginning of
logical application and fully document and (ELECTRICAL) the final year of studies. Since the project
present their findings. At the end of this Prerequisite: All courses in previous and report are to be prepared through
course, the student will have completed a academic semesters and a minimum independent study, the assigned hours
proposal of their capstone project that will cumulative GPA of 2.0 represent only part of the time that students
be completed in the following academic The capstone project enables the student are expected to allocate to the course.
semester of their program. Students completing a Diploma in the Electrical Regular meetings with a faculty supervisor
should commence planning for the course Engineering Technology program to will be scheduled within the assigned hours
at the beginning of the final year of studies. demonstrate the application of skills and as well as scheduled workshops at the
Since the project and report are to be knowledge developed throughout the Advanced Writing Cerner. It is mandatory
prepared through independent program. Students taking this course will that students attend these faculty meetings
study, the assigned hours represent only work with minimal supervision on a project, and workshops.
part of the time that students are expected under the guidance of a faculty member.
to allocate to the course. Regular meetings The student can work independently or This course will be co-delivered by a technical
with a faculty supervisor will be scheduled in teams of two to carry out an in-depth instructor and a communications instructor.
within the assigned hours as well as study of a problem, design or techno-
scheduled workshops at the Advanced logical application and fully document and PR3280 CAPSTONE PROJECT I
Writing Centre. It is mandatory that present their findings. At the end of this (PROCESS AUTOMATION)
students attend these faculty meetings course, the student will have completed a Prerequisite: All courses in previous
and workshops. proposal of their capstone project that will academic semesters and a minimum
be completed in the following academic cumulative GPA of 2.0
This course will be co-delivered by a semester of their program. Students should The capstone project enables the student
technical instructor and a communications commence planning for the course at completing a Diploma in the Process
instructor. the beginning of the final year of studies. Automation Engineering Technology
Since the project and report are to be program to demonstrate the application of

236 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Courses

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
skills and knowledge developed throughout course. Regular meetings with a faculty PS1420 HEALTH CARE ORGANIZATION
the program. Students taking this course supervisor will be scheduled within the AND STRUCTURE
will work with minimal supervision on a assigned hours and it is mandatory that This course is an introduction to the study
project, under the guidance of a faculty students attend these meetings. of organizational behaviour and structure
member. The student can work independ- within the health care system. Students
ently or in teams of two to carry out This course will be co-delivered by a will familiarize themselves with their health
an in-depth study of a problem, design technical instructor and a communications care system, specifically the roles that
or technological application and fully instructor. directly impact structure and function.
document and present their findings. Students will examine individual and
At the end of this course, the student PR3520 WEB DEVELOPER CAPSTONE inter-disciplinary relationships and roles
will have completed a proposal of their Prerequisites: Successful completion of of health professions within the hospital
capstone project that will be completed in all Semester 8 courses and Instructor organizational structure.
the following academic semester of their approval of a proposed capstone project
program. Students should commence The Web Developer Capstone course PS2340 ORGANIZATIONAL
planning for the course at the beginning provides students with an opportunity to BEHAVIOUR
of the final year of studies. Since the utilize and demonstrate the tools, under- This is an introductory course in the
project and report are to be prepared standing and knowledge developed during study and practical application of or-
through independent study, the assigned the program. The course encourages ganizational behavior. Through the use
hours represent only part of the time that individual and team work in small groups of workplace examples and the analysis
students are expected to allocate to the on a substantial project. The intent of of the interrelated levels of individual
course. Regular meetings with a faculty the course is to provide, where possible, behavior, group functioning and organiza-
supervisor will be scheduled within the a real-world sponsor-led capstone tional structure, students will examine how
assigned hours as well as scheduled experience that integrates the concepts employees within organizations achieve
workshops at the Advanced Writing learned in the program. The project both personal and organizational goals.
Cerner. It is mandatory that students involves web design, client-side and Topics such as motivation, leadership,
attend these faculty meetings and server-side applications, database server group dynamics and organizational com-
workshops. installation and configuration, demonstra- munication are studied.
tion of digital imaging, streaming media,
This course will be co-delivered by a multimedia concepts and other areas PT1120 OPERATOR RESPONSIBILITIES
technical instructor and a communications of study. The course will also include This course is designed to introduce
instructor. discussion about professional and ethical students to the basic responsibilities and
issues related to Information Technology. duties of a process operator, including the
PR3281 CAPSTONE PROJECT LI basics of plant communication. Students
(PROCESS AUTOMATION) PR3530 NETWORK AND SYSTEMS will be provided with the necessary
Prerequisite: PR3280 – Capstone Project I ADMINISTRATION CAPSTONE knowledge base of personal and process
(Process Automation) Prerequisite: Successful competition of safety responsibilities, safe work practices,
The capstone project enables the student all courses in Semesters 1 through 8 and production responsibilities, and respon-
completing a Diploma in the Process instructor approval of a proposed capstone sibilities during an emergency and under
Automation Engineering Technology project upset conditions. Students will also gain
program to demonstrate the application of The capstone project course enables practical experience in collecting, sending,
skills and knowledge developed throughout students to demonstrate the application of and receiving technical information in a
the program. Students taking this course knowledge and skills developed throughout process plant environment.
will work with minimal supervision on a their program of studies. Students taking
project, under the guidance of a faculty this course will work under the supervision PT1125 PROCESS DIAGRAMS
member. The student can work independ- of a faculty supervisor. Students in this course will gain practical
ently or in teams of two to carry out experience in reading, interpreting, and
an in-depth study of a problem, design PS1100 PSYCHOLOGY I drawing process block diagrams, process
or technological application and fully This is an introductory psychology course. flow diagrams, and process and instrumen-
document and present their findings. Current experimentation and the various tation diagrams (P&ID).
Students should commence planning methods of psychological research are
for the course at the beginning of the emphasized throughout the course. The PT1130 PROCESS WATER SYSTEMS
final year of studies. Since the project topics to be covered include psychology as This course is designed to introduce
and report are to be prepared through a science, learning, perception, sensation, students to process water systems,
independent study, the assigned hours personality and human development. different types of plant water systems,
represent only part of the time that basics of treatment systems, and the
students are expected to allocate to the boiler feed water system. Students will

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 237


Courses
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

gain hands-on training in controlling PT1160 PROCESS PHYSICS PT1185 PRIME MOVERS
hazards associated with a boiler feed water This course is designed to introduce This course is designed to introduce
system. students to basic scientific principles students to prime movers, including their
related to the operation of a process plant. components, features, and operations.
PT1135 STEAM SYSTEMS Physics principles in this course include Students will be provided with the
This course is designed to introduce properties of solids, liquids, and gases, necessary skills to operate and control
students to the steam production and measurements for force, pressure, power, different types of prime movers commonly
supply system as one of the utilities/plant and efficiency and modes of heat transfer. used in the process plant industry. The
services in a process plant. Topics in this course covers the basic function and
course include different types of steam PT1165 PROCESS CHEMISTRY operation of electric motors, diesel
pressure systems and vacuum systems, This course is designed to introduce engines, steam turbines, and gas turbines.
as well as the basics of steam generation, students to basic chemistry principles as
distribution and control systems. related to the operation of a process plant. PT1190 PROCESS INSTRUMENTATION
The structure of elements and compounds, This course is designed to introduce
PT1140 AIR SUPPLY SYSTEMS basic chemical formulas and equations, students to the basic instruments used
This course is designed to introduce and the nature and composition of for process variable measurement in the
students to the air supply system as hydrocarbons are covered in this course. process industry. Topics covered in this
one of the utilities/plant services in a Awareness of the environment is also course include pressure, level, flow rate
process plant. Topics covered in this developed in students to ensure a basic and temperature measuring instruments.
course include different types of plant air understanding of common toxins and their
systems, basic components and operation associated environmental impacts. PT1195 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
of instrument air systems, and nitrogen In this course, students will be provided
systems. PT1170 HEAT EXCHANGERS with the necessary knowledge base to
This course is designed to introduce work with process control systems. The
PT1145 ELECTRICITY SUPPLY students to the components, features, basic principles of control loops and digital
SYSTEMS operation, and control of different types controllers, as well as the basic features of
This course is designed to introduce of heat exchangers commonly used in the distributed control systems are covered in
students to the electricity supply system process plant industry. this course.
as one of the utilities/plant services
in a process plant. Different types of PT1175 WORKPLACE ORIENTATION PT1215 COMPRESSORS
electric power equipment, voltages for This four-week workplace orientation This course is designed to introduce
different applications, safety aspects, and presents an opportunity for Technician students to the basic principles and
the consequences of power failure in a Certificate (Process Operations) students features of compressor systems used in
process plant will be covered. Students to become familiar with the plant the process industry. Topics such as the
will also be trained in how to safely environment within Qatar’s Energy and operation and control of dynamic and
respond to a simulated electric power Industry sector. The student trainee will positive displacement compressors, and
failure in a process plant according to be required to demonstrate effective lube oil and seal oil systems are covered.
standard operating procedures. communication skills, an exemplary Students will be provided with the
work ethic, and a willingness to learn the necessary knowledge base and hands-on
PT1150 PIPEWORK SYSTEMS administrative and operational workings of skills to safely operate centrifugal, axial,
This course is designed to introduce a plant. During the four-week orientation, reciprocating, and rotary compressors.
students to pipe standards, types of pipe trainees will be expected to demonstrate
fittings and joints, insulation, and color punctuality and full attendance, as well PT1220 TURBO EXPANDERS
coding used in the process industry. as exhibit the discipline required to be This course is designed to introduce
an effective member of a maintenance/ students to the basic principles and
PT1155 VALVE SYSTEMS production team. operation of turbo expanders used in
This course is designed to introduce the process industry. Topics covered in
students to the main features and PT1180 PUMP OPERATION this course include lube oil and seal oil
operation of different types of valves used In this course, students will be provided systems, the operation and monitoring
in the process industry. Students will be with the necessary knowledge and of turbo expanders, as well as hazards
provided with the necessary knowledge hands-on skills to safely operate different associated with their operation.
base and hands-on skills to operate a types of pumps found in process plants.
variety of valves, including isolation valves, The principles, components, features,
throttling valves, check valves/non-return operation, and control of different types
valves, and safety-related valves. of pumps commonly used in the process
plant industry are covered.

238 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Courses

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
PT1225 STORAGE OF LIQUIDS AND PT1250 REFRIGERATION & they apply to the practice of respiratory
GASES LIQUEFACTION therapy. Major topics include bonding,
This course is designed to introduce This course is designed to introduce matter, solutions, equilibrium, and elec-
students to the storage of liquids and students to the operation and monitoring of trochemistry. The fundamental concepts
gases in the oil and gas industry. Topics refrigeration and liquefaction systems used covered in this course will form the basis
covered in this course include the in the process industry. Topics covered for further studies in respiratory therapy.
operation and control of vessels and in this course include the principles of
storage tanks. Students will be provided refrigeration and gas liquefaction, and the RT1120 CARDIOPULMONARY
with the necessary knowledge base components, operation, and monitoring PHYSIOLOGY
and hands-on skills to perform purging, of gas liquefaction and refrigeration units. Prerequisite: BL1180
bleeding, and venting of vessels. Students will apply hands-on skills to This course is an in-depth study of the
operate refrigeration and gas liquefaction anatomy and physiology of the cardio-
PT1230 HEATING FURNACES units. pulmonary and other body systems which
Students will be provided with the have an impact on respiratory medicine.
knowledge base and hands-on skills to PT1255 WORKSITE PRACTICUM Included will be the analysis of various
operate and monitor heating furnaces This worksite practicum presents an disease conditions which affect the human
used in the process industry. The course opportunity for Technician Certificate body, especially the cardiopulmonary
will also cover safety aspects related to (Process Operations) students to components.
heating furnace operation. demonstrate competencies acquired on
campus in pilot plants, workshops, and using RT1130 CARDIOPULMONARY PATHO I
PT1235 REACTORS simulators. Working in an industrial setting, Prerequisite: BL1180
This course is designed to introduce program competencies will be undertaken This course will enable students to describe
students to the operation, monitoring by student trainees in conjunction with the pathophysiologic manifestations,
and control of reactors employed in the workplace maintenance/operations staff clinical signs, symptoms, and therapeutic
process industry. Topics covered in this and assessors. Students will be expected management of the major respiratory
course include catalysts and cooling and to apply knowledge and skills gained in the obstructive and restrictive diseases, in order
heating methods in reactors. Students will preceding technical phases, while demon- to facilitate the development of treatment
apply hands-on skills to safely operate a strating high standards of behavior expected protocols. Respiratory therapy management
reactor system. in an industrial environment. of neuromuscular disorders will also be
discussed.
PT1240 GAS ABSORPTION & This practicum follows the successful
DEHYDRATION completion of all semester work in the RT1140 AIRWAY MANAGEMENT I
This course is designed to introduce Technician Certificate (Process Operations) Prerequisite: Successful completion of
students to the operation and control of program. The practicum is discipline- second semester
gas absorption and dehydration units used specific and takes place over a period of In this course, learners explore the use of
in the process industry. Topics include 24 weeks, within a regular work week of at various airway management techniques,
the main features, components, operation, least 30 hours, and is remunerated (paid) related equipment, and associated
monitoring, and safety aspects related to and evaluated. Learners will be assessed by therapies. Primary emphasis is on the
gas absorption and dehydration units. In their employer using an assessment scheme principles of operation of the various types
this course, students will apply hands-on co-developed by the College and employer. of equipment utilized in airway management
skills to operate a gas absorption system. Upon completion of the practicum, students within respiratory therapy.
will be expected to perform satisfactor-
PT1245 DISTILLATION SYSTEMS ily without assistance and/or supervision RT1150 CLINICAL APPLICATION I
This course introduces students to the (Competence Level 3). Prerequisite: Successful completion of first
operation and control of distillation modules and second semesters
and systems employed in the process RT1100 INTRODUCTION TO RT The course is designed to introduce
industry. Topics include different types of Co-requisite: RT1110 respiratory therapy students to the adult/
distillation columns and their operation, In this course, learners will be introduced to pediatric clinical settings, using both the
monitoring, and control and safety the profession of respiratory therapy and the simulation laboratory and the hospital
aspects. Students will be provided with the equipment related to medical gas therapy in environment. Under direct supervision,
necessary knowledge base and hands-on adult and pediatric patient populations. students will demonstrate knowledge/skills
skills to operate a distillation system. learned in previously taught respiratory
RT1110 APPLIED SCIENCE FOR RT therapy courses.
Co-requisite: MA1700
In this course, principles of chemistry,
biochemistry, and physics are studied as

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 239


Courses
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

RT1610 RESPIRATORY THERAPY of the major neuromuscular, cardiovascu- RT2230 MECHANICAL VENTILATORS
CLINICAL ORIENTATION lar and renal diseases, in order to facilitate Prerequisite: Successful completion of 4th
Prerequisite: Successful completion the development of treatment protocols. semester
of second year of Respiratory Therapy Important topics such as the effects of This course is a detailed technical
Program thermal injury and hypo/hyperbarism will analysis of mechanical ventilators. Major
This course is a clinical review of also be discussed. topics include systems of classifica-
respiratory therapy procedures, equipment, tion, functional analysis, the internal and
hospital policies and clinical skills prior RT2160, MECHANICAL VENTILATION II external circuit, ventilator modes and
to entering the RT III clinical year (Clinical This course focuses on the physiological controls and quality control. Specific
Practicum’s I, II and Clinical Elective). This implications of instituting, maintaining, mechanical ventilators are analyzed in
course is a mandatory requirement prior to and discontinuing mechanical ventilatory detail.
entering the RT III clinical year. support. Emphasis is placed on patient
monitoring and evaluation of mechanical RT2240 CARDIOPULMONARY RE-
RT2110 AIRWAY MANAGEMENT II ventilatory techniques. SUSCITATION
In this course learners explore the use This course enables respiratory therapy
of various types of airways: including RT2170, PULMONARY DIAGNOSTICS students to develop the knowledge and
management techniques, related This course introduces the student to the skills necessary to better recognize
equipment, and associated therapies used principles of pulmonary diagnostic procedures and treat critically ill adults, infants and
in respiratory therapy. and explores the significance of the various children. Through integration of laboratory,
test data to the respiratory therapist. simulation and classroom presentation,
RT2120, MECHANICAL VENTILATION I emergency management of adult, neonatal
This is the first in a series of courses RT2180, NEONATAL CLINICAL and /or pediatric patients approaching
designed to provide the student with the APPLICATION or already in respiratory or cardiac arrest
knowledge and critical thinking skills to This course is designed to assist the student in will be discussed. Students will become
effectively and safely operate mechanical further development of skills and the compre- familiar with the early minutes of resuscita-
ventilators. The first course in this series hensive understanding of Neonatal Respiratory tion, through patient stabilization and/or
will focus on the technical analysis of Care. The student will be expected to apply the transport in or out of the hospital.
mechanical ventilators. the theoretical knowledge and skills previously
taught in the simulation and /or hospital RT2250 CLINICAL APPLICATION IV
RT2130 CLINICAL APPLICATION II environment in all major topic objectives. The course is designed to further
The course is a continuation of Clinical assimilate the respiratory therapy student
Application I and is designed to further RT2190, MECHANICAL to the adult, pediatric and neonatal
assimilate the respiratory therapy student VENTILATION III clinical setting, using both the simulation
to the clinical setting (adult/pediatric), This course focuses on advanced modes laboratory and the hospital environment.
using both the simulation laboratory and and management strategies used in the Under direct supervision, students will be
the hospital environment. Under direct mechanically ventilated patient. expected to expand their knowledge/skills
supervision, students will be expected and comprehension of respiratory therapy
to expand their knowledge/skills and RT2200 GAS SUPPLY AND CONTROL procedures in keeping with didactic theory
comprehension of respiratory therapy Prerequisite: Successful completion of 3rd and laboratory skills previously taught.
procedures in keeping with didactic theory semester This course is also an orientation to the
and laboratory skills previously taught. This course is a study of the administration final year of the program (Year 3) and
of medical gas therapies with the primary encompasses a review of all respiratory
RT2140 CARDIAC DIAGNOSTICS emphasis on the principles of operation of therapy procedures, equipment, hospital
This course introduces the student to the the various types of equipment utilized in the policies and clinical skills previously
theory and application of hemodynamic delivery of respiratory therapy. learned.
monitoring, invasive procedures
and cardiovascular assessment and RT2220 MECHANICAL VENTILATION RT2305 PHARMACOLOGY
management as utilized in the practice of Prerequisite: Successful completion of 4th Prerequisite: Successful completion of 3rd
respiratory therapy. semester semester
This course focuses on the physiological This is an introductory course in
RT2150, CARDIOPULMONARY implications of instituting, maintaining and Pharmacology as applied to Respiratory
PATHO II discontinuing mechanical ventilatory support. Therapy. General principles relating to
This course will enable the respiratory Emphasis is placed on patient monitoring drug administration are studied. Emphasis
therapy student to describe the patho- and evaluation of mechanical ventilatory is placed on drugs affecting the cardio-
physiologic manifestations, clinical signs, techniques. vascular, respiratory and central nervous
symptoms, and therapeutic management systems.

240 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Courses

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
RT2310 ANESTHESIA ventilation, high frequency ventilation. may include class sessions, discussion,
Prerequisite: Successful completion of 4th Formal certification for NRP and PALS is assignments, simulation labs and bedside
semester not granted at the end of this course. care. Concepts pertaining to professional-
This is an introductory course in the ism, communication, analysis and prob-
principles and practices of anesthesia RT2460 RT TECHNIQUESPREREQUI- lem-solving and health and safety will be
pertinent to the respiratory therapist. SITE: emphasized. It is essential that students be
Major course topics include anesthesia Successful completion of semester one able to apply their “foundation knowledge”
machines, vaporizers, breathing circuits, This course introduces students to to the skills covered in this rotation. To
anesthetic ventilators, preoperative the theory and application of clinical successfully pass this Practicum, students
procedures, monitoring the anesthetized assessment and management skills must demonstrate clinical competency
patient and complications of anesthesia. requisite to the practice of respiratory at a LEVEL 3 in a minimum of 60% of the
therapy in a simulated environment. Learning Objectives 1-12.
RT2320, ANESTHESIA
This is an introductory course in the RT2470 NEONATAL RT3010 PRACTICUM II
principles and practices of anesthesia RESPIRATORY CARE This course is part two of two full-time,
pertinent to the respiratory therapist. This course introduces the student fifteen (15) week practicums that will
Major course topics include anesthesia to the anatomical and physiological provide the student with the opportunity
machines, vaporizers, breathing circuits, differences of the neonate and the to further master skills and acquire clinical
anesthetic ventilators, preoperative clinical management of these patients. competency in the remaining skill balance
procedures, monitoring the anaesthetized Major areas of study are gestational lung of Practicum 1 (learning objectives
patient and complications of anesthesia. development; fetal-neonatal transition; 1-12). Learners may be under indirect
newborn assessment; thermoregulation; supervision during this rotation and are
RT2450 RESPIRATORY THERAPY neonatal cardiopulmonary pathophysiol- expected to demonstrate independent
PROCEDURES ogy, neonatal ventilation. critical thinking and assume responsibil-
Prerequisite: Successful completion of 3rd ity for their actions and decisions and
semester RT2500 CARDIOPULMONARY to interact positively and effectively
This course introduces students to the DIAGNOSTICS with peers, preceptors, faculty and all
theory and application of clinical assessment Prerequisite: Successful completion of 4th health care professionals. Students
and management skills requisite to the semester will be assigned to a variety of clinical
practice of respiratory therapy. This is a detailed course in the principles environments caring for neonatal, pediatric
of pulmonary function testing and the and adult patients. Blended delivery
RT2451 NEONATAL/PEDIATRIC significance of the various test data to the format may include class sessions,
RESPIRATORY CARE I respiratory therapist. Basic electrocardi- discussion, assignments, simulation labs
Prerequisite: Successful completion of 4th ography with respect to recognition of and bedside care. Concepts pertaining to
semester standard arrhythmias from 3 and 12 lead time management, prioritization of duties,
Co-requisite: RT2220 ECG strips, clinical significance and basic problem solving and decision making will
This course introduces the student treatment of arrhythmias is also studied. be highlighted.
to the anatomical and physiological
differences of the neonate and the RT3000 PRACTICUM I To successfully pass this Practicum,
clinical management of these patients. This course is part one of two full-time, students must consistently demonstrate
Major areas of study are gestational lung fifteen (15) week practicums that will clinical competency throughout this
development, fetal-neonatal transition, provide the student with the opportunity course at a LEVEL 3 (defined below). It
newborn assessment, thermoregulation, to apply theoretical knowledge and is the expectation that skills attained
neonatal cardiopulmonary pathophysiol- lab/clinical competencies acquired in during Practicum I will be performed again
ogy and neonatal ventilation. Semesters 1 – 6 in selected clinical as opportunities present themselves.
environments. Learners will be under Students are expected to progress to a
RT2452 NEONATAL/PEDIATRIC direct supervision during these rotations highly autonomous and independent role
RESPIRATORY CARE LL but are expected to demonstrate as compared to Practicum I.
Prerequisite: Successful completion of 5th independent critical thinking and assume
semester responsibility for their actions and RT3020 PRACTICUM III
This course introduces the student the decisions and to interact positively and This is the third of three clinical practicum
clinical management of the pediatric effectively with peers, preceptors, faculty courses. This course enables students
patient. Major areas of study are neonatal and all health care professionals. Students to integrate theories and skills acquired
resuscitation (NRP), pediatric advanced life will be assigned to a variety of clinical throughout the previous two clinical
support (PALS), pediatric cardiopulmon- environments caring for neonatal, pediatric practicums. Students will be evaluated
ary pathophysiology, pediatric mechanical and adult patients. Blended delivery format on skills proficiency, time management,

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 241


Courses
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

organizational skills, and decision- RT3450 CLINICAL SKILLS III clinical proficiencies in respiratory care to
making at a high level of independence. Prerequisite: Successful completion of 5th successfully complete this practicum.
Students will be expected to take a lead semester
role in providing patient care, further Co-requisite: All sixth semester courses RT3520 CLINICAL PRACTICUM II
mastering/refining skills necessary to This course is a continuation of Clinical Prerequisite: RT3510
function as an entry level respiratory Skills I and II. The course is designed to This clinical practicum is a continuation
therapist. Examinations are used to help students prepare for their clinical of RT3510. As with the previous clinical
help prepare students to challenge the year of training, Clinical Practicum I and course, students will have the opportunity
national credential exam for entry to II. Specialized high fidelity manikins will to rotate through various healthcare sites
practice (CBRC exam). Examinations will be used in a simulated clinical setting to further acquiring and refining clinical skills
be delivered in diverse formats including review didactic knowledge and practice in many different areas of adult, pediatric
classroom/online/self-study, where skills previously taught. Students will and neonatal respiratory care. Because
learners will be presented with case be given various patient case-based this course is the second clinical course
studies, quizzes and discussions that scenarios and will be expected to provide for the third year respiratory therapy
will emphasize the competency areas satisfactory respiratory treatments student, students are expected to refine
in the Canadian National Competency in this simulated setting. Care of the the competencies and increase the profi-
Profile (NCP). These examinations will neonatal, pediatric and adult patient will ciencies developed in the various clinical
assist the learner in identifying specific be emphasized. Following each case areas introduced in RT3510.
areas of respiratory therapy knowledge scenario, there will be a time for debriefing
where further study is required. This and discussion of student performance. RT3530 CLINICAL PRACTICUM
course will conclude with a Graduate This course will allow for the continued ELECTIVE
Examination (format similar to the CBRC building of skills and knowledge before Prerequisites: RT1610, RT3510, RT3520
examinations). Clinical placements will entering the hospital/clinical environment. After successful completion of Clinical
be determined in consultation with the There will also be an opportunity for Practicums I and II, students will have an
clinical instructor and will be based on students to rotate through various clinical additional seven weeks of training to gain
past clinical performance/exposure as areas to review and practice skills done in clinical experience in respiratory care.
well as individual preference. Students simulation. Students will have the opportunity to
may request to travel to alternate (rural) return to a specific clinical area for further
locations during this practicum. The RT3430, CLINICAL APPLICATION III review or be assigned to a clinical area by
program will strive to give students their The course is a continuation of Clinical clinical faculty. Students will be afforded
location preference, but as each area/ Application II and is designed to further the opportunity to complete a home care/
hospital has limited availability, placement assimilate the respiratory therapy student community component as well as have
at preferred sites and areas is not to the adult/pediatric clinical setting, the option of carrying out a portion of this
guaranteed. Students will be responsible using both the simulation laboratory and clinical placement at a rural hospital site.
for travel/living expenses incurred if they the hospital environment. Under direct Overall, this elective will give students
travel to alternate (rural) sites. supervision, students will be expected additional clinical/didactic review prior to
To successfully pass this course, students to expand their knowledge/skills and writing the national certification exam.
must consistently demonstrate clinical comprehension of respiratory therapy
competency throughout this course at a procedures in keeping with didactic theory RX1100 PHARMACY REGULATIONS
LEVEL 4. and laboratory skills previously taught. AND PROFESSIONALISM
The student will develop a working
RT3401 COMPREHENSIVE RT3510 CLINICAL PRACTICUM I knowledge of the various pharmacy
RESPIRATORY CARE Prerequisite: Successful completion of the regulations related to pharmacy technician
Prerequisite: Successful completion of 5th second year of studies of the Respiratory practice. The role of the pharmacy
semester Therapy program and mandatory technician and workplace professionalism
This course is designed to assist the completion of RT1610 will be illustrated.
student with the integration of knowledge This clinical practicum is designed
obtained in the previous semesters to provide the third year respiratory RX1140 PHARMACY MANAGEMENT
necessary for respiratory therapy. student the opportunity to rotate through AND INVENTORY CONTROL
Through problem-based learning and various healthcare sites/areas including Part of the role of the pharmacist
critical thinking skills, the student will emergency rooms, intensive care units, technician is inventory management of
focus on the therapeutic management of anesthesia rooms, cardiopulmonary medications, equipment and devices. The
various categories of patients, including laboratories and other locations. By student will develop a working knowledge
the principles of trauma life support and rotating through various adult, pediatric of various pharmacy management
venipuncture. and neonatal clinical areas, the student will techniques, pharmacy operations, financial
acquire the necessary competencies and and operational importance of purchasing

242 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Courses

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
and inventory control, as well as the risks RX2120 PHARMACY FUNDAMENTALS the pharmacy technician in responding to a
involved with medication errors. Prerequisites: BL1210, CH1210 bioterrorist attack.
This is an introductory course to pharmacy
RX1210 PHARMACEUTICAL practice. RX2200 COMMUNITY PHARMACY
CALCULATIONS It investigates the history of the profession Prerequisite RX1100
Prerequisite: MA1730 and explains the meanings of many Co-requisites: RX2100, RX2120
The student will develop a working terms used to describe the various This course introduces the student to
knowledge of the various systems of aspects of pharmacy. Basic concepts in aspects of community pharmacy. Students
metric and imperial weights as well as pharmacy practice, such as terminology will focus on merchandising in the
measurements encountered in pharmacy. and drug labels, will be covered, as well community pharmacy setting.
An overview of the apothecary system will as medication dosage forms and drug As well, they will examine non-prescription
be included for historical purposes. The information sources. medications and alternative therapies and
student will become familiar with strength home care practice experiences. The nature
designations and will perform various RX2121 PHARMACY FUNDAMENTALS of the pharmacist technician’s role in the
dosage, compounding and conversion APPLICATION health care system also requires them to
calculations. The student will be able to Prerequisite: RX2120 work with topic areas such as first aid and
perform calculations required for various This is an application of Pharmacy CPR. Simulation of the patient, pharmacist
prescription types. Accuracy is stressed Fundamentals. Students will increase their and pharmacy technician roles will be a
throughout. level of proficiency in the application of necessary requirement for this course.
inventory control, dosage forms and routes
RX1251 PHARMACY COMPUTER of administration. As well, medication RX2231 HOSPITAL PHARMACY
SYSTEMS administration devices and auxiliary drug Prerequisites: RX2100, RX2120
Prerequisite: MC1800 labels will be discussed. The pharmacy This course introduces the student to the
The student will become familiar with the technician code of ethics will be examined practice of hospital pharmacy and to the
fundamentals of both community and and students will be required to use the hospital’s organization. The course will
hospital pharmacy computer systems. The code in responding to case studies of focus the student on the operations of the
student will practice, under supervision, ethical scenarios. hospital pharmacy in terms of medication
data entry, retrieval of information and distributions and policies and procedures.
generation of computer labels using actual RX2160 PHARMACOLOGY I
pharmacy computer systems. The student Prerequisites: BL1210, CH1210 RX2300 ASEPTIC TECHNIQUE
will develop skills in accurate and efficient In this first of a two-part course, the Prerequisite: RX1210
data entry, retrieval and generation of student will be introduced to the principles Students will learn to compound sterile
computer labels. of pharmacology—the study of drug-altered products according to the appropriate
function. Focus will be placed on drug technique. They will be introduced to the
RX2100 PRESCRIPTION PROCESSING I classes, mechanics of action, disease concepts of sterility and incompatibilities.
Prerequisites: RX1210, RX1251 types and body systems. The goal is They will use applicable quality assurance
This course will introduce the student to to provide pharmacy technicians with processes and will perform their work in
the prescription process. Basic concepts sufficient background information so accordance with the laws, regulations and
in the dispensing process will be covered. that they will be able to play a key role in standards that govern the preparation of
These concepts will occur in the lab while avoiding dispensing errors. Students will sterile products. Preparation of sterile
simulating real life situations. learn basic pharmacokinetics and various products may include infusion pump
drug types, such as central nervous cassettes, intravenous admixtures, total
RX2101 PRESCRIPTION PROCESSING II system, endocrine, antibiotics, gastro- parenteral nutrition, eye preparations and i
Prerequisites: RX2100, RX1210 intestinal, muscle and joint disease and rrigation solutions.
This course is a continuation of concepts pain drugs.
and techniques from Prescription SD1170 TECHNOLOGY AWARENESS I
Processing I. The student will need to be RX2161 PHARMACOLOGY II This course (with Technology Awareness
able to process prescriptions in a prescribed Prerequisite: RX2160 II) raises career awareness levels for
time frame to 95% accuracy. The student will This is the second course in pharmacology engineering technology students by
also be introduced to compounding phar- and the student will build on the knowledge providing information regarding the
maceutical items. Simulation of the doctor/ gained in Pharmacology I by discussing engineering technology profession. This
patient/pharmacist/pharmacy technician additional drugs in a variety of drug classifi- course will prepare students for
roles will be necessary for this course. cations, their generic and trade names and the workplace by illustrating how the skills
their major therapeutic uses. The student and practices of successful students
will be introduced to poisons and antidotes parallel the skills and practices of
and become aware of the supporting role of successful professionals.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 243


Courses
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

SD1171 TECHNOLOGY AWARENESS II course will have a better understand- SD1630 WORKING IN HEALTHCARE
Prerequisite: SD1170 ing of themselves as students and of This is an introductory course in
This course (with Technology Awareness strategies for improving their learning healthcare ethics and workplace issues.
I) raises career awareness levels for potential. They will also have a greater Through course content, lectures, selected
engineering technology students by appreciation of the need to define their readings and student discussions ethical
providing information regarding the educational and career goals clearly and theories will be examined and applied to
engineering technology profession. This to develop the habits and skills which will current issues that arise in healthcare.
course will prepare students for the enable them to achieve those goals. The
workplace by illustrating how the skills and course will also provide an opportunity SD1910 WORKPLACE SUCCESS AND
practices of successful students parallel for students to become aware of the full THE ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT
the skills and practices of successful range of campus resources available to Prerequisite: OF2100
professionals. support their learning and to learn how to This course is designed to provide
use those resources effectively. Students students with the skills and knowledge
SD1330 PROFESSIONAL ASPECTS OF will compile a portfolio during this course necessary to successfully enter the
DENTAL ASSISTING which should prove to be of value to them workplace as an Administrative Assistant
This course enables the student to throughout their college life. professional. The purpose of this course is
understand the ethical and legal to reinforce many previously-learned office
expectations of the profession and SD1610 CLINICAL SKILLS I management concepts prior to students
workplace. Students will consider their Prerequisite: Successful completion of 3rd entering the workplace.
role in their professional team and will semester
develop an understanding of the standards Co-requisites: All 4th semester courses SD2210 WORKPLACE
of conduct and their obligation in the The Clinical Skills I course is designed to PROFESSIONALISM
interaction with other professionals and introduce the respiratory therapy student This course is designed to provide
clients. to the hospital setting. Under direct students with the skills and knowledge
supervision of the clinical instructor, necessary to effectively work in today’s
SD1420 WORKPLACE SKILLS students will demonstrate respiratory work environment. Students will discuss
This course develops sound customer therapy procedures introduced in the professional ethics and conduct in the
service skills in the student and assists the laboratory setting. This clinical course is workplace and customer service method-
student in preparing for job search and the designed to enhance the knowledge and ologies.
office environment. Practical exercises, skills concurrently being taught in the
cases and behavioural modelling are didactic and laboratory components of SE1035 WORKPLACE SAFETY
conducted to assist the student’s skill Semester 4. Students may be given the This course provides students with the
development and knowledge of customer opportunity to observe and/or participate knowledge and skills required to identify
service and expected work ethic, attitude in higher order skills as available in the environmental and workplace hazards.
and skills. clinical setting. Students in this course will gain practical
experience in determining appropriate
SD1480 WORKPLACE SKILLS SD1611 CLINICAL SKILLS II safety precautions to eliminate or minimize
This course is designed to familiarize Prerequisite: Successful completion of 4th the risk of personal injury, equipment
the student with the theory and practice Co-requisites: All 5th semester courses damage, and loss of production.
of basic workplace competencies. This This course is a continuation of Clinical
course emphasizes the importance of Skills I. Students will have the opportunity SE1080 PETROLEUM WORKPLACE
effective communications, functions of to demonstrate respiratory therapy SAFETY I
quality customer service and the elements procedures under direct supervision. This is an introductory course that
of professional behaviour. This course will Students will be expected to expand explores Health, Safety and Environment
also emphasize the importance of team their knowledge and comprehension of in the petroleum workplace and the role of
work, discipline and sound work ethics and respiratory therapy procedures in keeping both the employer and the employee in the
students will be evaluated on their class with didactic theory and laboratory skills process.
participation, punctuality and team work previously or concurrently taught. Along
and overall attitude. with new clinical performance skills, SE1081 PETROLEUM WORKPLACE
students will be expected to demonstrate SAFETY II
SD1570 EFFECTIVE LEARNING and refine clinical performance skills This course is designed for students to
This course is designed to help Compre- evaluated in Clinical Skills I. Students may demonstrate the workplace safety skills
hensive Arts and Science students develop be given the opportunity to observe and/ desired by the petroleum sector of Qatar
the skills, strategies and tools needed or participate in higher order skills as industry. The industry certificates awarded
to ensure their success at the College. available in the clinical setting. as a result of success in this course will
Students who successfully complete the allow students to access worksites that

244 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Courses

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
may be required for completion of their conduct toxicological risk assessments in concepts, such as the basic tenets of
Industry Work Exposure. accordance with internationally recognized industrial hygiene and the categories
standards. of occupational hazards, students will
SE1120 WORKPLACE SAFETY learn how to measure and analyze the
This is an introductory course that SE1400 AUDITING OHS AND risk of air contaminants, heat, noise and
explores the nature and dimension of E-MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS lighting. Participants become familiar
workplace health, safety and environment Hazard recognition, evaluation and control with the instruments used to measure
and the role played by both the employer and the legislated management respon- these hazards and the methods used to
and the employee in the process. sibilities and accountabilities with respect compare the measurement results with
Course topics include health, safety and to this area are of prime importance internationally recognized standards of
environment, hazardous communications to the occupational health and safety safe exposurE.
and safety awareness. professional. The course is designed to
provide students with a working knowledge SE2351 MEASUREMENT AND
SE1130 WORKPLACE SAFETY FOR of audits as a tool to ensure that organiza- ANALYSIS II
HUMAN RESOURCES tions’ practices/procedures/policies are Prerequisite: SE2350
This is an introductory course that aligned with corporate standards and in This course is a continuation of
explores the nature and dimensions of a compliance with legislative requirements. Measurement and Analysis I. Major topics
typical health, safety and environment The course will focus on audit preparation, include: the principles, applications and
department. It also explores the role of conducting and reporting on the audit and use of direct reading instruments; basic
both the employer and the employee in the post-audit activities. applications of data evaluation; ventilation
safety process. Topics included are health, systems; biological monitoring; and
safety and the environment; Qatar labor SE1520 FIRE PROTECTION radiation. Using their knowledge
law as it relates to health and safety; and Prerequisite: CH1200 and experience from Measurement and
safety awareness. This course gives students an in-depth Analysis I and II, the students are expected
understanding of how to prevent fires and to complete an occupational hygiene
SE1160 PRINCIPLES OF OHS how to minimize loss in the event of a fire. survey of the chemical, biological, physical
This course enables students to A foundation is given to participants in and ergonomic hazards associated with
demonstrate knowledge of the basic the chemistry of combustion, basic fire the School of Health ScienceS.
principles of occupational health and science and sources of ignition before
safety. The student will be introduced moving on to topics such as fire investiga- SE2360 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
to the knowledge frameworks and tools tion, fire protection building design and MANAGEMENT
through which to minimize loss to life, automatic fire protection equipment and This course explores the four aspects
health and property. Upon completion, systems. Throughout the course students of hazardous materials management:
students should be able to explain sources will become familiar with international transport, storage, use and disposal. It is
and techniques for hazard identification, codes and standards related to fire largely based on the Globally Harmonized
risk assessment and risk control. Factors protection. System (GHS), 2009, developed by the
contributing to occupational hygiene, United Nations. An emphasis on clas-
emergency and hazardous material SE1610 WORKPLACE HAZARDS AND sification of hazardous substances and
management, fire protection and CONTROLS mixtures focuses on physical hazards,
ergonomics – fundamental elements which This course covers the foundational health hazards and environmental hazards,
must be assessed and controlled by the principles of occupational health and as defined by the GHS. Further, hazard
occupational health and safety practitioner safety: hazard identification, assessment communication in the form of labeling and
– are also covered. and control. Students learn methods of Safety Data Sheets is covered. The course
identifying hazards, assessing the risk of supplements the requirements of the
SE1350 TOXICOLOGY hazards and minimizing the risk of hazards GHS with other national and international
Prerequisite: BL1210 by implementing effective controls. These laws and standards concerning the safe
This course emphasizes the life cycle fundamental principles are applied to transport, use, storage and disposal of
of toxins in the human body. In addition specific examples in the construction, hazardous materialS.
to describing the general principles of manufacturing, health care and oil and gas
toxicology and dose-response relationship, industries. SE2420 INSPECTION AND
a detailed analysis of the processes INVESTIGATION
of absorption, distribution and storage and SE2350 MEASUREMENT AND Prerequisite: SE1160
biotransformation and elimination of toxins ANALYSIS I This course explores two key components
is completed. Various metals and organic This course explores the basic concepts of an effective occupational health and
solvents are used as examples to describe of industrial hygiene (measurement and safety management system: workplace
these processes and students learn how to analysis). In addition to introductory inspections and incident investigations.

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 245


Courses
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Students will learn the principles of SP1700 COMPUTER NUMERICAL practical skills acquired in SP1200 and
how to develop, prepare and conduct CONTROL (CNC) MACHINING I EG3100. This course introduces the
workplace inspections. Canadian laws Prerequisite: SP1200 student to an automated machining
and international standards will be used to The course is designed to be an process called computer numerical control
demonstrate best practices with respect introductory course in Computer (CNC) and integrates CATIA (or other
to workplace inspections. Students will Numerical Control (CNC). Most of the substitute) as a 3-D drafting and comput-
also learn the principles of how to carry course will be instructed through hands-on er-aided manufacturing (CAM) package to
out an effective incident investigation. A work with both a CNC lathe and CNC design and manufacture a product. The
Canadian national standard on incident milling machine. Lecture will accompany student will also be involved in initial setup,
investigations will be used to demonstrate the labs for theory. design, program generation, drafting and
how to collect and analyze evidence and machining of a final product.
how to develop effective recommenda- SP1730 CNC MACHINES 1
tions in order to prevent recurrenceS. Prerequisites: SP1200 TD3130 APPLIED THERMODYNAMICS
This is an introductory course in Computer Prerequisite: MA1101
SE2450 ERGONOMICS Numerical Control(CNC).Programming This course presents a review of the laws
This course emphasizes the strategies concept learned through the lecture time of thermodynamics and applications to
and techniques involved in assessing will be applied using both a CNC Milling the oil and gas processing industry. It
the interface between workers and their MachinE. has been designed to apply theory to the
machines, tasks, tools and equipment. applications as taught in the program and
Ten ergonomic principles will be reviewed SP2300 QUALITY ASSURANCE to aid further study.
and applied to various work examples. This course is designed to introduce the
Students will develop and conduct an concepts, philosophy and application TD3131 APPLIED THERMODYNAMICS
ergonomic assessment in an office of total quality management, statistical Prerequisites: MA1101, PO1120 or PH1101
environment. In addition, ergonomics in process control and the International This course presents a review of the laws
the design and engineering of workplaces Organization for Standardization (ISO) of thermodynamics and applications to
will be discussED. 9000 quality standards. Emphasis the oil and gas processing industry. It
will be on the integration of the total has been designed to apply theory to the
SE2520 OHS MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS quality management philosophy into applications as taught in the program and
Prerequisite: SE1160 the production process. Development to aid further study.
This course introduces students of quality control procedures and docu-
to occupational health and safety mentation will be discussed including TM1130 MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY
management systems (OHSMS). The most reference to existing industry quality This course guides the student from the
recent versions of OHSAS 18001 and control specifications. The implementation fundamentals of word building to complete
18002 are reviewed, three elements of process for quality assurance manuals and mastery of a medical word building system.
which are analyzed. The tools necessary their auditing procedures will be outlined. Correct spelling and pronunciation are
to conform to each element of the emphasized. The course integrates the terms
standard are addressed. Participants will SP2340 QUALITY ASSURANCE for anatomy, physiology and pathology of
gain experience in the efforts involved in This course is designed to introduce the specified body systems in a manner that
developing, implementing and maintaining concepts, philosophy and application maximizes learning opportunities.
an effective OHSMS in accordance with of Total Quality Management (TQM).
an internationally recognized standard. Emphasis will be placed on the integration WD1420 WELDING FUNDAMENTALS
Because OHSAS 18001 is compatible with of TQM philosophy into the production This introductory course deals with
ISO14001 (environmental management process. Development of quality control welding technology and processes. Safety
system) and ISO9011 (quality management procedures and documentation will be practices are emphasized in all aspects
system), students will experience the discussed including reference to existing of welding applications in the shop.
framework of integrated management industry quality control specifications. Applications include welding equipment,
systemS. The implementation process for quality procedures, oxy-fuel cutting and joining,
assurance manuals and their auditing shielded metal arc welding (SMAW)
SP1200 MACHINE SHOP PRACTICE procedures will also be outlined. processes, gas metal arc welding (GMAW)
This is an introductory course designed processes, tungsten inert gas (TIG)
to give students a knowledge and under- SP2700 COMPUTER NUMERICAL processes and practice in welding basic
standing of the fundamental metal-removal CONTROL/ COMPUTER-AIDED joints.
and general machine shop concepts which MANUFACTURING
will form the basis for further studies in Prerequisites: SP1200, EG3100
science and technology. This is an advanced course in mechanical
design and manufacture that builds on

246 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


Courses

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
WT1160 WORK TERM the on-the-job experience students other duties related to their program
Prerequisites: Successful completion of all develop their employability and technical under the supervision and direction of a
courses in Semesters 1 through 5 skills, further enhancing their personal pharmacist.
The work term is a required portion of the growth. Through the work term students
program. The work term provides a unique will experience different business cultures WT1670 HOSPITAL PHARMACY
learning experience in a real workplace (e.g., public, private and not-for-profit CLINICAL PLACEMENT
setting for Network and Systems Ad- sector, small and large organizations). Prerequisite: Successful completion of
ministration students. Participation in They are learning from the new network of all previous program courses
the work term is determined through contacts and widening their perception of This eight-week clinical placement
a competitive process and successful life and career choices. is designed to enable the student to
completion of all courses in Semesters apply the fundamental principles of the
1 through 5. This work term follows the WT1460 WORK PLACEMENT pharmacy technician learned within
successful completion of the preceding Prerequisite: Completion of all courses the program to the workplace. It will
academic term. For most students, it in the first five semesters and a minimum ensure that a graduating student has the
represents their first professional work cumulative GPA of 2.00 opportunity to practice in the hospital
experience in a business environment; as A minimum seven-week placement is setting while under close supervision.
such, it represents their first opportunity a required portion of the program. The Students are placed with a pharmacy
to evaluate their choice of pursuing Work Placement Study Program provides health-related agency and their
a career in information technology. students with the opportunity to gain performance is evaluated by the employer.
Students are expected to learn, develop practical experience in the working As part of their duties, students will be
and demonstrate the high standards environment of a power plant and with required to prepare outpatient medicines,
of behavior and performance normally the life and work of a power engineer. intravenous admixtures and unit dose
expected in the work environment. During Employers are provided the opportunity medication carts, as well as maintain
the on-the-job experience, students to train and assess students for possible inventory, receive payments, complete
develop their employability and technical future employment. The program builds records and perform other duties related
skills, further enhancing their personal on the range of tasks laid down in the to their work term under the supervision
growth. Through the work term students Occupational Analysis of power engineers and direction of a pharmacist.
will experience different business cultures and familiarizes the student with all
(e.g., public, private and not-for-profit the machinery and systems that power WT1720 CLINICAL PLACEMENT
sector, small and large organizations). engineers are required to maintain and Prerequisite: Successful completion of all
They are learning from the new network of operate. The course is mainly concerned program courses
contacts and widening their perception of with safety, operation and maintenance of This clinical placement course is designed
life and career choices. plant and equipment. The plant in which to assist the student in obtaining
the engineer is serving acts as a real-life occupational experience working with
WT1170 WORK TERM teaching aid, augments knowledge already the dental team. During the fifteen-week
Prerequisite: Successful completion of all acquired and assists students with studies course the student will apply the
courses in previous academic terms leading to a Certificate of Competency, knowledge and skills acquired in class
The work term is a required portion of the Third Class. to a dental assistant position in a dental
program. The work term provides a unique practice.
learning experience in a real workplace WT1660 COMMUNITY PHARMACY
setting. Participation in the work term is CLINICAL PLACEMENT
determined through a competitive process Prerequisite: Successful completion of all
and successful completion of all courses previous program courses
prior to the work term is mandatory for This four-week clinical placement is
work term eligibility. This work term follows designed to enable the student to apply
the successful completion of the preceding the fundamental principles of pharmacy
academic term. For most students, it technology in the field. It will ensure that
represents their first professional work a graduating student has the opportunity
experience in a business environment; as to practice in the community setting while
such, it represents their first opportunity under close supervision. Students are
to evaluate their choice of pursuing placed with a pharmacy health-related
a career in information technology. agency and their performance is evaluated
Students are expected to learn, develop by the employer. As part of their duties,
and demonstrate the high standards of students will be required to prepare
behaviour and performance normally medicines, maintain inventory, receive
expected in the work environment. During payments, complete records and perform

College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17 247


Courses
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

248 College of the North Atlantic – Qatar Academic Calendar 2016-17


CNA– Q ATAR.COM

You might also like